Krylova

И. П.
Крылова
Сборник
упражнении по
грамматике
английского
языка
Учебное пособие, 12-е издание
Рекомендовано Министерством общего
и профессионального образования
Российской Федерации в качестве
учебного пособия для студентов
институтов и факультетов иностранных
языков
УНИВ
Мйсква
ЕРСИ
2007
ТЕТ
THE VERB
FINITE FORMS
Ex. 1. Explain the use of the Present Indefinite in the following

sentences:
1.1 sleep here. My father sleeps in his study.

2. In case she wants to see him, he'll come over.
3."Your mouth is bleeding. Does it hurt?" Martha asked me.
4.Where do we go from here?
5.Please see that the children don't "get nervous. 6.1 do a lot
of travelling, you know.
7. One lives and learns.

8. He owns a big car.
9. "It won't do any good to anyone if you get ill," I said.
10. "His men act silently as a rule. They wear dark

glasses and they call after dark," he added.
11. You understand what we're talking about?
12. Changes happen very quickly here.
13. How quickly you leap to his
defense!
14.1 said, "I take things as they
come."
15.His temper will not be right until we are at home again.
16."Do you often," I asked, "take holidays in these parts?"
17.She beat with her hand on the back of the sofa and cried to
them: "You talk too much."
18. "It's too late to go anywhere." "What do we do then?"
19. "Perhaps after breakfast I could ring up my family."
"The telephone doesn't work."
20. Then the captain announced in a duty voice:
"Tomorrow afternoon we arrive by four o'clock."
21. "The news calls for champagne," Jones said.
22. Why don't you go back home?
23.They wish to make sure that he does not alter his plans.
24.She thought he wanted to look a mystery man to her. "You
play your role fine,"
she said. 25.1 brush my
teeth every night.
26. "I give up," she said. "You win".
27. It is a scene in which Mr Dante, in a white dinner-
jacket, arrives at the ground floor by lift. The lift door
opens, Dante
gets out, looks at something on his left, registers alarm
and
walks away briskly, 28.1 must be well by that time,
whatever happens. 29. I've got to get him to the station. His
train leaves at eleven.
Ex. 2. Explain the use of the Present Continuous in the

following sentences:
1. Bill, stop that disgusting game you're playing.

2. They've moved to their London house. They are
buying new furniture.
З.Не paused and looked at her. "You're shaking. Are you all
right?"
4. He is always having to check his emotions. 5.1 am meeting
Jason at his office on the 25th. Would you join us?
6. You know that cinema audiences are declining in the
United States.
7. The rain is just beginning.
8. Sally put down the telephone. "It was Dan. He's
staying at the club tonight. He's too tired to drive home."
9. You are always drinking tea when I come here for a snack.
10.1 miss her very much, almost e;yery minute of the day I
think
of her, or I think I'm hearing her.
11. He started into the house ahead of us shouting,
"Mary, what are you doing? Your guests have come."
12. "I'm sorry," I said, "I'm. being clumsy."
13.My cousin, just rented an. old harti to a young man. who
repairs bicycles. He's there all the time. Even on Sundays.
He's working on some kind of an invention.
14. My father is always saying things that he shouldn't say in
front of me.
15. "Don't go," he said. "I feel faint. The room is spinning
around."
16.I'll say good night to you, Mr Brown, now, if you'll excuse
me. Ym feeling kind of exhausted this evening.
17. "Why are you still dressed?" her father asked. "I'm
working tonight. Mr Hardy has a meeting at his house. I'm
going out there to take notes."
18. "I'm not scared," she said. "You are. You're wishing I
hadn't done it."
19. Paris is wonderful. I like the food here, and Ym eating
like mad.
20.The aspirin isn't working. I'm in pain.
21. Albert is doing quite nicely in the used-car business.
22.By the way, I'm having some people over for dinner tonight.
23. Helen, please don't talk to me in a tiresome voice.
You are not being scolded. We are simply discussing what
can be done.
24. Come and sit by Leo and me. We're having a boring
gossip all about Peter's chances.
25. Hello, Alice. You're looking healthy, prosperous and
fine.
26. "I've heard the whole story, all the town is talking of
it," he said.
Ex. 3. Use the Present Indefinite or the Present Continuous:
1. He has suffered a great deal of pain. You (nor to

think) he (to behave) very well, though?
2. "I (to live) up there," she said, indicating the gates.
3.1 never (to change) my shoes even when I (to get) my feet wet.
4. "By the way," I asked Arthur, "what Bill (to do) now?"
5. The guard stared at him. "You (to have) a pass?"
6. "Mr Brown (to play) cards?" he asked.
7. "Luis (to keep) something secret." "He (not to tell) you
everything?"
8. They will have to stay with us when they (to arrive)
here.
9. "And what has become of Mr Jones?" the man asked.
"He (to do) well."
10."You must forgive me," Mr Smith said, "but I (not to touch)
alcohol."
11. It's no use mumbling at me out of the side of your mouth,
and
imagining that you (to speak) French. 12."Dan," she said,
turning to her husband with her hand over
the mouthpiece, "why your brother (to call) so early?" 13.1
(to believe) she (to feel) foolish this morning. 14. If there is one
thing I (not to like) on a voyage it is the
unexpected. Naturally I (not to talk) of the sea. The sea (to
present) no problem. 15.He will give me a welcome
whenever I (to come) here.
16. A very old woman was staring at them intently. "We
(to do) something to attract attention?" Grace asked.
17. At the further end of the village (to stand) the
medieval church.
18. "I shall go mad if this (to go) on much longer," said
Rex.
19. "Where's Mrs Hardy?" "Downstairs, Sir. She (to greet)
the guests."
16. May I put ray car away in your garage in case anyone
(to come)?
17. He gave me a smile as much as to say: "I only (to
joke)."
20. Mr Smith and I never (to travel) anywhere without a
bottle of aspirin.
21. The wheel of her bicycle was bent out of shape.
"What I (to do) now?" she asked.
22. She always (to try) to show off to her husband that
she can do without him.
23. The doctor (not to see) the patients today. He has
been called away.
24. "If you (to feel) so strongly," she said, "why you (not to
do) something about it?"
Ex. 4. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present

Indefinite and the Present Continuous in the following pairs of
sentences:
1. You'd better take your coat. It's raining out there.

You'd better take your coat. It rains out there.
2. They dance every
style. They are dancing
every style.
3. "I know I'm boring you, but don't go," he said. "I know
I bore you, but don't go," he said.
4.1 think they are both silly.
I think they are both being silly.
5. "His hands shake," said my
aunt. "His hands are shaking," said
my aunt.
6. Who is sleeping in
this room? Who sleeps in
this room?
7. He plays tennis.
He is playing tennis.
8. You're putting the umbrella in the wrong place.
You put the umbrella in the wrong place.
9.1 don't eat
fish. I'm not
eating fish.
Ex. 5. Translate the following sentences into English

concentrating on the use of the Present Indefinite and the
Present Continuous:
1. Где Тед? — В саду. — Что он там делает?

2. Брат никогда не простит мне, если я позволю тебе
уйти.
3. Я не имею ни малейшего представления, о чем вы
говорите.
1. Во всех номерах отеля есть ванна.
4. Он слышал, как она говорила по телефону: «Нет, у
меня все в порядке. Я проснулась и завтракаю».
5. Мне, возможно, следует предупредить вас. Мы
обучаем прямым методом. Мы говорим только на
эсперанто.
6. Значит ли это, что я старею?
7. «А что люди говорят обо мне здесь?» — спросила
она.
8. Но они ничего еще не сделали. Как вы думаете,
чего они ждут?
10.Эти люди говорят на языке, которого никто не знает.
11. Их фирма работает над новым автомобилем. Это
большая
новость.
12. Ты знаешь, как он любит
автомобили.
13.Кстати, что здесь происходит?
14. Всякий раз, когда вам встретится слово, которое
вы не знаете, посмотрите его в словаре.
15. «Я не сплю в доме», — сказал он.
16. Давай, я налью тебе воды. У тебя все еще дрожат руки.
17.Он сказал: «Мы никогда не доберемся до Лондона, если
ты
будешь вести машину так неосторожно».
18. «Удивительно, — сказал я, — как легко он заводит
друзей».
19. «А что делает мать Сэнди в Японии?» — «Она
уехала туда с женской делегацией».
20. Ты помнишь Джеймса? Он теперь работает на
новых издателей, и дела у него идут неплохо.
21. Я очень занят новой школой, которую мы строим.
22.Сэм, беги и поиграй в парке. Твой отец не очень хорошо
себя чувствует. 23.Я не знаю, почему я плачу. 24. «Ты
уже ела?» — «Еще нет. Я мою голову».
Ex. 6. Explain why the Present Continuous is not used in the

following sentences despite the fact that the actions in them
take place at the moment of speaking:
l.The phone's ringing. Who's it for, I wonder?

2. You talk as if your son were a little boy.
3. Your scheme sounds full of holes to me.
2. There was a burst of laughter and music. Rose said
wistfully: "They have a good time, don't they?"
3. The whole thing must be done right away. That
leaves us only one alternative.
4. What's this? Sam, do you hear that?
4. What's the matter now? Why do you talk to me like
that?
5. I'm sorry. I apologize.
6. "I feel a bit shaken." "You surprise me. I've never seen
you like that."
10. "Do you think there may be some mistake here?"

"Why do you ask me?"
11. In a minute or two he began to sigh. "He sighs like a
turtle," Meg thought.
12."She has gone away." "Oh, that tells me everything."
Ex. 7. Translate the following sentences into English

concentrating on the choice between the Present Indefinite
and the Present Continuous to express actions taking place at
the moment of speaking:
1. «Это моя ошибка. Я приношу свои извинения», —

сказал он.
2. «Где лейтенант?» — «Он там вон лежит и наблюдает
за вражеским патрулем».
3. Я все еще не понимаю вас.
4. На перекрестке старик сказал торопливо: «Здесь я
расстаюсь с тобой. Я иду к дочери».
5. Я говорю тебе это в качестве предупреждения,
Милли.
6. Он знает, что мы уходим?
7. «Вы что, хотите мне сказать, что мой отец лжет?»
— «О нет, нет, молодой человек, вы преувеличиваете».
8. Что ты имеешь в виду, Сэм? Ты говоришь
загадками.
9. Не груби. Тебе это не идет.
10. «Неужели ты не видишь, что я устал? Все, что мне

сейчас нужно, — это сигарета и ванна».
11. «Как ты себя чувствуешь? Почему ты не ешь суп?»
— «Я не хочу».
12. «Поль где-то здесь?» — «Он принимает ванну».
13. «Почему ты такой раздражительный?» — «Я не
раздражительный». — «Тогда не кричи». — «Я не кричу».
Ex 8. Use the Present Indefinite or the Present Continuous to
refer the actions in the following sentences to the future:
1. I'm Dr Salt. And I have an appointment with your chief.

Now
where I (to go) in?
2. Do you know what time we (to arrive) at the frontier?
3.1 know that he (to leave) for the village tomorrow.
4. "What we (to do) now?" she asked as they reached the
street. 5.1 can't fetch you because I no longer have my car. I
(to sell) it tomorrow.
6. The next plane (to leave) Salt Lake at six o'clock. You
can catch it yet.
7. She looked at her husband. "I'm nervous. What I (to
tell) them?"
8. Her voice was sharp and commanding: "I (not to go)
home alone. Come on."
9.Loren (to return) from his honeymoon tomorrow and I'd like
to see him before the meeting on Friday.
10. Where we (to go) from here?
11. The truck disappeared on the other side of the hill,
leaving the soldiers behind. "We (to dig) in here," said the
lieutenant looking at the map.
12. Ted (to come) here this morning.
13.Norah said: "I (to go) home tomorrow." "Why?" "My law term
(to begin) soon." 14."What you (to do) tonight?" "I don't
know yet."
Ex. 9. Use the proper forms of the verbs in brackets to express

future actions:
1.We'll talk when we (to get) there.

2.I'll see that everything (to be) in
order. 3.1 don't know when she (to be)
home.
4.Joseph, see that there (to be) plenty of lamps for the guests.
5.We'll wait here till it (to get) dark.
6.You will stay here and make sure no one (to approach) the
road.
7. He asks if you (to meet) him in the library at five o'clock.
8.1 advise you to make sure the bottle (not to be) showing out
of
the box.
9. He will be very useful if you (to treat) him right.
10. He will take care that they (to be) fit to do the job.
11. He wants to know if I (to deliver) this parcel.
12. If all (to go) well, I shall finish it in a fortnight.
13.Stay by the door and wait to make sure that he (to switch)
off the light at the gates.
14. I'll see that everything (to be) properly packed and put into
store.
15.1 wonder what the weather is going to be like and if I (to
be) warm.
16. We'll have peace together when he (to be) gone.
Ex. 10. Use the Present Indefinite or the Present Continuous

of the verbs in brackets:
I.I'm about to move to London and I (to try) to decide which

books and records to take along.
2. "You're young," he said. "Young people (to do) a lot of
foolish things."
3. Why you (to wear) an engagement ring? You are not
engaged.
4. It was a shock to her, but she is the kind that (not to
break) down.
5. One shouldn't drink when one (to drive).
6. She always (to try) a little too hard to make people
like her.
7. "What he (to do) there?" "He (to write) a book, I
believe."
8. He (to know) a lot of languages.
9. What you (to do) when you are by yourself?
10. "Ellen (to wait) for you." "Yes, I know."

11. Write him a note and see it (to be) delivered.
12. Why you (not to try) to rest now, Sam? Try and sleep.
13.I'm sorry you (not to feel) well, dear.
14."I (to start) work next week." "And we all (to look) forward
very much to having you in the office. You (to join) us at an
interesting time."
15. "Ray, come here a minute, will you?" "Oh, what you (to
want)?
Can't you see I (to watch) the telly?"
16.She asked George who hadn't moved, "Well, what you (to
stand) there for? What you (to think) about?"
17. What sort of parts you (to play) on the stage?
18. "What you (to do) tonight?" "I don't know yet. I (to get)
rather used to being at home every night."
19. Jill (to be) rude to me. Why you (not to stop) her?
17. "You ever (to play) cards?" he asked.
20. "What we (to do) now?" "When it (to be) light we'll go
back to the car."
22.For goodness' sake see that these new boys (to get) their
hair cut properly.
23.She (to suffer) from a very unusual form of kidney disease.
24.1 (not to go) home for lunch on Mondays. Mother (to get) up
early on Mondays and (to do) her washing.
25. When she looked at him he was no longer smiling
and lost in thought again. "How quickly your mood (to
change)!" she exclaimed.
26. "Come to my room this minute," he said. "You (to
hear) me? Please, hurry, I (to wait) for you."
27. "Of course I (to joke)," he said in confusion.
28. "How's Jon?" "He (to grow) peaches in North
Carolina."
29. "Mr Desert in?" "No, Sir. Mr. Desert has just started
for the East. His ship (to sail) tomorrow." "Oh," said
Michael blankly: "Where from?" "Plymouth, Sir. His train
(to leave) Paddington at midnight. You may catch him yet."
30. You (to look) hot. Haven't you something cooler to
wear?
31. Sometimes I (to think) about what you and I (to do)
here, and whether any of it is really worth it.
32. "Yes", how time (to fly)l" observed Lily.
33. "You must let me out here. Now I can easily walk to
the railway station." "What train you (to take)?" "The next
to Montreal." "Then you (to leave) Canada." "Yes." "Just a
holiday?" "No. I (to return) to England."
34. "The note (to say) that you are to blame." "She (to lie)"
"Who (to lie)?" "The teacher."
35. Well, the easiest way to make sure that I (not to say)
the ' wrong thing is not to bring your friends here.
36.Philip looked down at his son. "You are a little beggar," he
said. "You always (to want) something." 37."Sh ... sh!" she
warned. "You (to become) conspicuous." 38. He certainly wants
to see you. It's the last chance because his
regiment (to leave) the country early next week. 39,1 (to
see) him tomorrow.
40, I'll see to it that he (to take) his sister with him.
41. The boy appeared with a railway time-table in his hand.
"The
next train (to leave) in twenty minutes."
42."When they (to leave)?" "In a fortnight. They (to see) about
tickets tomorrow."
Ex. 11. Explain the use of Present Perfect Г in the following

sentences:
1. Oliver came shyly up to him. "Sir, I've written a
poem." "Good," said the headmaster. "May I see it?"
2. "Come on, ladies," he shouted, "there's nothing to be
afraid of. The mice have left the room."
З.Не thinks it's pure nerves and he's given me pills.
4. "Your hands are probably soiled. Go and wash them."
"I have washed them."
5. Sam, what's come over you? You make me sad
talking like this.
6. "Do you know the man?" "I've met him."
7. "Where is Gladys?" "I've just had a message. Her
aunt's had a stroke and she's had to go down to Somerset."
8. "Well, it's very nice to see you anyway. I've been
lonely."
9. "I don't know if any of you are interested," he said,
"but the town has fallen."
10. "Have you brought sandwiches?" "No." "I don't know

where I'll get lunch."
11. "You look a bit shaken. Are you all right?" "It's been-a
pretty awful day, that's all."
12.1 don't know how often Vve told you that I don't believe in
this.
13. I've tried to be good.
14.As they saw off their last guest, he said to his wife: "I think
everything has gone off fairly well, don't you?" "Everything
has been perfect," she declared.
15. "What do you know about the life in Quebec?" "Quite
a lot. We have had letters from my uncle describing it."
16. "Does your little daughter miss her nurse?" "No. She
has forgotten her."
17. "Are you keen on sailing?" "I have never done any."
18. "You know, I'm thinking of writing my memoirs," she
said, "I've had an adventurous life."
19. "Well, after all," she said, "he knows he Jias been
horrid to you and he is trying to make up for it."
'See § 16 or E. M. Gordon and I. P. Krylova's "A Grammar of

Present-day English" for Present Perfect I, II, III.
20. "Hallo, Mum and Dad," he called out. "Are you too busy to
see
what I've caughtV
21. "Have you heard Uncle Finch play?" "I'm sorry to say, no."
22.Doctor Diver, my daughter isn't right in the head. Vve had
lots of specialists and nurses for her and she's taken a
couple of rest cures but the thing has grown too big for
me and I've been strongly recommended to come to you.
Ex. 12. Explain the use of the Past Indefinite in the following
sentences:
1. Then a bomb hit close by. He felt himself being lifted.

Then he was out. Later, he opened his eyes. He began to
hurt and he didn't think about anything for a long time.
2. At home we heated soup.
3.A netting wire fence ran all around the house to keep out
rabbits and deer.
4. My aunt looked after my father and they lived in our
old > house.
5. "Wow!" he said to the wide straw hat I wore.
6. He always smiled at children and gave them sweets.
7. She had changed into a white summer dress and
carried a big sun hat which she swung idly in one hand
from a blue ribbon.
8. He moved across the lawn to the house and I
followed him. The moonlight fell in streaks through the
leaves.
9. "Did you hear about the party?" "It twas a complete
failure?"
10. You heard what he said.

11. She knew her brother at the University where he
lectured on physics.
12.That evening she had a date with a man who sold
cosmetics.
13. He sat down and silently took one of the cigarettes
from the desk.
14. In Port-au-Prince nobody walked at night.
15. The office smelt like a stage dressing-
room.
16.He collected books on Carribean flora.
17. He added after a pause, "I saw you talking to the captain
just now."
18.He did his best to look after her; he took her out on long
slow
strolls; he saw that she went to bed early. 19. He decided
that he would make sure that their promise came
true.
20.1 wonder what happened to him in India.
21.1 knew that when he heard his sister come into her room
he
would follow her. 22. Nick told me
that his train left at noon.
23.She said she adored ice-cream and he saw to it that she
had
several helpings. 24.1 asked him what he was going to do
if he was sacked. 25. Hallo, John, you left a note that you
wanted to see me. 26."Meggie, listen. Your governess is here. I
heard her come."
Ex. 13. Use Present Perfect I or the Past Indefinite in the

1.1 never (to see) anyone more beautiful than your wife. 2.1 (to
meet) your husband this afternoon at Green Street.
3. He said, "You (to meet) this passenger. He calls
himself Major Jones." "I (to speak) to him."
4. "I (to get) hold of some money — enough for Tony to
go off for a couple of years." "You (to raise) all that money by
doing your own housework?" "No, of course not." "Milly,
what you (to be) up to? What you (to do)?" "I (to sell) the
house." "But what's Tony going to say? You (to tell) him?"
"Why should he care? He's young." "Why you (not to tell)
him?"
5.1 said, "Mr Jones (to be) arrested by the police." "My good-
ness. You don't say. What he (to do)?" "He necessarily (not
to do) anything." "He (to see) a lawyer?" "That's not possible
here. The police wouldn't allow it."
6. "You (to hear) the news?" "What news?" "About Ted and
Dave. They (to be) out on the roof last night and Ted (to slip)
and Dave (to try) to hold him but he couldn't and (to be)
pulled off too. They're both in hospital with concussion and
their people (to be) sent for."
7.1 understand you (to have) an unpleasant experience at the
week-end? What (to happen) exactly?
8. You remember the coin you (to find) in the pool?
9. "Mr Dillon (to arrive), Kate." "Oh, good. You (to find)
your way all right then, Mr Dillon? I (not to hear) you ring
the bell." "I couldn't find the bell, so I (to knock) instead."
10. He (to light) a cigarette and (to walk) to the window.

11. "Can we get dinner here?" "Of course we can. Have
you got pnmifji IT1""0;,^ T ^J'l. "^^f^ last dollar on the taxi."
12. You (to say) just now that time (to be) everything. What you
(to mean) by that? 13.As we got into the taxi my brother
asked, "Well, you (to
speak) to Harry?" "I (to speak) to him for a moment."
14."Hallo," the little girl said to her mother and looked at her
companion. "Come and say 'How do you do' to Mr Ogden."
"I
(to see) him already." "You can't have done, dear. He only
just
(to arrive) here." "I (to see) him in the hall this afternoon."
"I'm sure you didn't. You (to see) my little daughter yet, Mr
Ogden?" "I don't think we (to meet) before," said Mr Ogden.
15. "I remember you (to have) three funny little freckles on
your
nose," he said, "but they (to disappear)." 16.1 think I'd
better go now. I (to act) wrongly and I in a way (to
deceive) you. I'm sorry. 17. "You (to read) 'Winnie the Pooh'
by A. A. Milne?" "Yes."
"And how you (to tike) it?" "Very much indeed." 18.She (to
come) into the room and (to lean) over her father's
chair and (to kiss) his cheek. "You (to have) a good trip?"
19. You (not to hear) what the pilot (to say)?
20. At school I (to be) never good at languages, but here I
(topick) up a bit of French.
21. "Good night. It (to be) nice to meet you," he (to say)
and (to go) off to his car.
22. "Poor girl," said Renny looking after her. "Don't pity
her! She (to have) her happiness. We all pay for that." "You
(to have) yours?" "I (to have) my share." "You (to pay) for it?
" "Twice over."
23. Well, I know what you (to be) through.
24. "Then what (to happen) to you there?" "Let's forget it.
Even now I can't believe I (to do) it."
Ex. 14. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present

Perfect and the Past Indefinite in the following pairs of
sentences:
1.1 left the car outside the gate.

Vve left the car outside
the gate. 2.We'ue settled
everything.
We settled everything. 3.You
behaved like a courageous man.
You have behaved like a courageousînan.
4. The children have taken their toys to the library.
The children took their toys to the
library. 5.1 taught little children.
Vve taught little
children. 6.1 hurt my
ankle.
Vve hurt my ankle.
7. I had a letter from
home.
I've had a letter from
home.
8. Have you
spoken to him?
Did you speak to
him?
9.We'ue been engaged for nearly two years.
We were engaged for nearly two years. 10.
He has brought his collection of stamps. He
brought his collection of stamps.
Ex. 15. Translate the following into English concentrating on

the use of the Present Perfect and the Past Indefinite:
1. Она была одна, когда вошел ее муж. Он с

удивлением оглядел комнату. «Что это?» — спросил он. —
«Я переехала». Она улыбнулась ему. — «Дом еще не готов.
Ты не можешь этого сделать». —- «Я уже сделала это».
2. Когда Молли вошла в комнату, я сказал: «Я принес
мой старый альбом с марками. Вашего мужа я встретил
на крыльце. Он попросил меня оставить его вам».
3. «Добрый день, — сказал он. — Можно мне повидать
Мэри?»
— «Ее здесь нет, — ответила ее мать. — У меня был с
ней разговор, который ей не понравился, и она уехала».
4. «Я позвонила доктору», — сказала его сестра, входя
в комнату. Когда Роберт пришел в себя, он спросил: «Ты
сказала, что позвонила доктору? Останови его, если
можно. Я совсем здоров. Я просто не могу себе
представить, почему я потерял сознание».
5. «Где он? Я должен его увидеть». — «Он ушел в лес».
6. «Отец внизу?» — «Да». — «Он ходил к Смитам?» —
«Да».
— «Что сказал м-р Смит?» — «Отец его не видел».
7. Она встала из-за стола. «Я должна пойти запереть
калитку. Уже стемнело».
8. «Посмотри, — сказал он, держа по щетке в каждой
руке,
— что мой двоюродный братец подарил мне! Он
оставил их на моем туалетном столике».
20 The Verb: Finite Forms
9. Мальчик вышел и четким голосом прочитал стишок. Его мать

заговорила первой. «Подойди сюда, — сказала она ему.
— Кто научил тебя этому?» — «Я сам его придумал», — ответил
мальчик.
10. Моей одежды нет в комнате. Они ее унесли.
11.Он сорвал цветок. «Посмотри, что я сделал», — сказал он.
— «Зачем ты это сделал?» — «Я не знаю».
12.Что я сделал такого, чтобы так сильно рассердить отца? 13.Затем они
все прошли в столовую и заняли свои места з.
столом. «А брат и я уже завтракали, — вдруг воскликнула
Мег, — я совсем забыла». 14. Молли, случилось что-то ужасное. У
соседей на крыльце
нашли младенца. 15.Говорят, что девушка и ее тетка продали свой
домик и
уезжают куда-то к родственникам.
Ex. 16. Explain the use of the Present Perfect Continuous in the follow ing
sentences:
1. "I must say, William, you're looking distinctly pale, you know." "Am
I?" "I fear you've been overworking yourself lately. You don't get out of doors
enough."
2. You bet I'm burning myself out. I've been doing it for so many years
now — and who cares?
3. Your wife's been telling me that you'ue not been sleeping very well
lately. Pm sorry to hear that.
4. "Mother, what do you suppose you look like?" "Oh, I know. But I've
been cleaning the stairs."
5. Rosemary, I've been thinking. What we need is something different.
6. "I was the only boy in our school that had asthma," said the fat boy
with a touch of pride. "And I've been wearing specs since I was three."
7.1 don't want anyone to know I've been crying.
8. Oh, I am not really hot. It's just that I've been running.
9. Oh, dear, has the baby been howling ever since we left?
10. "Oh, it's grand to have you home again," he said. "I've been saving up
things to tell you but now they've gone right out of my head and I can
only be glad."
Ex. 17. Explain why Present Perfect II and not the Present Perfect Continuous
is used in the following sentences:
l.Then about a year ago he disappeared and Vve never heard from him since.
2. "Good evening, Mrs Elliot, you look blooming tonight." "Oh, not
really, I haven't had a minute since I came in."
3. He's made nothing but trouble for years.
4. He hasn't been seen for a week. He is said to be on holidays.
5.1 don't think he's changed in the thirty years Vve known him.
6. I'm going to eat something. I haven't had anything since last night.
7. They heard a step behind them and turning saw Wilmott coming up
to them. "Here I am!" he said. "Have you waited long?"
8. Meg said: "We haven't had lessons lately. It's too hot."
9. This is the happiest evening Vve had in a long while.
10. "You are late for tea, Philip," she said. "No, I'm not late, Mumma," he
returned. "Pue been in for some time."
Ex. 18. Use the Present Perfect Continuous or Present Perfect II in the
1.1 (to be) busy since we last met.

2. I'm very fond of Alice but I (not to see) much of her lately. 3."How quickly
your mood changes! You look drained." "I (to
walk) around all day. I (to have) a few drinks and nothing to
eat."
4. But I (to cook, to clean) and (to dig) for three days and Pm tired.
5. "I don't think your mother expects you to become an electrician."
"What she (to say) to you?" "Nothing."
6. Imagine how much they (to learn) since they (to be) here.
7. "Shall we sit down or do you prefer to stand?" "I (to sit) down in my
office, so I am quite happy to stand."
8.1 found him waiting downstairs at the house door to let me in.
"Pm sorry," I said, "I hope you (not to stand) here long." 9. There (to be) no
guests at all since I left? Ю.The other chap is a man who threw up his job ten
years ago
and he (not to work) since. ll."My son is not a bad boy. But he's going through
a difficult phase." "He (to go) through this difficult phase for fifteen years."
l2.He's an old friend. I (to know) him for ages.
13. You (to see) anything of Mary lately?
14.Do you know of any good books coming out soon? I (not to
read) anything amusing for ages. 15.1 know the names of everyone in the
village. I (to live) here all
my life.
16. "What do you suppose was wrong with the pony that he should go
into the ditch?" asked Meg. "He (to go) into the ditch ever since I (to know)
him," said the doctor, "and I (to know) him twenty-five years."
17. Winifred has got a young man she (to have) dates with for ages and
she won't tell me anything about him.
Ex. 19. Translate the following into English concentrating on the use of;
the Present Perfect and the Present Perfect Continuous: •!
1.Мы с вашим братом говорили сегодня об этом деле. Поэто^ му я и

пришел повидаться с вами.
2. «Я все думал об этой книге, — сказал он, — и пришел к
заключению, что мы не можем ее напечатать».
3. «Грузовик все еще там?» — «Да. Они уже два часа работают,
пытаются сдвинуть его. Но им это еще не удалось».
4. «Что ты делала, Пэт? Ты вся в земле».
5. «Ну, ты ведь слышала о Молли, да?» — «Я слышу о ней уже два
года».
6. «Последнее время я замечаю в тебе какие-то изменения».
7. «Ну как ты?» — «Немного устала. Я весь день скребла стены».
8. Мальчишке нужна порка. Он уже много месяцев напрашивается
на нее.
9. «Том и я, — сказала она весело, входя в комнату, — так хорошо
провели время. Мы смотрели альбомы».
10. «Я очень доволен тем местом, которое выбрал. Я буду питаться

ягодами и рыбой и читать все те книги, которые я давно хотел
прочитать». — «А где вы возьмете их?» — «Я привез их с собой».
11. «Эта больница оказалась очень хорошей для изучения языков, —
сказала девушка. — С тех пор как я здесь, я говорю по-французски с
двумя докторами и по-немецки с нянями, и я набралась порядочно

испанского от одного пациента. Для занятий музыкой тоже. Я
практикуюсь каждый день.
А последние несколько месяцев я занимаюсь на курсах по истории
музыки».
Ex. 20. Translate the following into English concentrating on the use of
Present Perfect Continuous H:
1. Когда они остались одни, она спросила: «Что здесь происходило?»

2. «А что, если я попрошу Филиппа одолжить мне денег?» —
«Попробуй. Он только что с рыбалки. Это подходящий момент».
3. «Какие у тебя холодные руки, Мэри!»— «Да, я сидела у окна и
проверяла тетради».
4. «А вот ты где, Том! А я все искал тебя. Там какой-то молодой
человек хочет видеть тебя».
5. При строгих родителях и двух старших братьях я всегда только и
слышал, как кто-нибудь говорил мне: «Филипп, тебе должно быть
стыдно».
6. «Извини, что я опоздал, мама. Мне нужно было поехать в город, и
я попал под дождь и промок насквозь. Я переодевался».
7. «Эй! А где же все?» — «Я сейчас спущусь, — откликнулась Долли.
— Я закрывала окна».
8. Он поблагодарил сестру за подарок и сказал: «Это как раз то, что
мне нужно. Все мое шерстяное белье съела моль».
Ex. 21. То practise the Present Perfect Continuous, say what has just been
happening to cause the state of things expressed in the following sentences:
1. His clothes are wet. (to walk in the rain)

2. You look upset, (to say dreadful things about ...)
3. I'm so glad to be able to talk to someone, {to have a very dull time)
4. Why do you think I ought to give up my work? (to talk to the doctor)
5. You look excited, (to try to talk someone out of doing something)
6. He is very tired, (to overwork)
7. The streets are wet. (to rain)
8.1 can't write a loving letter now. (to write too many official papers)
9. The air in the room is hazy, (to smoke a great deal)
Ex. 22. Explain the use of the Present Perfect and the Past Indefinite in the
following questions:
l.Why hasn't he let us know where he is? It simply isn't like him.
2. Why did you give your son that kind of education then?
3. "What time is it?" "Almost nine o'clock." "Damn," he swore. "Why
didn't someone wake me?"
4. When did the tragedy occur?
5. "What's happened?" he thought. "How did they get here?"
6. "I'm going to see Mr Warren," she said. "He's in St Joseph's
Hospital." Her father turned from the TV. "What happened to him?" "He
had an accident. He says it's nothing serious."
7. Where's my hat? Where did I leave my hat?
8. "And I've got a bit of money. We could get ourselves a nice flat."
"Where did you get the money from?"
9. "Miss Drake," he said later. "How long have you known Roger?"
"Nearly a vear. He's told me a lot about you." "What did he say?"
10. "How long were you in hospital with that wound?" she asked.
11. "Well, this is a hell of a mess you have got into. I don't wonder you
are upset." "How did you find out?"
12. Then I thought of the other summer and of Laura. "How long did
Laura stay there altogether?"
13. As Rosemary entered her room, her mother called to her; "Where
have you been?"
14. When did she leave for a swim?
15. You seem to know a lot about your neighbours. How long have you
lived here?
Ex. 23. Use the Present Perfect or the Past Indefinite in questions in the
following text:
— Are you a soldier by profession?

— Yes.
— How long you (to be) in the army?
— Twenty-five years.
— When you (to join) the army?
The Verb: Finite Forms 25
— In 1932.
— Where you (to serve) during the war?
— First on the territory of Ukraine, then in the Far East.
— You (to see) much fighting in Ukraine?
— A good deal.
— How long you (to remain) there?
— For over a year.
— Why you (to be) sent to the Far East?
— 1 (to be) wounded.
— What sort of wound it (to be)?
— A bullet through the shoulder.
— How. many times you (to be) wounded during the war?
— Three times.
— They (to be) serious wounds?
— Rather. \
— When you (to be) wounded the last time?
— In 1945.
— How you (to feel) since the army?
— Not very strong.
— Why you (not to leave) the army?
— I can't imagine my life outside the army.
— Where you (to serve) lately?
— In the Caucasus mostly. The climate there suits my health.
Ex. 24. Use the Present Perfect or the Past Indefinite in the following
questions:
1. "I'll drink tea from this tin mug." "Wherever you (to find) it?"
2. "What you (to hear)?" she demanded. "A farmer tells me he saw your
brother walking back to the town." "Why he (not to tell) us?" "He thought we
knew."
3.The parrot screamed a few words in Hindi. "Where he (to learn) that?" my
aunt asked me.
4. He showed her inside the house. "Oh, how lovely!" she exclaimed. "I
had no idea it would be so lovely. Why you (not to tell) us? And you (to do) it
all by yourself?" "Yes." "How you (to manage) it? It's so tidy. And the new
tea-set! When you (to buy) it?"
5. When Renny came in, his grandmother asked him: "Where you (to
be) all day?"
4. "What sort of time you (to have) in France?" "A lot of things happened
there."
5. "Everyone in the village will talk about it." "How this affair (to
begin)?"
6. "How many children you (to teach) in that other family?" the girl
asked her new governess. "Not many. Just one girl." "How long you (to
stay) with her?"
7. Then my mother asked me: "Why you (to go) to the post-office
today?"
Ex. 25. Explain the use of the Present Perfect and the Past Indefinite in the
following sentences containing an indication of a period of time:
l."I hear you went to the dentist this morning." "Yes. I had
three teeth filled." 2. He laughed. "My," said Peggy, very pleased, "you got
off the
right side of the bed this morning, didn't you?" 3.That man was here again
this afternoon, asking for you.
4. "Where is my brother?" "He's not been in all afternoon."
5. At Corfu you find people playing cricket. Watching them you
remember that Corfu was under British rule for fifty years and cricket,
obviously, is a heritage of those days.
6. "Mr Ferrier wishes to speak to you on the telephone, Sir," she said.
"He has called up three times this morning."
7. "What's going on here?" Mel sighed: "WeVt? had a storm for three
days. It's created emergency situations."
8. "Have you seen Mary this morning?" she asked the boy as she gave
him his morning milk. "No. She is sick." "How do you know?" "She didn't
come out of her room."
9. "I used to know the Pimleys. But I haven't seen them for years," he
said.
10. When they were strolling along the beach, Wilmott said to the doctor: "Do
you know, I was surprised to hear you quote poetry this evening."
11.1 was an officer in the Territorials myself for a few years. I had to give it
up for health reasons.
12.1'ue had a rather nasty pain in my knee at times lately. It caught me this
morning in a devilish fashion.
13.She drew down his head and pressed her cheek to his. "I say. your cheek
is like a grater! You have not shaved today."
14."When did she bring it here?" "She left it on the door-step today."
Ex. 26. Use the Present Perfect or the Past Indefinite in the following
sentences which contain an indication of a period of time:
1. "Listen," he said, "my father (to fight) for four years in the
last war."
2.1 (to meet) your boy-friend and (to have) a long talk with him today.
3. "Don't go, Philip," said his mother. "I scarcely (to see) you today."
4."Good morning, Mother," he said kissing the top of her head,
"you (to sleep) late this morning." 5.1 was at school with Alec. Then we (not
to see) each other for
years.
6.1 (to have) coffee with a friend of yours at the Union today.
7. Pm taking my wife out tonight. She (not to have) any fun for a long
time.
8. "Has Meggie eaten her tea?" "No. Not a bite. Nor dinner either."
"Why, this is awful. The child (not to have) a bite all day."
9. Unsmiling she (to regard) him steadily for a long time. He then
stopped walking about and looked equally steadily at her.
10.1 dare say you (not to have) a night's sleep or a proper meal this week.
11. Entering her bedroom her mother said: "Pat, dear, aren't you well? Don't
you think that a cup of tea would be nice? We (to have) the first
strawberries this morning."
12."You (to see) Father this afternoon?" she asked coming in from the garden.
13. You are just in time to hear a nice bit of news. Our neighbour is
engaged to be married. He (to bring) me the news himself this morning.
14. "I'm sorry I'm late," he said. "Everything (to seem.) to hold me up this
evening."
Ex. 27. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present Perfect and the
Past Indefinite in the following pairs of sentences containing an indication of a
period of time:
1.1 haven't read the paper this morning. I didn't read

the paper this morning.
2. We haven't seen them for years.
We didn't see them for years.
3. He hasn't gone to bed for two days. He
didn't go to bed for two days.
4. He has been a teacher for ten years. He
was a teacher for ten years.
5. I've had a letter from him today. I
had a letter from him today.
6. Have you seen him this afternoon? Did
you see him this afternoon?
7. We haven't corresponded for months. We
didn't correspond for months.
8. He has called me up from London three times this week. He called
me up from London three times this week.
9. I've met them both this afternoon. I met
them both this afternoon.
Ex. 28. Translate the following into English concentrating on the use of the
Present Perfect and the Past Indefinite in sentences containing an indication
of a period of time:
1. «Вы не можете мне сказать, уехала ли мисс Смит лондонским

поездом сегодня утром?» — спросил он у начальника станции. — «Нет.
Она опоздала на него».
2. Они проговорили около двух часов, и затем он сказал, что ему
надо повидать кое-кого из друзей.
З.Его мать умерла. Она долго работала учительницей.
4. Послушай-ка, Джон, твоя хозяйка говорит, что ты сегодня
лежишь целый день в постели. Это ведь не годится, правда?
5. Она удивилась, увидев его. «Разве ты не получил мое письмо?» —
«Твое письмо? Нет». — «Да, конечно, ты еще не мог его получить. Я
забыла. Оно было отправлено только сегодня утром».
6.Она резко повернулась к мужу и сказала: «Я отгоню машину домой». —
«Но ведь ты не водила машину много месяцев», — возразил он. — «Я
еще не забыла, как это делается» .
7. Мы все трое пошли вместе по улице. В течение некоторого
времени все молчали.
8. «Дядя Том приезжает, — объявила Мег. — Мама получила от него
письмо сегодня утром».
9. На этой неделе у меня едва было время, чтобы просмотреть
газету.
7. «Тебе следует пойти навестить Вилли, — сказала она. — Ты не видел
его три недели. Вы поссорились?»
8. Они долго сидели рядом. Джек первым нарушил молчание.
Ex. 29. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present Continuous and
the Present Perfect Continuous in the following pairs of sentences:
1. We're having a good laugh over everything. We've been having a good
laugh over everything.
2. I'm doing it just this way.
I've been doing it just this way.
3. What is going on in here? What
has been going on in here?
4. He is saying funny things about you.
He has been saying funny things about you.
5. What are you doing? What
have you been doing?
6. I'm wondering if you just dislike me.
Vve been wondering if you just dislike me.
7. She is accusing me of things.
She has been accusing me of things.
8. He is behaving very well.
He has been behaving very well.
Ex. 30. Use the Present Continuous or the Present Perfect Continuous in the
1. "There's a man sitting at the first table near the door. He (to look) at
us," she said. "He is, but what of it?" "I (to meet) him everywhere of late."
2. Ever since my University days I (to study) the history of Russia. Now
I {to read) books on the Civil War.
3.1 know you (to ask) for somebody with experience on your staff. There is a
doctor in our laboratory who might interest you. But he now (to finish) an
experiment.
4."I (to visit) with friends." "How long you (to stay) with your friends?"
5.The door was opened by Mrs Pitt. "Well, well, you're just in time. I (to
make) some cakes. And your father (to have) breakfast."
6."Where's my daughter?" "She (to talk) to a policeman." "What's happened?"
"She (to drive) without a license."
7."I hope you (to do) well?" "Splendid. I was very sorry that you left us. We (to
do) better ever since."
8."Hello," she said. "I'm glad you (to have) lunch here. I (to want) to talk to
you."
9."We (to stay) here nearly a week." "I hope you (not to think) of leaving."
10. "The girl (to wait) to see you, doctor." "How long she (to wait)?"
Ex. 31. Explain the use of Present Perfect III in the following sentences:
l.I'm tidying up for tomorrow. When I've finished this I'll go

and put the child to bed. 2. As soon as we have had some tea, John, we
shall go to inspect
your garden.
3.1 said, "Well, don't take him away until Vve had a chance to speak to him."
4. After we've done all the packing it will be nice to have a light meal.
5.1 shall probably bore you to death by the time Vve finished
talking about myself. 6.1 tell you flatly that unless something has been
done about
your brother I won't go-to that house. 7. With a shrug she said: "Their
affair will fade into nothing
before he's been here a week."
Ex. 32. Use the Present Perfect or the Present Indefinite in the following
clauses of time referring to the future:
l-AU right. I'll come down when I (to put) on a fresh collar.
2. When he (to be) off duty he'll go there.
3. "I must know where they are and I shall not rest till I (to see) them
again," he thought.
4. "No more," she said to the dog, "but when I (to finish) you may have
the bone."
5. Go on with your picture. We'll have a look at it when we (to return)
from the party.
6. "I'll hand the book over when I (to read) it," he said.
7. "Has he gone?" she asked as soon as her sister entered. "No. He
refuses to go till he (to see) you."
8.1 will not leave you till we (to talk) this thing out,
9. Nobody knows we are here. We may stay here till we (to die).
10. You won't think so when you (to see) a bit more of it.
11. I'll lock the door when you (to go).
12. When I (to wake) I'll go for a swim.
13.1 know that when she (to refuse) to help him he'll make some
scene. ,
14-I'll come when my guests (to go).
15. Please don't start watching TV till we (to have) supper.
16. You'll find it lonely here after the sun (to set).
17. Look, call him up again when he (to finish) eating.
18. "You'll find," said Ted, "that you'll long for home when you (to leave)
it."
19. I'll keep it with me till we (to decide) what is to be done with it.
20."I'll give you some paper and brushes and let you make a picture when we
(to ask) your mother," she said to the girl.
Ex. 33. Revision: use one of the present forms or the Past Indefinite in the
following short situations:
1. "You (to know) the man for many years?" "Yes. We (to be) at
Cambridge together."
2. In the morning, coming down the stairs, Rosemary (to see) Tony lying
in the sitting-room. "What you (to do) here?" "I (to sleep) here." "I'm sorry we
(to take) your room." "I (to sleep) in my room for fifteen years." "But this is a
pretty room, isn't it?" "Yes. The sun (to be) in it since six this morning."
"You (to see) Philip? You (to know) where he is?" "I expect he (to talk) to
Mother." "Oh, well, they're old friends, aren't they?" "Inseparable. They (to
start) quarrelling this morning at seven o'clock."
3."Are you keen on golf?" "I (not to play) myself. I somehow never (to have) the
time."
4. The pilot was young with a bad twitch that pulled his mouth to the right
twenty times a minute. "This morning," he kept saying, "this morning I (not
to have) this. It (to get) worse and worse. It (to look) bad?" "No," I said, "I
hardly (to notice) it." "I (to be) shot down by an American," the pilot said.
"The first American I ever (to see). I even (not to know) they (to be) here."
5. "I'm sorry I (to keep) you waiting," said the maid. "I do hope you (not to
ring) long. I just (to do) the bedroom and the bell (to be) rather faint there."
6. Turning I found my father sitting beside me on the sofa. "Hello, Dad,"
I said, "how you (to get) here?"
7. "You (not to sing) the song once since you (to come) back," Barbara
complained. "I (to forget) it," said Pat.
8.1 (to sit) here all night, and I swear I (not to doze) for a;
moment. \
9. "Mr Brown, we (not to want) you to misunderstand our leav- ■ ing your hotel.
We (to be) very happy here under your roof." "I (to be) glad to have you. You
(to catch) the Medea? She (to arrive) tomorrow." "No. We won't wait for her. I
(to write) out our address for you. We (to fly) to Santo Domingo tomorrow."
10, Then about ten years ago he (to disappear) and I never (to
hear) from him since.
11. "The gas stove is covered in grease. It's filthy. Why you (not
to clear) up after you had cooked breakfast? You even (to
leave) the breakfast things in the sink."
12,1 can't think where I (to leave) my key. It's probably in my other bag.
13. You (to paint) any more pictures lately?
'
I
14.Then I (to come) here and I (to be) here since.
15. The general turned to my father and said abruptly: "You (to be) in the Boer
war?"
16.The voice on the telephone said: "I'm sorry to bother you buti you (to
receive) my letters?" I said: "Well, I may have anci I may not. I (to be) away
and there are a lot of letters he red I (not to look) at them yet." "I (to write) to
your club as^ well." "I (not to open) those either."
17. "Oh, Mary. Come in. You (to have) tea?" "Yes, thanks."
18. When I (to meet) her she (to talk) to me of you. "God, what a pedestal
she (to put) you on!" "Well, I (to come) off it with a crash. I (to topple) for
some time," he said bitterly.
Ex. 34. Revision: use one of the present forms or the Past Indefinite in the
following texts:
a) They returned to London on Monday night. Jan went straight to his

office, she drove home, where Mrs Bristow, the housekeeper, was smoking a
cigarette and listening to the wireless.
"Everything (to be) all right?" "Mrs Troy

(to go)." "Where?"
"She (not to say). I (to help) her down with the bags. Oh, and she (to leave)
you this." The housekeeper gave her a letter.
"Darling, 1 (to be) sorry not to be here to say goodbye but I (to be) sure you
will be quite pleased to have me out of your house at last. What an angel you
(to be). I can never thank you or Jan enough. I (to leave) a little present to Jan.
Let's meet soon and I'll tell you all about everything. All love. Virginia."
"She (to leave) anything else, Mrs Bristow?"
"Just two books. They (to be) upstairs."
"Mrs Troy (to leave) no address?"
"She (not to go) far. I (not to catch) what she (to say) to the taxi-driver but it
(not to be) a railway station."
The mystery (to be) soon solved. Jan (to telephone). "Good news," he said.
"We (to get) rid of Virginia"
"I know."
"For good. She (to be) a sensible woman. She (to do) just what
1 (to say) she should —she (to find) a husband."
b) Drawing Roma to the arm of his chair, her uncle said to his
guest: "This little girl (to be) my dead nephew Eden's daughter.
Eden (to be) a poet, the first in the family to turn to things
artistic. Of course, you (to hear) that young Christian (to turn) to
painting. And Finch (to be) a concert pianist, and Wakefield (to
be) an actor. And there (to be) a young man nearby who (to write).
What is his name, Roma?"
"Humphrey Bell."
"That's it. And what he (to write)?" She answered, as though in a lesson:
"Short stories in the American and Canadian magazines."
"Well, well," said the uncle, "before we (to know) it we shall have artists'
colony here in place of the settlement of retired British officers we (to set) out
with. You (to think) that will be a change for, the better, Roma?"
"I (not to think) about it," she returned.
c) Then, with the noise of the bombardment still echoing in his

ears, he (to open) his eyes and for a moment (can) see nothing but
flashes of light.
2
И. П. Крылова
"Fielden," he (to call) wildly, and immediately a familiar voice (to reassure)
him:
"You (to be) all right. You (to come) round. You (to feel) better, Frankie?"
He (to rub) his eyes and (to see) Fielden beside him. He was lying on a
camp-bed in an unknown place amid a group of strange officers. "I (to be) quite
all right. But what (to happen)? Where I (to be)?"
"You (to be) in a dug-out. You (to be) buried by a bomb from a trench
mortar."
"But how I (to get) here?"
"Someone (to drag) you out. Pm afraid four of your men (to be) killed and
several others (to be) wounded.1'
"My God!" (to cry) Frankie, struggling to sit up. "Anyone (to look) for them?"
"That's all right. We (to get) the wounded ones down to the dressing table
long ago. You (to be) unconscious for over an hour. The Doc's going to have a
look at you and if you (to be) all right we shall take you back to your dug-out."
d) As they were drinking coffee Finch said, "Now tell me

about yourself. How is your work?"
For a moment it (to seem) as though Bell could not bring himself to
answer, then he (to get) out: "Not too badly. I (to write) a novel."
"A novel," Finch shouted. "Well, this is news. And it (to be) finished?"
"Yes. It (to be) finished. To tell the truth, it (to be) accepted by a publisher."
"You (to work) on it long?" "For over
a year."
e) "What time it (to be)? It must be terribly late. I (to see) that
the moon (to be) gone," Sylvia said to Finch.
"I'll take you back in my car, but not till I (to make) you some coffee."
They (to go) together to the kitchen. They (to get) the cups and saucers, the
cream, (to boil) the kettle. When the tray (to be) laid Finch (to carry) it to the
music room and (to set) it on the little table. Then they (to place) the chairs by
it and (to sit) down.
"Is the coffee right?" she asked anxiously, for she had made it. And
immediately she exclaimed: "Someone (to come). I (to hear) a car."
They (to go) to see who it (to be). When the car (to stop), Finch's brother (to
get) out of it.
"I (to be) sent by my wife to rescue you," he said to Sylvia. "She (to refuse)
to go to bed till you (to come). The others (to leave) some time ago. It (to be)
almost morning."
"It (to be) all my fault," said Finch. "I (to play) the piano."
"All this while?"
"Yes."
They (to come) into the music room. Almost apologetically Finch said: "We
(to have) coffee."
"For the second time tonight: No wonder you (to be) wakeful," said his
brother.
Ex. 35. Explain the use of the Past Continuous in the following sentences:
1. The front door of the house stood open. The maid was polishing the
windows.
2. After a while he informed me that John was doing a translation of
some poems from Spanish.
3.1 knew Harry was coming sometime on Monday.
4. You remember how he was always writing verses.
5. He glanced my way to see if I was listening.
6. By the time the month was up, Eric realized he was fighting a losing
battle.
7. Roma said: "Hallo, everybody. We were passing and saw the light in
the studio. We guessed you were having a party."
8. She stopped beside Tommy who was in a particularly scornful mood.

He was leaving in the morning.
9. Well, I was taught not to interrupt when older people were talking.
10.She said it very calmly but her face had gone the curious colour which
meant that she wasn't liking it very much.
11. He looked across the street to see if they were waiting.
12. "What were you doing in New York, Mr Brown?" "I was trying to find
someone to buy my hotel," he replied truthfully.
13.It was raining when I left.
14. "This is his breakfast," Adeline said, indicating the tray with a bandaged
finger. She was always suffering from a cut or a burn.
Ex. 36. Explain the use of the Past Continuous and the Past Indefinite in the
following sentences which contain actions taking place at a given past
moment:
1. We had some difficulty with Jerry, who was enjoying himself and did
not want to come away.
2. He laughed and said how nice the country looked. Branches and little
dark delicate twigs formed a fretwork of black lace against a cold, silvery
sky.
3.1t was getting dark now, and the general drove more slowly than ever.
4.1 was driving along a country road when I spotted a telephone box.
5.1 looked at my watch — it read five minutes to eleven. 6.1 looked at my
husband. He was reading a letter.
7. Philip made no haste to move from where he sat.
8. Lunch was over. Theo was smoking a cigarette. Barbara was sitting
on the window seat with a book in her hands.
9.1 rang the bell and the door was opened by a small man in overalls who was
carrying a pot of white paint.
10. In the dim light it was difficult for the passengers to read the papers they
carried.
11.1 offered to call him up hut they told me that the telephone didn't work.
12.1 looked into my father's study. He was no longer working. 13. John,
turning from the door, noticed that he was standing upon a letter which lay
on the mat.
Ex. 37. Use the Past Continuous or the Past Indefinite in the following
sentences:
1.1 (to have) an uncomfortable feeling that he (to laugh) at me. 2. They (to
move) into the shelter. The rain (to come) down swiftly. 3-The general (to wait)
on the platform when I (to arrive) at Camberley.
4. She (to be) on her guard because he always (to tease) her. 5.1 only (to want)
to know if you (to come) on Saturday.
6. He (to see) to it that their publishing house (to become) a flourishing
firm again.
7. He (to have) a bath when the sirens (to start).
8. He (to walk) in the frosty fields when he (not to work).
9. Jack (to look) at her trying to guess what (to come).
10.The road under the limes (to lead) straight to the village.
11. He (to find) that he (to speak) in a low voice.
12.He (to be) surprised to find how much her hands (to shake).
13. It (to be) suddenly clear to me that she (to act) a part and (to
amuse) herself at our expense.
14. Mother said you (to join) the Bombardier Guards.
15.1 (to know) that they (to go) out that night.
16.He (to have) interests elsewhere. He always (to ask) for special leave.
17. Then he (to notice) Jack. He (to stand) in front of the fire and (to talk)
Italian to a man in glasses.
18. When I (to come) up to her she (to search) through a velvet bag which
she always (to carry) for her spectacles which she always (to lose).
Ex. 38. Use the Past Indefinite or the Past Continuous in the following
sentences containing as-clauses and white-clauses:
l.They (to talk) little as they (to drive) home.

2. As they (to drink) coffee, Ted (to say): "Now tell me about yourself."
3. She (to sing) softly as she (to beat) the eggs.
4. As the sun (to disappear), a fresh breeze (to stir) the curtains at the
window.
5. His steps (to slow) down as he (to mount) the stairs.
6.1 (to hear) a telephone ringing as I (to come) up in the lift. 7.He (to come)
forward as we (to climb) out of the car and (to hold) his hand to my father.
8. Bernard (to call) up as I (to prepare) to leave the office.
9. He (to give) his father an anxious look as he (to enter).
Ю.She (to watch) him as he (to walk) to a chair across the room. П.He (to look)
up as Eric (to come) in.
12.Her husband (to stop) her just as she (to get) into the car. 13.While he (to
stand) irresolute, the door (to open) and his
brother (to come) out. 14. He (to listen) gravely while I (to complain) about
my reading.
15. While she (to wait) for the kettle to boil she (to sit) by the table.
16. He (not to say) a word while we (to eat).
17. Mrs Blair (to talk) about domestic affairs, while the general (to lecture)
my father on some subject which I didn't understand.
18. We (to look) at the stamps while we (to wait) for Hudson to turn up.
19. She (to tear) her dress while she (to change).
20. While we (to talk) Beryl (to come) out of the house.
21. We (to stand) about while lemonade and biscuits (to be) set out on the
table.
22.1 (to examine) the picture while she (to organize) her thoughts.
Past Continuous:
1. Пока носильщик и шофер укладывали его вещи в машину, Джек

закурил сигарету. 2. В этот момент он увидел своего брата. Он стоял по
другую сторону стеклянных дверей. 3. Женщина что-то сказала мальчику,
который шел рядом с ней. 4. Когда мальчик заснул, он все еще держал
новую игрушку. 5. Он проснулся. Возле его кровати звонил телефон. 6.
Джо был доволен, что его брат теперь вел машину медленнее. 7. Она
сидела в глубине комнаты, лицом к двери. На ней было то же самое
платье, и она смело смотрела на трех мужчин, которые стояли в другой
стороне комнаты. Когда Джек подошел к ней, она улыбнулась ему. Он
ясно чувствовал, что трое мужчин наблюдают за ним.
Ex. 40. Revision: use one of the present forms or the Past Indefinite or the
Past Continuous in the following sentences:
1. "He (to like) you?" "Like me? He never even (to see) me when we (to
meet). He (to look) straight through me. The other day I (to pass) him by
near the lake; he just (to stare) at the sky. I (to say) "Hello, David." He even
(not to bother) to look my way."
2. On the 1st of September, 1939, I (ro lunch) with my father. And I (to
try) to explain to him something of the work I (to do). In the middle of the
meal the telephone (to ring) and my father (to answer) it. Then he (to come)
back and (ro say): "Philip (to say) the war (to start)."
1. Through the arch I (to see) Simon. He (to lie) on the ground. He (to
have) a cut which (to Heed) a lot. A few people (to stand) around. His friend,
at the top of his voice, (to yell): "You (to hurt) him!" One of the crowd (to
say): "I (not to touch) him." As I (to come) up Simon (to open) his eyes and (to
say), "What on earth (to happen)? Where I (to be)?"
2. It (to be) evening, Jessica (to go) to the window and (to look) out. A
Siamese cat (to walk) slowly along the top of the garden wall. A newspaper
boy (to deliver) the evening papers. A student (to polish) his old car. Two
dogs who had just met (to wag) their tails. She (to turn) away from the
window and (to go) back to her desk.
3. While we (to eat) our sandwiches and (to drink) a glass of beer Kathy
(to smile) at me and (to say): "Well, you (to enjoy) the book?"
4. He is the sort of chap who always (to look) at a clock.
5. The snow (to melt) as it (to touch) the ground.
6. It's funny that all these years he never (to bother) to see you.
7. Oh, what a gorgeous piano! You (to play) since you (to come) home,
Uncle Harry?
10. Barbie (to lay) the table while I (to fry) the fish.
11. At the end of the week she (to write) that she (to return).
12. You (not to understand) what your mother (to have) to put up with
these twenty years.
13. When I (to save) up enough, I shall be able to study law.
14. What you (to be) up to all day while I (to be) busy?
15. When you (to translate) that, I shall sign it.
16. Just think how you (to improve) in the short time I (to know) you.
17."They tell at Timothy's," said Nicholas lowering his voice, "that Dartie (to
go) off at last. He (to be) a rotten egg."
18. He (to look) down at the crowds as he (to walk) down the platform.
Past Continuous in the following sentences:
a) Pat (to leave) the house and (to go) along a sandy path leading to the
vegetable garden. Soon she (to see) that someone (to move) among the tomato
plants. Coming closer she (to recognize) Humphrey Bell. "Hallo," Pat (to call)
out. "You (со get) tomatoes, eh?"
г,
He (to straighten) himself. "Yes, and I (not to be) the thief I (to look). Your
uncle (to tell) me to help myself." He (to show) her the basket half full of
tomatoes. "I really (to take) more than I (to need)."
"I'll help you," said Pat and without waiting for his reply she (to begin) to
gather the tomatoes.
"You (to look) unusually elegant," he said.
"We (to have) a family dinner party. But they'll not miss me. As a matter of
fact, the party is rather scattered. The young people (to pair) off and (to stroll)
about."
"Then I (to consider) myself lucky that you (to pair) off with me — in the
vegetable garden."
"It (not to sound) very romantic," she said. "How you (to get) on with your
writing? You yourself (to like) what you (to write)?"
"Yes, I do." He (to speak) with conviction.
b) The old servant (to come) in with a tray of clean glasses. As he (to see)
Maurice standing in front of the window he (to say): "The party (to go) off
nicely, I hope, Sir."
"Very nicely," said Maurice, amiably.
"There's nothing like a nice family party, I always say."
"You ought to know," Maurice said.
"You (to have) plenty of experience."
"Oh, yes. I (to work) in this house more than thirty years." "That's a long
while to stick to one job." "You're right, Sir. I'll be sorry to leave." "Surely
you (not to leave), Rags."
"My wife and I (to take) a year off. We (to go) to London." "If you (to spend) a
year there you'll never come back," Maurice exclaimed.
"We (to save) a bit. We may stay there as long as we like." "My uncle (ro
know) this?" "I (to tell) him this morning."
Past Continuous in the following text:
A knock at the door (to arouse) Martin. He (to think) about Joe and (to
wonder) where he (to be), as he (to say): "Come in."
He (not to turn) toward the door. He (to hear) it close softly. There (to be) a
long silence. He (to forget) there had been a knock
at the door, and (to stare) blankly before him when he (to hear) a woman's sob.
The next instant he (to be) on his feet. "Ruth," he said, amazed.
Her face (to be) white and strained. He (to lead) her to a chair and (to
draw) up another one for himself. He (to be) too confused to speak. In his own
mind his affair with Ruth (to be) closed and sealed.
"No one (to know) I (to be) here," Ruth said in a faint voice. "What you (to
say)?" Martin asked. She (to repeat) her words.
"Oh," he said, then (to wonder) what more he could possibly say. "I (to see) you
come in, and (to wait) a few minutes," Ruth continued.
"Oh," he said. "And then you (to come) in."
She (to nod). Then she (to come) over to him, (to rest) her hand on his
shoulder a moment and then (to slip) into his arms. He (to know) now what she
had come for.
"My mother (to want) me to marry Charlie Hapgood," she announced.
Martin then said, "And now, I suppose, your mother (to want) you to
marry me."
"She will not object. I (to know) that much," Ruth said. "She (to consider)
me quite eligible?" Ruth (to nod).
"And yet I (to be) not a bit more eligible now than I (to be) when she (to
break) our engagement. I (not to change). I (not to get) a job. I (not to look) for a
job. And I still (to believe) that Judge Blount (to be) an ass. I (to have) dinner
with him the other night, so I ought to know."
"But you (not to accept) Father's invitation," she said.
"Who (to send) him? Your mother?"
Ruth (to remain) silent.
"Then she (to send) him. And now I suppose she (to send) you."
"No one (to know) I (to be) here," she protested. "Oh, Martin, don't be cruel.
You (not to kiss) me once. And think what I (to dare) to do!"
"Why you (nor to dare) it before," he asked, "when I (not to have) a job?
When I (to starve)? That's the question I (to put) to myself all this time. You see
I (not to change). I (to be) the same.
42 The Verb: Finite Fori;
I (not to develop) any new virtue. And what (to puzzle) me is why everybody (to
want) me now. Surely they (not to want) me for myself but for something that
(to be) outside me. It is for the recognition I (to receive). Then again for the
money I (to earn)."
"You (ro break) my heart," she sobbed. "You (to know) I (to love) you."
"If you (ro love) me," he said gently, "then why your love (to be) weak
enough to deny me?"
"Forget and forgive," she cried. "I (to love) you all the time."
"Oh, you (to do) nothing that (to require) forgiveness," he said impatiently.
They (to sit) in silence for a long time. He (to know), now, that he had not
really loved her.
Ruth suddenly (to begin) to speak. "I know that much of what you (to say)
is so, I (not to love) you well enough. In the last ten minutes I (to learn) much. I
(to learn) to love better."
"It's too late," he said. "I (to be) a sick man. It is my soul. I (to care) for
nothing. Something (to go) out of me." Martin (ro lean) his head back and (to
close) his eyes. He (ro forget) the presence of Ruth.
He (to be) brought back to himself by the rattle of the doorknob. Ruth (ro
try) to open the door.
"Oh, forgive me," he cried, rising to his feet. "I (to forget) you (ro be) here.
I'll take you home."
Ex. 43. Explain the use of the Past Perfect in the following sentences and
describe the character of the action expressed by it:
1. He asked me if I had' had breakfast.

2. He now opened the low gate that he had so often swung on as a
small boy.
3.She was sure that he had never lied to her before. 4.He knew that as a girl
she had lived in Rome.
5. Jack chose the hotel. He had never been there before but he had
heard his mother speak of it once. She had said she had liked it.
6. He was pleased to meet Dave again. He had known him for ten or
eleven years, and they had played tennis together in Paris.
7. He remembered how the ball had hit squarely on the nose and the
bleeding hadn't stopped for three hours.
8. They had been married only a few months when they gave up living
in London.
9. He glanced up and down the beach to see if he had left anything.
lO.She realized that she was faint for food. She had eaten nothing since the
picnic. Ц. He quite forgot that Julian had been divorced for some time.
12. He decided to wait till he had talked to the man himself.
13. He was not aware how long he had sat there.
14.1 called at nine and the man said she had gone out about an hour ago.
15.1 knew he would ask me for news of his son as soon as he had
seen the last guest off. 16. It happened that his desire to go to France fell
in with certain
ideas which had been of late discussed at the committee. 17.1 took my
temperature again later in the evening, when David
had gone, and found that it had gone up by point two degrees,
which made me feel more unwell than ever.
Ex. 44. Use Past Perfect Г or the Past Indefinite in the following sentences:
1. From downstairs (to come) the sound of a radio playing a song he

never (to hear) before.
2. He (to reread) what he (to write).

3.1 (to know) he (ro make) a joke because he (ro giggle) but I
could not see it. 4.1 was going round to see Roberta after dinner. I (to
arrange)
this visit the day before.
5. As she (to rise), there (ro shoot) through his mind something that he
(to read) in the etiquette books, and he (to stand) up awkwardly, worrying
as to whether he (to do) the right thing, and fearing that she might take it
as a sign that he (to be) about to go.
6. When she (to enter) the house at dinner-time and (ro find) Tom gone
she (to know) what (to happen). He (to leave) no note, nor any message. She
(to know) that in the last moment he even (not to think) of her, and she (not
to be) hurt by it. In whatever way he could, he (to love) her.
7.1 (to press) the door gently. It always (ro be) left open at night in the old
days. When I (to become) quite certain that it (to be)
" For Past Perfect I, II, III see E. M. Gordon and I. P. Krylova's Grammar — § 30,
°r Past Perfect Continuous I, II — § 34.
f
locked, I (to step) back into the moonlight and (to look) up at the house.
Although it (to be) barely midnight, there (to be) not a light showing. They (to
be) all abed and asleep. I (to feel) a resentment against them. I (to expect) them
to welcome me back at the door. 8. On the fifteenth of October Andrew (to set)
out alone for London. Now that the exam (ro be) so close at hand, he (to feel)
that he (ro know) nothing. Yet, on the following day when he (to begin) the
written part of the examination, he (ro find) himself answering the papers with
a blind automatism. He (to write) and (to write), never looking at the clock,
filling sheet after sheet. He (to take) a room at the Museum Hotel, where
Christine and he (to stay) on their first visit to London. Here it (to be) extremely
cheap. But the food (to be) bad. Between his exams he (to live) in a kind of
daze. He scarcely (ro see) the people in the street. After the written part, the
practical part of the examination (ro begin); and Andrew (to find) himself
dreading this more than anything which (to go) before. Luckily his practical
part (to go) well enough. His case (to be) an illness which he (to treat) before.
He (ro feel) that he (to write) a good report.
Past Perfect:
Я оделся и вышел в сад. Всходило солнце. Ветра не было, но в саду всё

падали листья. Березы за одну ночь пожелтели до самых верхушек.
Я вернулся в дом. Там было тепло. Маленькая береза, которую принес
мой сын и которую мы посадили в кадушку, стояла у окна. Вдруг я
заметил, что она тоже за одну ночь вся пожелтела и несколько листьев уже
лежало на полу.
Теплая комната не спасла березку. Через день она вся облетела. Мой
сын и все мы были очень огорчены. Мы уже свыклись с мыслью, что она
останется зеленой всю зиму. Лесничий только улыбнулся, когда мы
рассказали ему, как мы пытались сохранить зеленую листву березки.
Ex. 46. Explain the use of the Past Perfect Continuous in the following
sentences:
l.When I rang up your father, he said that people had been inquiring about
you all day.
2. Pat's poodle now appeared, coming out of the stream where it had
been cooling.
3. They had been driving for half an hour before Blair spoke.
4. He went to the theatre to see the play which had been running for a
week.
5. The rain that had been threatening now began to fall gently.
6. Philip came into the room. He had been wandering about, not quite
belonging anywhere.
7. When she came there to act as governess, the children had been
running wild for a year.
8. Alice threw down the book she had been holding since she came into
the room.
Ex. 47. Explain the use of Past Perfect Continuous I and Past Perfect II in the
1,1 did not remember much about the Pimleys, whom I had not seen for about
ten years.
2. It had been freezing for the last few days, but it had not snowed.
3. He told me he had not heard from her since the day she walked out
of their office.
4. He said that they had now been hunting hard for ten days.
5. She was aware that they had been getting on each other's nerves
lately.
6.1 was happy that ever since Max moved in here, the place had
been ringing with laughter. 7. He said frankly that he had been thinking
about the offer for
a long time now but he hadn't discussed it with his wife yet. 8.1 knew they
had known each other since the war and had now
been corresponding for years.
9. It seemed to me that I had done nothing since I arrived.
10.1 told him I had been in all evening. I had been waiting to talk with him.
Ex. 48. Use the Past Perfect Continuous or Past Perfect II in the following
sentences:
1^ Her name was Logan. She (to be) a widow for fifteen years and
had no children. 2. He wanted to find out how long the two men (to stay)
with
them.
3. We talked about what we (to do) since we left school.
4. The last member of the party was Neville, the film star, whom David
(ro know) for some time.
5. The bearded man told him that the partisans (to import) arms for
some time now.
6. We told them that in our absence the garden (ro be) looked after by
an old man who (to live) in the area since the Boer war.
7. Now they were floating in the little green boat upon the perfectly
calm sea in which they lately (to swim),
8. Jack was half an hour late and he asked what we (ro eat) because he
wanted to order the same.
9. Basil said that he (ro write) all day and (not to eat) anything.
10.She said she (not to see) him since he was in his first year at
the university.
11. Her lack of accent was explained by the fact that she (to be) for
twenty years in London. 12.It was cold and dark in the small room
because it (to rain) for
five days.
13. He said he (ro have) the statuette for a long time.
14. The noise woke Joe.who (to sleep) in his pram by the garage door.
15.1 went into the kitchen. Nothing (to be) touched in it since the morning
before.
16. He said he (not to write) to me because he (ro work) on the new play.
Ex. 49. Translate the following into English concentrating on the use of Past
Perfect Continuous II:
I.O H ПОДНЯЛ голову от чашки кофе, который он все помешивал, но не

пил.
2. Том никак не хотел, чтобы его мать знала, чем мы все время
занимались.
З.Она видела по их мокрым костюмам, что они только что плавали.
4. Люди, которых она встречала, казалось, знали, где она была и что
там делала.
5. В машинку был вставлен лист бумаги, на котором кто-то учился
печатать.
6. Когда он вернулся, мы постарались сделать вид, что мы говорили
не о нем.
4. Макс поднял книгу, которую он перед этим читал, и загнул уголок
страницы, чтобы отметить место.
4. Я сидела на кухне и курила. Флора, которая играла в гостиной,
пришла посмотреть, что я делаю.
Ех- 50. Use Past Perfect III or the Past Indefinite in the following clauses of
time:
1. He wanted her to believe that when he (to return) things would
change.
2. She knew that he would not speak till they (to reach) their house.
3.She took her manicure set and began to do her nails, waiting till he (to
finish) eating.
4. He decided to read nothing but the dictionary until he (to master)
every word of it.
5. And then came the great idea — he would write. He would begin as
soon as he (to get) back. It would be slowly succeeding at first. He would go
on studying. And then after some time, when he (ro prepare) himself he
would write great things.
6. She asked if Grant would wait until the doctor (to see) the patient.
7. She told him not to come back until he (to talk) to her on the
telephone first.
8. He would have to make a decision sooner or later, but he wanted it
to be as late as possible, when the other problems (to be) solved.
9.1 said we'd better leave this little chat until I (to make) coffee.
10.He did not sign the contract until he (to drag) a formal approval out of me.
11. He said he'd tell me all about it when he (to get) back.
12.1 sat there for another five minutes, until my eyes (ro begin) to close and
my head to nod with sleep.
13. When he (to find) the photo, I took the album back to the shelf.
Ex. 51. Revision: use one of the present or past forms in the following
sentences:
l.lt was early evening. John, who (ro be) in bed until half an hour ago, (to
wear) his silk gown. A fire (to burn) in the grate which he (to lay) and (to
light) himself.
2. Mr Wrangle: "Why does a woman say she (to shop) when she (not to
buy) a thing?" Mrs Wrangle: "Why does a man say that he (to fish) when he
(not to catch) anything?"
3. When she (to go) out of the room Jack (to stand) just outside the
door, and she (to have) the impression that he (to try) to listen to what her
father (to say) in the room.
4. She (to find) the family on the beach. Theo (to sit) on the sand beside
his clothes. Pierce, who (ro swim), (to lie) limply on the pebbles, half in and
half out of the water. The dog, who (to swim) with Pierce, (to shake) itself
and (to spray) rainbow drops on Pierce's trousers. The cat, who (to fluff)
itself into a woollen ball, (to watch) the dog. Paula and John (to get) fully
dressed and (to walk) slowly along the beach.
5. Martin Eden asked Ruth: "I wonder if I can get some advice from
you. You remember the other time I (to be) here I (to say) I (can) not talk
about books and things because I (not to know) how. Well, I (to do) a lot of
thinking since. I (to be) to the library many times, but most of the books I
(to read) (to be) too hard for me to understand. Maybe I'd better begin at the
beginning. I never (to have) any advantages. I (to work) pretty hard ever
since I (to be) a kid and now that I (to be) to the library, looking with new
eyes at books, I just (to conclude) I (not to read) the right kind.
6. She (to realize) that she (to be) so interested in what Jack (to say) that
she (to forget) to eat.
7. "I (to mean) to call you up," Pete said, wanting to get away, "but I (to
be) busy."
8. As we (ro approach) the corner we (to fall) silent.
9. They (to walk) for less than an hour when the moon, which (to pass)
its first quarter, suddenly (to appear) between the heavy clouds.
10. Her parents (to live) in Florence and she (to visit) them every week-
end.
11. Eric, who (to pace) the room, (to stop) behind the chair and (to lean)
on it, when his father (to tell) him to come up to his desk.
12.He (to remember) that his mother (to meet) her first husband when she (to
work) in a New York publishing house.
13."Hello," she said, "I'm glad you (to have) lunch here. I (to want) to talk to
you."
14."How's your sister?" "I (not to know) anything about her." "Why you (to stop)
going to see her?"
15. When news of his uncle's illness (to reach) him, Wake (to be) in New York.
He (ro act) in a play that (ro have) a success in London.
16.He is not in very high spirits. He (to stay) up many nights cramming for an
examination he (ro fear) he is going to fail.
17. As he (ro pay) his bill his brother (ro come) up.
18. The lights were switched off and she (to sit) in the glow of the wood
fire and he (ro have) the impression that she (to cry).
19. "I (ro be) on pension for a few years now." "Why they (ro give) you a
pension? What war you (ro be) in?"
20. Nick had to repeat that he (to have) a letter from his sister and that
she and her husband (to sail) the following week for Canada.
21. "You (ro see) her today?" "Yes. We (to have) lunch."
22.1 (roplay) for several minutes before I (ro see) that Marcel (ro sit) behind my
back.
23. The telephone (to ring) as he (ro unlock) the door to his apartment.
24.1 felt I (ro make) a fool of myself. I always (ro do) things first
and (to think) afterwards. 25.While I (to watch) the advertisements on the
television last
night I (ro see) Sophy Brent. I (not to set) eyes on her for some
months. She (to advertise) a new kind of chocolate cake. 26. As he (ro
come) near the desk he (ro stop). Veronica (to stand)
there. She (not to see) him because she (to scribble) a note on
a piece of the hotel stationery.
Ex. 52. Use the required past forms in the following sentences which pattern
actions related to the same past moment:
1. Grant just (to change) into some dry things and (to wait) for dinner to
be announced when there was a knock at the door.
2. Then we realized that Richard (to come) in through the garden and
(to stand) in the room listening.
3. Outside on the square it (to stop) raining and the moon (to try) to get
through the clouds.
4. Saturday lunch was over. Mary still (to sit) at the table smoking. Kate
and John (to retire) to the sofa and (to talk) in low voices. Paula and the
twins (to go) out on to the lawn where the twins now (to play). Barbara (to
sit) on the window-seat reading "Country Life".
5. When Roger returned into the room, the girl (to stop) crying but (to
shiver) from head to foot.
1. Then she saw her father. He (ro lay) his fishing rod and (ro take)
something from his pocket.
2. Bernard (ro take) off his hat and (to carry) it in his hand.
3. When the telephone rang Wolfe (to finish) his egg and (to drink) coffee.
4. It was dark by the time I reached London. The black-out (ro begin)
and it (ro rain) heavily.
10. Pierce (ro tow) the boat quite fast now. The dog, who (to swim) out after
him, (to accompany) the boat.
Ex. 53. Translate the following into English, bringing out the difference
between sentences which pattern actions related to the same past moment
and those containing consecutive actions:
I.O H снова положил руки на стол и посмотрел на них.

2. Он снова положил руки на стол и глядел на них.
3. Мальчик бросил лодку и поплыл к берегу.
4. Мальчик бросил лодку и теперь плыл к берегу.
5. Они закончили еду и теперь пили кофе.
6. Она поела и отнесла тарелки на кухню.
7. Они вышли из кино и пошли вверх по улице.
8. Они вышли из кино и теперь шли вверх по улице. Э.Джо
спустился в холл и там ждал своего приятеля.
10.Ветер прекратился, а дождь все шел. 11. Дети потеряли мяч в высокой
траве и теперь искали его. 12.Ветер сдул с него шляпу, и теперь она
катилась по улице^ 13.Ветер сдул с него шляпу, и она покатилась по
улице. 14.Мэри нашла старую шляпу и стала ее примерять. 15.Мэри
нашла старую шляпу и теперь примеряла ее.
Ex. 54. Make up situations to justify the use of the past forms in tl following
sentence patterns:
1. He threw the rug over the radiator of the car and walked u{
the path.
He had thrown the rug over the radiator of the car and wt walking up the
path.
2. She bought her ticket and moved away from the window.
She had bought her ticket and was moving away from thi|
window.
З.Не opened the window and looked out with pleasure at the river flowing
past.
He had opened the window and was looking out with pleasure at the river
flowing past.
4. He put out the light and tried to sleep.
He had put out the light and was trying to sleep.
5. They parked the car and walked along the wall.
They had parked the car and were walking along the wall.
6. The rain stopped and John went out to mow the lawn. The rain had
stopped and John was mowing the lawn.
7. He shaved and had a shower.
He had shaved and was having a shower.
8. He had a glass of whiskey and ate his food with appetite. He had had
a glass of whiskey and was eating his food with appetite.
9. They finished their meal and had coffee.
They had finished their meal and were having coffee.
Ex. 55. Use the required past forms in the following complex sentences with
when-clauses:
l.When he (to see) Bell, he (to come) straight to him, smiling.

2. When Jimmy (to get) to the cafe a little late, Christine (not to arrive)
yet.
3. When Ted (to turn) to thank the doctor, he already (to walk) away.
4. When she (ro walk) she (to carry) herself like a ballet-dancer.
5. We (not to walk) a hundred yards towards the cottage when the
inspector suddenly (to go) down on his knees.
6. One afternoon I went to play tennis with some neighbours and when
I (ro return) my mother (to disappear).
7. When she (ro smile), she (to seem) friendly and simple.
8. When I (ro go) down to Hugh's room he (to sit) at his table reading a
small book.
9. When Paula (to tidy) up she (to go) out of doors.
Ю-1 (to meet) her on the beach when I (ro have) my early walk. H. When he (ro
finish) speaking, everyone (to clap). 12.1 (to have) a good sleep when I (to get)
back yesterday. 13.The play (to be) in progress for about twenty minutes when
Grant (to find) his seat at the back of the dress circle.
14. When Jack (to look) back, the Holts (ro dance) cheek to cheek.
15. "How do you like that?" he (to ask) her when he (to finish) painting.
16. When she (to come) back, he (to eat) the sandwiches.
17.1 (to do) the washing when she (to arrive).
18. When Theo (to go) for a walk he (ro look) exclusively at his own feet.
19.1 (not to go) very far from the turn-off when I (to notice) there
was a car behind me. 20. When they (to go) I (to
go) to the woods.
21.1 (to get) out a box of matches when he (to offer) me a light. 22.She (not to
talk) to me two minutes when she suddenly (to feel) faint.
23.He (to shrug) when Peter (to explain) the details.
24.When they (to show) him round and (to feed) him on their
best, they eagerly (to demand) news. 25. When she (to return) with the
book she (to draw) a chair and
(to sit) down beside him.
as soon as-clauses:
l.He (to telephone) to his office as soon as he (to reach) his house.
2. "I (to come) as soon as I (to get) your message," Lloyd said.
3. He always (to dislike) anybody as soon as he (ro be) appointed to a
position of authority.
4. He (to dial) the number but (to replace) the receiver as soon as the
familiar voice (to answer) the telephone.
5. David (to disappear) as soon as we (to have) breakfast.
6. As soon as I (to hear) the sound I (to know) what had happened.
7. He (to open) the letter as soon as he (to enter) the room.
8. As soon as he (to enter) I (to be) struck by the expression on his face.
Ex. 57. Use the required past forms in the following complex sentences .with
after-clauses:
1. After they (to have) coffee Meg (to invite) him to go over the house.
2. She (to see) him every day after we (to arrive) in New York-
1. After we (to lunch) we (ro go) and (to sit) out in the garden.
3. There (ro be) another raid in the early hours of the morning after we
(to go) to bed.
4. After he (to take) the girl home, he (to go) down the road to the village.
6.1 (cannot) stay in Wales after what (to happen).
7. After she (to go), Willy (to lock) the door and (to go) into the bedroom.
8. There (to be) a short silence after he (to leave).
till/until-cl&uses:
1. Neither of us (to speak) until we (to arrive) at the office.

2. She (not to speak) until the steps (to m-oue) on.
3. Savina (to say) nothing until they (to order) but Eric knew she was
waiting.
4. He (to wait) until he (to hear) a hello from the other end of the
telephone.
5. She (to wait) motionless until he (to finish) his speech.
6. So I (to go) on searching until I (to select) a dozen books that I wanted
to read.
7. She (ro wait) until he (to shave) and (to finish) dressing.
8. His anger (to last) till his wife (to put) the soup on the table.
9. Then he (to go) out to the reading-room and (to explore) magazines
until the place (to close) at ten o'clock.
10. Nicole (to wait) silently till he (to pass); then she went on.
11. He (to hope) to delay my going until he (to come) to some decision.
12. We (to sit) in silence till the worst of the storm (to be) over.
13.He drove very slowly and when he met another car, he usually
(to stop) altogether until it (to pass). 14.She (to laugh) till her eyes (to fill)
with tears.
Ex. 59. Use the required past forms in the following complex sentences 4 with
before-clauses:
1. He (to stumble) against the chair before he (to find) the lamp.
2. He (to decide) to get a present for his children before he (to leave)
Rome.
З.Не (to begin) apologizing before I (ro pay) the driver.
4. The noise of their footsteps (to become) distant before my father (to
speak) again.
5. He (to knock) and (to ring) for some time before he (to make) himself
heard.
6. He (to walk) quite close to them before he (to speak). A
7. They (not to go) four miles before Tony (to get) the impression that the
children liked driving with him. J
8.1 (to realize) before you (to be) here a fortnight that you nevefl
were cut out for this life. 9. Miss Able (to hunt) everywhere for the box
before she (ro find) it.
10. Almost before I (to shut) my eyes, I (to feel) a nudge in my side.
11. The next morning Hudson (to come) into my room before I (ro finish)
breakfast.
12. She looked so cool and fresh that he (to spend) a moment admiring
her before he (to speak).
13.He (to hang) around the theatre for seven years before he (to
have) any recognition at all. 14. He (not to be) there for two days before he
(to say) that the
wish to see her had been the reason for his coming. 15.She went,
unwillingly, at the end of the week. Before she (to
be).gone twenty-four hours he (to find) his mistake. 16. He (to know) before
he (to say) this that it would annoy her. 17.On the beach they (to find) a
suitable place for lunch before
they (to go) very far.
18. In the summer Willy often (to take) very early walks by the sea before
anyone (to be) up.
19. Thank God I (to find) it out before I (to make) more of a fool of myself.
20.The bus (to begin) to move before he (to reach) it.
Ex. 60. Use the required past forms in the following complex sentences
containing the correlatives scarcely / hardly / nearly / barely / when and no
sooner... than:
1. She hardly (to sit) down when a very stout gentleman wearing a very
small hat (to flop) into the chair opposite hers.
2. He hardly (to reach) the door of his office when he (to encounter) two
young men.
3. He emerged from the theatre with the first of the crowd; but he
scarcely (to take) his position on the edge of the sidewalk when the girls, (to
appear).
1. He barely (to disappear) when Dennis (to come) sliding down the
stairs.
2. No sooner, however, they (to establish) themselves in their new house
than he (to perceive) to his dismay a return of her absorbed and brooding
manner,
3. He barely (to arrive) in Rome when he (to get) a telegram from home
that his father was seriously ill.
4. No sooner the curtain (to fall) than he (to rise) to go.
5. Hardly he (to ask) his questions when she (to answer) them.
6. He scarcely (to take) his coat off when he (to begin) to read the letter.
10.The band barely (to begin) to play when he (to go) away.
11. The rain nearly (to stop) when he (to reach) his hotel.
12. They barely (to come) out of the house when a sudden shouting (to
arise).
Ex. 61. Use the required present or past forms in the following sentences
containing the adverbs scarcely, hardly, nearly and barely:
1. Haven't we got enough junk in the house already? There (to be)
barely room to move as it is.
2. David got really angry and beat his fist on the wall. Bits of plaster
began to fall thick on the floor. "How amazing!" he said. "I hardly (to touch)
it."
3.When the train got in, it (to be) nearly midnight.
4.1 heard his father say: "I scarcely (to speak) to my son today."
5. Charles became impatient. He scarcely (to have) time to listen to our
congratulations.
6. Last summer I very nearly (to go) to Spain.
7. There (to be) scarcely anyone there whom I knew.
8. Charles did not hope to become a doctor. He (to be) nearly twenty-
six.
9. This was the side of my life he scarcely (to know).
Ю. I scarcely (to have) a glass of water since breakfast.
11.1 asked her about her plans. But she scarcely (to listen). 12.1 saw that all
the family nearly (to come) to a disaster.
13. After ten minutes of the film, during which the star barely (to
get) into her clothes, Ann rose to go.
І4.І scarcely (to know) him up to the time I came to London. 15.The man (to
be) hardly recognizable.
16. Grant hardly (to have) enough time to examine the room before the
landlady came back.
17. You (to have) hardly any right to talk to me about these children.
18. He looked at his brother for agreement, but Philip barely (to ' move)
his head.
19.1 hardly (to see) him this week.
20.1 (to be) nearly through with my work.
21. If you stand back, your face (to be) hardly visible.
22.It occurred to me that since we began our walk, he hardly (to
talk) without guard. 23.His voice quavered. He
nearly (to cry).
Ex. 62. Revision: use the required present or past forms in the following texts:
a) He (to find) his father about to lunch, and they (to sit) down together.
Making sure that the waiter (not ro look) over his shoulder, Ronny, who (to
bring) the book with him, (to push) it over, and (to say), "You (ro read) it?" His
father (ro shrug): "Everybody now (to read) it."
b)Tom (to whitewash) the fence for some time when he (to see) Jim
coming out of the gate. Jim (to go) to the town pump for-water. Bringing water
from the pump always (to be) hateful workj for Tom, but it (not to seem) so
now. Tom (to offer) to fetch the: water instead of Jim, but the latter (to shake)
his head and (fof say) that he (to do) this work so long that he (to get) used to
it. ■
c) It (to be) Saturday evening after supper. The big brightly lit kitchen (to
be) silent except for the click of dominoes. The shutters (to be) closed and
barred. The long rows of blue dishes on the dresser (to gleam) like sea water.
At the long table the boys (to play) dominoes. Miranda (to go) to bed. Ann (to
sew). Hugh (to smoke) his pipe and (to watch) the others. Every now and then
Ann (to look) up and (to smile) at him. She certainly (to be) bravely cheerful in a
way that (to compel) everybody's admiration. By з kind of inertia things slowly
(to come) back to normal. The danger point (to be) passed by now. Hugh (to
think) that tomorrow be (can) decently tell the family that he (to leave) on
Tuesday.
d)When Tom (to wake) the farmhouse (to burn). It (to start) burning when
the shell (to hit). None of the other soldiers who (t° be) in the farmhouse (to be)
to be seen. They (to be) lucky to escape. In the confusion they (ro miss) Tom
who (ro sleep) on the kitchen floor. As his leg (ro be) broken it (ro take) him
hours to crawl across the room to the window. He (to pass) out again and
again. But he (to be) sure he (not to want) to die and finally he (to get) to the
window and (to pull) himself up so that he (can) look over the sill. Somebody
(to see) his head above the window and (to get) him, Tom (not to remember) any
of that. He never (to find) out who (to save) him.
a) She (to be) in the lobby when he (to come) out of the elevator. She (to
talk) to another woman and she (not to see) him for a moment and he (to have)
an opportunity to study her and observe what the years (to do) to her. She (to
put) on weight and the old sharpness of her face (to be) gone. Her beauty (to
diminish), and she (to be) transformed into a robust matron.
e) Although it (to be) early afternoon the airport (to look) gloomy. The
plane from New York (to be) delayed. In a corner of the restaurant a man and
a woman (to wait), drinking coffee. The man (to smile) absently. He (to try) to
come to the airport alone. He (not to like) the prolonged ceremonies of leave-
taking. But his wife (to insist) upon driving him out.
f) When I (to arrive) at the college hall, I (to see) John in the crowd and (to
go) over to him.
"Hallo, John," I said. "What you (to do) here?" "Oh, I (to be) a student
here." "You might have called on me."
"I (to do), but you (to be) out," said John, looking at me with very wide
eyes.
"What you (to read)?"
"Modern languages," he said with a grin. He suddenly (to break) off and (to
move) away. Then the man who (to watch) us talk (to smile) at me and (to ask):
"You (to know) John?"
"Yes. We (to be) at school together."
h) Lloyd Barber (to lie) on his bed reading the newspaper when
the telephone (to ring).
It (to be) only two o'clock in the afternoon, but it (to rain) hard and he (to
have) no place to go anyway. He (to read) about most of his time in the stables.
The sheepdog (to have) a fancy for the kitchen. It's a good thing, too, because
the amount of mud he (to carry) in on his long coat is extraordinary. He
actually (ro ruin) the rugs. I (to think) Alayne (to be) quite right to keep them
out."
"I (to miss) them," Meg said. "And so I'm sure will Renny when he (to come)
home from the war." She (to draw) a deep; breath and (to continue): "He will
find other changes too. For one thing, he will not find me in my house."
Her uncle (to stare) at her speechless.

"I (to sell) it," she said dramatically. "To a Mr Clapperton." "Sold it," her
uncle (to repeat).
"Yes. You know I (to talk) of selling it ever since my husband (to die).Three
days ago an agent (to bring) this Mr Clapperton to see me. He (to be) a
widower, a retired man. His wife (to hate) the country but he (to love) it. He (to
want) to settle down and to live a quiet country life. He just (to want)
something he never (to have). He (ro have) plenty of money."
At that moment Alayne (to come) into the room. She (to be) aware that Meg
(to be) with her uncle and (to give) them time to talk. Now she (to be) told of the
sale of the house. She (to congratulate) Meg. She (to think) Meg (to do) well for
herself. The talk (to circle) round and round Mr Clapperton and Meg's plans
for the future. She barely (to go) when Wright, the servant, (to enter).
"Excuse me, ma'm," he said, "but I have to tell you that the oil heater (to
go) off. I can't do anything with it. Shall I telephone for the repair man to come
out?"
"That oil heater," said the uncle, "(to be) a pest. I sometimes wish you had
never had it installed, Alayne."
"You must admit," she returned, "that the house (to have) a more even
temperature since then. You (to say) repeatedly how comfortable it (to make)
every room."
"I know, I know," the uncle said testily. He (not to like) to be reminded of
what he (to say) on another occasion. "But it always (to get) out of order."
Alayne (to rise) abruptly. "I must go to the children," she said.
"Speaking of the children, ma'm," said Wright. "I (ro have) a note here
from Archer's teacher. I (to meet) her on the road and she (to hand) it to me."
"Why you (not to give) it to me before?" asked Alayne. She (to give) him an
icy look as she (to take) the note. She (to read): the relative standing; of the
football teams. He (to have) no interest in them but he (to finish) everything
else in the paper.
He (to pick) up the phone, and the man at the desk downstairs (to say):
"There is a lady waiting for you here, Mr Barber."
"She (to give) her name?" he asked.
"No. Shall I ask it?"
"Never mind," Barber said. "I'll be right down."
He (to hang) up the phone, (ro put) on his shoes, (to button) his collar and
(to pull) his tie into place. Then he (to get) into his jacket and (to pat) his
pockets to see if he (to have) cigarettes. He (to have) no cigarettes. He (to shrug)
and (to go) downstairs.
Maureen (to sit) in the lobby. She (to be) a pretty girl with bright credulous
eyes when Barber first (to meet) her. But she (to have) two children since then,
and now she (to wear) a worn coat, and her complexion (to go) and her eyes (to
be) pale.
i) He (to be) too tired to sleep. He (to lie) on his back limply. It (to seem)
that all the strength (to go) out of his limbs, and presently I (to see) that he (to
fall) asleep. It (to be) the first natural sleep he (to have) tor a week. I (to cover)
him and (to turn) down the light. In the morning when I (to awake) he (to be)
still asleep. He (not to move). His gold-rimmed spectacles (to be) still on his
nose.
j) When the train (to get) in, half an hour late, it (to be)'near]y midnight. All
the way up the valley the engine (to battle) against a high wind. The station (to
be) deserted. Andrew (to start) along Station Road. Full of his success he (to
want) to reach his wife fast enough to tell her joyously everything that (to
take) place.
As he (to turn) into the main street he (to see) a man running. It (to be)
Frank Davis. He said: "I (to come) for you, Doctor. The wind (to knock) the
wires all to smash."
"What (to be) wrong?"
"There (to be) a fall-down at Number Three. A lad (to get) buried there,
almost."
"I've got to have my bag," Andrew said to Davis. "You go up to my house
and fetch it for me. Tell my wife where I (to go)."
Andrew (to be) at Number Three in four minutes. There he (to find) three
men waiting for him. They (to go) to the shaft. As they (to enter) the cage
another figure (to come) across the yard. It (to be) Davis with the bag.
"You (to be) quick," Andrew said, as Davis (to enter) the cage. There (to be)
a clang and the cage (to drop) to the bottom. Andrew (to be) underground
before. Number Three (to be) an bid mine with very low passages through
which they (to crawl) for nearly half a mile. Then they (to see) a light and three
men who (to do) their best to revive another man.
Andrew (to reach) forward. By the light of the lamp he (to run) his hands
over the injured man. The whole of the man's body (to be) free except his left
forearm, which (to lie) beneath the fall, so pressed by the weight of the rock
that it (to hold) him immovably a prisoner.
Andrew (to see) instantly that the only way to free the man (to be) to
amputate his forearm and' (to ask) for his bag.
Andrew (to open) the bag and (to smell) chloroform. Before he (to thrust)
his hand into the bag, he (to know) what (to occur). Frank Davis, in his haste
to reach the mine, (to drop) the bag. The chloroform bottle (to be) broken, its
contents spilled. He (to have) no time to send up to the surface because the
roof (to be) rotten and it (may) crash upon them all.
For perhaps thirty seconds he (to remain) paralysed. Then he again (to
bend) over the man and (to say): "Shut your eyes, Sam."
The light (to be) dim. At the first incision Sam (to groan) between his teeth.
Then, mercifully, when the knife (to grate) upon the bone, he (to faint). Andrew
(can) not see what he (to do). He (to believe) that nobody ever (to think) of
performing an operation under such conditions. He (to feel) suffocated here, in
this rat-hole, deep down beneath the surface of the ground, lying in the mud.
When he (to finish) at last, he (to sob) with relief. "Take Sam out," he said
stumbling to his knees. The men (to put) Sam on the stretcher and (to begin)
moving slowly. They (not to go) sixty paces when they (to hear) an echo of a
new fall-down behind them.
k) After Meg (to present) the pot of jelly to her uncle she (to sit) down by
the open fire and (to prepare) to tell her news. But first she (to remark): "It (to
seem) strange not to see three or four dogs stretched on the hearth, as there
used to be."
"Yes," her uncle (to agree), "it does. But since the old terrier (to die), Alayne
(to be) able to keep them more or less under control. The bulldog (to take) up
with the groom and (to spend) most of his time in the stables. The sheepdog
(to have) a fancy fo] the kitchen. It's a good thing, too, because the amount of
mud hi (fo carry) in on his long coat is extraordinary. He actually (fo ruin the
rugs. I (fo think) Alayne (fo be) quite right to keep them out.'
"I (to miss) them," Meg said. "And so I'm sure will Renn when he (fo
come) home from the war." She (fo draw) a dee breath and (to continue):
"He will find other changes too. For on thing, he will not find me in my
house."
Her uncle (to stare) at her speechless.
"I (fo sell) it," she said dramatically. "To a Mr Clapperton.: "Sold
it," her uncle (fo repeat).
"Yes. You know I (to talk) of selling it ever since my husban (to
die).Three days ago an agent (fo bring) this Mr Clapperton to see me.
He (to be) a widower, a retired man. His wife (fo hate) the country but
he (to love) it. He (fo want) to settle down and to live a quiet country
life. He just (to want) something he never (to have). He (to have) plenty
of money."
At that moment Alayne (to come) into the room. She (to be) aware that
Meg (to be) with her uncle and (to give) them time to talk. Now she (to be) told
of the sale of the house. She (to congratulate) Meg. She (to think) Meg (to do)
well for herself. The \ talk (to circle) round and round Mr Clapperton and
Meg's plans for the future. She barely (to go) when Wright, the servant, (to
enter).
"Excuse me, ma'm," he said, "but I have to tell you that the oil
heater (fo go) off. I can't da anything with it. Shall I telephone for the
repair man to come out?"
"That oil heater," said the uncle, "(to be) a pest. I sometimes wish
you had never had it installed, Alayne."
"You must admit," she returned, "that the house (to have) Э |
more even temperature since then. You (to say) repeatedly howj
comfortable it (to make) every room." [
"I know, I know," the uncle said testily. He (not to like) to bej
reminded of what he (to say) on another occasion. "But it always \ (to
get) out of order."
Alayne (to rise) abruptly. "I must go to the children," she said.
"Speaking of the children, ma'm," said Wright. "I (to have) a note
here from Archer's teacher. I (to meet) her on the road and she (to hand)
it to me."
"Why you (not to give) it to me before?" asked Alayne. She (t°.: give)
him an icy look as she (to take) the note. She (fo read):
"Dear Mrs Whiteoak, I do dislike to complain of dear little дгсЬег, but he
(ro be) very late for school every morning this week and yesterday he (not to
appear) till afternoon. This is very b,ad for his work which, as you know, is
uneven ..."
"Is anything wrong?" the uncle asked.
"No, not exactly."
Wright (to listen). To him Alayne (to say): "You may telephone for the repair
man." When he (to leave) the room she (to exclaim) almost tragically: "It's
about Archer. He (to play) truant again. Really, I (not to know) what to do
about him."
At that moment the door (to open) and a boy of eight years (to come) into
the room. He (ro look) at his elders with an air of profound pessimism.
"Now then, sir," the uncle said, "what about these complaints of you? We
(to know) what you (to be) up to."
"I (not to like) going to school," said Archer. "It (to make) me tired."
His mother (to look) at him anxiously. "Archer, when you (ro say) school
(to make) you tired, you (to mean) it (to make) you tired in a slangy sense or
you (to mean) it (to tire) you?"
Archer (to consider) this and then (to reply): "The teacher (to make) me tired
and the lessons (to tire) me."
"Good man!" the uncle exclaimed. "You (to explain) it perfectly."
1) There (to be) a loud crash upstairs, followed by a prolonged wailing
sound. Mary (ro ross) the book which she (ro read) on the table and (to run) up
the stairs two at a time.
The scene (to be) much as she (to expect). Theo (to sit) up in bed looking
rather sheepish, holding the dog in his arms. The maid (to cry) and (ro try) to
extract a handkerchief from her apron. Theo's tea tray (to lie) upon the floor
with a mess, partly on it and partly round about it, of broken crockery,
scattered bread and butter and shattered cake. The carpet (not to suffer), since
the floor in Theo's room (to be) always thickly covered with old news-Papers,
and into this litter the spilt tea already (to be) absorbed.
"Oh, Casie, do stop it," said Mary to the maid. "Go downstairs and put the
kettle on again. I'll clear this up."
Casie (to go) away still weeping.
"What (to happen)?" said Mary.
"Casie (to say) she (to be) old and useless now and I (to agree) 4'ith her, and
then she (to throw) the tea tray on the floor."
"Theo, you mustn't bait Casie like that, you always (to do) it, it (to be) so
unkind."
The dog (to jump) down and (ro investigate) the wreckage on the floor. His
wet pink nose (to quiver) as he (to shoot) out a delicate pink Ир and very
daintily (to pick) up a thin slice of bread and butter.
"Don't let the dog get at the cake, please. Would you mind putting it on to
this?" Theo (ro say) and (to hold) out a sheet of newspaper. Mary (to pick) up
the larger fragments of the cake and (to put) them on the newspaper. Then she
(to begin) to collect the debris on to the tray.
The dog (to be) now on the bed again, his tail, on which he (to sit),
vibrating with frustrated wags. Theo (to beam) too. Looking at them sternly, it
(to occur) to Mary that the dog (to come) to resemble Theo, or perhaps it (to be)
the other way round.
m) It was four years ago that Maurice (to leave) his native land and now
he (to be) again within its borders. Then he (to sail) by passenger ship from
Halifax to Cobh. He (to return) by plane and warship by way of Portugal and
New York. He (to smile) as he (to consider) the change made in him by those
four years in Ireland. He (ro be) now a different being, he thought, from the
child of thirteen who (to go) to live with old Dermot. How timid he (to be) then!
The very marrow of him (to shudder) as he (to stand) waiting in the hall while
old Dermot (to interview) Wright in whose charge Maurice (to be). When Wright
(ro come) out of the room he (r"o wink) at Maurice and (to whisper): "I (to hope)
you'll like the old man better than I do."
Maurice slowly (to enter) .the room where Dermot (to wait). The man (to
look) very old, but his voice (to be) strong and his handclasp warm. Maurice
clearly (to remember) the first words they (ro exchange).
"How do you do?" Dermot (to say). "I hear you (to be) seasick coming
across."
"A little. After that it (ro be) fine."
Then Dermot (to ask): "You (to think) you can bear to visit me for a while?"
"Yes. I'm sure I can." His own voice (ro sound) very small even to himself.
"Remember," Dermot (to continue), "if you (not to like) №е you may go home
whenever you (to choose)."
"Mummie (to tell) me so."
Maurice (to be) terribly homesick on that first night in Ireland, but the
next day (to be) warm and sunny. Dermot (to show) him the garden and the
pastures where the horses (to graze). Later, by himself, Maurice (to cross) the
green fields and (to climb) the hill from where he (to have) a glimpse of the sea.
At the end of his first summer in Ireland the war (to come). It now (to go)
on for four years. In spite of all the letters from home Maurice (fo feel) remote
from the war. Even when his father and his uncles (fo go) overseas to fight,
even when he (to hear) that his father (fo be) a prisoner in Germany, he (to
feel) remote from the war, leading his peaceful life with his tutor and the old
man.
Now Dermot (to be) dead and young Maurice (to be) on his way home.
Again he (fo think) of the change in himself. He (fo go) over to Ireland in
the charge of Wright, doing just what Wright (to tell) him to do; he (to come)
back by himself, doing just as he (fo please). He (to leave) home wearing the
clothes of a small boy. He {to return) in the clothes of a man. He (to try) to feel
the unconcern of the seasoned traveller, a man who (to be) abroad and (fo
know) all about life. But, as the train (to near) the city, a tremor (fo run)
through him and his mouth (to become) dry. Who would be at the station to
meet him? Not his father, for his father (to be) still a prisoner in Germany.
Perhaps his mother would come! At the thought of her his heart (to give) a
quick thud. Her figure (to rise) before him, as he (to see) her at the moment of
their parting more than four years ago. Her arms (to be) held close against her
body, but her eyes (to cling) to him in anguish. She (fo fear) she (may) never
see him again. Now he (to have) a sharp stab of jealousy as he (to think) how
his brothers (to be) close beside her all these years, and he far away. He (to be)
almost a stranger.
Now he (to look) out at the fields baked brown in the late summer drought,
at the wire fences and the ugly little houses of the suburbs. The train (fo
near) the city. People (fo begin) to gather their things together.
Ex. 63. State the kind of action the Future Indefinite, the Future Continuous
and the Future Perfect are used to express in the following sentences:
1-Come back tomorrow, Г її explain it all then.
%-She'll stay with us as long as her family can do without her.
3. "The evenings will be getting long soon," I said to my aunt, to cheer
her up.
4. It is not wise for you to go back home. You'll meet a nice boy here,
уоиЧІ settle down, get a nice flat and you'll get everything you want and
deserve.
5. If you come back in about twenty minutes Alec and I will have had
our talk.
6. He'll talk only of his father.
7. I'll remember that.
8. You'd better ring me back in half an hour. By then I'll have found the
letter.
9. "I do wish you'd do something about these stones," said Mary. "We
shall all be falling over them."
10. In the meantime, I shall be careful what I eat.

11. "You will talk to Paula, won't you?" "Yes. I'll do it straight away."
12.He's very much ashamed. He realizes that it's all over between them. I
think he'll be leaving quite soon. 13.The trial will last a few weeks.
14. Let's go for a walk. We'll go up through the woods and Vll
show you where the spring comes out to the ground. 15.They'll miss her a
lot, I know.
Ex. 64. Use the required future forms in the following sentences:
1. How terribly nice of you to come! I just (to wash) off and (to
get) my coat on, and then I (to show) you round. 2.1 (to clean) up when you
come with my things.
3. He says they (to finish) the house by the end of next month.
4. Meg cast herself on her father's knee and threw her arms about his
neck. "Your father's tea (to get) cold, Meg," said her mother.
5. He probably (to get) here in about three weeks. By which time I (ro
return) to the University.
6. "I don't have a job." "Don't be scared. We (to find) something."
7. In that case we (to take) a taxi.
8. You can't live that far from the office. In a little while you (to look) for
a place back here.
9. Your father (to be) disappointed.
10.He never (to make) much money.
ll.He (ro eat) an orange every day.
l2.He (to practise) the violin all the afternoon.
X3. All of Bennet's men (ro wait) when the union organisers show up.
l4.The judge (fo ask) you a few questions.
Ex. 65. Say whether the use of the Future Indefinite in the following sentences
is free or conditioned or modally coloured:
1. I'll come round tomorrow night.

2. His father won't hear of his giving up the job.
3. Suddenly sorry, she said: "Some day, perhaps, I shall come to life
again."
4. John is not here. He'll be back soon though.
5.VU drop you a note when I've seen Paula.
6. Do sit down, Edmund. You'll break something if you go on
moving around. *
7.1 don't know what I'll do when I leave here. I'll probably never
get another job.
8. Will you forgive me for saying something, Mr March?
9. Shall I turn on the bath for you?
10 At'11 be easier when you get away. We won't see one another every day.
11. Oh, don't bother about me. Г11 stroll down and look at the town.
12.He's got a lovely voice. He'll go a long way. You'll see.
13. "The sun will dry me quickly enough," he said leaving the towel on
the edge of the pool.
14. They will do whatever they have to do to regain their self-respect.
15. They41 wonder where I am.
16.Andy is overtired, and unless he rests he will have a breakdown.
17. It won't do Tony any real harm to wait.
18. "I'll only go to oblige you," said Kate.
19. Most people will assume that I intend to drift around and become
completely idle.
20.1 shall go through with it. I won't let ftenny down.
21. A boat will be sent to fetch them at the pier.
22. Won't you sit down?
23.If you'11 take my advice you'll go home.
3
24.1 am forced to discharge you from the Service. The necessary papers will
reach you in due course. Meanwhile you will return to your post.
25. Now go to bed, or you7/ be ill.
26. The dining-room will be painted next. 27.1
think he'll speak to us about it.
28. You shall have it back tomorrow.

29. This barn will be pulled down soon.

30. He'll certainly find it out for you.
Ex. 66. Compare, in the following sentences, different grammatical means of

denoting future actions and state the specific meaning each of these means
adds to the idea of futurity:
1. "We're going to have more rain." "Yes. Bob will be glad he's got his
hay in."
2. I'm having some people in after dinner tonight at my place. Will you
come?
3."When is Rosemary coming?" "Some time later this evening, Philip said. And
he's coming, too. We're going to have a jolly family evening." "You'll have to
look after her till I get back."
4. At least I'll see that they don't do anything outrageous to her.
5. He heard a young female voice cry harshly and distinctly: "I'm going
to have one more cake. I will have one more."
6. No
w everything is prepared. We only want the taxi. But it is not to be here till
10 o'clock. &
7. Wha
t time do we arrive? Щ
8. Well
, I'll be seeing you this evening. |И
9. "How long are you going to stay with us?" Щ
10. He says he'll do whatever I wish.
11.1 don't know when I shall be in the mood for entertainment. 12. There is a
train that leaves Waverly at ten o'clock tomorrow morning.
13.17/ probably come back and sleep here.
14. "What's your brother like? I shall be knowing him at Oxford," said
Val.
15. What do I say to him?
16. A new car will cost you a lot of money.
17. If we don't get there before seven o'clock they will have had
dinner.
18.Are you staying at home tonight?
^9. You are to stay here till I come back.
20.Now that your assistant's gone you will be looking for someone to do his
job. 2i."When he comes" said the General, "Vll see him alone." 22.In that case
we'll tak,e a bus. 23.They are to be married this spring.
Ex. 67. Choose the best suited means of denoting future actions for the
1 . 1 (ro write) to Jack tonight and (to make) sure that he (to meet)
you and (to look) after you. 2.1 have the feeling that something (to happen),
and it depresses
me.
3. "Can I help you, Mary? You (to wash) up?" "No. Casie (to do) it. I (to
take) some strawberries up to Uncle Willy." "May I come, too? I just (to go)
as far as the cottage."
4. Well, I (to speak) to Aubrey. I (to see) him at lunch.
5. Do you think there (to be) a war?
6. 1 suppose I (to stay) here a little longer. 7. Sooner
or later you (ro get) over it. 8. 1 never (to forget) that
night. 9. We soon (to see) who is right.
10. Whatever damage they (to do) they (to pay) for it.
10. "Ann," said her mother, "here is news that (to surprise) you. Phil has
come from abroad. He (to come) to see us tomorrow."
11. If you (not to go) I (to fetch) my husband.
13.It (to be) a real pleasure for me to see them back.
14. Roy is on his way. He probably (to get) here in about three hours.
15. Do put something on, Tony. You (to catch) cold.
16. We (to have) coffee after dinner as usual.
17. You should go and say good-bye to your mother. The train (to leave)
in twenty minutes.
18. No, I don't think you can see her. And she (to do) her homework after
supper.
19. A soft voice said: "Are you locked out? Don't worry. I (to let) you in."
20. "Now I feel much stronger. And the doctor says I (to leave) the
hospital soon."
(to tell) you the whole story one of these days.
22. I'm sure you (not to like) the play.
23.He certainly (to expect) you to come.
24.Tell me all about it. I (not to mention) it to anybody.
25. You must keep away from the road until it (to be) dark. The
peasants (to go) to market soon. 26.It is September already. The leaves
(to fall) soon. 27.The sun (ro set) by the time we (fo get) home.
28. This book (to tell) you all about it.
29. When we (to get) back he (to have) a bath and we (fo find) him asleep
in his bed.
30.She was still sitting in the chair in which he had left her.
"Hello, why haven't you dressed for dinner?" He looked about
the room. "You haven't even unpacked." "I (not to unpack),}
(not to stay) here. I (fo leave) you." 31. "Now that you have arrived, what
you (to do) with yourself in
England?" "Hunt a job. I expect I (fo end) as a chauffeur.
Where you (to stay)?" "With my people at first, anyway. If
you still (fo want) to see me when you (to be) home a week, you
(to find) me there." 32.Unlike me, he can't remain alone for any length of
time. Place
him in my position and see what (to happen). Within an hour
he (fo look) for his morning paper, within two hours he (to
invite) his friends in to play poker.
Ex. 68. Revision: use the required present, past or future forms in the
following texts:
a) When the old man (to finish) his meal, he (to feel) inclined to discuss
their Irish relative with his grandson.
"I (fo like) the man," he said. "He (fo appear) to be a very agreeable
fellow, but I can't somehow picture him on our farm-Can you, John?"
"Not for the life of me," said John. "I can't imagine what Father (fo do)
with him. He (to be) no use to anyone."
"But you always (to complain) that you (to have) too much to do," the old
man retorted.
"What we (to need)" said John, "(to be) another good іяс& hand, not a
gentleman farmer to share the profits."
"I understand from your mother that he (to do) anything-"
"You may understand it from her, but he (fo say) so?" ,
"My god! " exclaimed the old man, "the man barely (fo arrive)-
b) Meanwhile it (to get) on to the time for the family's usual
fortnight at the seaside. They always (to go) to Heme Bay and for
years they (to take) the same lodgings. One evening Herbert (to
say) to his mother as casually as he could: "By the way, Mum,
you'd better write and tell them I (not to want) my room this
year. Betty and I (to get) married and we (to go) to Scotland for
the honeymoon."
His mother (not to say) a word. She (to go) deathly pale.
"Oh, Mum, don't take it so hard. I'm sure you (to like) Betty when you (to
get) to know her. Everything (to be) all right if you only (to be) reasonable."
"That's what you think. Well, let me tell you that this woman never (to
set) foot in this house, only over my dead body."
c) "What I (to have) to do to earn so much money?" Barber

asked.
"You (to have) to do a little flying," Smith chuckled. "Go on," said Barber.
"A friend of mine just (to buy) a single-engine plane. He (to need) a private
pilot. My friend (to be) a wealthy man who (to like) to travel, especially to
France. He (to go) there at every opportunity."
"Yes?"
"With you he would like to make two trips from Egypt to the South of
France within next month. Then, on the third trip he (to find) that he (to be) in
a hurry and he (to take) the commercial plane and his pilot (to follow) two
days later, alone."
"Alone?" Barber asked.
"Alone," Smith said, "with a small box."
"And what there (to be) in the small box?"
"It (to be) absolutely necessary to know?"
"What I (to tell) the customs people when they (to ask) me what (to be) in
the box?" Barber said.
"You (to have) nothing to do with the customs people," Smith said. "When
you (to take) off from the airport in Cairo, the box (not to be) on board. And
when you (to land) at the airport at Cannes, the box (not to be) on board. This
is how it (to be) done. You (to establish) a pattern. You (to be) in and out of
Cairo airport several times. They (to know) you. You (to become) a part °f the
routine of the field. Then on the trip you (to take) alone, everything (to be)
perfectly legitimate. You (to have) only a small bag with your personal effects.
Your flight plan (ro show) that your destination (ro be) Cannes and that you
(ro come) down at Malta and Rome for refuelling only. You (to take) off from
Cairo. You (fo go) off course by only a few miles. Some distance from the
coast, you (to be) over the desert. You (to come) down on an old RAF landing
strip that (not to be) used since 1943. There (fo be) several men there. They
(to put) the box on board. The whole thing (not to take) more than two
minutes. At Malta, nobody (to ask) you anything, because you (to be) in
transit and you (not to leave) the plane and you (to stay) only long enough to
refuel. The same thing at Rome. You (to arrive) over the South coast of France
in the evening, before the moon (fo be) up. Once more, Smith continued, you
(to be) just a little off course. You (to fly) low over the hills between Cannes
and Grasse. At a certain point, you (to see) an arrangement of lights. You (to
throttle) down, (to open) the door, and (to push) the box out, from a height of a
hundred feet. Then you (to close) the door and (to turn) towards the sea and
(to land) at Cannes airport. Your papers (to be) perfectly in order. You (fo
have) nothing to declare. You (to walk) away from the plane once and for all
and we (fo pay) you the money I (to speak) of. Isn't it lovely?"
"No. It isn't lovely at all."
d) "Let's go and see what the workmen (to do) at our new house," said
Dorothy.
Dorothy's mother (fo plan) for several months to build a house on a plot
of land on the same street that they (to live) on now, but farther down. The
contractor (to be) at work only a few days.
"He just (to finish) staking off the ground when I (fo be) there the other
afternoon," said Ethel.
"He (to be) way ahead of that now," Dorothy (to report) as they (to walk)
on. "I (to be) sure that the workmen (to dig) the whole cellar by this afternoon
and they (to begin) to put in the concrete wall."
As they (to approach) the place which they (to call) "our house lot" for
several months, they (to see) that the gravel for the concrete (to be) hauled to
the top of the hill where the bags of sand and cement already (to be) unloaded
and a small concrete mixer set up.
"They (to do) things fast, ( ) they?" exclaimed Dorothy. Mr Anderson, the
contractor, (to bow) to them as they (t° reach) the top of the hill.
"You (to come) to superintend us, Miss Dorothy? " he asked pleasantly.
"We (to make) all our preparations for mixing the concrete today, and then we
(ro start) up the machine tomorrow. It (not to take) us long to do this small
cellar," Mr Anderson (to say) and (to walk) away to attend to the placing of the
pile of gravel.
"If your driveway (not to wind) around more than this road, all your
friends' horses (to puff) like mills when they (to reach) the top," Ethel warned
her cousin.
"The driveway," said Dorothy, "(to sweep) around the foot of the hill and
(to come) gently up the side."
"That (to be) a long walk for people on foot."
"There (to be) a footpath over there," Dorothy (to indicate) a side of the hill
away from the proposed driveway. "It (to be) a short cut and it (to be) walled in
with shrubs so it (not to be) seen from the driveway."
The girls now (to come) to the excavation for the cellar and (to watch) the
workmen throwing out the last shovelfuls of earth.
"They (to make) a fence all around the cellar, you see," Dorothy said, "it
(to keep) the concrete in place when it (to be) poured in, and (to give) it shape."
"I think the cellar (to look) ugly with that plank wall," declared Ethel
seriously.
"The planks (to be) taken away."
"The concrete (not to show) lines where the cracks between the boards (to
be)?"
"You (to see) those rolls of heavy paper over there? The planks (to be) lined
with that so that the concrete (to come) against a perfectly smooth surface."
"Oh, it (to be) all right then," said Ethel, who (to be) afraid that she (to
hurt) Dorothy's feelings.
Ex. 69. Compare, in the following sentences, different grammatical means °f
denoting future actions viewed from the past and state the specific Cleaning
each of these means adds to the idea of futurity:
1. Her parents were out playing bridge, and would not return for
another hour.
2. She told me last night that she was going for a swim if she woke
early.
3-He said he was going to live in France.
4- He had made all his plans. He was going to buy a house and he would
keep a motor-car.
5.1 told him that when his wife came they were to follow the path till they
found us.
6. She felt certain that if she refused he would make some scene.
7. He learned that Mrs Carter had been on the ship since she left
Yokohama and she would be spending Christmas at sea.
8. Then I told my father that I wasn't going into his goddamn business.
9. She held out her hands in entreaty and I saw that she was going to
cry.
10.She talked a little about the old days and asked if I would come to the
party.
11. He said that the head would now have to sack Canning, and
they'd be losing a good man.
12. He made sure that the child was provided for.
13.In a few weeks he was to marry Meg.
14. They had heard that he would never be quite well again.
Ex. 70. Choose the best-suited means of denoting future actions viewed from
the past in the following sentences:
1. He asked him if he (to stay) for supper and (to meet) the staff.
2. We all knew that Basil (to have) to cut his hair when he (to go) into
the army.
3. Rehearsals at the theatre (fo begin) at the end of March. The season
(to open) in May.
4. She had heard they (to send) somebody from Sidney to inspect their
work.
5. Your mother thought that you (fo want) a place of your own when
you (to come) out of the army.
6. Renny started out early the next day. He knew it (fo be) hot.
7. Marge informed her landlady that she soon (to leave).
8. Then one day he suddenly asked me if I (fo marry) him.
9. The grand wedding ball (fo begin) at eight o'clock that evening-
10.1 did not know what (to become) of me.
11. Did you think you (to be) believed?
12. He saw to it that she (fo get) everything she needed.
13.1 hoped he (to find) some fun where he (to go) for his holiday-14. Peter (to
dine) with the Duncans on Sunday. But in the morning he called up and
asked if he might be excused because his father (to come) down and they (to
have) a family party. 15.He took care that his luggage (to be) sent directly to
the hotel-
Ex. 71. Revision: use the required present, past, future or future-in-the-past
forms in the following texts:
a) George Moon (ro sir) in his office. His work (ro be) finished, and he (fo
linger) there because he (not to have) the heart to go down to the club. It (fo
get) on towards dinner time, and there (fo be) a good many fellows hanging
about the bar. Two or three of them (to offer) him a drink. He (can) not face
their heartiness. He (to know) some of them for thirty years. They (fo bore)
him, and on the whole he (to dislike) them, but now that he (fo see) them for
the last time it (fo give) him a pang. Tonight they (to give) him a farewell
dinner. Everyone (to be) there and they (to present) him with a silver tea-
service that he (not to want) in the least. They (to make) speeches in which
they (to refer) to his work in the colony, (to express) their regret at his
departure and (to wish) him long life to enjoy his well-earned leisure. He (to
reply) suitably. He (to prepare) a speech in which he (to survey) the change
that (to take) place in the colony since he (to land) at Singapore. He (to thank)
them for their loyal co-operation with him during the term he (to be) in the
service. They (to sing) "For he's a jolly good fellow." Then they (fo dance) and
a good many of the younger men (fo get) drunk. Tomorrow a large crowd (fo
see) him off at the station and that (to be) the end of him. He (to wonder) what
they (fo say) of him. His subordinates (to fear) him. He never (to spare)
himself and (to see) no reason why he should spare others. George Moon (fo
sigh) a little. From an official standpoint his career (fo be) a success; but from
the human one it perhaps (fo be) otherwise. He (to earn) respect, but he (to
be) too clever to think for a moment that he (to inspire) affection. No one (to
regret) him. In a few months he (fo be) forgotten.
b) He (fo walk) slowly towards the Etoile. It (to be) a raw night and a fog (fo
move) in from the river, and the streets (to be) almost empty, because
everybody (to be) inside eating dinner. He (not to look) at any of the lighted
windows, because he (not to buy) anything for a long time. He (to pass)
several movie houses. That (to set) him thinking about a scenario he (may)
write to earn some money. In it his hero (fo have) to fly to Africa to bring back
a secret load. He nearly (to be) caught several times there, and he ( fo fight) his
way out of a trap on the desert, killing several dark men just when they (to set)
fire to the shed he (to hide) in. And there (to be) some engine trouble over the
Mediterranean on his way back. And he just (to pull) out, with the water
lapping at the wing tips, and he undoubtedly (to crash), without doing too
much damage to himself, probably just a photogenic cut on the forehead. And
he (to turn) out to be a member of the British Intelligence and he never (to
doubt) his luck and his nerve never (to fail) him. Or, if it was an artistic
picture, there (to be) a heavy ground mist on the hills and the plane (to drone)
on and on, desperate and lost, and then, finally, with the fuel tanks empty,
the hero (to crash) in flames. Battered and staggering, as he was, he (to try) to
get the secret load out, but he (not to be) able to move it, and finally the
flames (ro drive) him back and he (to stand) against a tree, laughing crasily,
his face black with smoke, watching the plane and the load burn, to show the
vanity of human aspiration.
Ex. 72. Say whether the action of the object clause precedes, follows or is
simultaneous with the action of the principal clause in the following
sentences:
1. He asked me what work I was doing and whether I intended to

go to a University.
2. Has she been telling you why she wants to chuck her job?
3.1'm afraid 17/ be doing the washing tomorrow.
4.She claimed that she had met Monty on her way home. Monty had told her
that I would probably come to his place later.
5. Then I thought about Mother. She would certainly ask me where I had
been all day.
6.1 don't believe anyone has troubled to think about that.
7. She said she would be staying in town next day to do some
shopping.
8. It's not true she is my friend.
9. I'll tell you what he's doing.
10. He had told me he had been on the island for fifteen years. 11.1 will say
that we have agreed to provide for the child. 12.1 don't think that I shall ever
work for your father. 13. Out of the corner of my eye I saw the youths had
stopped
talking and were watching us. 14.1 hope you know what you're doing. 15.
I'll let you know what the situation is. 16.1 don't know whether he was a fool
or a wise man. 17.I'll tell Marcel that you7Z take over the actual direction in*'
mediately.
18.In the hotel the waiter told me that an American had been staying there
for three months.
19. It is strange that he didn't speak to you.
20. It was also rumoured that Dan had got married.
Ex. 73. Make the actions in the following object clauses simultaneous with
those of their principal clauses:
1.1 was surprised you (to know) my name.

2. She cannot imagine what he (ro do) there.
3. I've forgotten what he (to look) like.
4.1 did not know whether the doctor (to mean) what he (to say) or whether he
(to have) a joke at my expense.
5. They'll say you (not to make) proper use of your information.
6. When he had a chance he would certainly ask her if she (to do) her
bit to make the party a success.
7. "Hallo, Jack," Mrs Holt smiled at him. "My husband has been telling
me how much he (to like) you."
8. Quite soon he'll be asking if all the doors (to be) locked for the night.
9. He had told his father that now he (to make) ten dollars a week less.
10. The last two weeks she had been saying to everyone who phoned her
that she (to be) unwell and (not to leave) home.
11. It was strange to me that her world (to seem) to contain no conflict.
12. When I knew him better he admitted that he (to feel) lonely in
London.
13. "I had hoped to take a dip before breakfast," Mrs Smith said, "but I
found Joseph (to clean) the pool."
14.It was a pity I no longer (to care) in the least about Pat. 15. David, Nellie
has been telling me she (not to get) anywhere in her present job.
Ex. 74. Make the actions in the following object clauses precede those of their
principal clauses:
I.David said that he (to ask) permission from the director for
me to watch the dress rehearsal. 2.1 knew that for the past twenty-five
years he (to buy) the same
paper each morning.
3. Indeed it was whispered that the headmaster (to receive) a telegram
from the boy's father.
4. You'll see what I (ro write) about you.
5. But he was uneasy. His wife would easily find out why he (to go) to
Saigon.
6. It is not known where he (to spend) his early childhood.
7.1 don't know what (to go) wrong between them.
8. Then he admitted that he (to live) since the summer in his
father's house.
9. Of course he'll wonder why you (to cry).
10.It's a pity you (to miss) that concert.
11. Her mother had once confided to her that she (to want) to be an
actress.
12. It was probably true that he (to be) quite fond of his late brother.
13.One day I'll tell you why I never (to marry).
14.1 wonder what she (to do) there so late at night.
15. "I'm glad you (to come) early," she said again.
16.Have you heard that I (to be) given that job?
17. You know how hard I (to try) to talk them out of it?
Ex. 75. Make the actions in the following object clauses follow those of their
principal clauses:
1. He decided that he (to go) to Berlin as soon as possible.

2. He had written to her that he (to come) home.
3.1 sent them a telegram this morning to say I (to go) to England
and that I (to write). 4.I'll ask him what he (to have) for
lunch.
5. They wondered if he (to come) back.
6. I'm sorry. I'd quite forgotten you (to stay) here.
7. Before leaving the house in the morning, she had told her mother
she (to work) in the hospital that afternoon.
8.1 won't mention where he (to be) sent.
9. It is improbable that they (to make) any considerable progress in so short a
time. 10.1 think you (to stay) in town for a night at least. 11. It was
understood that he (to invite) us to lunch on Saturday.
Ex. 76. Find in the following sentences the head-words which the object
clauses are subordinated to:
l.She seemed to have forgotten what had been happening a few minutes
before.
2 , Freddy felt relieved that there was no one in the house. 3 . 1 pretended to
be reading, afraid that he would come and look at my face.
4.After he told his story he stared at me, as if to see whether it had been
worth telling.
5. At home I found a note asking me if I would lunch with my aunt.
6.He was suddenly conscious that the little lady across the aisle was staring
intently at him.
7. Peter had telephoned from the office to say that Simon had agreed to
taking a holiday.
8. She talked about herself quite frankly, admitting that there had
been a quarrel between her and her husband.
Ex. 77. Identify the kinds of subordinate clauses in which the rules of the
sequence of tenses are strictly observed:
l.What surprised me was that Pat was so much at home here.

2.Arthur is working his guts out so that he can get a good job and keep his
family.
3.He grimaced at the thought of what the suitcase had cost him.
4.We had better withdraw our opposition, Mr Carter thought. The young
people had promised not to marry until Grace had taken her degree. That
would give them a year, and by then, he hoped, she would have changed
her mind.
5. All this led to the promise that she would entrust her future security to me.
2. The odd thing about him is that he is so shy.
6. Tom looked at his French teacher. She was particularly attractive
today, he thought.
7. He invited me to lunch with him at the club, so that we could go together
to his office afterwards.
9- He had gone to the manager to protest, Mr Holt said, but the manager had
said he was sorry, there was nothing he could do about it.
Ю-Whoever told you that was lying. *l.The question was why he had done it
at all. 1 2 . What she couldn't understand was why he had told them such a
pack of lies.
Ex. 78. Explain how the rules of the sequence of tenses work in clauses of the
second, third, etc. degree of subordination:
l.She thought that her sister would detest the idea that their husbands had
met to decide what they were going to do about ■ the farm.
2. Henry's father came down to the school field to tell Henry that they had
just got a telegram from Washington announcing that Henry's brother had
been killed in action in Germany.
3.1 knew she was itching to tell me what had happened.
4.1 felt that I at last knew her well enough to ask about what
had been in my mind for the past week. 5.1 wonder if you realize that your
sister is going to be in
London too.
6. He knew that his mother would think he was seriously ill and would
probably speak to the teacher.
7. He wanted to return to the house to see how Billy was doing and tell
him that he had phoned to his mother and that he would be going out to
California in two or three days.
8. She knew that he had been worried by the letter, too, and was now
relieved to know that things were taking a turn for the better.
9. Rudy had decided that he would have to tell Denton that it was
impossible for him to appear before the board the next day, but that he
would offer to do so any other day.
Ex. 79. Explain why the rules of the sequence of tenses are not observed in
the following sentences:
1.1 just wanted to thank you and tell you you don't have to be
there tomorrow at two p.m. 2. Yet was it not plain that he ought, whatever
his motives for it
might be, to break with Jessica and to see her no more? З.Не spoke with
the satisfaction of a competent workman who
knows his job from A to Z. 4.1 practised for only about a quarter of an
hour, then watched
the others shoot. I had forgotten how deafening a pistol can
be.
5. His only passion was for the beauty of nature, and he sought felicity in the
simple and natural things that life offers to everyone.
6. She began to consider how she should face her family.
6. Monty had told me that he had no permit for the gun, and that in
England it is illegal to own a gun without a permit.
7. His room was getting cold, and I knew I should go; but we sat there
because it is difficult to go without any particular reason for leaving.
8. "Eat your milk," she said, "it is getting cold." Billy folded his arms
and leaned back. "I told you I don't tike milk."
10. "Did anybody telephone Father at the shop?" "I was out. But
Mrs Chapman said he took a call." 11.1 thought he'll go there tomorrow.
12. He knew that he must not tell Willy about his friend. 13.After a few trips
to the stream I realized why fishing as a
sport takes such a hold on such different types of people. 14.1 felt like a
man who wants to fall down and go to sleep, but
is forced to keep on walking. 15.He made me realize that half the
confusion of philosophers is
not a failure to find the right answers, but a failure to ask the
right questions.
Ex. 80. Use the required forms in the following sentences, observing the rules
of the sequence of tenses:
1. He hastened back home in the hope that the guests (not to go) all
yet.
2. Well, I don't think 1 ever (ro see) you before.
3.She ended by saying that she (to think) she (to make) a mistake.
4. She knew what (ro go) on in their minds.
5. She felt that her father (nor to want) to disturb her.
6. She had telephoned her husband to the office to say that her
brother (fo return) from abroad.
4. An old friend rang up to ask if they (fo have) a good time in Italy,
how Elisabeth (to feel), and whether she (can) go with his wife to a concert
on Sunday morning.
8.1 could see that he (fo be) glad that the talk (to turn) to a new subject.
9. It's odd that they both (fo turn) up there about the same time. 10.She had
not yet figured out what she (fo do) and she (fo hope)
to be able to wait a little. 11-It was possible that Jack
(to hang) around.
12.She knew that John (to work) very hard and (not to agree) certainly to
taking a holiday at the moment.
13. She didn't know why she (ro invent) suddenly the story.
14. He wondered if Sinclair (to have) to go to his father to get the money
and (to have) to explain why he (to need) it.
Ex. 81. Translate the following into English, observing the rules of the
sequence of tenses:
1.Я был уверен, что он уже жалеет, что написал ей. 2. Мне показалось, что
он утомлен, и я спросил его, чем он занимался.
З.У меня было впечатление, что он уже давно здесь.
4. Я кивнул и сказал «да*, чувствуя, что это именно то, что ей
нужно.
5. Убедившись, что он ничего не сделает, чтобы помочь мне, я
изменил свои планы.
6.Я подозревал, что она просто забыла сказать, что я жду.
7. Он знал, о чем она думает.
8. Я понятия не имею, знает ли она, что Фил будет здесь.
9. Кстати, Тед знает, что моя сестра приезжает завтра?
10.Он еще не знал, что будет делать в Нью-Йорке.
Ex. 82. Revision: use the required verb forms in the following sentences:
1. As he (to think) for months about leaving his wife and (not to do) it
because it (to be) too cruel to deprive her of himself, her departure (to be) a
very healthful shock.
2. When she nearly (to reach) the end of the curve she (to see) a figure
ahead of her.
3. Mary (to return) to the room. Al (ro sir) down beside the gas fire and
(to take) off his shoes.
4. Her eyes (to be) puffed, and she obviously (to cry) that afternoon.
5. No sooner 1 (to arrive) than I (to send) her a letter to say that I (ro
have) a present for her.
6.1 (to get) back as soon as I (to get) through with my business.
7. His cheek (to be) cut. When she (to see) it she (to say): "Oh, you (to
fight) again."
8. He (to have) a son of twenty-seven. He (to farm) in New Zealand-
9. She (to make) me promise to say nothing about it till she (W have) a
chance of breaking the news to her father gradually-
jO."How's the baby?" "Frightfully well, thank you, Aunt Em. He (to walk)."
ll.As we (to drive), her eyes (to stare) rigidly out of the car window.
12. Before we (to walk) four hundred yards he (to take) his jacket off.
13.She (to become) aware that Tony (to come) back and considerately (to say)
nothing.
l4.Delany (to sit) up in bed and (to eat) his dinner when Jack (to come) into the
room. His complexion (to be) ruddy. Obviously he (to be) shaved. He (to
have) EL glass of red wine with his meal. He (to wave) his fork as he (to see)
Jack.
15.He (to remain) in his seat, as though studying his programme, till the three
(to pass) out into the foyer.
16.Darkness (to fall) when he finally (to return) to the hotel. He (to say)
nothing to Pat except that he (to turn) down the job. He (cannot) give her
any explanation until he completely (to understand) the meaning of what
(to happen).
17. He (to take) to drink before they (to be) married three years.
18.A little break like this (to be) what she (to need) all these years.
19.She (to look) up at him from where she (to sit). Her makeup things (to lie) in
front of her. She (to do) her face.
20. While his wife (to read) the letter, he (to cross) to the window.
21. My mother said: "You hardly (to touch) your food."
22. As Hugh and I (to come) down the steps we nearly (to run) into my
father.
23.1 don't know what's the matter with him. He (to act) funny
since you (to be) away. 24.1 (to sit) there for about ten minutes,
pretending to read, when
someone (to sit) down at my table. 25. He (to be) sure that there (to be) a
serious row when Hugh (to
hear) of it.
26.The actress (to stop) in front of their table, smiling widely. He (to stand) up
and (to take) her hand. "Hello," he said. "We (to see) your show tonight.
We (to think) you (to be) very good indeed."
27.Before we (to sit) five minutes in the drawing-room, there (to be) a heavy
shuffle outside and the old man (to push) open the door.
28. "I (to take) you out every day," she promised.
Ex. 83, Revision: use the required verb forms in the following senten
containing the adverb already:
l.She felt restless and started washing blouses that (fo be)
ready spotlessly clean. 2. "Margot will be horrified when she hears about
it." "She
ready (to hear)." 3.Next day they already (to sit) at table when she came in
dinner.
4. It (fo be) already dark, and there was a thin rain.
5. An hour later, when my father came home. Uncle Jack alread (fo
teach) me the elements of geometry.
6. When I went into the office next morning I already (to formulate) my
plan.
7. "He'll go to the place you work," Jack said. "He already (to be) there."
8. Now if you will excuse me I'll go and change. I (to be) already late.
9. So I went into the living-room, where my aunt already (to wait) for
me.
10. It was only a year after the wedding, but he already (fo hate) his wife.
11. Most of the trees already (fo put) out their leaves and there were
buds everywhere.
12. Will it surprise you to know that they-already (to offer) me a job?
Ex. 84, Revision: use the required verb forms in the following sentences
containing an indication of a period of time expressed by a for-phrase:
1. The war (to roll) along its course for two years when she began to
grow apprehensive about her son's future.
2. The next week summer arrived. Basil did not ring. For days and
days I (not to hear) of or from him.
3.Grant said to Barker: "I (fo go) fishing in Scotland for a day or two."
4. "How does it happen that you speak English so well?" "When I was a
boy I had an English nanny. And I (fo go) to school in England for two
years, besides."
5. "You were a marvellous boy in those days," Maurice sighed-"And we
(fo do) wonderful things together for a few years."
6. Soon the Pellews left the district, and I neither (to see) not (t° hear)
anything of them for nearly five years.
7. Everything considered, they (to live) together for nearly thirty years in what
would certainly pass in those days as happiness.
8.1 hope you (to leave) the child alone for half an hour.
9. He h\mg up and (to sit) looking at, the telephone for a long time.
10. She then asked Dick, "You (to be) here for a long time?" "I'm
to stay in Zurich till July." 11.1 (not to have) anything to eat for five days.
12.1 (to play) the piano for five hours a day. 13. Angela took her glass of
orange juice to the bathroom and
drank it slowly in the bath. She (to lie) for a long time in the
water, scarcely thinking. 14.At ten o'clock he awoke and remembered that
he (not to see)
Lily for three weeks. 15. That night when my mother said good night to
me she (to
hold) me for a long time in silence. 16.Such periods usually (to last) for
about two or three weeks. 17.Rumour said that though they always were on
good terms, the
boys often (not to speak) to one another for days together. 18.But it does
seem queer his getting caught by the machine he
(to tend) for years.
19. When he came back into the living-room, he (to hold) the envelope in
his hands for a long time before he tore it open.
20. The phone at the other end (to ring) a long time and he was just
about to hang up when he heard Clare's voice in the earpiece.
21. He (to keep) listening for shots for a long time and he got hot and
damp in the dug-out.
22. "I'd like you to meet Savina. I (to tell) her about you for months." "It's
about time I met her," said Haviland, "after I (to listen) to you talk to her
on the hall telephone for so long now."
23. Don't you realize that for seven years I (to work) in London
hospitals?
24. "Do they take boarders?" "They (ro let) their house for a month in the
summer."
Ex. 85. Revision: translate the following sentences into English concentrating
on the use of verb forms:
1. «Энн, Марта возвращается». — «Я предполагаю, что она остановится у

своей сестры».
2. Она заперлась и не спустится вниз, пока они не уйдут. З.Я понял, что
момент, которого он ждал, наступил.
4. Он взял котенка и осторожно положил его туда, где мы его
нашли.
5. Привет, Джек. Где ты был и что ты делал все это время?
6. Пока он ждал, он слышал голоса детей, играющих внизу в саду.
7. Я знаю имена всех в деревне. Я живу здесь всю жизнь.
8. Она совсем не была робкой: она попросила меня называть ее
Сэлли, когда мы еще не были знакомы и десять минут.
9. Я был не таким уж плохим мужем все эти двадцать лет, что мы
женаты.
10. Через шесть месяцев я едва узнавал себя.

11. Я решил не поступать в Кэмбридж. В течение шести месяцев я
почти не заглядывал ни в одну книгу по математике.
12. Мы сделаем так, чтобы ты с ним не встретился здесь.
13.Я не пробыл на борту и часа, как он пригласил меня на ленч.
14. Вас будут кормить три раза в день,
15. Рой много работал и плохо спал все это время, и вид у него был
очень усталый.
16.Я почти закончил книгу. 17. Ты даже не знаешь, что ты со мною
сделал. 18.Я еще ни разу не поел как следует, с тех пор как приехал в
Англию.
19. Он не придет. Я только что разговаривала с ним по телефону.
20. «Что ты собираешься делать в воскресенье?» — «Я еще не знаю*.
21. Филипп отнес свой чемодан в вагон и теперь курил на перроне.
22.Я видел твою сестру в театре.
23.Как, ты еще не готова? Что же ты делала?
24.В течение двух лет она была лучшей ученицей в классе.
25. Она уже два года лучшая ученица в классе.
26. Ты ведь знаешь, что в следующем семестре профессор Лен-нон
будет читать курс по Ренессансу.
27. Жарко, и уже больше месяца нет дождя.
28. Куда я положил свою зажигалку?
29. Я получил большое удовольствие от балета. Почему ты не пошел с
нами?
30. Почему ты пришел так поздно?
yfte Verb: Finite Forms 64
3 I . Поезд отправляется без четверти два. Если мы сейчас же не

отправимся на вокзал, мы опоздаем. д2.Мы прожили в деревне два
месяца, когда мой брат приехал
навестить нас.
ЗЗ.Мы прожили у Смитов два дня и вернулись в Лондон поездом.
3 4 . Когда я встал, я подошел к окну. Хотя дождя уже не было,
везде стояли большие лужи. Зб.Джон проверил сочинения своих
учеников и теперь читал
книгу, которую он купил утром по дороге в школу. 36. Как она
добралась сюда в такую погоду? 37.Я никогда не чувствовала себя так
хорошо, как сейчас.
38. Я никогда не чувствовала себя так хорошо, как тогда.
39. Завтра я уезжаю за город на две недели.
40.После ленча я обычно занимаюсь в библиотеке часа два.
41. Не успел я дойти до угла, как услышал чьи-то шаги сзади.
42. Я дам вам знать, какие меры я приму.
43. Погода в тот день была мрачная. Холодный ветер, дувший с
утра, прекратился, но дождь все еще моросил.
4 4 . Едва я успел попрощаться с ними, как поезд тронулся. 4 5 . Перед
войной она преподавала географию в течение недолгого времени.
46. Анна сложила свои вещи и теперь ждала такси.
47. Я скажу ему, чтобы он вернул ключ, когда осмотрит дом.
48. Мы ехали около часа и потом увидели небольшое озеро. 49.Мы
ехали часа два, когда наконец мы увидели озеро.
50.Я бродил по лесу около часа, когда увидел маленький домик. Так как я
никогда не бывал в этих местах, то я не знал, кто в нем живет. Дом
стоял среди деревьев, и к нему вела тропинка, по которой я шел.
Ex. 86. Revision: use the required verb forms in the following texts:
a) On Saturday evening Herbert (to say) suddenly: "Mum, I (*o ask) a

young lady to come in to tea tomorrow. Is that all fight?"
"And may I ask who she (ro be) and how you (to get) to know her?"
"Her name (to be) Betty Bevan, and I (to meet) her first at the Pictures one
Saturday afternoon when it (to rain). She (to sit) next *° "le and she (to drop)
her bag and I (to pick) it up and we (to get) talking."
"And when all this (to happen)?"
"About three months ago, and we (to go) to the pictures about twice a week
ever since." "What she (to do)?"
"She (to work) in a typewriting office in the City."
Next day Mrs Sunbury (ro arrange) the tea very stylishly, Herbert (ro
give) the tea-table a glance of surprise as he (to usher) the girl into the sitting-
room. Mrs Sunbury (to cast) a look at Betty's make-up and dress and (ro
take) an instant dislike to her. But she (ro decide) to behave like a lady. She
(ro talk) about the weather. She (ro pour) out tea and (fo ask) Herbert to give
a cup to his lady friend. Then she (to cut) the cake and (to press) a large piece
on her guest. Betty (fo take) a bite at it and when she (to put) it in her saucer
it (to fall) to the ground.
"Oh, I (fo be) sorry," (fo say) the girl, as she (fo pick) it up.
"It doesn't matter at all, I (fo cut) you another piece," said Mrs Sunbury.
"Oh, don't bother. I (not to be) particular. The floor (fo be) clean."
"I hope so," said Mrs Sunbury with an acid smile, "but I wouldn't dream
of letting you eat a piece of cake that (to be) on the floor."
"But I (not to want) any more, Mrs Sunbury."
"I (fo be) sorry you (not to like) my cake."
"It's not that. It (fo be) a beautiful cake, it's only that I (not to be)
hungry."
Betty (to refuse) to have more tea. But when Herbert (to light) a cigarette,
she (fo say) to him: "Give me one, too, please. I (to die) for a smoke."
Mrs Sunbury (not to say) anything to that. She only (to raise) her
eyebrows slightly. But Betty (not to be) such a fool as not to see that Herbert's
mother (to do) all she could to make her uncomfortable and she (to be)
offended. She (to want) to go, but she (not to know) quite how to manage it.
Finally Herbert said: "Well, Betty, I think it's about time we were getting
along. Г (to walk) back with you."
"It (to be) a pleasure to see you, Miss Bevan, I'm sure," said Mrs
Sunbury, rising to her feet.
An hour later Herbert (fo come) back and there (to be) quite a scene
between him and his mother. No reference (to be) made next day to what (to
pass).
b) The moon now (to cast) its light on the bridge. Turning to j*inch, Sylvia
(can) see his face clearly. She (to think) of him as an artist, absorbed in his
own life, successful as a concert pianist, gut now she (to see) his
vulnerability, the marks left by the suffering of a nature too sensitive for the
harsh encounters of life.
He (to be) conscious of the gentle compassion of her face. He (to smile)
and (to say): "I'd like to go to my new house and see it in this light. The moon
(to be) full and when we (to get) there it (to shine) right in at the large window.
Would you come with me? It's not far." They (to return) to the house to tell
that they (to leave). They (to walk) in silence, their shadows distinct on the.
white road. The air (to be) vibrant with the shrilling of the locusts.
"What a strange feeling they (to give) one," said Sylvia. "As though there were
no time to spare." "There isn't," said Finch.
She said, with regret rather than bitterness, "And I (to waste) so much of
mine."
As Finch (to consider) what to say to that, she (to add), "I (to waste) some
of my time in a nervous breakdown."
"I (to know) what nerves (to be). I (to go) through hell with mine."
They (to be) now in a wooded grove and before long (to stand) on the
terrace of his house. Moonlight (to lie) on the stones. The front door (to stand)
open. Finch (to lead) Sylvia into the music room,
"You (to like) it?" he demanded.
"I do," she answered earnestly. "I think it's the most adorable room I ever
(to see)."
"Oh, I say," he (to exclaim) in gratification. "That's too much, I (not to
expect) that."
He (to go) and (to stand) by the piano, the tips of his fingers just touching
the keys.
"I (to play)?" he asked.
"Please do."
He (to turn) on the light of a lamp. She (to sit) down where she (can) see his
face as he (to play). "A little Bach first," he said.
Sylvia (to smile) and (to nod). She (to sit) still as a statue, ^hile he (to play).
Sometimes the intricacies of the Bach (to steai") her senses. She (can) not see
the player. At other times she scarcely (to hear) the music but (to be)
conscious only of the flying hands. Their isolation (to appear) so complete to
her that the house they (to leave) (to seem) far away.
She (to become) conscious after a time that Finch no longer (to play)
Bach but Beethoven. Her imagination now (to turn) back to the time of her
girlhood in Ireland, to the time when she (to feel) safe, when her father and
mother (to stand) between her and the world. How wonderful it all (to be)!
An hour (to pass) and Finch still (to play). But now he (to remember) her
presence. His hands (to rest) on the keys and he (to ask): "Tired?"
"No, rested! Please go on."
He (to give) her a glance of appreciation and (to go) on play, ing. At last,
pale but bright-eyed, he (to rise) and (to come) to her. He (to sit) down beside
her, looking anxiously into her face.
"I (to be) an egoistical brute," he said. "You must be terribly tired."
"I (not to feel) so truly rested in years."
"I can't tell you what it (fo mean) to me, having you here." Then he (to
add), with something of an effort: "The last thing I (fo play) — you (to notice)
it?"
"I (to think) it (to be) enchanting."
yfte Verb: Finite Forms 66
"It's something I (to work) at at odd times. I (not to play) it through till tonight.
I (fo play) it very badly." "And it (fo be) your own?" "Yes."
"I see the moon (to be) gone. It must be terribly late." "I (to take) you back in
my car, but not till I (to make) you some coffee."
c) Then John (to go) up the long walk to his house.

The house (fo be) old and strong and there (to be) lights in a few
windows. His grandfather (to add) this huge porch which (t° extend) all about
the house. Here on rainy days he (to play) with his brother or (to sit) alone,
listening or reading, or talking with his father. What they (to talk) about? He
(not to remember).
John (to stand) there now, looking at the still porch in the faint light that
(to come) through the windows and from the street lamp and thinking of his
brother.
One early spring evening when he (to return) from school he (to pass) here.
It (to rain) all day and now the whispering sound 0f the rain (to be) on the air,
rustling mysteriously through new leaves, and a wind (to sigh) down the long
porch, which (to be) empty- Then he (to hear) a sound of sobbing, dismal and
faint, and he (to turn) and (to walk) a short distance down the porch, which (to
echo) with his footsteps, and he (to find) his brother, then twelve years old,
crouched on the floor. He (to lift) his head at John's approach and (to stop) his
sobbing, but he still (to crouch) there desolately.
John said, "What you (to do) here, crying like a baby?"
His brother (not to answer) for a moment or two, and then he (to say):
"Father (to laugh) at one of my paintings. He (to say) I (to have) no talent."
John (to say) bluntly to his brother, "I (not to know) if you (to have) any
talent. But I (to know) that Father (not to have) any."
His brother (to catch) his breath, and then slowly (to rise) to his feet. "You
(to mean) that, John?"
"Sure I (to mean) it. If you (to have) talent it (to show). That's all it should
mean to you. If you (to start) listening to people, and their advice, you never
(to amount) to anything." And he (to walk) away and (to leave) him.
He (to stand) alone on this hot July night, completely exhausted, and he
(to remember) that rainy twilight and his brother. It (to be) certainly strange
how things (to return) to a man when he least (to expect) them.
He (to open) the hall door and (to go) inside. The hall (to be) bng and wide
and the ceiling (to be) high. His mother (to paint)
dark wood in her favourite shade of pale grey, and she (to remove) the
heavy old dark furniture and (to replace) it with graceful pieces beautifully
arranged. She also (to hang) a crystal chandelier from the ceiling. A few of the
lamps (to be) lighted now.
His mother (to come) through the door, and her thin silk dress (*o rustle)
as she (to move). She (to smile) but her eyes (to be) ar*xious. "Dear John," she
said, "I (to be) worried about you. ^hy, you (to look) so tired." She (to glance)
down at his hands, ^he (to see) they (to be) red and the skin (to appear) dry
and so she [to know) he (to operate). He (to see) her glance, and (to say), Yes, I (
). Don't ask me who. I (to tell) you later."
Ex. 87. Revision: use the required verb forms in the following text a n d
tell it as a story:
Jane's Diary
a) 5th September
Let me introduce myself. I (to be) Jane Bailey, and I (to live) with my
parents in Nottingham. At the moment, though, it (to seem) I may not be
here much longer. The reason? Last June, I (to take) my A-levels in three
subjects: biology, chemistry and maths. I (to pass) the first two but I (to fail)
maths. That (to mean) I (cannot) get into a university this year. I (to be) really
upset when I (fo hear) that I (to fail) one of the exams.
Now I (to have) to decide what to do. I (to work) in a shop near home for
the summer, and (to manage) to save some money. I (fo think) 1 must do a
quick secretarial course and get a job. So my plan (to be) to go to London and
do a three-month typing course there. I (fo want) to earn some money and
then take my A-level maths again next summer. My father (not to agree). He
(not to want) me to go to London and he (not to think) a university education
(to be) necessary for a girl. My mother (to be) on my side. She (to think) I
should work this year and try to study for my exam at the same time. At the
moment we still (to try) to decide.
b) 9th September
I (to win). I (to go) to London. We (fo have) another discussion at supper
this evening. My father (to keep) saying, "You (can) do what you (to like), my
girl, but don't come running to me for money when you (fo find) that you (to
make) a mistake." Of course I won't! However, he (to agree) to pay for my
three-month typing course and my living in London for that time.
c) 15th September
I (to be) tired. It (fo be) one-thirty in the morning, and I just (to have) my
farewell party. The last guest (to leave) a few minutes ago. A lot of my friends
(to go) away, too. Pat and Robert (to go) to London university, so I (fo see)
them there. The others (to go) all over the place — to colleges, jobs and
medical training.
We (fo have) a marvellous party. Dad (to make) some punch. Someone (fo
start) Scottish dancing, so we all (fo join) in. I (to hate) learning Scottish
dancing at school, but it (to be) hilarious tonight.
Chris (to bring) me a record of the American folk singer, Bob pylan, whose
concert we once (to attend) together. Chris always ^0 be) nice to me. He (ro
stay) in Nottingham to work in his father's office.
26th September
Well, I (to be) in London and in despair. I (cannot) find anywhere to live.
And it (to rain) all the time.
d) 6th October
Well, I (to manage) to find a room at last. I (to sit) on my own chair with
my own bed and chest-of-drawers a few feet away. In fact these things (not to
be) really "my own." I (to rent) the place furnished for £ 8 a week. Everyone (ro
say) it (not to be) expensive, but I (not to tell) my father yet because he (to be)
ready to pay only £ 5 a week maximum for rent.
Yesterday I (to walk) in the direction of the paper-shop where I (to see) the
advertisement for my room. The advertisement (to be) still there, behind the
glass. Some rain which (ro fall) since the morning (ro leak) into the frame and
there (to be) a yellow stain on the card. The shop owner (to come) out to put a
new card into the frame. "That room (to be) taken," I said, pointing to the card
with the stain. It (to be) the first time I (ro speak) since I (to make) the
arrangement with the landlady at noon.
The old man before he (to put) up the new card (to turn) round and (to
look) at me, puzzled.
"You (not to go) to take that card down?" I said again. "I (to tell) you, that
room (fo be) taken."
"How you (ro know) it (to be) taken?"
"Because I (to take) it."
He (to come) closer to where I (to stand) in the rain and (to ask): "You (not
to put) that card in, ( ) you?"
"No," I said. "I just (to see) the card and (to go) about the room, and I (ro
take) it."
"Well then," he said impatiently, "who you (to be) to tell me to take it
down? When you (to have) a card up there, then you (to have) the right to tell
me to take it down."
e) 8th October
There are two other girls in the flat, Pamela and Sue. I (to share) the
kitchen and bathroom with them. They (to be) both nice, though Sue always
(to apologize) even when she (not to do)
^1
92 The Verb: Finite Fbrn,
anything wrong and Pamela (to lie) in the bath for hours щ hours. But I (not
to complain). I (to be) lucky to have anywhere to live.
I (ro phone) Pat just now. She (ro try) to write a philosophy essay, poor
girl! She (ro find) her course very hard work. I ( j too, though of course
secretarial work is much easier.
f) 15th November
This evening I (ro have) supper with Pat. We (ro talk) about our friends.
Pat (ro write) to David and also to a few other people. "I (ro have) a letter from
Suzie this morning," Pat said. "She (to do) a course in French in Grenoble.
She (fo ask) if I (to read) any good French books recently."
"And I (fo have) a letter from Edith," I told Pat. "You (to know) that she
(to go) back to live with her family? She (to write) she (fo have) a good job
now. In her spare time she (to crosscountry ski). Other than that she (to
enjoy) reading and sewing, and spending time with friends she (not to see) for
a long time."
THE VERB
PASSIVE VOICE FORMS
Ex. I- State the type of the passive construction in the following sentences:
1. The question was often put to me but I never answered it.

2. "Where is Frank?" "He's being taken care of."
3. It was decided that their marriage should take place in December.
4. He had been seen to nod in quiet agreement with his wife's words.
5. Bell was looked on as a sweet-tempered young man.
6.1 noticed at once that the room had been recently tidied.
7. That afternoon we had our first history lesson, and the teacher
showed up pictures of mastodons. ІЬ-was explained to us that the men in
those days had almost no chance of protecting themselves against such
monsters.
8. "Where did you hear that?" "I was told by a man I know."
9. Blair is not in his room, and his bed hasn't been slept in.
10.Next day no reference was made to the scene.
11. The driver was mysteriously silent. Eric was silent, too, wondering
uneasily where he was being taken.
12. None of the boys liked the new teacher, but French got taught.
13. "Why did you allow him to do anything so silly, Henry? " "I had no
means of stopping him. And of course I was lied to as usual."
14.Mr Smith was expected to return shortly.
15.1 had been given a card to the Club and in the afternoon I used
to go there to play bridge. 16.The meal was somehow finished with,
everyone moved out of
doors.
17. Small feet were heard running in the hall.
18. We ought to deal with the problem before it got talked about.
Ex. 2. Turn the following active constructions into passive omitting all
Mention of the agent of the action:
1-No one has made any mistakes.

2. What do you call it?
3.They asked us to stay a little longer.
4. One expects him to obey the regulations.
5. People have made great progress in physics.
6. They are discussing the possibility of new negotiations.
7. Everybody thought that Jack was clever but lazy.
8. People use coal for making artificial materials.
9. People say it is difficult.
10. What books are people reading this year?

11. They elected him President of the Club last year.
12. They are rehearsing a new play at the National Theatre. 13.Someone
found the children in the morning.
14.Nobody has ever treated me with such kindness. 15.He knew that they
had sent the invitations out two weeks earlier.
16.They can arrange all things.
17.People expect you to meet the chief.
18. Are they sending for you?
19. They have always passed his telephone calls through to the Minister
without questions.
20. They never took any major decision without his knowledge or advice.
21.1 knew that they had told him of the meeting at once.
22.The trouble started when they told me to change the way we
were running this department. 23.There was a tear in his trousers which
someone had already
darned.
24.In his circle they looked on the police as enemies. 25.They took the child to
the hospital for the poor. 26. Ever since I started asking questions about my
sister they have lied to me.
27.I'm sure they will look better after him in an army hospital.
28. When the situation called for a lie, he lied firmly and well.
29. No one has ever beaten my brother at tennis.
30. They gave his little daughter a present, too.
31. They will show the visitors all the new pictures. 32.They promised
the workers higher wages.
33.The others told the new pupils where to sit.
34. We must look into the matter.
35. They gave me two shillings change at the shop.
gXi 3. Supply the required passive forms of the verbs in brackets:
l.Aunt Dinah (not to like) by my father's family; she (to consider) vulgar.
2. After his brother's departure Paul sat for a long time thinking about
what (to say).
3. "I'm not prepared," my father said, "to listen to your suggestions that
you never (to treat) fairly at school."
4. In the drawing-room the music of Mozart (to play) by an orchestra
seen on the screen.
5. "Remember I (to pay) by the hour," grumbled the driver.
6. But there were signs that order (to restore) in the town.
7.1 (to receive) by one of the chiefs and (to take) for lunch to the canteen.
8. Well, what (to do) about it, Ted?
9. He went into the bedroom. The bed (to turn) down for the night by
the maid many hours before.
10.1 said we yet (not to teach) anything.
11. Please find out if your father (to see) to leave.
12.She could have gone to Cambridge if she had wanted, she (to
offer) a scholarship. ІЗ.Не arrived just after the electricity (to cut), and
Joseph was
lighting the oil-lamps. 14.On Friday she (to give) two weeks notice at the
Works. 15.Then the voice announced that the passengers (to beg) to pass
through the Customs. 16.1 wondered to what extent she (to influence) by
his name to
accept the offer. 17. Meg (to look) upon as the perfect wife for a clergyman.
18.Such are the matters that (to deal) with in Mr Gimson's book.
19. He (ro see) entering the school building just when the first student
(to call) upon to read aloud from Beowulf.
20. Ahead of us the port lay in a flood of lights. Two cargo-ships (to
unload).
21.1 found the idea of going to Hereford very upsetting because I (to promise)
a very nice job a couple of weeks before.
22. Not far away she noticed the film manager in whose office she once
(to make) to feel so ridiculous.
23. "You must be very prosperous, Eustace, to own a car like that." "This
car (to lend) me by an American woman."
^ 4 .1 felt I (to catch) out boasting.
25.1 could not tell him that I had spent the money I (to leave) ід
order to get myself a house. 26.After lunch, we heard that Charles (to
send) for. 27.She (fo operate) on at seven o'clock next morning. 28. Their
engagement (to announce) and a number of parties (fo
give) for the young couple. 29.1 said, "Our dog (to run) over, but we're
going to have an.
other."
30. The days that followed afterward (to look) back on by Philip as a kind
of nightmare.
31. The scene (fo put) an end to abruptly by the arrival of their father.
32.1 discovered that a similar message (fo send) to my office. 33.After the two
women (fo show) over the house they (fo take) for a walk round the garden.
34. Our garden was all weeds, but the one next door (to look) after to
perfection.
35. You have hardly any right to talk to me about the children. They (fo
see) to all right, and it will be me that sees to them, not you.
36. Somewhere from far away in the town came the sound of shots.
"Somebody (to kill)," I said.
37. Joe (to try) and (fo sentence) to five years in New Caledonia.
38. He watched Jack while the film (fo run).
39.The boy who put a frog in the teacher's desk (to ask) to return the frog to
the pool.
40.Our ability to use English subtly or precisely continually (to interfere) with
by our need to use language simply and imprecisely for everyday
purposes.
Ex. 4. Translate the following sentences into English using passive con-
structions:
1. Ниже на этой улице строится новый жилой массив.

2. Его еще никогда не принимали за англичанина.
З.В твоей комнате ничего не трогали с тех пор, как тебя
послали в санаторий. 4. Представляет ли для тебя интерес работа,
которую тебя
предложили? 5.3а каждый пенни нужно отчитаться. 6. Вас когда-
нибудь учили, как надо вести себя?
ffie Verb: Passive Voice Forms 72
7. Его пришлось оперировать.

8. Детей угостили мороженым.
9. У меня украли коллекцию марок.
10. Со мной так никогда не разговаривали.

11. Посмотри! Кто-то пролил чай на скатерть.
12.Уроки нужно сделать более интересными. 13. Надо
что-то сделать для этих людей.
14.В футбол играют во всем мире.
15.Боюсь, что этот замок нельзя починить.
16. На день рождения ей подарили коробку шоколадных конфет.
17.0 его приятеле хорошо отзываются.
18.Студентам велели подождать за дверью.
19. Моего дядю произвели в капитаны.
20.Постороннего попросили уйти с собрания.
21. Тебе скажут, когда отправляется поезд.
22. Она чувствовала, что от нее что-то скрывают.
23.Там будет так темно, что вас совсем не будет видно.
24. Я почувствовал, что ему уже задавали этот вопрос раньше.
25.Меня отослали спать.
26. Он не слышал, о чем говорили.
27.Мы узнаем, хорошо ли за ним смотрели.
28. Ему дали первоклассное образование.
29. Что-нибудь делается, чтобы восстановить это здание?
30. Говорят, что его не видно уже три месяца.
31. Он включил радио. Исполняли фортепианный концерт Брамса.
32.Я не знал, кому меня представляют.
33.На приеме на профессора не обращали внимания, но носились с его
хорошенькой женой.
Ex. 5. Turn the following active constructions into passive, using it as subject
wherever necessary:
l.He explained to me that almost everything the children were

taught at school was unnecessary. 2.1 had no suitable girl to take to the
party and they arranged
that I should partner Dick's sister. 3.1t was not easy to see what to do
about Jack, and someone
proposed that he should come and stay with us. 4-The lawyer explained the
new law to us. 5-І mentioned the fact to my friends. 6. They request that you
should write it again.
* П. Крылова
7-А guide pointed out the Pyramids to us.

8. They arranged the party on Saturday.
9. They discovered him at home two hours later.
10. They said there had been a boy who broke this rule of the school
once.
11. Someone proposed my father's health.
12. At lunch somebody mentioned to me that the Johnsons had come
from abroad.
73 The Verb: Passive Voice Forms
13.Everyone knew that her father had gone to a place some distance away on
an important business.
14.Somebody reported the accident to the police. шк
15. They announced on the radio that the peace treaty between tH
two countries had been signed. Я
16.Somebody discovered that he had left for Europe two chfl
before. |
H
17.Someone pointed out to us that the camp was deserted.
18.They expected that the Minister would interview him. ЩШ
19. The weather was warm and somebody suggested a walk to the river.
20.They demanded that I should stay behind.
21. They believed that I had to attend a family party.
22.Everyone understood that I was to drive the family to inspect
the new house. jH
23. Everyone noticed his absence. JH
24.No one believed his story. |H
25.They demanded an explanation from him. Щ§
26. Then someone suggested that we drop the discussion and
about something else. 27.They decided on a course of action. 28. They
agreed that I should speak to the colonel. 29.They announced at the meeting
that the firm was closing
down.
30.Everyone knows these facts well.
31. Everyone noticed that he had had a short talk with the reporter.
32. They decided that I would go to Oxford next year.
Ex. 6. Translate the following sentences into English, using passive со»'
structions with it as subject wherever necessary:
1. По радио объявили, что к вечеру ожидается похолодань6'
2. Я сомневаюсь, что это явление можно объяснить.

З.Бму показали эту женщину, и он подошел к ней.

4. Договорились, что она подождет его в гостинице.
5. Сообщение было объявлено по радио.
6. Ей объяснили, кто мы такие.
7. Ожидали, что он вернется как раз к заседанию.
8. Было решено, что он вернется в пятницу.
9. Замечали, что он никогда не звонит к себе домой с работы.
10. Ему объяснили, почему он неправ.

11. Ему указали на его ошибки.
12.К юго-западу от города были обнаружены значительные запасы руды.
13.Ожидались большие изменения в производственных планах компании.
14.Не думал, что он долго проработает с ними. 15. Говорили, что ему не
легко было сделать это. 16.Ходят слухи, что он уехал в Канаду. 17.Было
решено, что выплата была незаконной. 18.0 потере документа доложили
руководству. 19. Ему было указано, что курить в зале не разрешается.
20.Его храбрость была хорошо известна в полку. 21. В разговоре его
приезд был упомянут мимоходом. 22.Мне предложили сначала поесть.
23. Хорошо известно, что Фрэнк признал свою ошибку.
Ex. 7. Explain why the agent of the action is mentioned in the following
passive constructions:
l.The house will be locked up for the summer and it will be

looked after by the gardener. 2.1 was lent the book by a friend. 3.His
business has been taken over by a bigger firm. 4.1 was deeply struck by her
beauty.
5. The dam may be broken by a sudden increase in water pressure.
6. The little boat was overturned by a huge wave.
7. Many valuable pictures were destroyed by the fire.
&-They had been caught by the war in Australia.
9-Milly was awakened by the telephone's insistent ringing.
*u-One of his favourite pastimes was collecting clocks. He already had a most
remarkable collection, which was admired by his friends and envied by his
fellow-collectors.
11. Suddenly the silence was shattered by a mob of schoolchildren, all
shouting and screaming.
12. It was believed that the fire was caused by a short circuit ІЦ the lift
machinery.
13. That work was handled by other people.
Ex. 8. Say whether the passive forms in the following sentences express an
action or a state resulting from a previously accomplished action:
l.The car stopped and the near-side door was opened.

2. Warren said, "Well, my question is answered."
3.The Prime Minister's forthcoming talks in Washington were officially
announced on the radio.
4. His calculations were proved wrong.
5. The piano is not tuned. t
6. The arrival of the plane was announced over the loudspeakers.

7. The symphony was performed for the first time last week.
8. It is decided to open a new branch next year.
9,You'H be given new instructions before you leave.
10.All your words will be taken down.
11. Ail the dishes were washed up.
12.His instructions are not carried out.
13. He was finally persuaded to enter politics.
14. His parents' home was now closed to him.
15. Such things are said of talented people.
16. He pointed to the fire which was already laid.
Ex. 9. Use the required passive forms in the following sentences, observing
the difference between the passive of action and the passive of state:
1. The house {to lock) up when they set off. 2.The house (to
lock) up before they set off.
3. He wished to know if his instructions (to carry) out.
4. Talking of Susan, Milly (to remind) of something she once (to tell).
5. The officials usually make careful inquiries into the applicant s
character. Then he (to give) a trial, discreetly (to watch), a11^ if the
impression is unfavourable politely (to thank) and tell) that his services no
longer (to need).
6. Wherever I went I found that the camp (to leave) in a disgrace' ful
condition.
3. Wherever I went I found evidence that the camp (to leave) only a
short while before we arrived.
4. From where I stood the house (to hide) by lime trees.
7. Everything (to prepare) for the ball. The front lawn (to floor) and (to
tent); palms and azaleas (to place) round it.
10.Dan had a car waiting, and open country easily (to reach) in those days.
11. Looking over his shoulder I saw that the note (to write) in
pencil and on a whole sheet of paper. l2.We went to the back of the house
and he tried another door.
"Everything (to shut) up," he said. 13.Sometimes he would drive away for a
whole day. His errands
never (to explain).
14. "How do you find the cooking?" "Unchanged." "When the cook (to
hire), your aunt gave her ten menus, and they never (ro vary) since."
15. "I am so sorry to miss so much of your visit. You (to look) after
properly?" Mr Ryder asked me.
16. I've just been to the garage trying to get a car but everything (to lock).
17. Then dinner (to announce), and we went to the dining-room where
the subject (not to mention).
18. The idea, however, seemed to take root in his mind; when, a few
days later, we spoke of the matter again it firmly (to establish).
19. When I arrived the family were in the sitting-room. Tea (to clear)
away and the curtains (to draw).
20. When I stayed at the hotel I always (to give) the room I had had on
my first visit.
21. His house in Hertford Street was large enough for them both and
lately (to furnish) and (to decorate) by the most expensive firm.
22. His house was large, and.it completely (to furnish) and (to decorate).
23."It's the first time I ever (to take) out to dinner at a restaurant," she said.
24.Then he looked round furtively to see if he (to observe). 25.He was lying in
bed. His eyes (to close).
26. At the beginning of May the engagement (to announce). Rex (to dismay)
and (to perplex) by this new development.
27. The date for her wedding (fo fix)?
28.After his aunt (ro bury) her will (to read).
29.1 never knew where he (to bury).
30. He came to tell me that the work (fo do).
31.1 wandered down the corridor trying doors that (to lock).
32. Two men badly (fo injure) in the accident.
33. "Can we have three clean glasses?" "In a moment. They (f 0 wash)
up."
34.The event (to describe) in detail in his book. 35.1 don't have many things
to pack because lots of my old clothes (to dispose) of.
36. While my car (to fix) I made a telephone call to my office.
37. Luckily, my car (to park) some distance from the front door of the
house, so I didn't get very wet in the rain.
Ex. 10. Revision: use the required passive forms in the following texts:
a) It was now a charming room. The walls (to paint) light blue. The
curtains (fo draw) and the fire (to light). All the furniture (fo dust). The piano
(to move) out but a wireless set (to add). On the chest of drawers there was a
collection of small presents which (fo bring) to the old woman at various times
by her children.
b) No one there could understand a word he said, but an interpreter (to

send) for, his papers (to examine) and he (to tell) that he (to fly) back by the
first plane.
c) The reception was all that (to expect). When we arrived we (to show)
into some kind of hall where we (to detain) with the rest of the actors.
Apparently we (not to allow) yet to mingle with the other crowd. As the guests
assembled in the room, it was plain to me that they (to choose) carefully.
Looking around, I recognized Anthony Blanche. He (to point) out to me often in
the streets. I (to interrupt) in my observation by a woman reporter whom the
manager had led up to me. I (fo warn) against the dangers of being
interviewed by strangers. As we (to introduce) I made up my mind to avoid it at
any cost.
d) It was Saturday night and Pete sat watching TV. People ( t0

kill) by the
hour on the screen. Policemen (to shoot) in the line of duty, gangsters (to
throw) off roofs, and an elderly lady slowly (to poison) for her pearls, and her
murderer (to bring) to justic6 by a cigarette company after long discussions
which (ro hold) in the office of a private detective. Villains holding guns (ro
leap) at by brave, unarmed actors, and ingenues (ro save) from deaths by the
quick-thinking young men.
e) The Connolly children (ro find) lurking under the seats of a

carriage when the train (ro empty). They (ro drag) out and (to
stand) on the platform. Since they could not (ro leave) there, they
(to include) in the party that (ro send) by bus to the village. From
that moment their destiny for ever (ro involve) with that of the
village. Nothing ever (ro discover) abqiit the children's parents.
f) Bridgehampton. Friday. A disastrous fire broke out on the

top floor of the Grand Hotel, Washington Road, in the small • hours of the
morning.
The alarm (ro give) by the night porter. His attention (ro draw) to smoke
issuing from one of the top floor windows by a group of young people who
were returning late from a dance. Within five minutes the town Fire Brigade
was on the spot. The work of fighting the fire and evacuating the guests
seriously (ro hamper) by the non-operation of the lifts. It (fo believe) that the
fire (to cause) by a short circuit in the lift machinery and had extended to the
whole floor before it (fo observe). The flames (to bring) under control in two
hours. Two of the guests staying at the hotel lost their lives. They (fo trap) in
their rooms and evidently (to overcome) by fumes before the rescuers could
reach them. A third guest (fo take) to hospital with multiple burns. His
condition (fo report) as being serious.
Ex. 11. Revision: use the required active and passive forms in the following
text:
At the last glow of sunset, they (to board) the aeroplane in inverse order of
seniority beginning with the sergeant and ending with General Spitz. The
plane they (to provide) with was luxurious for the wartime. It (fo fit) with seats.
Little lights (fo glow) along the roof. Soon the doors (to shut). The lights (to go)
out. It (to be) now completely dark. What once (to be) windows (to paint) °ut.
The roar of the engine (fo impose) silence on the party. Dan, who (to put)
himself next to the cockpit, (to long) for a forbidden cigarette and (to try) to
compose himself for sleep, though it (fo be) far from his normal bedtime. He
(fo wear) the same shirt all day without a chance of changing. In the hot
afternoon it (ro be) damp with sweat. Now in the chill upper air it (to cling) to
Ьцц and (to set) him shivering. It (not to occur) to him to bring his greatcoat. It
(to be) an unsatisfactory day. He (to wander) about the streets of the old town
with the Lieutenant. They (ro lunch) at the club and (to order) to report at the
airfield two hours before they (to need). He (not to dine) and (to see) no hope of
doing so. He (to sit) in black boredom and discomfort until, after an hour,
sleep (to come).
Ex. 12. Make up situations of your own using the following common sentence
openings in which the verbs are used in the passive voice:
l.It is generally agreed that ...

2 . It is well known that ...
3 . It is hoped that...
4 . It is only to be expected that ...
5 . It has been decided that...
6 . It has often been questioned whether ...
7 . It was widely assumed that ...
8 . It was taken for granted that . . . .
9 . It has now been proved that ...
10.1 thought that it had been clearly understood that ... 11.It must be borne
in mind that ... 12.As has been said (pointed out), ... 13.As is well known, ...
Ex. 13. Revision: use the required active and passive forms in the following
text:
Walker's ambition (to be) to make a road right round the island and a
great part of it already (to build). His roads (to be) the joy of his heart and he
(to make) excursions constantly to see that they (to keep) in order.
The roads (to be) wide tracks which (to cut) through the jungle-When they
(to lay), trees (ro roor) out and rocks (to dig) up. It (t° be) hard work, and all of
it (to do) by the natives who (to pay) almost nominal wages for it.
Then the day (to come) when the natives (to learn) that larger sums (to
pay) for such work in other places and they (ro stop) the work. Now the wages
(to discuss) in the village. The natives (t° hold) together and (to say) they (not to
return) to the work unless
^Talker (to agree) to accept their terms. The administrator only (to promise) to
give them a feast when the road (to finish).
But when Walker (ro find) that no attempt (fo make) to start yvork, he (to
go) to the village and (to ask) the men what silly game (r0 рІаУ)- The natives (to
be) calm and only (fo say) they (fo £o) it if he (to give) them a hundred pounds.
Walker (to fly) into a rage and (fo say): "If you (not to start) in a week, take
care." Then he (to turn) round and (to walk) away.
That same night when Walker (to stroll) along the road that (to run) past
his house, he (fo hear) something whizz past him and strike a tree. He (to
understand) that something (to throw) at him. He (fo know) it (to be) hopeless
to pursue in the darkness. Instead he (to look) for what (to throw), but (can)
find nothing. He (to go) quickly back to the house for a lantern. Then he (to
return) to the place and after a long search (fo see) a long knife sticking into
the trunk of a tree. It (to throw) with such force that it (to require) quite an
effort to pull it out.
The next day Walker (fo ride) over to the village again. He (to find) the men
sitting round the floor in the chief's hut. He (to guess) that the question of the
road (to discuss) again. The hut (to form) in this way: trunks of slender trees
(to place) in a circle at intervals of perhaps five or six feet; a tall tree (to set) in
the middle from which the thatched roof (to slope) downwards. At night or
when it (to rain), coconut leaves (to pull) down. In the daytime that hut (to be)
open for the breeze to blow through. Walker (to ride) up to the edge of the hut
and (to call) out to the chief: "You (to leave) your knife in a tree last night," and
he (to-fling) it down on the ground.
On Monday Walker (fo go) out to see if the natives (to start) work. There (to
be) no sign of it. "They (fo regret) it," he (to say) to himself, devising a scheme
to punish them.
Next morning a large group of men (to come) into the village and their chief (to
say) that they (to make) a bargain with Walker to build the road. According to
the local rules of hospitality which (to have) the force of laws the people of the
village (to have) to give lodging to the workers as well as provide them with
food and drink as long as they (fo wish) to stay. Soon it (fo become) clear that
the strangers (fo work) very slowly. Ruin (fo stare) the vil-people in the face.
They (to realize) that Walker (to outwit) ьЬещ and that they (to laugh) at. The
humiliation (fo be) hard to bâr. So no one (to be) surprised when one
afternoon Walker (fo find) lying on the floor in his cabin — he (fo shoot).
THE VERB
MODAL VERBS
Ex. 1. Explain the meanings of can in the following sentences:
l.But the next day she was not well. She could not leave her cabin.
2. We can discuss it now, clause by clause.
3. My son is not in town; but he will be before long. Can I give him any
message?
4. What on earth induced her to behave as she did, I never could
understand. She could have married anybody she chose.
5. Can I smoke, Mr Hawkins?
6.1 ate the next course grimly to an end; she couldn't have been enjoying her
meal much either.
7. We'll get you into the next room, and you can lie on the sofa for a
bit.
8. What can have happened to change him so much?
9. Can there have been any misunderstanding in our first encounter?
10. The teacher said they could all go home.

11. A policeman arrived and told him he couldn't park there. 12.Can he
have changed now? Do you think it possible?
13. How did he get to know it? Who can he have been talking to?
14. "There's no such train." "We came by it." "You can't have."
15. "Life," the old man said, "can only be understood backward. Now I
see clearly all the mistakes I made and could have avoided."
16. Really he had no idea that she could use water-colour as well as
that.
17. You and I are in charge of a great business. We cannot leave our
responsibility to others.
Ex. 2. State in which of the following sentences the form could is (1) the
Past Indefinite of can, (2) a form expressing unreality, (3) a more polite
form of can and (4) a form implying more uncertainty than can:
1. She would often say that no one but she could control the little girl.
2. Could you bring me some paper, please, to write my note oro
1. МШУ asked what time it was, and her mother said it couldn't be more than
one.
2.It was time for me to be getting back too, and I could have walked back
with him. But I knew somehow that he didn't want that, so I sat for a few
minutes watching him as he went down the road.
3.From where I was I could see the clear profile of his face.
1. "Do you know what time we arrive at the frontier?" "I'm afraid I
couldn't tell you exactly."
3. "It's impossible," exclaimed Phil. "He couldn't have done it."
2. It could not be done under the present circumstances.
4. You have no idea, I suppose, who could have been there.
10. You are Agatha, aren't you? I could not be mistaken.
Ц.Perhaps you could tell me a little about these messages.
12.At present they could promise nothing.
Ex. 3. Turn the following into unreal statements and translate both vari-
ants into Russian.
Note: Change the form of the infinitive if necessary.
l.He's obstinate. Nothing can move him.

2. No one can ever tell when he is being serious and when he is joking.
З.Іп the dimness of the room I could not see him very well.
4.You know I can never refuse you.
5. Roger told me that she could run his small establishment better than any
paid housekeeper.
4. No one could tell me where he lived.
6. He's very good at all that. You can learn a lot from him.
7. The trouble was I couldn't do anything else.
8. She cannot tell us the truth.
10.She could not tell us the truth then.
11. That's a question nobody can answer.
Ex. 4 . Make the following sentences containing can more polite or less
categorical:
l-"What can I do for you?" he asked in cordial tones. . 2. Сага I see John now?
3 -Pat, my dear, where can you have got such a foolish idea? 4 - What
difference can it make?
81 The Verb: Modal v.
5. I'm hungry. Can I have my tea?

6.1 know a very nice little place up the hill where we can have dinner.
7. "We've brought you something!" cried Edward. "Whatever can it be?"
8. "But you don't understand me. Hugh hates me." "He can't"
9. "I don't believe you've forgotten our song. You can't have done it."
10. "But the door is locked." "I expect we can open it."
11. "In the end he insisted on walking in the rain." "He can't be so silly."
12. And I've got a bit of money. We can get ourselves a nice flat,
13. They are all watching the telly, so you can have your supper in
peace.
14. Can this woman be Lousie? She can't have changed so much.
15.She can't have told you that I don't believe you.
16. What else can we do for you?
Ex. 5. Use the required form of the infinitive after can (could) in the
1. Her face was quite unlined and she could not (to be) more than
thirty.
2. I'm wondering if something can (to do) about it.
3. Her friend said quickly: "I know where you can (to get) your bicycle
fixed."
4. "You couldn't (to worry) too much," Jack was tempted to say, "if
you're still out at one thirty in the morning."
5. It's impossible. He can't (to do) it.
6. There wasn't anything wrong with tea. There couldn't (to be\
7. Harry's story disappointed him because if the girl had been with
him,at half past eight she couldn't (to be) at Hexley the same time.
8. She lay, raised up rather high upon the pillow, her eyes cl° s ^j and
her hair undone. She could not (to sleep), though it wou- 1 have been hard
to say quite how this was evident. j
9. "Have you seen anything of Roberta lately?" "Not for ages-don't
know what she can (to do)."
10.He couldn't (to hear) the news at dinner because his sis*
hadn't arrived yet. 11.1 can easily (to walk) to the railway
station.
^2. For several seconds Bolt stared at her, terrified. "I can't (to die). I don't
want to die."
gx. 6. Explain the possible ways 1) of expressing negation in sentences

yvith can used in the meaning of improbability in (a) and 2) of building
up special questions with can used for emotional colouring in (b):
a)
1.1 was staggered by his youth. He could not have been much over thirty.
2. "They say he was her lover," replied the man. "She can never have
had one," said Rosalia, with a laugh of scorn.
3. You could hardly expect Father to let you stay here under the
circumstances.
4.1 don't think the idea can ever have occurred to him before, b)
1. Who can he be? She has never had a visitor before.
2. "I think she had something to do with the book." "What can she
have done?"
82 The Verb: Modal v.
3.1 don't understand how you can have been so nice, and then do something
so cruel.
4. "Somebody drew a pair of spectacles on the face of the portrait."
"Who do you think could have done it?"
5. The young woman rose from the yellow hammock. Mary's first
thought was how she could have been lying in a hammock and remained
so tidy.
Ex. 7. Translate the following sentences into English using can in all of
'ts possible meanings:
1-Ты мог бы перевести этот текст? 2. Эту книгу можно купить в любом
магазине. 3-0н мог бы сделать это на прошлой неделе. Он был не особен-
но занят.
4 - Он не мог показать нам расчеты, так как они не были готовы.
5R
■° комнате темно, я не могу найти свои вещи. ^•Не может быть, чтобы
она ошиблась. " Неужели они ждали нас все это время? 'Не может быть,
чтобы вас послали ко мне. Я не имею к
^е Verb: Modal Verbs 83
Тому
э
никакого отношения.
84 The Verbh Modal Kerb,
9. Можно мне чашку чая?

10. Он сказал, что мы можем идти.
11. Я могу вернуться автобусом.
12.Я мог бы вернуться автобусом.
13. Морис уставился на письмо. «И откуда оно могло прийти?» 14.Эванс
был настолько неграмотным, что он просто не мог написать ни одного
слова этого доклада.
15. «Она не поняла тебя», — вскричал Филипп. — «Она поняла меня
достаточно хорошо». — «Вряд ли она тебя поняла», повторил он
упрямо.
16. Дорога пешком обратно в гостиницу оказалась очень длинной, и
он никогда не проделал бы ее без карты.
17. У нее было квадратное лицо, которое, вероятно, никогда не
выглядело молодым.
18. «На что ты смотришь, Вилли?» — «Ни на что, дорогая». — «Нельзя
смотреть ни на что».
19. Она сказала более громким голосом: «Ты слышишь меня?»
20. Никто не смог бы произвести на меня большее впечатление, чем
это сделал ты.
21. В тот момент я мог бы убить его.
22.Ему не могло быть больше тридцати лет, когда мы с ним
познакомились впервые. 23.Я умел плавать, когда мне было пять лет.
Папа научил
меня.
24.Они очень милы со мной. Просто невозможно быть более
вежливыми и услужливыми. 2 5 * ^У^ леє темнеет. Сколько же сейчас
может быть времени? 26. Ты храбрый, раз работаешь с этими людьми. Я
бы не мог с
ними работать.
27.Он взял меню и сказал: «Ну, я полагаю, что ты проголодалась. Давай
посмотрим, что мы можем поесть». 28. А как щенки? Можно мне
посмотреть на них?
Ex. 8. To practise can, make up situations of your own using the follow-
ing patterns:
І.не может быть, чтобы он ... Не can't be that

foolish. He can't be writing a novel. He can't have
gone fishing. He can't have been walking in the
rain.
2. неужели он...
Can he be your brother?
Can he be working so late?
Can he have left?
Can he have been looking for us? З.и что (где,
как, почему ...) это он...
What can he mean?
Where can he be hiding?
How can he /шиє done it?
What can he have been doing in there? 4 . он просто не
может (не мог, не мог бы)...
Не can't possibly do it.
He couldn't possibly afford a car on his present salary.
He can't possibly have done it. 5.не могу
не ...
I can't help thinking she has made a grave mistake.
I couldn't help seeing that she was ill. 6.мне
ничего не остается как ...
I cannot but ask him for help.
85 The Verbh Modal Kerb,
I could not but put him up for the night.
Ex. 9. Explain the meanings of may in the following sentences:
l.Of course I'm too young to be a really good writer yet, but I try hard, and
one day I may achieve something.
2.1 asked him if I might come over to remove something that I had left in a
book I had loaned him.
3. "I'm so glad you didn't wait, Agnes," Mr Logan said in a tone which
clearly meant "I think you might have waited."
4. "What's happened to the dog?" "It isn't here. Dan may have taken it
with him."
5. Harry might often be seen sitting on the porch with a pipe in his
mouth.
6. Archer looked touchingly white and weak. He had been through a
hard time. He might have died.
7. "Then may I send Kate to you?" "But of course."
8- "Oh, Philip," she exclaimed, "your boots are muddy! You might have gone
by the side door."
9. She longed for a letter from John. It might contain an explanation of why
he had gone away. l°-"What shall you do to amuse yourself?" she asked.
"Well," I said playing for time, "I might do several things."
86 The Verb: Modal \'erbg
11. There was so much they had shared together and so much more they
might have shared that they had not.
Ex. 10. State in which of the following sentences the form might is Ц)
the Past Indefinite of may, (2) a form expressing unreality, (3) a more
polite form of may and (4) a form implying more uncertainty than may;
1.1 asked if he might bring his wife down next Saturday.

2. "Where do you suppose he is now?" "He might be in New York."
3. "I thought the picture might interest you," Maurice said innocently.
4. "Did she say where she was going?" "No." "Humph! She might have
left a message."
5. "Might I look round?" he asked.
6. Г said that I might have other problems to raise.
7. We're going to lunch with some neighbours tomorrow. Mother
thinks you might be bored. Would you like to stay at home?
Ex. 11. Make the following sentences containing may more polite or less
categorical:
I.May I ask you a question?

2. She gave a shrug of impatience. "This affair may well fade into nothing."
3.1 heard Arthur make a slight noise which may have been a sigh or a
chuckle.
4. My main task is to find out why he killed himself. It may all
be terribly simple. He may have done it because of his wife.
5. She may not find it all that easy to get a job.
Q.May I have a taxi called?
7. You're welcome to come with me. You may notice things that I miss.
8. On the last evening my mother and I sat together in the drawing-
room. It was our one formal room and I think my mother may have chosen
it for its moral effect.
Ex. 12. Use the required form of the infinitive after may (might) in the
1. On the whole there was less said than might (to expect).
2. Don't turn on the light. This fellow may (to lurk) outside the house
door.
yfte Verb: Modal Verbs 87
1. You've acquired a great deal of experience. You might (to write) a book.
2.There was no sign of John in the street. Of course, I said to myself, he
might (to detain) at his office.
3."Who said Mr Sorrel had gone to America?" "He might (to tell) it himself."
1. Strickland is very ill. He may (to die).
3. Jack had the feeling that Maurice might one day (to break) down.
4. But what you tell me may not (to be) true.
9.1 was deeply shocked and worried. "It is no easy matter to find the man,"
the doctor said to me. He might (to read) my thoughts.
10. He may not (to want) to become a publisher in the first place, but
once he had taken it up the profession had appeared to absorb all his
interests.
11. Mr Fox said something about it once, but I might not (to understand)
him properly.
12. "Then why on earth all this secrecy?" "One never knows who may (to
listen)."
Ex. 13. Translate the following sentences into English using may in all of its
possible meanings:
1.Ты был не так уж сильно занят. Ты мог бы нам помочь. 2. Спроси его,
можно ли нам осмотреть лабораторию. З.Он мог бы сделать это для вас.
Ему это совсем не трудно.
4. Он чуть не разбил окно.
4.Она, возможно, опоздает.
5. Они, возможно, работают над этой же проблемой.
6. К вечеру может пойти дождь.
7. Их, возможно, не было вчера в городе.
8. Я подумал, что если его часы были там, то и деньги могли
оказаться там же.
Ю.Я согласен, что разрешить Питеру поехать за границу, возможно, было
ошибкой. Но я думал, что это, может быть, вернет его к работе.
Ч.Я, может быть, не упоминал об этом в своих письмах, но я проделал там
довольно большую работу.
12.Не увидев ни своего отца, ни мальчика, Мегги подумала, что они, быть
может, переставляют книги на полках.
^•Вы, возможно, слышали его имя.
14. Мне пришло в голову, что он втайне гордился сыном, хот он,
быть может, и не осознавал этого.
15. У него большая семья. Я могу себе представить, что он,
возможно, ищет себе работу получше.
16. Мне казалось, что гроза может разразиться в любой мо-мент.
17. Она не была шведкой, но ее можно было принять за швед, ку.
18. Может быть, он сейчас в гостинице и ждет меня.
19. Я чуть не опоздал на последний автобус.
20. Они, возможно, подумали, что мы не придем в такой дождь.
Ex. 14. То practise may, make up situations of your own using the
following patterns:
1. может быть (возможно), он ...

Не may come yet.
He may be reading in his room. He may have forgotten
about it. He may have been expecting a letter from them.
2. может быть (возможно), он не ...
Не may not be in now.
He may not have heard from his family yet.
3. он чуть не ... He might

have fallen.
4. я, пожалуй, ... I may as well give
you a lift. I might as well give you a lift.
5. пожалуй, лучше ...
If your mother has made up her mind, my dear, you may (might) just as
well give in without any fuss.
6. можно было бы принять за ...
From afar the house might have been taken for a small inn.
7. могло бы быть и ...
Charles came out of the examination room. "How did you get on?" I asked. "It
might have been worse, I suppose," he said-Ex. 15. Revision: fill in the
blanks with can (could) or may (might):
1. When they told me I was cured and ... go, I ... tell you I was more
afraid than glad.
2. His letter ... have given them the idea.
3 His knee touched the bottom. He crawled further and at last lay full length
on the pebbles. He now felt so tired he ... not understand how a moment
ago he ... have been capable of swimming.
4.You've done me a great service. I knew I ... trust you.
4. Her mother said she ... play with me if she wished.
5. He's a nice boy. I'm glad you brought him out here. We ... have some fun.
6.He looked at the lighted window of the cottage. He ... see into a kitchen
where two women were sitting by the table drinking tea.
7. She has attractive eyes. There's something about them that holds you. She
... have been pretty once.
9. When he married her she ... not have been more than sixteen.
10. He boasted and told the most extraordinary stories which I'm
sure ... not possibly have been true. 11.She ... not think what he was doing.
Something ... have happened to him.
12. You ... not have proved that I wrote the letter because I didn't. 13.It never
occurred to me that I ... get measles. 14.1 was just going to tell you —
because of the storm I ... not be home tonight.
15. That is exactly what he did say. But I won't talk any more about it.
He ... not have been himself.
16. "To my mind she is a beautiful woman." "Well, yes. But I don't see
what you ... have found to say to her."
17. He hurled the heavy thing down the stairs. It made an extraordinary
noise in its descent and woke Joe sleeping in his pram. The only thing I ...
say to that was: "You ... have killed Joe."
18."I see one of my statuettes has been broken." "I ... not think
what ... have happened to it." 19.He thought it likely that Blair ... have got
away unnoticed.
20. It was dark and I ... only see the glimmer of his face.
21. You have acted very irresponsibly and you ... find yourself in serious
trouble.
22.After all we don't even know if your sister is proposing to stay in London.
She ... be just passing through on her way to somewhere else.
23.One ... not get anything done nowadays.
24."Come inside in front of the fire where you ... warm up," she said quickly.
25. But I really feel that the late Mr Evans ... not have been a nice man.
26. Listen. I know I ... be making a fool of myself, but then again, I ... be not.
27.1 confessed that I ... not swim unless somebody held me. 28.She was
smartly, quietly dressed, and ... have been taken for
a clever business woman. 29. It was one of those days when nobody ...
tell whether it was
going to rain.
30.1 was driving along when I spotted a telephone box and thought
I ... as well give you a call. 31. Jeff said, "Why on earth did Ken say he
shot that dog? He ...
not possibly have done it." 32.1 don't know why he did it. He lost his wife
lately. That ...
have been it.
33. "Aunt Mary said she hadn't seen him." "She ... have been
lying. Perhaps your father asked her to say he wasn't there."
34. I'm tired of listening to him tell me why it ... not be done.
35____I ask then, Mr Morley, what you were doing there?
36.1 wished to be rid of my companion, and said, "Thank you.
I ... look after myself now." 37.1 thought you'd be staying in town for a
night at least; and we ...
have had a dinner and theatre. 38. We shall require, Mr Grey, to have a
copy of this story. How
soon ... you provide this? 39.Mrs Castle looks familiar to me. Where ... I
have met her?
Ex. 16. Revision: translate the following sentences into English using can
(could) and may (might):
1. Возможно, будет дождь.

2. Возможно, дождя не будет.
З.Не может быть, чтобы пошел дождь.
4.Неужели будет дождь?
5.Может быть, он уже видел их.
6.Может быть, он и не видел их.
7.Не может быть, чтобы он видел их.
8.Просто не может быть, чтобы он видел их.
9. Неужели он видел их?
10.Где он мог их видеть?
11. Возможно, они ждут нас.
12. Возможно, они не ждут нас.
13. Не может быть, чтобы они ждали нас.
11. Неужели они ждут нас?
14. Кого же они могут ждать?
Іб.Не может быть, чтобы они ждали нас.
17.Я, пожалуй, пойду.
l g . Я , пожалуй, лучше останусь дома.
19. Я чуть не потерял ключи.
20. Все могло бы быть гораздо хуже.
21. Погода — хуже некуда.
22.Мне ничего не оставалось делать, как остаться с ними.
23. Я не мог не согласиться с ними.
24. Мне это совершенно безразлично.
Ex. 17. Explain the meanings of must in the following sentences:
l.The children must brush their own shoes.

2. His mind turned to the incident. It was the kind of thing
which must not occur again.. 3.Dear Paula, there is no point in delaying
the happy news. I
know how much you must have been waiting and expecting. 4.1 always
have a warm corner for Roberta. I must try and find
her before I go abroad.
5. It's lovely to have you home. We must have a party to celebrate.
6. You must give it back to me before you go.
7. "When is your mother to return?" "Next month." "You must miss her
terribly."
8. Must you work hard?
9. You mustn't tell anyone about it.
10. "My god, I never thought they'd let me in there again," he said. "They
must have regretted doing so in view of your behaviour."
11. She mustn't go home alone.
12. You must change your shoes. I won't have you in here with muddy
feet.
px-18. Notice the use of must in reported speech in the following sen-
tences and translate them into Russian:
1- He was white and frightened and ready to weep as she told

him that he must go. ^- Because a thing like coal had once been profitable
they thought
it must always be profitable.
3. She had already decided that she must show the letter to Alan.
4. The way she spoke made me think that she must be very much in
love.
5. He asked where I had picked up such a word. I realized that it must
have been a wrong word, but I had read it in some book and liked its
sound.
Ex. 19. Use the required form of the infinitive after must:
1. Both sisters must (to be) ashamed of having spoken as they had in
front of a third person.
2. Fred knew that the girl's father was a draper and had four
assistants. "He must (to do) well," he said to her. "He doesn't complain,"
said the girl.
3. The night porter was very good-looking and it must (to take) him a
half-hour to comb his hair into such shining black perfection.
4. "You must (to be) right," I said.
5. They must (to hear) that the fellow was in London.
6. But at last he rose realizing dully that he had work which he must
(to do).
7. He had a faint feeling of satisfaction in the thought that Mait must
(to wonder) why they had gone off together.
8.1 must (to sit) there for a quarter of an hour waiting and
thinking about it before I saw the letter. 9. "His relatives do not think so."
"Then they must (to be) a lot
of damned fools." 10.Mrs Cromwell took us round the yacht. There was
no doubt
that it must (to cost) her a lot of money.
11. He had said that he himself was an admirer of Stendahl. This must
(to influence) him in making his decision.
12. At half past two I heard Hudson grunt, put down his book and
switch out the light. He must (to read) since midnight.
13. "I must (to get) old," she said, "to be talking like that."
14. There were a lot of mirrors that must (to buy) at the sale of some old
restaurant.
15. When I jumped up the thing fell off my knee. It must (to Ш) there yet.
Ex. 20. Translate the following sentences into English using must in a" of
its meanings:
1. Я должен много работать эту неделю.

2. Марта ведь видела их. Она, должно быть, сказала вам об этом.
З.Он должен попасть туда до восьми часов.

4. Она разожгла камин и сказала: «Ну, садись же. Ты, наверное,
закоченел».
5. Я должна еще перемыть все стаканы.
6. Отойдя от двери, Джон заметил, что стоит на письме, которое
лежало на половике. Оно, по-видимому, было доставлено спустя
некоторое время после его возвращения.
7. «Мы будем рано пить чай, — сказала Кэт. — Ты, наверное,
умираешь с голоду».
8. «А, это ты!» — сказал он, взглянув на меня с удивлением. Он,
должно быть, забыл, как меня зовут.
9. Я не видел Джима, но знал, что он, вероятно, ждет меня где-то
здесь.
10. Я подождал с полчаса, и когда я уже думал, что что-то,
должно быть, случилось с Китти, она приехала на такси.
11. Она такая бледная. Наверное, она была больна.
12.Я должен написать им сегодня же.
13.Я должен для него что-нибудь сделать, — подумал Джек. 14. «Филипп, в
твоей книжке было какое-то письмо». — «Разве?» — «Ты, наверное, забыл о
нем».
Ex. 21. Remembering that must in the meaning of probability is not used
either with reference to the future or in the negative form, find a suit-
able way of translating the following sentences into English:
1-Я не хочу сдавать экзамены. Меня, вероятно, не будет в Лондоне в это

время.
2. Наверное, в его распоряжении никогда раньше не было так
много денег.
3. Мартин стоял по другую сторону камина. Я подумал, что он,
вероятно, не слышал их слов.
4- Он, должно быть, не сумел уговорить его поехать с нами.
5-У него, очевидно, пока просто не нашлось времени для вас.
6-Они, наверное, не встретили его на станции.
7. Я терпел это так долго, потому что думал, что она меня по-своему
любит. Но она, вероятно, никогда не любила меня.
^' Преподаватель, видимо, по ошибке не упомянул твоей фамилии.
^•Она, должно быть, не знает, что вы здесь.
10. Они, вероятно, не видели ее с лета.
11. «Могу я поговорить с тобой завтра утром?» — «Я, на: ное, буду
занят утром».
12.Он, вероятно, не захочет говорить по-английски.
13. Дома, наверное, нет никого сейчас.
14. «Кто этот старик?» — «Новый президент компании».
«Ты шутишь». — «Я не шучу. Ты, должно быть, не читал
газет».
Бх. 22. To practise must, make up situations of your own using the fol.
lowing patterns:
1. должно быть, он ...

He must be ill.
He must be staying the night in town. He must
have lost it.
He must have been working since breakfast.
2. он, должно быть (наверное), будет ...
Не probably will be there tomorrow.
З.он, должно быть, не ...
He must never have been poor.
He must have misunderstood you.

He must have failed to get the book.
He cannot have read the book.
4.нельзя ...
You mustn't make so much noise.
Close the door. The children mustn't hear what you are saying.
5. пора уходить ...
I must be off.
I must be going.
Ex. 23. Revision: re-word the following sentences using can, may ot
must:
1.1 don't think he did it all by himself.

2. Perhaps you're right.
3. It is possible that they forgot it in the car. 4.1s it
really true?
5.1 don't believe he has been meaning to do it.
6. It is impossible that he should have refused your request.
7. Evidently he has not read the book.
8.1 wonder where it is that you met him.
g.I'm certain that he has heard the gong. JQ. It was some special occasion,
I'm sure. ll.He looks wet and muddy. I'm sure he has been fishing. 12.No
doubt, she is out shopping.
13.1 wonder what it is that you have brought in that box. 14.It's possible that
he doesn't know we are here. l5.Is it possible that he is giving a course on the
Renaissance at the University?
16.It is possible that the news is being broadcast on all the channels.
17.I'm certain they didn't take notes of the meeting. 18.Is it possible that we
are out of wrapping paper?
19. It is possible he will again forget to rule a margin down the left side.
20. "I don't now see him driving his car. Is it possible that something
has happened?" "Evidently his car is undergoing repairs."
21. It is just impossible for you to get this thing done so soon.
22.1 wonder what it is that he is doing in there,
23. Then the firing began again. This time it was impossible for it to be
more than a mile away.
24. Let's give her a call again. It is possible that she was asleep and
didn't hear the telephone.
25. You have used up all the money I gave you, I suppose.
Ex. 24. Revision: translate the following sentences into English using can,
may or must wherever possible:
1-Они должны действовать, как им сказали.

2-Я думаю, мне надо надеть другие туфли на вечеринку.
З.Я не могу уйти, не расплатившись.
4. Они должны вернуть все деньги.
5. Ты мог бы им позвонить и сказать, что не придешь.
6-Я так хотел есть, что чуть не съел всего цыпленка сразу. ^-«Мне взять
зонт?» — «Да, похоже, что будет дождь». 8-Тебе удалось закончить работу?
9. Ситуация — хуже не придумаешь. "•Ты не мог бы прийти немного
позже?
•Неужели ты сам это написал?
•Со мной этого не может случиться.
93 123
13. Я перебрал в уме все возможные случаи, когда я мог бы с 40. «Это, наверное, совсем не похоже на ваш дом»,— сказал Барт.
ним познакомиться. 14.Может быть, он не 41. Я сказал, что он может взять мою машину.
захотел выступить.
15. Она никогда не рассказывала о своем детстве, и на то, по~ 42. Мне это совершенно безразлично.
видимому, была какая-то причина. 43.Она понимала, что он должен чувствовать. 44. Он не может быть
старше вас больше чем на три или четыре года.
16. Но я просто не могу идти дальше.
17. «Он может отдохнуть в моем кабинете», — сказал м-р Болт. 45.Погода еще может измениться к лучшему.
18. Нора отвела сына в свою комнату. Мне было слышно, как они 46. Не может быть, чтобы она этого не знала.
там разговаривали. 47. В понедельник я еще не смогу дать вам определенный ответ.
19. «Не нужно преуменьшать опасность», — сказал он. 48. Возможно, они еще не приехали.
20.Я смогу написать им завтра. 49. Возможно, они еще ведут следствие по этому делу.
21. Никто не смог бы сделать больше, чем сделал ты. 22.Ник был таким 50. Возможно, они были на вечере, но я их не видел.
сыном, которым мог бы гордиться любой родитель. 51. И кто это мог зажечь свет в моей комнате?
23. Я думаю, что он влюбился в вас потому, что никогда, должно 52.Отец очень сердит. Что ты опять натворил?
быть, еще не встречал никого похожего на вас. 53. Уже совсем темно. Я, наверное, очень долго спал. 54.Он, вероятно,
24. Я думаю, что не буду никуда выходить сегодня. В такую погоду скоро позвонит нам. 55.Неужели он велел вам прийти сюда?
я, пожалуй, лучше посижу в кресле у камина. 56. «Где мой ключ?» — «Ты, наверное, его потерял». — «Не может быть,
25.Право же, ты мог бы что-нибудь сделать с этим. 26. В конце концов, чтобы я его потерял. Я, возможно, оставил его в кармане пальто».
нельзя не восхищаться человеком с такими высокими принципами. ,
27.Ты можешь делать все, что хочешь. Ex. 25. Revision: fill in the blanks with can (be able), may or must:
28. «Я не вижу, что еще я мог бы тогда сделать», — сказал он. 29.Его мать
always
опять в больнице. Она, должно быть, серьезно больна. l."Will you know where to go?" "Yes, thank you. I
30. Среди них не было никого, к кому бы я мог обратиться за ask my brother." 2. "Didn't she hear our shouting?" "She says she heard
помощью. nothing."
31. Я не понимаю, как ты мог вести себя так глупо. "She ... have wandered a long way." 3 -What ... he
32.Я невольно подумал, что мисс Грей выдала себя этими словами. have meant when he said it?
33. Он двигался так тихо, что не мог бы побеспокоить сон само го чуткого 4 - He hesitated and said, "I ... go to South America. As a tea
planter." I said, "I ... be wrong, Jason, but I don't think they
человека.
grow tea in South America." 5. He ... have flown off after he dropped us.
34.Где мои очки? Здесь их нет. Должно быть, я оставил их дома.
He ... not land here.
35. Я должен оставаться здесь весь день?
36. Он спросил, может ли он положиться на меня. Not in a plane with wheels. 6- "I'd give anything to meet that fellow." "We ...
37.Он спросил, не могу ли я позаниматься с его классом 88 see what ... be
следующем уроке. 38. Когда ребенок так болен, вы, должно быть, done."
чувствуете себ* ^-Cindy ... have laughed aloud. Instead, she nodded. ^•You ... hardly have
ужасно. been more surprised than I was.
Зд.Вы должны найти его и привезти сюда со всеми его материалами.
94 The Verb: Modal Verh
9. The old man cupped his ear in his palm. "I think I ... ^
getting deaf. I ... not hear you." 10. "There was someone on the phone for
you," he said. "Oh, who?"
"I don't know, he didn't say. Some man." "It ... have Ьеец
Mike." "I know Mike. It wasn't Mike." "Oh. Then I ... not
think who it ... have been." 11.Mr Fox ... not come. He sent me to
represent him. 12.1 went straight from the station to the club and played hi].
Hards. It ... have been after eleven when I reached the flat. 13.Oh, you ...
drink things steaming! ... you eat eggs with the
shells on, too?
14.She was beginning to want to ask him in but she knew that she ... not do
it yet.
15. It's a most interesting story. He ... not possibly have invented it. You
... have told him something.
16. I've other things to attend to which ... be put through immediately.
17.1 admire your mother's looks. She ... have been a lovely girl. 18.The
apples are very good. You ... eat them all. 19. My wife ... leave the hospital in
a week's time. 20.My wife ... to leave the hospital a few days ago.
21. I'm trying to think where he ... have gone.
22. Of course it occurred to me that if he had found the watch as he
said, it ... have been lying in the garden for more than a year.
23. He began absently to eat one of the buttered biscuits. He'd lose his
appetite if his wife didn't hurry up. She ... be talking to Frau Schmidt.
24. A day or two later Mrs Strickland sent me a note asking if I ... go
and see her that evening after dinner.
25. "I don't know why he did it." "It ... have amused him."
26. "You know, I'm a bit of a writer myself in a small way." "What are
you writing? A novel?" "Oh, come off it. I ... not write a novel. No, it's a
sort of history of the regiment, as a matter of fact."
27. "He's up in Barbie's room. He's decorating it with shells. He ... have
brought in a ton."
28. "She's gone out. Something awful ... have happened." "How ■•■ she
have got out? The door is locked."
29.I'm going to tell him that he ... not do any building here.
They say the driver ... have been going fifty miles round that blind corner
for the body to have been thrown and injured like it was.
3 l .She looked unusually pale and gloomy. I wondered what ... have upset
her.
32.""- Уои drive a car, Mooey?" "Yes, indeed I ... ," he answered.
33. You ... be very prosperous, Eustace, to own a car like that.
34. Obviously Haviland had worked late the night before, as he ... have
done for several nights in a row, because he looked drawn and pale.
3 5 . The water of the pool ... have been heated for it steamed
gently in the beams of the lamps. 3 6 . Mr Hardy takes a lot of aspirin.
He ... have had at least twelve
tablets during the day. 3 7 . The man danced very well. He ... have spent
hours taking
lessons, Jack thought.
38. "At least I want to keep my mind occupied." "You ... get a good book
and read it."
39. We ... not exaggerate the situation.
40. "I thought the English were great lovers of dogs." "We think
Americans love dollars, but there ... be exceptions."
Ex. 26. Explain the meanings and forms of have to and be to in the following
sentences:
1.1 had to have someone to show me the way from the station.
2. We were to act as guides to the party.

3. "Guess what!" "I can't guess. You'll have to tell me."
2. Now will you please show me the room where I am to work.
4. Now Vve had to listen to a lot of lying. And I never watch faces. I
look at hands and listen very carefully to the tone and tempo of speech.
5. The children are not to touch anything in the room.
6. There was a special order that no one was to come to the station to
see the battalion off.
7. But Vve been having to give a lot of thought recently to my feelings
toward you.
8. It was the first and the last ceremony I was to see.
10. "What do you have to do to earn so much money?" Barber asked.

11. He was to have had a music lesson in the morning but the teacher
called up to cancel it.
12.1 didn't have to turn around to know they were coming dowjj the street.
13. He looked about him for his daughter but she was not to be seen.
14.1 was having to feel my way.
Ex. 27. Turn the following affirmative sentences containing have to into
negative and interrogative:
l.He has to light a fire.

2. They had to change their shoes.
3.1 shall have to buy a new pair of gloves.
4. She has to go home early.
5. He had to give it back.
6. She'll have to come again.
Ex. 28. Translate the following sentences into English using have to or
be to:
1. Барт должен был увидеться со своим шурином за ленчем на

следующий день, но он не считал нужным рассказывать об этом жене.
2. Ей пришлось пить чай без сахара.
З.Я знал, что Пэт должна была прийти в клуб.
4. Я был несколько удивлен, обнаружив в зале, где я должен был
выступать, так много людей.
5. Мне не нужно быть там раньше трех часов.
6. Руди пригласили на обед домой к Мэри. После обеда они должны
были пойти в кино.
7. Один из гостей сел около меня. Мне не нужно было говорить, кто
он.
8. Они бомбили нас весь день вчера, и мы вынуждены были
оставаться в окопах.
9. «У тебя короткие волосы, и они вьются». — «Я болела
скарлатиной, и волосы пришлось обрезать».
10. «Я ведь никогда не говорил тебе, что учился в частной школе?» —

спросил Алек. — «В этом не было необходимо сти. Я это знала».
11. На следующий день Франк взял меня на долгую автомобильную
прогулку. А в семь часов мы должны были обедать с Гринами.
12.По радио объявили, что вечером должен выступать президент.
J3.0H должен был пододвинуться поближе, чтобы услышать ее.
j4.B этот час Филиппа никогда не было видно.
Ex- 29. Fill in the blanks with have to or be to:

J. At nightfall the ship put in at a small port where they ... to load three
hundred bags of coffee.
2. They ... to light a fire to cook their supper.
3. He set off for the school where he ... to write examinations for entry
to the University.
4. When I got home I found I had left my olive oil in front of the notice-
board and I ... to return in the afternoon to collect it.
5. He made all arrangements for the marriage, which ... to take place
on the day of his mother's arrival.
6. The Finnish woman who ... to work for Finch had not arrived yet.
7. She knew there would be no more vacations for her sons. But she ...
(not) to say it. They knew that as well as she.
8. Eden went to the wood where he ... to meet his brother for a ride.
9. Uncle Nick's things ... to be moved out of his room so that it could
be re-let.
10.For the next few weeks I ... to stay in bed. Everyone came to visit me, and
brought me presents, and I ... (not) to do the cooking.
11. Early in January Maurice returned to Ireland and his brother
accompanied him. He ... to remain with him till spring. He then ... to go to
the Slade School of Fine Arts in London.
12.They went to inspect Finch's new house. Finch said that only the last
touches ... to be added there and he ... to move into it quite soon.
13. That day, however, I had a pupil waiting for an English lesson and I ... to
cut my visit short.
Ex. 30. To practise the use of have to and be to, make up situations of
Уоцг own using the following patterns:
!• приходится (пришлось, придется) ... He has to

work here all day. He had to work there all day. He
will have to work there all day.
2. не нужно ...
You don't have to work here all day. You didn't
have to work there all day. You won't have to
work there all day.
3. ему лучше ...
He had better go home at once.
What had he better do with this letter?
4. мне суждено ...
This was the first time I made a journey that I was to make hundreds of
times afterwards.
5. как мне быть? что мне делать? What
am I to do?
6. что со мной будет? What is
to become of me?
Ex. 31. Revision: fill in the blanks with must, have to or be to to suit the
motives expressed in the following sentences:
1. "It is eight o'clock. The children... go to bed," Mr Hudson said to the

nurse.
2. She ... go to bed at eight o'clock to be up in time for the first train.
3.At this boarding school the children ... go to bed at eight o'clock.
4. "I've told my husband he ... (not) smoke in the drawing-room." "And
I... (not) tell my husband such things; he's a born gentleman."
5. He ... stay the night with us. I won't let him drive to the country in
this rain.
6. He ... stay the night with us because he has missed the last bus.
7. He ... stay the night with us and tomorrow he sets off on his tour to
Europe.
8. We ... begin as early as possible or we shan't finish it today ■
9.1 ... start on my new job on Monday.
10. You ... take the dog away. I won't have it here any longer. 11.They ... take
the dog along with them because there is no one who could look after it.
12. She ... learn to do things for herself. I refuse to help her in the
future.
13. What a pity you ... go. I know it's time for you to catch your train.
j4 I ... be off. I want to go to bed.
j5 . You ... do your chores now, and she ... do hers when she comes in.
l & . My mother says that I ... (not) be out after eleven o'clock, but I... (not)
hurry home because she herself is out playing bridge.
l7.My bike is under repair and I ... walk here this morning.
jg.My bike was under repair and I ... collect it that afternoon.
19.My bike is under repair and I ... have collected it yesterday.
20.He told me that I ... (not) repeat what I had heard.
21.He told me that I ... (not) use words which I didn't know.
22.He told me that I ... learn by heart some twenty lines every day to know
English well.
Ex. 32. Explain the meanings of ought to, shall and should in the follow-
ing sentences:
1.1 think I ought to let your parents know we are here. 2. You should have
gone to the concert. Why should you miss the music?
3.1 think I ought to put all my cards on the table.
4. It's late. You should go to bed.
5. Oughtn't you to be more careful?
6. "How can you know what his feelings are?" "I ought to know, for he's
always telling me about them."
7. It was surprising that they should have met at all.
8. He remembered that he should not smoke unless invited to do so.
9. When Charles saw Ann playing tennis, he came up and said: "Are
you sure you ought to be doing that?"
10. Shall I get you some fresh coffee, Ed?

11. The responsibility is entirely mine. I acted very wrongly indeed. I
ought not to have let this relationship start.
12. "When is he going back?" "How should I know?"
13. Mrs Murrey will be moving into the new house next month. It ought
to be less bleak for her.
14. You shall have no cause to complain of me, dear. There shall be no
difficulty about money.
15. "Meg is in town shopping." "Who took her in?" "Renny drove her to
the train. He should be back at any moment".
16. George did not see why he should not discuss the matter with his
chief.
^ П. Крылова
98 The Verb: Modal Verbs
Ex. 33. Use the required form of the infinitive after ought to and
shoul^.
1. But we ought (to have) your brother here, to tell us exactly ho\y far
we can go.
2. Tea is between half past five and six, and it should (to be) ready
now.
3. He couldn't see anything. He thought that he ought (to bring) a
torch.
4. Should the baby (to play) with a box of matches?
5. If you're in love it ought (to make) you happy. You ought (to laugh).
6. The doctor said it was appendicitis and she ought (to operate) on.
i
7. You should (to see) him yesterday on horseback.

8. One day the headmaster came on Jack, who should (to sweat) on
the sports ground, sitting comfortably in a gardener's shed reading a book
and eating a large piece of cocoa-nut ice.
9. "Your father and I should (to arrange) everything before I came
here," he said.
10. Oughtn't you (to answer) that letter now?

11. Where is his car? He shouldn't (to leave) it unattended.
12. He drove at great speed. He knew that about this hour the guests
should (to arrive) at his house.
13. "Well, I'm very glad to know at last what it was all about." "You
ought (to tell) before."
14.Then he should (to laugh), but instead he heard himself saying:
"Everything you say is quite true."
15.Anything we can do to clear up this miserable affair ought (to do).
16. "I don't think he had the least idea of what I meant." "You should (to be)
more explicit, my dear."
Ex. 34. Fill in the blanks in the following sentences choosing between
ought to and should.
Note: Remember that although ought to and should are very close in the
meaning of obligation and are often interchangeable, the former tends t°
express moral obligation and is not frequent in negative sentences
whereas the latter is common in instructions and corrections.
l.He looked more than ever out of place; he ... have stayed at
home. j
2.1 don't think people ... gossip like that about other peopl|
І
Verb: Modal Verbs 101
3 She said, "You know, I think I ... get across to the station and see
what goes on."
4 I want him to do what's right. It ... (not) be necessary to persuade a
man to do that.
5 , My mother frowned at him and shook her head in a way that meant that
he ... (not) say things like that in front of me.
g. "Strange," said the boy, "how, when people are either very old or very
young, they are always wanting to do something they ... (not) do/'
7. "It is very wicked of you," she said. "You ... be ashamed of yourself."
8. After she had gone I found myself wondering whether I ... do
anything for her.
9.I'll see and speak to Maurice. He ... (not) behave like that.
10.1 expect you to tell me the way to do it. You ... know.
11.She is a clever girl and her French ... be perfect.
12.The children were out dancing when they ... have been learning their
lessons.
13.1 realize now I ... (not) have said anything.
14."I'm not very fit. I'm having trouble with my leg." "I see. Well, I think you ...
go and see a doctor I know."
15. Anne was quite capable of coming down to make herself a cup of cocoa
when she ... be asleep.
16.He felt very low and I thought I ... do all I could to cheer him up.
Ex. 35. Translate the following sentences into English using ought to and
should wherever possible:
1.Я прошу прощения. Мне не следовало это говорить. 2. Я думаю, вам

следует проявлять больше уважения к старшим.
3-Я подумал, что тебе следовало бы знать об этом.
4.Теперь я расстроил ее. Мне не нужно было этого говорить.
4. «Я сказал что-нибудь такое, чего мне не следовало говорить?» —
спросил он у матери.
6- Не стоит задавать таких вопросов.
7 - Ну, что же, вы были правы. Мне не так надо было сделать это.
8-Как ты думаешь, чем мне следовало бы заняться? 9-Я был с тобой более
откровенен, чем следовало бы.
10. Я сказал, что ей совсем не следовало бы приходить с ним.
11. Не стоит быть столь критичным в твоем возрасте, Фрэвц
12. «Энн — моя сестра». — «Мне следовало бы догадаться, похожи на
нее».
13.Ей надо было бы раньше об этом вспомнить.
Ex. 36. Translate the following sentences into English using shall wher. ever
possible:
1. Сколько мне заплатить носильщику?

2. Когда мы узнаем что-нибудь, вы непременно услышите об этом.
3. «Вы отпустите меня домой?» —«Нет. Во вторник ты отправишься
пароходом в Сан-Франциско».
4. Это можно сделать и это будет сделано, если ты только поможешь
мне.
5. «Тебе поиграть?» — спросила она. — «Да, пожалуйста».
6. Когда он говорит «Сделай», я отвечаю «Будет сделано».
Ex. 37. Explain in what syntactic conditions the emotional should is used in
the following sentences and translate these sentences into Russian trying to
convey the emotional colouring expressed by should.
5*
Note: It is advisable to pick out those sentences where the use of the
indicative forms is possible and re-word them accordingly.
1. There was no reason why I should not get away promptly in the
afternoon.
2. Kate was frowning. "I can't understand why you should do this."
3.1t was singular that Horn should ask him that question.
4."It's very disappointing," he said, "that Hugh should go ofi like this just
when I counted on him to help me."
5.Why should he think that?
6.1 am very shocked indeed that you should have felt it necessary to lie to me.
7. That he should hear of the exposure of his favourite author with
approval showed that something radical had changed b s point of view.
8. He was very sorry that Philip should be disturbed.
9. He was one of themselves now and they didn't see why he should put
on airs.
10. There is no reason why he shouldn't win two or three match^'
jl. I'm sorry that you should have had a row with Pat about it.
12. It was much better that he should learn the business thoroughly, and if
they had been able to wait for a year there seemed no reason why they
should not wait another.
j3. He seemed to see nothing exceptional in the idea that he should get up
and speak at the meeting.
14. "Where is Meg?" "Where should she be if not in school?"
15. Why should you tell people the disagreeable things that are said
about them?
Іб.Не didn't know why he should have expected them to look different.
17. This is too terrible! To think that you should talk to me in this way.
18. It outraged him that the man should have been so foolish.
Ex. 38. Translate the following sentences into English using the emo-
tional should.
Note: It is advisable to pick out those sentences where the indicative
forms are possible and give two variants with them.
І.Вот я и подумал, что ведь это абсурд, что мы живем рядом

и не разговариваем. 2. Как странно, что он ничего не сказал об этом.
З.Было невероятно, чтобы Джон оказался так занят, что у
него всю неделю не было времени повидать ее.
4. Я не вижу оснований, почему они должны сердиться.
4. «Как его зовут?» — «А зачем я буду тебе говорить?»
5. Мне жаль, что ты так плохо обо мне думаешь.
6. Не знаю, почему он хочет увидеться с Джорджем.
7. Было странно, что в ее возрасте она была так безразлична к
вечеринкам.
8. Наконец он решил вернуться домой. Возможно, что там он
услышит новости о Мэри.
Ю-Мне очень жаль, что мой брат виноват в этом.
И-Как случилось, что ты привел его с собой? И чего это он
захотел прийти сюда? 12. Он был очень доволен, что Кэт все же
назвала ребенка в его
честь.
^З.Что могло с ним случиться? Представить себе не могу, почему он так
опаздывает. ^.Забавно, что она оказалась права.
15. Странно, что она выбрала этого человека себе в мужья.
16. Меня рассердило, что он оказался таким слабовольным.
17. Ему, казалось, было лестно, что кто-то захотел прочесть кое-что
из написанного им.
18. Все же Розмари не понимала, почему она должна уйти.
5*
19. Она начала рассказывать мужу о Теде, но вдруг останови, лась и

сказала: «Я просто сама не знаю, почему я надоедащ тебе этими
рассказами о Теде».
Ex. 39. То practise ought to and should, make up situations of your own
using the following patterns:
1. тебе надо бы (следовало бы, нужно бы) ...

You ought to do something for him.
You ought to have done something for him.
2. стыдись ...
You ought to be ashamed of yourself. З.уж он-то
знает ... He ought to know.
4. тебе следует (следовало бы, надо бы, нужно бы) ...
You should speak for yourself.
You should have stayed at home.
5. тебе не следовало бы (не надо бы, не нужно бы) ... You shouldn't
tell anyone about it. You should not have interfered.
6. откуда я знаю? How
should I know?
7. зачем мне (с какой стати) ... Why
should I do it?
8. до чего дошло дело!
Oh, that it should come to this.
9. еще бы ...
"His illness caused me a lot of worry." "So I should think."
Ex. 40. Revision: translate the following sentences into English using can,
may, must, have to, be to, ought to, shall or should:
І.Тебе следовало бы еще раз прочитать свое сочинение. Там-

наверное, есть ошибки. 2. Неужели сейчас только шесть часов? З.Зря
ты так разговаривал с ним. Он мог обидеться.
4. Уж он-то должен это знать.
5. Мне сейчас позвонить ему?
g. У него, должно быть, есть чувство юмора. Иначе он не мог
бы так выразиться. 7. Завтра день рождения твоей сестры. Я думаю, что
ты дол-ясен подарить ей что-нибудь, g. Наверное, идет сильный дождь.
На улице никого нет. 9. Не может быть, чтобы он забыл о своем
обещании. 10.Зря ты не послал им телеграмму. Теперь они, возможно,
уже были бы здесь. Ц. Простите, что я опоздал. Вам долго пришлось ждать
меня? \ 2 . Я никуда не выходил в тот вечер, так как после работы ко мне
должен был зайти Джордж.
13. Ему пришлось вернуться в гостиницу, так как вылет его самолета
задерживался.
14. Он знал, что ему предстояло быть на двух совещаниях на
следующей неделе.
15.Она ничего не должна знать о твоих делах.
16. Она, должно быть, ничего не знает о его делах.
17. Этот экзамен я должен буду сдавать через неделю. 18.Тебе надо
будет еще раз позвонить им?
19.Тебе не нужно идти сегодня в магазин, так как мы обедаем в гостях.
20. «О чем они разговаривают?» — «Возможно, спорят о сценарии».
21. Новость может напугать ее.
22. Она знала, что должна все объяснить им.
23.Тебе надо самому зарабатывать на жизнь.
24. Их дом должны были снести, и ему пришлось переехать в
новый жилой район.
5*
25. Я надеюсь, твоей жене не приходится мыть автомобиль.

26.Погода хорошая, и мы могли бы прокатиться за город.
27. Мне очень жаль, но я должен идти. Я должен встретить Бетти у
кинотеатра. Уже без четверти семь! Она, должно быть, уже ждет меня.
Мне придется взять такси.
28. Не мог бы ты сделать это сегодня?
29. Мне можно идти?
30. Зачем мне идти туда пешком?
31. «Уже поздно. Где же может быть Дик?» — «Мне это совершенно
безразлично».
32. Тебе надо навестить брата в больнице.
ЗЗ.Его можно было принять за старого человека.
34. Тебе не следует винить его за это. В этом есть и твоя вина.
35. Ты мог бы сказать нам, чту происходит.
36. Возможно, они уже сделали свой выбор.
37. Я не знаю, почему она не хочет поговорить с ним сама.
38. Странно, что они включили его в команду.
39. Вам нужно найти специалиста, который мог бы взяться 3. это
дело.
40. Он, должно быть, ничего им не сказал.
41. Возможно, они сейчас укладывают вещи. До отхода поезд;
остался час.
Ex. 41. Explain the meanings of will and would in the following sentences and
say in which cases they may be used in a parallel way:
1. Old Lady Bland argued with him, but he would not listen to reason.
2. Each time we went out together he would show me something new,
something interesting.
3.1 will say it again and again.
4. He had a wound that wouldn't heal.
5. Bring him back, if he'll come.
6. All that I would tell them was that Uncle Nick was ill.
7. She was the sort of girl any man might be glad to bring to a dance if
she would come.
8.1 know there is a theory that a book, if it is any good, will
always find a publisher. 9. Will you come
round tomorrow?
10. The toilet in this room won't stop running.
11. When he returned I repeated my offer of food, but he would take
nothing.
12. "What time is it?" "Half past twelve." "Well, the last bus will have
left."
13. Often, after dinner, he will settle down in an armchair to read the
paper.
14. Would you really do it for me?
15. He would smoke a pipe before going to bed.
16.Shut the door, would you?
17. "He talked of his new car the whole evening." "He would."
Ex. 42. Translate the following sentences into English using will or wow 1.
Пожалуйста, расскажи мне, что случилось.
5*
2 Дзкон попытался открыть крышку бака, но она никак не поддавалась.
3 Я бы все сделал, чтобы помочь ему.
4 Он сказал, что был бы рад, если бы я согласился приехать и погостить у
него несколько дней.
5. Он попытался объясниться, но я не стал его слушать.

6. «Он не согласился со мной». — «Он такой!»
5. Сегодня воскресенье, и все магазины, естественно, закрыты.
g.OH несколько раз чиркнул зажигалкой, но она не сработала.
9. Я спросил его жену, что с ним, но она не пожелала отвечать.
10. Вечера он по большей части проводил за игрой в шахматы. Ц.Я
заплатил деньги, и я останусь здесь. 12. Он погасил свет, но сон к нему не
шел.
13.Я, пожалуй, пойду и посмотрю телевизор, если вы не возражаете.
14.Я хотел посмотреть выставку, но меня не впустили, так как было
поздно.
15. «Дядя Эдвин, — позвал мальчик. — Ты обещал мне помочь с
моим игрушечным поездом. Он не работает».
16. Я предложил ей сходить к доктору, но она и слышать не хотела
об этом.
17. Он часто засыпал с книжкой в руках и с очками на носу.
18. После работы он обычно дожидался нас у моста.
Ex. 43. Revision: translate the following' sentences into English using had
better, would rather (sooner), will not have or would like:
1. Когда мы сели в машину, он сказал: «Мы могли бы прокатиться

сейчас. Здесь недалеко есть одно место, которое я бы хотел тебе
показать».
2. Ты должен сдерживаться. Я не позволю тебе так вести себя в
моем доме.
3. Хотите еще стакан сока?
4. Я бы предпочел не говорить тебе того, что я о нем знаю.
5-Мне совсем не хотелось идти на этот вечер. Я бы предпочел
остаться дома и поговорить с родителями. 6-Он предпочитал слушать
других, чем говорить сам. ^•Они знают, что я не допущу этого в своей
квартире.
138 The Verb: Modal Vp„.
___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
__ 0s
er
8. «Мне бы лучше совсем не приезжать домой», — сказала ои а

голосом, дрожащим от отчаяния.
9. Отец не допустит, чтобы ты так разговаривал со мной.
10.Пойдем-ка сразу домой, чтобы ты могла прилечь.
11. Он бы предпочел не уезжать еще.
12.Теперь я принял решение, что лучше всего сделать.
13.Она бы предпочла сначала прочесть письмо.
Ex. 44. Explain the meaning of need in the following sentences and
trans. late them into Russian:
1. "Why don't you go and look at the snake?" her mother sug. gested.
"You needn't go up close."
2. It's not easy to hold responsibility. I needn't tell you that.
3. Angela opened the door and walked in. Her daughter was still up.
"You needn't have stayed up, waiting for me," said Angela.
4. If you don't like the cocktail, you needn't drink it.
5. "Do you remember what you did when you were twenty-five?" "You
need not have reminded me of it."
6. Need we insist upon the date?
7. You needn't worry.
8. Need you bring your girl-friend with you?
9. She said that if he didn't like to come to her parties he needn't come
at all.
10.1 was rather afraid that he might act as though we were intimate friends,
which would have been embarrassing. But I need not have worried.
11. Does he need to study more at home?
Ex. 45. Translate the following sentences into English using need:
l.To, что она сделала, так глупо, что нам незачем обсуждать это.
2. Озеро было так близко, что даже Алан, который не любиЛ ходить
пешком, согласился, что не нужно брать машину.' З.Нам не стоит варить
всю картошку.
4. Нам нужно переодеться к обеду?
5. У нас еще масса времени. Мы зря спешили.
6. А нам обязательно туда идти?
7. Тебе незачем тратить на них все деньги.
g, «Я сказал твоему дяде, что поговорю с тобой». — «Ты напрасно

беспокоился. Я пообещал своим родителям побыть здесь еще немного».
9, Он положил конверт на стол. «Деньги все там, — сказал
он. — Можешь не пересчитывать их». jO-Ты знаешь детей. Они все
ломают. Мне нет нужды говорить тебе об этом.
11. Он знал, что ему не надо никому ничего объяснять.
12-Я думаю, что нам незачем уделять ей столько внимания.
13. Тебе незачем бояться меня.
14.Нам не обязательно слушать всех ораторов.
Ex. 46. Explain the meaning of dare in the following sentences and
translate them into Russian:
l.He felt he dared not replyJ

2. Her face bore an expression of such ferocity that no one dared
come near to speak with her. 3.1 dare say you're a little tired after your
walk, dear. 4. He dared not look into her face. 5.1 did not dare to ask him to
call off his trip.
6. She was aware that they were too intent upon their business to
think that anyone was watching them, but she dared not move.
7. Who dares to jump over the stream?
8. She did not dare to leave the house in case he telephoned.
Ex. 47. Revision: translate the following sentences into English using
Shouldn't, oughtn't to or needn't followed by a perfect infinitive:
І.Тебе не следовало уступать ее капризам.

2. Тебе не надо было приводить своего приятеля сегодня. Я
плохо себя чувствую. З.Мне не следовало
говорить им этого.
4. Ты зря заказал номер в гостинице. У нас есть свободная спальня.
5. Тебе не следовало жениться так рано.
6. Ты зря написал ему об этом. Он теперь будет беспокоиться.
7. Ты зря приехал в Лондон. Здесь его нет.
8. Ты зря купил эту машину. Она очень дорогая.
9. Ты зря приехал на машине. Здесь нет моста через реку.
Ю.Зря ты был с нею так груб. Она теперь плачет.
Ex. 48. Revision: translate the following sentences expressing absence
of necessity into Russian using have to or need:
1. «Рассказать тебе, как все это случилось?» — «Не стоит, д

все знаю».
2. Погода сейчас теплая, и мне не надо топить камин вечероц.
З.Он четко осознавал, что он хочет сказать, и ему не надо
было подбирать слова.
4. Мне не надо было ничего покупать, так как мой муж не обедал
дома в тот день.
5. У него сейчас каникулы. Ему не надо работать до осени.
6. Скажи моему сыну, что ему не надо работать до осени. Ему надо
хорошо отдохнуть дома.
7. Она знала, что ей не надо присутствовать при их разговоре,
8. У него не было необходимости жить летом в Лондоне.
Ex. 49. Revision: fill in the blanks in the following texts with suitable
modal verbs:
a) "Hallo, Tim. What have you been doing?" Mary called to

the boy.
"I've been up at the station," Tim said, "watching the trains. You ... learn
a lot there. You ... go up there more often. And I've got a message for you."
"For me?"
"Yes. From Mike. I saw him off back to London. He said he was called
away unexpectedly and ... (not) to see you again. He also said if you were in
London he'd like you to call on him but he didn't give me his address, so I ...
(not) tell it to you."
"But he ... (not) have gone," Mary cried out.
"Why not?" Tim looked puzzled. "I've just seen him go."
b) "Grandad says he'll be glad when you get out of the house,
the little girl said after she had been sitting still for nearly
minute.
"Does he?" said Ted.
"Yes. He says he ... (not) trust you round the corner." "Oh?"
"What ... you do round the corner?"
"I ... do a lot of things."
"What sort of things?"
"All sorts of things." .1
The girl occupied herself for a short time with her own thoughts. rj-деп she
said: "Mummy says you're a cheat. What is a cheat?" "I don't know," said Ted
rather bitterly. "But ... you be a cheat if you don't know what it is?" "I ... (not),
of course. I am not one." "Is Grandad a cheat?" "I shouldn't be surprised." "...
I ask him if he is a cheat?" "I don't think you ... ." "Why not?" "He ... (not) like
it." "Why not?"
"I don't know," said Ted. "I don't really know anything about cheats, Ann.
And I think you ... have made a mistake about the word altogether."
c) "The house is absolutely full of gas. Whatever have you been doing?" I
asked the maid, entering her bedroom. "I have done nothing," she said,
weakly.
"Oh, then, who was it?" I said, trying to open the windows. "You ... have
been dead. I ... (not) think what you ... have been doing. The gas oven was on.
I suppose it ... have been Flora. Was she playing in the kitchen?"
"Yes. She ... have done it. What a naughty girl, trying to kill us all."
"Do you mean," I said, "that you didn't even notice? That since seven o'clock
you haven't noticed a thing?" "I did not notice anything, no."
"You ... be an idiot," I said. "What if I had stayed out all night, you'd
probably all have been dead by the morning."
Ex. 50. Revision: supply the necessary modal verbs for the following
sentences, noticing carefully the Russian equivalents given in brackets:
1. He ... not and ... not believe her. (не мог; не хотел)
2. Не sat, thinking unhappily of his talk with Jimmy. He wondered if
he ... have stayed with him. He felt he ... have said something at least, to
warn Jimmy against Smith. But what ... he have said? And Jimmy ... not
have listened, (надо было бы; следовало бы; мог бы; не стал бы)
1. "By the way," I asked, "what's Bill doing now?" "How in th e world ... I
know?" Arthur looked pained. "I thought he have been bothering you for
money." (откуда мне знащь. может быть)
2. Не came out of the water, smiling. "You ... have come ear. Her," he
said. "We ... have swum together. The water is great." (зря не пришел;
могли бы)
3. "Last night, you know, Hugh suddenly began to speak to ще about
what my future was going to be like." "What ... it have meant?" "How ... I
know?" (и что это могло значить; откуда мне знать)
4. There was an old apple tree beside the path. I said, "I bet I ... climb
that." "No, you ... not," said Jack, (могу; не надо)
5. "Well, then, ... you hold the line while I find the letter?" "I... not, I'm
in a telephone box." "Then ... I ring you back?" "I'm not on the telephone."
"Then I think perhaps you ... ring me back in half an hour. By then I ...
have some idea what this is all about." (можешь ли; не могу; можно мне;
тебе лучше; может быть)
6. Не knows he ... read classics. He ... change to something else. (не
нужно; мог бы)
7. "Monday will be my last day in London," Hudson said. "I................
stay down here fairly late." (может, быть, придется)
10.In any case, I ... not hang about outside indefinitely while the
sisters finished their quarrel. They ... continue for hours, (не
мог же; может быть) 11.It's too bad she ... not have a drink with us.
We ... have
learned a great deal about the theatre tonight, (не могла;
могли бы)
12.If you help me now I ...................... help you later, (может быть,
смогу)
13. "I shall wait to hear what Lily has to say about it." "You...........................
wait a long time." (может быть, придется) 14.1 think you ... certainly
have told us the truth, and we ...
have decided what was the best thing to do. (следовало бы;
могли бы)
15.If your mother calls, tell her I......................be a little late, (возмож-
но, придется)
16. On Saturday Charles broke the news to his father. Mr March began to
grumble: "You ... have chosen a more suitable time to tell me. You ...
have known that hearing this would put roe out of step for the day."
(следовало бы; мог бы) gx. 51. Revision: translate the following sentences
into English using suitable modal verbs:
І.Мне пойти и узнать, сделал ли он работу? Он должен был
закончить ее вчера. 2. Тебе долго пришлось
дожидаться его? З.Зря ты пришел. Собрание
отменили.
4. Он должен был все закончить вчера, но его неожиданно вызвали
в Лондон.
5. Ты должен был бы сказать нам об этом, а то теперь мы не знаем,
что нам делать.
6. Все устроилось. Теперь мне не надо ехать в Лондон.
7. Он, должно быть, не сумел передать им нашу записку, и они,
возможно, ждут нас.
8. «Неужели он забыл заказать нам номера в гостинице?» — «Он,
наверное, заказал их на ваше имя».
9. Не может быть, чтобы она сделала такую глупость.
10.Мне можно идти?
11. Вы могли бы сделать это для меня?
12. «Он должен был приехать пятичасовым поездом. Неужели он
опоздал на него?» — «Откуда мне знать?»
13.Он, наверное, не сказал им об этом, и они, возможно, не придут.
14.Ты должен был нам сказать, что не сможешь выступить за
команду сегодня. 15. Зачем тебе откладывать на завтра то, что ты
можешь (мог
бы) сделать сегодня? 16.Я должна с ним увидеться во вторник
вечером.
17. Он мог бы хоть что-нибудь сказать, чтобы поддержать меня.
18. Она никак не хотела объяснить, в чем дело.
19. К сожалению, мне не пришлось поговорить с отцом. Я не застал

его дома. Мне следовало бы приехать рано утром.
20. Ты мог бы мне сказать,, что опоздаешь.
21. Она, должно быть, не поняла, по какой дороге ей идти, и,
возможно, заблудилась.
22.Тебе ведь пришлось остаться там до конца?
23. Ты вся промокла. Зря ты не попросила кого-нибудь подвез-
ти тебя.
24. Мне, возможно, придется поехать туда на такси. Так, на-
' верное, будет быстрее.
25. «Я везде искал его вчера. Я хотел, чтобы он тоже выступил на
собрании». — «Ты зря беспокоился. Он мог бы все испортить».
111 The Verb: Modal Уегц
26. Вчера мне не пришлось проверить тетради своих студентов

так как мне пришлось заменять другого преподавателя.
27. Мне незачем говорить вам, почему это надо сделать сразу.
28.Ты напрасно ходил за ключом. Дверь была открыта.
29. Вчера вечером я видел его жену. Ее можно было принять з а
француженку. 30.Как ты думаешь, почему он так смутился? 31. Тебе
следует захватить плащ. Может пойти дождь. 32.Земля сырая. Здесь,
должно быть, только что шел дождь. 33.Вам незачем было приходить. Мы
могли бы кончить это без
вас.
34. Вечером она должна была пойти на вечеринку. Поэтому после
завтрака ей пришлось вымыть голову.
35. Странно, что он ушел, не сказав нам, куда он пошел.
36. Я не вижу, почему бы вам не быть друзьями.
37.Осторожно. Вы чуть не упали.
38. Тебе не надо было звонить ей так поздно.
39. Это — несущественный пункт. Его можно было и не включать в
отчет.
40. Он сказал, что должен спешить, и ушел, не дождавшись ее
ответа.
41. Завтра не нужно приходить. Я буду занят. |
42. Отец говорит, что я должен остаться с ним еще немного.! I
THE VERB MEANS OF EXPRESSING
UNREALITY
Ex. 1- Explain the use of the verb forms in the following object clauses: 1.1
don't know how he found it out.

2. He was a little surprised that she should not believe him. 3.At the office he
gave instructions that inquiries should be
made about a young person called Lisette. 4. Didn't she know that you
were married? 5.1 gave orders that he shouldn't be allowed on the premises.
6. She wanted to go to see him off, but he had been very insistent
that she shouldn't. 7.1 thought I should get over it but I still feel offended.
8.1 think he was determined that nothing should interfere with
his independence of spirit. 9. They arranged that Grace should tell her
parents that she was
engaged to be married. 10.1 think my sister's singing has
greatly improved.
11. When he was told that she had gone to Aberdeen, he was glad that
she should look at the shops and perhaps visit a cinema.
12. He had never suggested that I should visit them.
13.She had a feeling that something frightening was being kept from her.
14. Laura insisted that we should put the party off.
15.He was so anxious that the boy should not go to California.
16.1 suggest that you have your foot seen to at once.
17. Con insisted that I be also present.
Ex. 2. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the following
object clauses:
1. He suggests that I (to try) something of a more serious nature.

2. He only requested that he (to allow) to see the heads of some
departments.
3. Doris requires of a man only that he (to be) clever.
4. Brady proposed that they (to walk) down to the sea wall.
5.1 saw that I (to be) mistaken in believing that Uncle Nick (to be) ill.
113
146ftie Verb: Means of ExpressingTheUnreality
Verb: Means of Expressing Unrealit,
6. They decided that Laura (ro have) the nourishing food that had been 6. After lunch it was proposed that they should all go to the lake.
ordered her. 7. It was possible that her only feeling was one of hurt pride.
7. He was annoyed that they (to choose) the day of his departure for the 8. It's not likely that they should exchange addresses.
party. 9. It was agreed that he should be the first to speak.
8. I'm glad that you (to drop) in. 10.It was inevitable that Danny should, sooner or later, pass
9. Charles insisted that we (to keep) secret even the most remote through the town. 11. It's only natural that a mother should not wish to
mention of the idea. be parted
from her children. 12.It infuriated me that there had been considerable
10. It was lunchtime. He knew that they (ro be) safely occupied for an newspaper
hour at least. coverage concerning Mr Haskin's visit.
11. He was determined that his enemies (ro pay). 13. It was improbable that Bart should buy pictures.
12.1 was a little surprised that such a little boy (ro read) the life of Milton. ' 14. It is advisable that she should have someone to look after her.
13. She soon discovered that he never (ro see) the Statue of Liberty or any of 15. It was explained to me that I was an ungrateful child who had
the museums in New York. consistently rejected the kindness offered by my aUnt and uncle.
14.She asked that her affair never (ro speak) of. 16.It was very odd that we should have met in my aunt's house.
15.Rupert was anxious that there (to be) no appearance of coldness on Hilda's
part.
16.Propriety demanded that I (to represent) at the game in person.
17. I've made up my mind that Meg (to send) for.
Ex. 3. Translate the following into English using the appropriate verb forms
in object clauses:
1.Потом он предложил прекратить дискуссию и поговорить о чем-нибудь

другом.
2.Мою мать звали Лидия, и она всегда настаивала, чтобы мы называли
ее этим именем.
3.После ужина он предложил пойти в кино, но она отказалась.
4.Он сердится, что я влюбился в его сестру.
5.Они все согласились, что надо что-то делать с мальчиком.
6.Отец хотел идти пешком, но мама настояла, чтобы мы поехали на
машине.
7.В открытке он предлагал, чтобы они встретились в Национальной
галерее.
8.Он настаивал на том, чтобы я взял отпуск.
9.Она надеялась, что сможет убраться в кухне утром.
10. Я не понимал, почему он так сердится.

11. Как только мы сели, он потребовал, чтобы свечи убрали-
12. Чарльз посоветовал, чтобы мы поели и потом пошли в театр J 3.0H
попросил, чтобы мы не занимали этот вечер. }4.Я был встревожен, что он
не позвонил мне. J 5.0H спросил меня, вернусь ли я в Лондон через
неделю. Ів-Я. предложил пообедать вместе.
^7. Ее мать пригласила их остановиться у нее, но Энн настаи-'
вала, чтобы они пошли в гостиницу. \8.Я рад, что вы так хорошо
думаете о моем сыне.
19. Он устроил, чтобы Эдвард поехал в Италию на год или на два.
20. Я дал распоряжение Эми, чтобы она взялась за эту задачу.
21. Он предпочитал, чтобы Кэт приглашала своих друзей в дом.
22.Ронни решил, что я должен познакомиться с его девушкой
в этот вечер.
Ex. 4. Explain the use of the verb forms in object clauses subordinated to the
principal clause with it as subject:
1. It was important that no sound should give warning of their

approach.
2. It's absolutely essential that you shouldn't breathe a word.
3. It puzzled me that such a young girl should so insistently occupy his
thoughts.
4. It seemed necessary that his friends should be kept away from
interfering with his work.
5. It was unlikely that he would take any steps against his brother.
114 The Verb: Means of Expressing ИпгеаЩ
Ex. 5. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in object

clauses subordinated to the principal clause with it as subject:
1.He had spent the first part of the night lying rigid and telling himself how
important it was that he (to sleep).
2.It's wonderful that they (to give) you a present.
3.It was arranged that his wife (to join) him in six months.
4.It was all wrong that someone so young (to be) so ill.
5.It was inevitable that the conversation with Ned (to turn) upon crime.
6.It's not fair that the girl (to send) to bed so early on a day like this.
7.She listened in silence to Mel's explanation why it was essential that he (to
remain) at the airport.
8.It had long been decided that I (to spend) a fourth year at Cambridge doing
psychology.
9.It was advisable that she (to continue) the treatment.
10. It was demanded that I (to tell) them all that had passed at the
conference.
11. It was possible that she (to find) it pleasant to be in our company.
12. It was unnatural the way he (to keep) his feeling in check.
13. Arthur said: "It seems to me almost a pity that the church (to forbid)
priests to marry."
14. After their talk it was urgent that she (to see) her husband.
15.It was amazing that this coarse man (to be) so worried about
a dog.
16.It was arranged that I (to pick) up Hudson at his flat after lunch.
17. It was suggested that we (to stay) where we were till it was light.
18. It is obviously necessary that an investigation (to make).
Ex. 6. Translate the following into English using the appropriate verb
forms in object clauses subordinated to the principal clause with it as
subject:
1.Прекрасно, что она сама взялась за эту задачу.

2.В конце концов было решено, что они устроят вечеринку-
3.В этом случае весьма существенно, чтобы он не сделал ошибки-
4.Вдруг ему показалось страшно важным, чтобы они не оставили его
одного.
1. Было условлено, что мы встретимся у него на квартире.
5. Было нелепо, что она так рассердилась из-за подгоревшего
обеда.
6. Они просили, чтобы отец взял девочку с собой.
7. Удивительно, что делает страх с человеком.
8. Хотелось, чтобы он, следуя семейной традиции, поступил в
юридическую школу.
10. Она знала, что непременно должна купить себе новое пальто.
£х. 7. Explain the use of the verb forms in object clauses after to wish
and translate the sentences into Russian:
1.1 wish I had a lab of ray own.

2. She almost wished she hadn't asked them to dinner.
3.1 wish I could drop the whole matter.
4.1 wish it had happened to anyone but you.
5.1 wish you had brought your sister with you.
6. "I wish Paul could have stayed a few minutes," I said.
7. He wished they would let him enjoy his dinner in peace.
8. Oh, how I wish it would rain!
9.1 wish you wouldn't be so horrid, Willy, just when I'm so miserable.
Ex. 8. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in object

clauses after to wish:
1. Bill, you're up to something. I wish I (to know) what it is.

2. Mel wished he (to know) earlier what Tom had just told him.
3. He wished that it all never (to happen) at all and that things (fo be)
as they once had been.
4.1 wish I (can) settle down to something. 5.1 wish I
(ro have) a jeep, that's all.
6.1 wish I (to be) quite sure that she is altogether honest.
7. "I wish I (to have) a cigarette. That's more important to me
just now," said Jack.
8. We wish to goodness the thing (can) be patched up.
9.1 wish you (to go) up and (to see) Willy.
Ю. I now began to wish that I (not to take) Monty into my confidence. H.I
wished he (not to ask) that question.
12. "Have you got my letter?" "Yes. I wish you (not to write) it." 13.She almost
wished it (to be) an ordinary day and that there (to be) no such things as
holidays.
14.1 wish I (can) go round the world.
15.1 wish you (to ask) her a question or two about her parents. 16. At the
first sight of his host Andrew almost wished he (not to come).
forms in object clauses after wish:
1. Как бы я хотел, чтобы твоя дочь была немножко похожа на

тебя.
2. Я бы хотел, чтобы ты пришел к тому или иному решению,
З.Ему очень хотелось, чтобы этот вечер уже кончился.
4. Я иногда жалею, что ты решил написать эту книгу, Хью.
5. Мне бы хотелось, чтобы у нас был настоящий сад. 6.0 Боже, как
я жалею, что сделал это.
7. Я бы очень хотел, чтобы Вилли изменил свое решение и не брался

за немецкий язык.
8. Он просто не знал, как утешить жену.
9. Я бы хотел, чтобы ты снова начал писать стихи.
10.Я бы очень хотел, чтобы у большего числа людей у нас на работе было
твое чувство юмора, Джек.
11. Ей было жаль, что она не могла слышать, что говорилось внизу.
12. Как бы мне хотелось, чтобы он перестал писать мне.
13. Как жаль, что я не застал его дома.
14.Я пожалела, что рассказала им о себе.
Ex. 10. Explain the use of the verb forms in object clauses after it is
time and translate the sentences into Russian:
1. Don't you think it's time you got a job?

2. Come along. It's time we had lunch.
3. It's high time we started putting our own house in order.
4. They were saying in the office that it was about time Walker retired.
5. "It's high time you were sacked, boy," the foreman said angrily'
forms in object clauses after it is time:
І.Пора бы нам иДти.

2. Ему давно пора бы объяснить нам, что он задумал.
З.Его давно пора проучить.
4. Когда я проснулся, я почувствовал, что мне самое время вызвать
доктора.
5. В самом деле, нам пора пообедать.
6. Ему было сказано на людях, что пора бы ему научиться делать
так, как ему велят.
7. Тебе давно пора выбросить эту старую мебель.
8. Как ты думаешь, не пора ли нам вернуться к гостям?
Ex. 12. Explain the use of the verb forms in object clauses after expressions
of fear:
1. She was afraid that he had seen her.

2. He was afraid that he might be taken for a burglar. З.Не felt
apprehensive of what might happen.
4. She is afraid that they may not meet her at the station.
5. I'm afraid the news has upset her awfully.
6. He seemed nervous lest he should set his son a bad example. 7.1
passed the door quickly, fearful lest the nurse who sat up all
night should hear me. 8.1 said: "You know, doctor, I'm afraid I might tend to
be a little inquisitive sometimes."
Ex. 13. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in object clauses
after expressions of fear:
1. "It's time you went to bed, dear." "I'm afraid my husband (to
call) me up from New York yet."
2. I'm afraid we (to have) bad news for you.
3.She was afraid he (ro leave) without seeing her.
4. When the plane touched down he began to have apprehension lest
he (to miss) her in the crowd.
5. She was overcome with fear that I (ro let) her down.
6. She was overcome with fear lest I (to let) her down.
7. I'm afraid you (nor ro have) a pleasant journey.
8. He feared lest his landlord (to betray) him to the Germans.
9. Paula, fearful that the opening door (to strike) the little girl, pulled
her aside.
Ю-І had a feeling of terror lest he never (ro be) able to play in public again.
ll-They had made a date for the following Friday night and he feared lest she
(not to come).
Ex. 14. Revision: supply the necessary forms for the verbs in brackets:
1. It was agreed that he (to start) on his new job on Monday.
2. I'm afraid I (not to make) my point clear.
3.1 wish you (to have) a serious talk with Paula. 4. Then he asked if I (to be) a
foreigner to these parts. 5.1 suggested that she (to take) off her coat and (to
move) to. wards the fire.
6. It was surprising that she (to make) friends with our boys.
7. It's important that I myself (to speak) with your captain. 8.1 feared
lest I (not to get) back in time.
9. It outraged me that he (ro remind) me of my duty.
10. She was disappointed that he (not to come) to the party.
11. Do you prefer that I (to stay) here as if nothing had happened?
12. I'm afraid they (ro misunderstand) my intention. 13.It's odd how
little, if at all, our days (ro vary) here. 14.1 wish I never (ro meet) you.
15.Tom seemed very worried, and insisted that we (to stop) playing and (ro go)
home. 16.I'm afraid I (nor ro sleep) well.
17. It was arranged that Mr Dodd (to have) a room at the local pub.
18. It's about time we (to hear) from him.
19.1 was determined that Charles (nor ro do) anything more to
upset his father. 20. It's important that children (ro teach) to know the
right things
from the very beginning. 21.1 wish you (to think) of
something else.
22.It surprised me that after such a journey he (to look) in first-class physical
condition. 23. It's funny that you (to think) so.
24.1 wish her face (nor ro make) up so heavily. She's not on the stage.
25.1 thought that he (to change) very much.
26.It's high time Bill (ro be) back home.
27.1 felt puzzled why he (ro be) so troubled.
28.He turned sharply to see if I (ro cry) or something.
29.1 wish you (to be) serious, Clare. We haven't much time before
the train starts. 30. They recommended that I (ro go) and (ro see) him at
once. 31.1 wish you (ro stop) laughing.
gg.lt's not at all necessary that I (to explain) anything to you. дЗ.І was afraid
that Father (to be) upset when I broke the news to him.
3 4 . Of course it was quite possible that Mrs Lee (to be) badly ill.
g5.1 wish you (not to catch) that dreadful cold.
3 6 . He wanted to ask if Lament (to be) left-handed.
3 7 . It's advisable that you (to talk) to the old man in a quiet
relaxed tone. 3 8 .I wished he (to come) to a
decision.
39. It's necessary that you (to find) a specialist who could deal with it.
40. The officer ordered that the bridge (to destroy) at dawn.
39. It's surely advisable that you (not to quarrel) at a time like this.
42.He thought it (to be) quite proper that his children (to go) to
a public school. 43.He was anxious that you (to know) the truth. 44. He
decided that his son (fo have) a proper education. 45.They demanded that the
doctor (fo tell) them what was the
matter.
46. He had given instructions that everything possible (fo do).
47.1 do wish it (fo rain).
48.1 was ashamed that he (fo tell) lies.
49.1 did wish I (fo bring) my camera with me.
Ex. 15. Explain the use of the verb forms in the following appositive and
predicative clauses:
1. He at last came to the decision what should be done about the

manuscript.
2. My suspicion was that he did not know how to do it.
3.His aunt made a peremptory demand that he should send her
ten pounds a month.
4 . He willingly accepted his father's suggestion that he should go on a long
journey to India.
5-He soon came to the conclusion that he had nothing in common with his
brother.
6-The publisher sent me a letter with the request that I should write a review
of the book.
7- But the most drastic demand the new owner made was that half the
workmen be discharged at once.
8. When one reads Goethe's "The Sorrows of Werther" today оце can
hardly fail to ask oneself what there was in it to cause g 0 great a sensation.
I suppose that the answer is that it exactly suited what we now call the
climate of opinion.
9. My only wish was that he should be altogether honest.
10.His intention was that his two sons should continue his trade
11. The fact is that they were indifferent to one another.
12. His idea was that the theatre should serve as a means of edu. cation
for the mass of the public.
Ex. 16. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the
follow, ing appositive and predicative clauses:
1. He had to satisfy the editor's requirements that a short story (not to

exceed) one hundred lines.
2. The arrangement was that they (to take) the Fishers to a play and to
supper at the Savoy afterwards.
3.1 got the impression that his family (ro be) rather indifferent to him.
4. My desire was that he (ro leave) off his work and go on a holiday.
5. She accepted Dick's suggestion that she (ro dismiss) her taxi and
ride back with him.
6. He conceived the idea that by copying any printed matter he (ro
improve) his spelling.
7. His only request was that he (ro allow) to visit his son.
8. She was filled with a great desire that her husband (to see) her new
dress.
9. He handed me over to his secretary with the instruction that I (ro
give) a room for the night.
10. The difficulty was that he (not to fit) in with the other people there.
11.1 told him of the chief's request that he (ro see) to the matter himself.
12.The trouble was that he (to move) out of the house.
13. They came to the agreement that they (to meet) for talks twice a year.
14. The suggestion is that I (ro make) her stay with us a little longer.
15.The fact is that Mr March (ro catch) him in a lie.
16.The idea they arrived at was that they (to get) themselves
introduced to the pretty girl, і7 . Bill rejected the proposal that he (to buy) an
estate with the money.
gx- 17. Explain the use of the verb forms in the following clauses of purpose:
1. "I like to be close to the stage," said Sandy, "so that I can see the
actors' faces."
2. He asked Teddy to stop the car so that he and Julie could get out.
3. Once or twice he gave Tom considerable sums in order that he might
make a fresh start.
4. She usually bore her head high so that men should not see her
double chin.
5 . 1 shall send a scout to reconnoitre so that we can find out what the enemy
soldiers are doing.
6.George stood up lest anyone should see him lying there in his evening
clothes.
7. She knew that Billy preferred to go and stand at the gate so that he could
be the first to board the plane.
8. Mother is sending the children to have their refreshments first, so

that -we'll have the table to ourselves.
9.The woman, seeing the girl, moved to the other side of her son so that not
even a glance should pass between them.
Ex. 18. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the follow ing
clauses of purpose:
1. She stirred on her sofa, shifting her weight so that she (to look) down
at the playing cat.
2. He gave Stella another glance, from the corner of his eye, so that she
(not to see) he was looking at her.
3. Then she went over to the captain and leaned over him so that she
(to speak) into his ear.
4. She put the coat back and placed some other clothes on it so that it
(to look) as though it had not been disturbed.
5 . 1 like to know what new books are being published so that I (to
ask) for them at the public library. 6 . You ought to hear it from his own
lips so that you (to judge). 7 -І went to the desk and asked for my key so that I
(to go)
straight up to my room.
8. Uncle Nick's effects had to be moved out of his room so that it (to re-
let).
9. He waded out cautiously, so that he (not to trip) against a coral rock.
10. He carefully took note of the furniture in the room so that he (not to
knock) against a chair or a table in the dark and (to make) a noise.
11. Mrs Tinker was arranging apples on the counter so that the spots
(not to show).
12.1 had a book hidden in the barn, so that I (to read) without fear of being
caught.
13.1 took her to a theatre, so that we (to get) back home late enough.
in clauses of purpose:
1.Я сообщаю тебе обо всех этих вещах, чтобы мы могли понять друг
друга.
2. Он велел нам сесть на заднее сиденье машины, чтобы мы могли
поговорить.
З.Он притворился, что разговаривает с кем-то, чтобы слуга не подумал,
что он один в комнате.
4. Девочка не закрывала окно ни днем, ни ночью, чтобы кошка
могла приходить к ней в комнату, когда той вздумается.
5. Мы пошли погулять, чтобы я мог увидеть лес до того, как
стемнеет.
6. Она понизила голос, чтобы ее мать не услышала нас.
7. Грейс предприняла необходимые меры, чтобы они могли сразу
же пожениться.
8. Он отошел в сторону от театральной кассы, чтобы я мог
поговорить с кассиром.
9. Позвони мне, когда ты будешь выезжать, чтобы я знал, когда
ждать тебя.
10. Она дала мне ключ, чтобы я мог отпереть дверь.
Ex. 20. Re-word the following sentences turning the infinitive phrases into
clauses of purpose:
1. The nurse stepped around for the doctor to see the man's wound-2.1 want
to go to London for my wife to see the play. 3.1 know he'll come home for us
to have dinner together.
4. Shall I ring for the maid to clear these things away?
5. He spoke loudly and clearly for all to hear.
6. I'm telling you this for you to write home about.
7. He kept the gate closed for the cows not to get into the garden.
8. She left the room for little Em to sleep quietly.
9. She rang off for her mother not to know whom she had been talking
to.
lO.He left a book here for me to look over. Ц.He was plucking early roses for
her to carry back to town. 12.She told all sorts of lies for her children not to
hate their father.
Ex. 21. Explain the use of the verb forms in the following clauses of
comparison and predicative clauses introduced by as if and as though:
1. He was throwing his things into a suitcase as if the place were on

fire.
2. She always looked as though she had been in the beauty parlour all
afternoon.
З.Магу is always saying she believes in her friend, and at the same time she
always behaves as if he were her enemy.
4. Our life goes on as if nothing had happened.
5. Father sounded as if he would never agree to let me go on the trip.
6. He came over to the table and stood in front of it as though it were a
lectern.
7. He took off his hat and held it across his chest, almost as if he were
saluting the flag.
8. Bernard sat in his chair looking as if he were going to be sick.
9. His head ached terribly. It felt as though all sorts of little savage
things were beating inside it, trying to get out.
10. It seemed as though the water drew her irresistibly. U.He felt as if he
were being reprimanded.
12. After travelling some distance the leather of the seats felt as
if they might burst into flame. 13.Sinclair was panting, as though he had
been running.
Ex. 22. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the follow- Ing
clauses of comparison and predicative clauses introduced by as if and «s
though:
1. Her lips were parted as if she (to be) out of breath.

2. Hugh laughed awkwardly, as if he (to say) something indecent
3. Then he rolled his eyes in his head, as if he (to do) an exercise
4. He looked down at his feet as though he (ro be) unconscious of the
company.
5. Bateman felt as though someone (ro give) him a violent blow,
6. She sounded as if she (ro talk) to someone distasteful.
7. He couldn't move his legs as if they (to be) stuck on the floor,
8. "It sounds as though there (to be) three or four men down there,"
said my father.
9. She spoke of this and that as though she (to make) conversation
with a stranger.
10. He looked as if he already (ro decide) on some action.

11. He went into the house by the back door and sneaked up the stairs
as though he (to have) something to hide.
12. It looked as though he (to be) filled with an overwhelming joy.
13.The sky looked as though it (ro be) grey for months.
14.Robert's voice sounded hoarse, as though he (to shout) into the wind for
hours.
15. Her stillness and her strange words made me feel as if I still (to
dream).
16. Jones greeted me as though I (to be) an old school-friend whom he
had not seen for years.
17. Her eyes were sparkling as though she (ro laugh) at us.
18.She was breathing fast and deep, as though she (ro run).
19.Her face was red and swollen as though she (to choke).
20.He looked as though he (nor ro move) since I left him the previous night.
in clauses of comparison and predicative clauses introduced by as i f or as
though:
1. Он сидел за столом, как если бы писал, но он не писал и не

читал.
2. Он смотрел на меня так, как будто не понимал меня.
3. Собака приветствовала Фрэнка, как будто они давно не
виделись.
4. Они не разговаривали, как будто они были так счастливы быть
вместе, что разговоры были излишни.
5. У него был такой вид, как будто он вот-вот расплачется-
g. Она чувствовала себя очень усталой, как будто она очень долго гуляла.
7. Она продолжала оглядывать комнату, как будто искала
кого-то.
8.0ни разговаривали друг с другом тихими голосами, как будто они были
в церкви.
9. Морис сидел не шевелясь, словно он не расслышал Джека. Ю. Он
застегнул пальто, как будто ему было холодно. 11.0 да, у меня такое
чувство, как будто я знаю тебя годы.
12. Она обычно выглядела так, словно она недавно плакала.
13. Было похоже, что переговоры продлятся еще несколько дней.
Ex. 24. Explain the use of the verb forms in the following conditional
sentences:
1. He walked around the city aimlessly for the rest of the morning,
looking into shop windows and thinking of the things he would buy if he
had money.
2. If I remind you in a month from now of things you are saying tonight
you'M laugh.
3. What would have happened if you hadn't done so well yesterday?
4. If I were a playwright I'd write a nice, old-fashioned play in which
the heroine is pure and beautiful and makes a man out of her husband.
5. "If I'd answered back like that at your age I'd have been well
slapped," said Mrs Grey.
6.1 said I thought it would be far more fun if your brother had come, too.
7.1 remember that if I lit a cigarette in here you always opened the window.
8. If he knew he would have told me. I'm sure he knows nothing.
9. Ronny would bring lots of gifts for Martha and say to me: "I wouldn't
be doing this, if Martha did not treat me well."
lO.She'W only be miserable if you insist.
11. It was so dark that he would have lost his way if she had not
taken him by the hand. *2. "Do you think it's important?" "Yes, I do. If
Ididn't I wouldn't
be here."
Ex. 25. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the
follow, ing conditional sentences:
1. If his mother (not to go) out, the boy (to turn) off the TV set
and (to go) to bed. 2.1 (to wait) if I
(to be) you.
3.She (to fall) if he suddenly (not to put) out a hand to steady her.
4. If I (to be) a poet I (to write) a poem about nettles in a wine glass.
5. If it (to be) not for the journalists, everything (to be) perfectly easy.
6. If your father (to be) here, he (to give) you a piece of his mind.
7. I'm glad that he turned this offer down. There (to be) no turning back
if he (to accept) it.
8. "She is only twenty." "She (fo know) better if she (fo be) twenty-five?"
9.1 do not know what (fo happen) if this (fo go) on much longer.
10. Don't you see that if things like that (fo happen) life (to be) quite
different?
11. You really (to follow) me if I (fо go) away?
12.1 believe you (fo make) her stay if it (fo be) not so late. 13. It (fo be) better if
you (fo take) things coolly, as I do.
Ex. 26. Explain the use of the verb forms in the following conditional
sentences referring to the future and translate them into Russian:
1. Would you do it differently if you had to do it over again?

2. However, if it should be proved on him, he will have to leave my
house.
3.1t would be much more convenient if he were to move to a hotel.
4.1 think it would be a good thing if you would come and stay at my house for
a little while.
5. They are going to send me some records in case I should forget my
lessons.
6. If I were to tell you of the things the girl does, you would open your
eyes.
7.1 should certainly try to deserve your confidence if you would
give me another chance. 8. "I don't care if the whole school knows." "If that
should Ы?
pen, we shall have to send you home."
pug Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality 123
г
9 . The situation was embarrassing. If I went in at once it would be obvious
that I had overheard the words that had just been spoken.
gx. 27. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the follow-
ing conditional sentences referring to the future:
\.l (to be) grateful if you (to keep) the news to yourself. 2.1 (to be) in the
drawing-room in case there (ro be) a telephone call for me.
З.Мапу people ask themselves: "What I (to do) differently if I
(ro have) another chance?" 4 . He wondered how he (to feel) if his former wife
(to come) into
the room in which he happened to be. 5.1 know he is itching to tell me what
happened, but I (ro be)
darned if I (ro ask) him.
6. Philip says they (ro miss) me if I (to leave) before their wedding.
7. Look here, it (ro be) a bore for you if we (ro have) tea somewhere?
8. In case any crisis (ro arise), let me know.
9. The situation has been bad lately, but everything (to calm) down if
you only (to stop) making a fuss.
10.If this (ro be) our last meeting for some time, I (nor ro like) you to remember
this talk.
11. It (to be) awkward if she (ro refuse) to co-operate.
12. What his mother and father (to think) if they (to hear) of what he has
done?
13. If the situation (raor ro change) by Saturday I (ro be) in trouble.
14.1 (nor to be) surprised if he (ro offer) an important post under
the next government.
Ex. 28. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in the follow-
ing sentences of unreal condition, taking special care of modal verbs:
1. "Are you still thinking of going on that cruise? " "It (may, be)
enjoyable," he said, "if one (ro have) just the right person to go with."
2. It (ro be) fun if Roberta (ro write) a book.
3.1 never tried to understand my brother. If I (to try) I (may,
stop) him from going away. 4. If I (to be) you, Meg, I (not to let) myself believe
this hateful
gossip.
6
. Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality 124
5.1 (to hate) myself if I (to deceive) him.

6.1 suppose you (to think) it butting in if I (to come) too.
7. He said he had no pain, and if it (not to be) for the doctor, (ro get) up
and (ro go) home.
8. She (can, go) to Cambridge if she (ro want). She had been offered a
scholarship.
9. You (to be) horrified if I (ro tell) you what I have had to g0 through.
10.If he (not to be) absorbed in his own thoughts he (may, take)
notice of her remark. 11. I'm glad I wasn't at home. He (nor to get) much
help if he (t0
ask) me.
12.The house looked awful. If I (ro be) given to crying I (may, cry), 13. "No, I
won't tell you," she said. "It (nor to be) fair to them if
it just (ro turn) out to be gossip." 14.It (may, be) fatal if she
(to learn) the truth.
15. "May I read this?" "I (nor ro bother) if I (ro be) you."
16. If I (ro keep) to my original plan I (to miss) the whole affair.
17. There is no knowing how long he (ro continue) on the subject if his
attention (nor to distract) by a man who appeared on the deck.
18. You don't understand, Lilly. If I (to pick) his idea to pieces in front of
you he (to die).
19. Alice thought it (may, be) nice if you (can, join) us.
20. It (ro look) silly if I (ro tell) them the truth.
21. If I (to be) you, I (ro try) to rise above it.
22.If I (ro be) there, of course, I (to do) something.
23.If it (nor to be) for the children I (ro leave) you tomorrow.
24. If I (ro be) a painter, I (ro choose) an entirely different subject
every time.
25. Well, I certainly (ro put) a stop to it if I (to know) in time.
26.1 (ro wire) to you if you (can, do) anything.
Ex. 29. Turn the following pairs of sentences into a sentence of unreal
condition, like in the example below:
E.g. Don't refuse her present. It will upset her dreadfully. —> I f you viex* to
refuse her present it would upset her dreadfully.
1. Don't ask me. I can't tell you.

2. You haven't got to the city yet because you are not travelling alone.
6*
125 The Verb: Means of Expressing Unreal^
г
g_ He was not captain of the team because he was very unpopular.
4. He was not a handsome man. He was not tall enough.
5. She did not reply. That's why I couldn't hear her.
5 . She didn't enjoy the game because she discovered that her
opponent disliked losing.
7.I'm not going to make my suggestion. He may think I'm prying into his
affairs.
8. As nobody told him anything about this affair he was not involved in
it.
9. Luckily he is not going to be invited to the party. He says he doesn't
know what to wear on such occasions.
10. We enjoy the spring so much because of the winter.

11. Though I feel certain that nothing is going to happen to him I shall
stay in my office the whole day.
12. Darling, please show Harry the garden. Won't it be very nice?
13. It's not likely that John will turn his back to my sister but I wonder
what effect it will have on her nerves.
Ex. 30. Finish off the following conditional sentences:
l.The cake wouldn't have got burnt if ... . 2. You

wouldn't have got into trouble if ... . 3.Your dress would
look nicer if ... . 4. She would have married him if ... .
5.1 would have come earlier if ... .
6. He would have got wet through if ... .
7. She would fix the door knob herself if ... .
8. He would drive straight home if ... . 9.1
would take her to the party if ... .
10.It would be better for all of us if ... .
U.If it hadn't been for the rain ... .
12. If it were not for the coming wedding ....
13.If it hadn't been for their neighbour ... .
l4.If it hadn't been for his advice ....
15. If it hadn't been for his departure ... .
l6.If it were not for his family ... .
17. If it were not for his scholarship ....
^8.1f it hadn't been for the announcement on the radio ... .
^9.1f it were not for my sprained ankle ....
Ô.If it were not for the message that he received .... .
. Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality
126
21.If your mother were to ask you about me ... .

22. If I had known you were here ....
23. If he should turn down your offer ....
I
24. If you would not interfere ... .
25. If the play had not been so long ....
26. If we could afford it ... .
27. If the car had not broken down .... 28.If I
were you ... .
29. If you should leave unexpectedly ....

30....................................If it hadn't been raining
31. If the job were to be offered to me ....
32. If my son were not making progress in his English
6*
Ex. 31. Translate the following conditional sentences into English:
1.Я бы никогда не подумал, что это возможно, если бы я не

увидел этого своими глазами. 2. Я бы не стал делать этого на твоем месте.
З.В случае, если тебе придется неожиданно уехать, пришли
мне записку.
4. Пьеса понравилась бы мне больше, если бы она не была такой
длинной.
5. Если бы не его болезнь, семья переехала бы в город.
6. Если бы он пришел вовремя, этого могло бы не случиться.
7. Если бы пошел дождь, я бы промокла до костей, так как на мне было
очень легкое платье.
8. Куда бы ты пошел, если бы не было дождя?
9. Посиди с ним, и, если он вдруг попросит чего-нибудь, скажи мне.
10. Если бы я сказал что-нибудь подобное твоей тетушке, она сочла бы

меня сумасшедшим.
11. Я буду у себя дома весь вечер на случай, если ты передумаешь.
12. Возможно, он чувствовал и вел бы себя иначе, если бы об-
стоятельства были иными.
13. Если бы ты не был так занят, мы могли бы пойти куда-нибудь
пообедать.
14.Если бы я задержался еще на один момент, я не знаю, что я мог бы
наговорить.
15. Если бы у нас не было багажа, мы могли бы дойти до станции пешком.
px-32. Revision: supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets in фЄ
following adverbial clauses:
l_If I (to realize) it was to be like this, I (not to come).
2. Now she acted as if she (not to care).
3. They drove with the windows closed so that they (not to catch) cold.
4. If he (not to tell) us that himself I never (ro believe) that.
2. He walked out of the house jingling the keys in his pocket as though they (to
be) coins.
6.1 was waiting until you came so that we (to eat) together.
7. He talked quite naturally, without malice, as though he (not to relate) his
war experiences, but his visits to foreign universities.
8. Even if I (ro see) her at the party I (can, do) nothing for you.
7. She sent a message to some friends asking them to look in so that she
(дог ro be) alone with Ed in the evening.
10.Don't you think it (to be) very much for the better if you and
I both (to keep) quiet? 11. If anyone (ro ask) me what his specific gift was, I
(nor ro
know) how to answer. 12.She said she (to be) pleased if my mother (to allow)
me to
spend the rest of the month with them.
13. The wind blew warmly as if it (to sweep) across Africa.
14. The boy hurried his meal so that he (to go) out to play.
15. Mary is staying with me. I think it (ro be) a good thing if you (ro come)
and (ro see) her.
16. If we ever (ro happen) to meet again I (ro act) as if this letter never (ro
write).
Ex. 33. Revision: translate the following into English using the appropriate
verb forms in adverbial clauses:
1. Если вдруг возникнет какая-нибудь трудность, позвони мне тотчас

же.
2. Он улыбался, как будто не веря тому, что я говорю.
3. Запри дверь, чтобы нам никто не мешал.
4. Девочка сидела тихо, как будто смотрела телевизор.
5-Для нас было бы лучше, если бы мы никогда не встретились.
6. Он говорил о книге, как если бы он ее читал.
7. Я оставил ему записку на столе, чтобы он ее увидел, как только
вернется.
. Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality
128
6. Он не сказал ни слова, как будто он не слышал, что ^ разговаривали

о нем.
7. Если бы не ты, я не знаю, что бы я сделал.
10.Повесь объявление повыше, чтобы всем было видно.
11. Если бы не дедушка, мальчик был бы очень несчастла$ дома.
12. Она записала название книги, чтобы я мог спросить ее в библиотеке.
13.Он сказал то, что другие тоже могли бы сказать, будь они
более откровенны. 14. Пол в комнате был такой грязный, как будто его не
подмета-
ли несколько дней. 15.Он был бы более счастливым человеком, если бы он
остался
в своей деревне. 16.Он улыбнулся и похлопал ее по плечу, как маленького
ре-
бенка.
17. Он чувствовал, что если бы он отказался от этого предложения, отец
рассердился бы на него.
18.Мы успели бы на последний автобус, если бы ушли из театра на пять
минут раньше.
19. Она даже намекнула, что, если бы они встретились десять лет назад, когда
им было по двадцать лет, все могло бы сложиться иначе.
Ex. 34. Point out in the following sentences the words that imply the unreal
condition which makes the realization of the action impossible:
1.1 don't know what we'd do without you.

2. He's been so quick. I wouldn't have done half of it in this time.
З.Теп years ago, Maurice wouldn't have spoken like this.
4. But for that accident the thought of you would never have crossed his
mind.
5. She was glad that her statement was truthful. This curious man, she
felt, would have recognized a polite evasion.
6. It would have been most valuable to have his first-hand account of the
excavation.
7.1 haven't really signed the contract, you know. I wouldn't do
a thing like that without telling you. 8. He's never been up against any of the
first-rate players and i*
would be wonderful practice for him to play in the spring
tournament.
gEven for her I wouldn't do it.
jn.He was certain she wouldn't have gone without leaving her address.
jj. We often ran when walking would have done as well.
j2. Charles would not have thought of coming that night, but for me.
іЗ.Нег husband agreed to hiring a grand piano though, he said,
an upright piano would have done. j4.She wished she were a poet. She would
pour out her heart in a
poem.
£X. 35. Turn the words implying an unreal condition into an t/-clause, like in the
example below:
E.g. I should prefer you to put it in your own words. —» I should prefer it if you put
it in your own words.
I.He did not answer her. She would not have heard him.
2. I'd ask you to have dinner with me, but unfortunately I have a previous
engagement.
3. Why didn't you tell me? It would have been only fair to give me a chance
of judging for myself.
4. Jack would have left them, but he saw Maurice beckoning him to come
over.
5. He knew his father was not among the audience. He would not have
known what music to play for him.
6. You really should get a cat, Hilda. Think how happy it would be here!
7. "I wonder if Morgan has written to Peter." "We'd have seen the letter."
8. She would have liked to be an adventuress, but somehow she hadn't
managed it.
6*
9. A few years ago,- in a storm like this, an airport would have been closed
completely.
Ю. I tried to explain that but for me the children might have been lost.
Ex. 36. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets to express an Unreal
action depending on an implied unreal condition:
l.In the old days it (not to be) so simple to travel so far. 2. "Why didn't you
persuade your brother to go also?" she asked. "It (not to be) better for him?"
Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality 130
1
3.1 never (to give) him a second thought but for what I kn^ about him.
4. He was feeling at ease and it (to be) pleasant to stay a little longer.
5. She was a competent girl, I thought; she (to make) an admj. rable
nurse.
6. Ordinarily, Jack (to escape) from the party.
7. She knows I (to do) anything for her.
8. "But the door is locked." "I expect we {can, open) it." '"Oh, \ (not to
do) that. Bill (to be) furious."
9.1 (can, produce) easily a translation but I felt for several reasons it (fo fee)
wiser not to.
10. Tom was an ironical chap. He (nof fo bare) his soul to the press.
11. He says he (fo die) without me.
12.1 had to find a suitable house to live in. David was inefficient
131 The Verb: Means of Expressing ипгеащ
about such things, and (fo live) anywhere. 13. He's a man I (fo hate) to
think ill of me. 14.1 think that the news (fo worry) him too much. 15.
Nothing but bad news (fo bring) her on a night like this.
forms to express an unreal action depending on an implied unreal
condition:
1. Я не винил его. Я бы сделал то же самое.

2. Это вещи, которые ребенку было бы трудно понять. З.Я не
думаю, чтобы Дорис сделала это.
4. «Посмотри-ка на эту сцену, — сказала она. — Где еще в мире ты

увидел бы что-нибудь подобное?»
5. Мне это было бы безразлично.
6. «Видишь ли, мне было любопытно». — «Мне бы тоже было
любопытно».
7. «Я не хочу идти туда». — «Почему? Я бы ни за что не пропустил
этот матч».
8. Я думаю, что было бы разумно подождать до вечера.
9. Я бы никогда не подумал, что ты так быстро научишься водить

машину.
10. Он бы еще многое рассказал, но он устал.
Ex. 38. Supply the necessary forms of the verbs in brackets to make tb*
following sentences sound polite:
1.1 (f о think) they knew it by now.
г
2 "I (not to like) to go as far as that," he replied.
3 You (ro care) to sit down?
4 I (ro say) he is a perfectly nice boy.
5 . "Dick will be so glad to see you." "I (to think) I was the last person Dick
would wish to see."
133 The Verb: Means of Expressing ипгеащ
"You have a song. Sing it." "No, I (can, not) in front of all these people."
"Why not? Come on, let's get the guitar. You (can, think) it over on the
way."
7 .1 (to say) he is now powerless to disapprove anything.
g.I (ro think) that natural.
9. "How long will it take you to finish it off?" "I (ro say) about an hour."
10. You (to say) it was impossible to talk him into it? Ц.It's no use asking me.
I (can, not, tell) you anything. 12.1 (ro say) that he is no fool.
Ex. 39. Find an adequate translation in Russian for the following tradi -
tional expressions:
1. "Was it you I saw there?" "What should I do there? However, be that

as it may, I never was there."
2. "Far be it from me," he said, "to interfere with your arrangements."
1. Suffice it to say that his idea lacked originality.
2. My aunt believes she is doing good to the village, as it were.
3. "I like your young boy, Dinny," said her grandmother. "Be yours a
happy marriage."
3. The actress, as it were, did not suit the role.

4. As luck would have it, I got a ten-pound check from my father that
morning.
4. Come what may, he decided to sell the house.
9. They were busy packing and, as it were, took no notice of me.
Ю. I have written few pages that I feel I could not improve, but I
could do no better, as it were.
Ex. 40. Revision: supply the necessary forms expressing unreality for
the verbs given in brackets:
1- Oh, if only you (ro be) as you used to be. 2.1

wish you (ro turn) the radio down.
3.1t's desirable that the issue (to settle) as soon as possible.
1 70 The Verb: Means of Expressing 17пгеащ
4. He asked me to stay with him in the country so that he read) his

novel to me when it was finished.
5. She arranged that the next morning the boy (to come) to the house
where she had taken a room so that they (to spend) tj,e day together.
6. He feared that after twenty years he (to find) his sister a rather
disillusioned woman.
7. His mother knew very well who the man was, but wanted to act as
though she (to have) no idea of it.
8. He got his sister to make herself scarce for a few hours so that his
new friend (not to know) that he did not live alone.
9. When the boys learned of Peter's diary it was inevitable that they
also (to set) writing diaries of their own.
10. He insisted that people in plays (to talk) as they talked in real life.
11.1 wish I (to see) more of them before the war.
12. Now if I (to get) Helen sacked, this of course (to mean) telling
everybody what she did.
13. "I'm afraid I can't stay," I said. "If I (to stay) I (to have) to tell things
that they (not to like) and that (fo spoil) their fun."
14. It was agreed that Paul (to meet) his mother at the station so that he
(fo show) her his apartment.
15.1 (nof fo tell) you anything even if I (can, remember) the facts.
16.It (fo help) if you (fo let) me know what you saw.
17.1 know I've broken your life. And we (may, be) so happy.
18. He was afraid that he (fo forget) the name and asked me to put it
down for him.
19. There was a wonderful concert at the Victoria Hall we (can, go) to.
But now we are late for anything.
20. He was not well off and he went about in dread lest he (to dismiss).
21. In the old days she (to argue), but now she only nodded sadly.
22.1 wish I (fo have) a lot of money. I (nof to live) another day in
London.
23.Of course, I told myself, he (may, detain) but surely in that
case he (to telephone) to me. 24. When he rang up home, his wife was not
in. Normally it (not
to upset) him but today he needed her advice badly. 25.In my reply to
Miss Evans I suggested that she (fo arrive) at
my office on Monday. 26. Edward proposed that he (fo fetch) Bateman at
five so that
they (to drive) out together to Jackson's house.
^7.It (to make) small difference to the universe if I never (to exist).
gg. There were moments when she wished she never (to come) away.
29. As Paula had spent the whole day with them, he insisted that
she (to go) for a walk in the park. gO.The Colonel proposed that they (ro
give) a dinner party to the
new comers.
ЗІ.Не has given instructions that all the papers (to send) up immediately.
32.Somehow I felt guilty as though there (ro be) something I
(may, do) for Renny that I hadn't. 33.What the guests wore I (can, not,
describe) even if I (to be)
present.
34.His fellow-student's suggestion was that they (to ride) over to Strasbourg
to spend two or three nights with friends of his.
35. It's time we (ro have) a break. I wish I (can, have) a cup of tea.
36.If you (ro change) your mind and (ro stay) here I'll take you on a boat trip
on Sunday.
37.If it (nor to be) for Jim the party (ro be) more fun.
38. He spoke very softly as if he (to be) afraid of being overheard.
1 70 The Verb: Means of Expressing 17пгеащ
39. When he entered the room they changed the subject of their
conversation whatever it (ro be).
40. If Ed (ro learn) about it he will probably never speak to me again.
41. If it (nor ro be) for his mother he (nor ro live) on a barren slope like
this another day.
42. It's high time you (ro go) and (to leave) me in peace.
43.1 never (may, meet) him but for the chance of his getting
drunk one evening in my college. 44. If only
he (not to interfere)]
45.My patient expressed the request that she (ro operate) on by
you, Doctor Stone. 46. The arrangement was that he (ro fix) his car in my
absence.
Ex. 41. Revision: translate the following into English using the appropri-*te
means of expressing unreality:
1-Было решено, что дети пойдут в зоопарк сразу после завтрака.

2-Я бы хотел, чтобы ты поменьше курил.
З-Он потребовал, чтобы с ним немедленно расплатились.
137 The Verb: Means of Expressing ипгещ
4. Жаль, что я не сказала правды.

5. Необходимо, чтобы ты взял отпуск на месяц.
6. Немного найдется людей, которые отнеслись бы так сц 0 койно ко
всему этому.
7. Я пошел к себе в комнату, чтобы меня никто не беспокоад час
или два.
8. Теперь он бы не сделал такой ошибки.
9. Как бы я хотел, чтобы этот семестр уже закончился.
10. В первую минуту он испугался, что Фред сядет с ним рядок
и продолжит разговор.
11. Если бы кто-нибудь поверил мне!
12.Я бы счел его способным на это.
13. «Ты сделаешь это?» — «Я бы предпочел, чтобы ты сделал это».
14.Кто-то предложил послать за доктором. 15.Нам
пора приняться за работу. 16. Мы боялись, как бы он
не заболел.
17.0 ней всегда говорили так, в третьем лице, как будто ее там не было.
18. Он знал, что, если бы его мать села рядом с ним и прикоснулась
к его руке, все бы моментально стало хорошо.
19. Ты бы не понял, как мне было трудно, даже если бы я тебе
рассказал.
20. Он оставил распоряжение, чтобы нас повезли показать город.
21.0, если бы она тогда только знала, куда написать ему!
22. Если бы не его работа в библиотеке Британского музея, он
никогда не нашел бы этой книги.
23. Он запер бумагу в стол, чтобы ее никто не увидел.
24. Если бы с ним не было Мег, он бы спросил их об отце.
25. Мне следовало бы сказать вам давным-давно, как много вы
всегда значили для меня.
26.Если бы я когда-нибудь встретила его снова, я бы знала, что делать.
27. «Если бы родители не взяли меня с собой, я бы не простил им
этого», — сказал мне мальчик.
28. Как жаль, что я не могу рассказать тебе об этом.
29. Он боялся, что произведет плохое впечатление.
30. А я-то думал, что ты будешь рад увидеть своего старого друга-
31. И вдруг он почувствовал себя бессильным, словно его кости
вдруг стали мягкими.
g2_Moe предложение было, чтобы он приехал и погостил у меня несколько
дней, чтобы осмотреться перед тем, как он найдет какой-нибудь
подходящий дом.
дЗ.Как жаль, что ты не видел письма. Оно бы тебе все объяснило.
3 4 .Я настаиваю, чтобы мы остались здесь.
35. Его отец решил, что он должен изучать юриспруденцию.
36. Пора бы вам его будить.
37. Они влюбились друг в друга и поженились бы тотчас же, если бы
она была свободна.
38. Людям со слабым сердцем рекомендуется принимать эти пилюли
два раза в день.
3 9 . Как жаль, что я не знала, что тебе нужна эта книга. Я бы могла
купить ее в Лондоне.
40. Будь осторожен с ключом. Если ты вдруг потеряешь его, мы
никогда не откроем сейф.
41. Мне предложили написать рецензию на эту книгу.
42.У моего мужа было намерение, чтобы мы поселились в Брайтоне.
43.Я спрятала газету под диванную подушку, чтобы Макс не увидел ее.
4 4 . Если бы не его улыбка, я ничего не заподозрила бы.
138 The Verb: Means of Expressing ипгещ
Ex. 42. Discuss the two points expressing view using as many various
forms of unreality as possible and say what would have happened if
things had gone another way:
One Day — Two Points of View
Kathy: Mum is knocking loudly on my bedroom door. "Kathy, get up! It's
seven o'clock." Why does Mum always sound so bad-tempered and
unfriendly? I'll just stay in bed another five minutes. "Kathy, it's a quarter
past seven. You'll be late for school. Hurry up." Oh dear, I've overslept, as
usual. I'd better get up now. I hate Monday mornings. Where's my school
blouse? There !t is - but it's dirty. Mum has forgotten to wash it. I haven't
time for any breakfast. If I run all the way I'll catch the bus to school. Mum is
waiting in the kitchen. I wish she wouldn't worry about иіе. I'm not a little
girl anymore. "Do have a piece of toast," Mum says. "I'm not hungry, Mum." I
run out of the house and slam the
139 The Verb: Means of Expressing Unreaut
front door. The first lesson is awful. It's a geography test and j can't do it. The
teacher tells the whole class that I'm lazy and that I could do much better.
School dinner is awful, too. I hope there's something nice for tea. I feel very
hungry. I get home at half $щ four and Mum is getting the tea ready. "What's
for tea?" Ыщ says that it's fish and chips. Honestly, Mum knows that I don't
like fish. Then, Mum starts to ask me stupid questions, "Did уоц have a nice
day at school, dear?" I say that it was O.K. Мщц notices I'm not eating much.
"I do wish you would eat something Kathy. You didn't have any breakfast,
either." Mum is always nagging me about something.
Roger, my brother, reaches in front of me for the sugar-bow] and I spill
my cup of tea all over the carpet. It's Roger's fault but Mum loses her temper
with me. "Kathy, you are clumsy. That's gone all over my new carpet. Run
and fetch a cloth." It's really not fair. I jump up and shout, "You are always
nagging me. You're never nice to me. Leave me alone." Then I run upstairs to
my bedroom and play my records very loudly.
Her mother: The alarm clock rings. It's a quarter past six. I get up, put
on my dressing-gown and go down to the kitchen, Then I start cooking
breakfast. Father always likes bacon and eggs. Father shouts, "I can't find my
black socks or my blue pullover." I help Father find his socks and then I
make the bed. It's seven o'clock — time to wake Kathy. There's no reply when
I knock on her door. She came home very late last night and now she's tired.
I make some coffee and toast for Kathy's breakfast. Then I get dressed. At a
quarter past seven I have to call her again. She's a lazy girl. She's certainly
not going out tonight. Kathy comes downstairs. She looks untidy and bad-
tempered. I wish Kathy would have some breakfast. Growing girls need to
eat. However, Kathy says she isn't hungry and she runs out of the house
before I can say anything else. I throw away the cold toast and coffee and
wash up. Then I catch a bus to work. I arrive at the office ten minutes late,
and my boss is in a bad mood all day-After work I do some quick shopping in
the supermarket. Kathy is always fussy about her food but there's no time to
look for something special. I get home and make the tea. Kathy comes ія from
school. She looks miserable. I do wish she would talk to m e more so I ask her
about school. "Did you have a nice day at school-
êar?" Kathy doesn't say much and she doesn't eat her tea. I feel уеГу anxious.
"I do wish you would eat something, Kathy. You didn't have any breakfast,
either." Then Kathy spills her tea all 0ver my new carpet. She doesn't
apologize. This makes me very aJ1gry anc* * 'ose mv temper. Kathy is very upset
and says that I'm always nagging her. She runs out of the room. Perhaps
Kathy is right. I do nag her too much.
THE VERB
VERBALS
Ex. 1. Choose between the infinitive and the mg-form to use it as subject in
1.1 did it because ... on living in the country would have been too
much of a problem, (to go) 2. There was no ... how his father would react
to the news, (ro tell) 3.You know, her ... cleverer than her husband was half
the
trouble, (to be)
4. Not.. home, in fact, seemed lately to become the pattern of his life, (ro go)
5.1 belonged to neither groups, and ... was to take sides, (to speak)
6. There is no ... how long he would have continued on the subject if his
attention had not been distracted by a man who appeared on the deck, (ro
know)
7.... her upset would have been an understatement, she was beside herself
with anger, (ro call)
8. There was no ... the sound, (ro mistake)
9. We were in the offices, and ... to his room meant going right through
the place, (to get)
10. Just ... silent together like that helps, (to be)
11. Just ... my trouble would have been in bad taste, (to mention) 12.Let
us admit that ... with us is the thing that we cannot do
without, (to read)
13____away for a weekend demanded a degree of will and organi-
zation, (to get)
14.She felt exhilarated, there was no ... it. (ro deny)
15.Though it was fine, ... outside at a small table, eating, was not
a tempting prospect, (to sit)
Ex. 2. Point out the words indicating the doer of the actions expressed by the
infinitives and trig-forms used as subject in the following sentences:
1. Your coming has done him good.

2. To understand, all is to forgive all.
3.For a woman, being needed is everything in life.
4 . 1 have no idea what we ordered, but ordering gave me time to work out my
next move.
5. Not having a newspaper in his hands made the long ride much more
boring.
6. For Tom to win was going to be a difficult thing.
7. Losing his twin sister at the age of fourteen probably affected him
for life.
8. To know him was one of the two greatest gifts of my life.
д. Not telling my sister about it hurts me.
10. Keeping off the subject proved too great a strain for Winifred herself.
11. Making a literary reputation has never been easy.
12. Seeing him makes me glad I left the army.
Ex. 3. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form to use it as

predicative in the following sentences.
Note: Point out the instances when the particle to can be omitted before
the infinitive.
l."My job is ... everyone alike, and be courteous, even when passengers are
not," said the stewardess, (to treat)
2. But the difficulty was ... an excuse for absence from home, (to find)
3. The place was cheerful and he felt relaxed. It was like ... warm in
bed. (to be)
4. My idea was ... a fuller explanation of what they plan to discuss, (to
demand)
5. All you can do is ... . (ro obey)
6. His request meant ... further than I was prepared to go. (to go)
2. The only thing to do was ... who she was. (to explain)
7. He didn't know what to talk to him about. It was like ... an
unknown brother, (to meet)
9. All he wanted to do was ... and ... . (to sit, to dream)
Ю.To love John was like ... alive, (to burn)
11. The first objective was ... ourselves a suitable house to live in. (to
find)
12. "To say that you are a fool is ... it very mildly," said Douglas. (to put)
13. All I wanted to do was ... the formalities short, (to cut)
l4.The loss of his job meant ... poor again, (to be)
15.The best thing for you to do is ... the thought of her out 0{
your mind, (ro put) 16. One of the first things he did was ... his brother,
(ro telephony
Ex. 4. Point out the words indicating the doer of the action expressed by
the infinitives and the ing-forms used as predicatives in the following
sentences:
1. The last thing I want is for him ro think I'm deceiving him,
2. The really important thing was saving the children.
3.Unable to understand the text, he did the next best thing which was ro
learn it by heart.
4. To cross the stream in the place meant walking knee-deep in the
water.
5. She thought that the straightforward method was ro write a couple
of lines to the man himself.
6. To discuss the international situation with them was like someone
playing the piano only with the family to listen to him.
7. All he wanted at this moment was for everyone to disperse quietly.
8. The only service you can do him is ro keep quiet.
9. All he wanted was for me to get out of his sight.
10. My job is ro please my guests.

11. The least I can do is give them a chance.
12. All they wanted to do was get down to business.
Ex. 5. Choose between the infinitive and the ireg-form as part of a com-
pound verbal predicate in the following sentences:
1.1 seem ... my life saying good-bye. (to spend) 2.1 left the clothes lying
wherever they happened ... . (to fall) 3.She waited while Johnson went
round ... hands with everybody, (ro shake)
4. When they chanced ... she always gave him a friendly smile-(ro
meet)
5. As I stood ... on the corner of the street, Gerald Sutton came by. (to
wait)
б.Саго sat ... the side of her glass, (ro stroke) 7.1 happened ...
into her in the library, (ro run)
8. Then a cricket ball came ... through the window and roll^
underneath the piano, (ro smash)
9. The print seemed ... before his eyes, (ro blur) find plenty to do. I
have a very nice neighbour. We go ...
and ... together, (to fish, to sail) ц.Тот never seemed ... his mother to know
what he had been
doing, (to want) j2. 1 woke abruptly from sleep and sat up ... . (to listen)
13. Martha was out ... her friend, (to meet) l4.He doesn't seem ... what love
means, (to know) 15. Dick considered her suggestion and appeared ... it
acceptable.
(to find)
16.Her office turned out ... in one of the back streets, (to be) l7.So I sat ... at
the diary, as at a blank space in a crossword puzzle, (to stare)
18. Jimmy proved ... a good teacher, (to be)
19. "So what?" she eyed me curiously. There seemed ... a faint foreign
accent in her voice, (to be)
20 .1 sat ... from time to time that he would just go away, (to wish)
Ex. 6. Use the required form of the infinitive in its function of part of a
compound verbal predicate:
1. He seemed ... all the friendliness he had shown at our previous

meeting, (to lose)
2. "I happen ... her lawyer and she telephoned to me," I said to the
man. (to be)
3. It became clear that Charles was still idle. He seemed ... scarcely
any law. (to read)
4. The cat seems ... missing for about three weeks, (to be)
5. He appeared ... that they had had the first serious difference of
opinion in the whole of their married life, (to forget)
6."Dr Salt, what do you think you're doing?" "People seem ... me that for
days," said Dr Salt mildly, (to ask)
7. Not going home, in fact, seemed lately ... the pattern of his life, (to
become)
8. My mother thought that his hobbies would get him nowhere. In this
she turned out ... wrong, (fo be)
9- It seemed ... in the room. The floor, the chairs, the desk were covered in
drifts of white. It was torn paper, (fo snow)
lO.She leant far over the banister and strained her ears. All the family
seemed ... at once, (fo talk)
H-The general seemed ... a great deal, (fo age)
12. Charles met me the first day I came to London, and our frierm
ship seemed ... a long time, (ro establish) 13.He did not even seem ...
what the fuss was about, (ro under-
stand)
14. In front of one window there was a small table and Harry sitting at
it, peering at a pile of papers which he seemed ., or ... . (to copy, to
translate)
15. When I arrived there I didn't see the dog. Not much else seemed ... .
(ro change)
16.Then I caught sight of her on the far side of the square. She seemed ...
good-bye to someone, (ro say)
Ex. 7. Translate the following into English using infinitives as part of a

1.Это оказалось правдой, (ro turn out)

2. Он, кажется, получил все, что хотел, (to seem)
3. «Где мисс Стоун?» ■— «Она, работает в справочном
отделе библиотеки», (ro seem)
4. Казалось, что у него нет дружеских отношений ни с кем в
отделе, (ro appear)
5. Боб взглянул на мать, чтобы понять, как она реагирует на
разговор. Но она, казалось, не слушала, (to seem)
6. Его сведения оказались правильными, (to turn out)
7. Казалось, что она пишет или рисует, (ro seem)
8. Казалось, что сплетни эти не были восприняты моими братьями
всерьез, (to seem)
9. Он, кажется, мой единственный друг, (ro seem)
10. Мой отец слушал серьезно или, по крайней мере, создавалось
впечатление, что он слушал, (fo appear)
11. У нас, кажется, уже был этот разговор раньше, (ro seem)
12. Похоже, никто из вас не знает, как вести себя прилично, (ro
seem)
13. Казалось, что его удивил этот слух, (ro seem)
14.Было такое впечатление, что он не слышал, что она сказала, (to appear)
15. Я не знал этого парня, но он, кажется, всем тогда нравился-(ro
seem)
16. Случилось так, что он был приглашен на обед к РоджерУ-(ro
happen)
17.Так случилось, что я первый узнал об этом, (to happen)
jg.3HH познакомилась со своим молодым человеком на танцах, и позже
они много развлекались вместе, потому что он оказался хорошим
парнем, (to prove)
gx. 8. Translate the following into English using ireg-forms as part of a

I.O H ездил верхом каждый день.

2. Она сидела, уставившись прямо перед собой.
З.Он вернулся с очень расстроенным видом.
4. Вокруг сидело несколько человек, они ели сандвичи и курили.
5. Я сказала мужу, что мне хочется пойти потанцевать.
6. Она долго лежала и плакала.
7. В то утро мальчик отправился кататься на лодке один.
4.Я ничего не сказал, и мальчик ушел, насвистывая.
8. Мы стояли и ждали, когда откроются двери.
10. В то утро я пошел купаться.

11. Она ушла в магазин.
12.При первом же порыве ветра шляпа ее мужа полетела по воздуху.
13.Они сидели и разговаривали о плацах на будущее.
Ex. 9. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form as a second action
accompanying the action of the predicate verb:
1.1 returned to my room one afternoon ... Rex waiting for me. (to find)
2. That evening they sat on the back porch, ... the twilight filter
down through the leaves of the trees, (to watch) 3.1 looked at her for a
minute, not ... . (to understand)
4. Michael went home ... that his little son was taken ill. (to hear)
5. And so I spent three years ... an immense amount of very dull stuff,
not one-tenth of which I ever used, (to learn)
6. She was approaching slowly, ... her feet, (to drag)
7. He arrived on the door step ... Peter fumbling with the lock, and
they entered together, (to find)
8.1 spent the rest of the day ... whether I was annoyed or not. (to wonder)
9. They went off, ... us to face the situation, (to leave)
10____to Sam talking of his sister, I thought of Ellen alone in her
flat in the same town, (to listen) 11.1 came home one evening ... him
sitting on the stairs outsi(je
the front door of the flat, (to discover) 12.He must have had a jolly time at
lunch ... there ignored. (f0
sit)
13. My father was out and returned ... me in a condition of fever.
ish anxiety, (to find) 14.Next morning, ... me in the hall, she told me that
she was too
tired to go out. (to meet) 15. He relapsed into sullenness, ... that he was
too busy, (to say) 16.Sam spent some of his money ... her a present for her
looking
after his mother, (fo buy)
17____out of the house, Cliff practically walked into me. (fo come)
18.The French teacher sat at her desk ... papers when Rudy led
his father into the classroom, (fo correct) 19.The snow turned into a cold
rain. He awakened many times ...
it falling on his face, (fo feel)
20. They had difficulty ... new clothes for her. (fo find)
21. We sat down out there, not quite ... what to do next, (fo know)
22. As she talked to me, she took me by the arm, .... towards the door,
(fo walk)
23.She reached her house that night ... her manager waiting for her. (fo find)
24.1 spent hours ... the pros and cons of either course of action, (fo balance)
25. We wouldn't have much trouble ... it. (fo prove)
Ex. 10. Translate the following into English using ing-forms to express
second actions accompanying the action of the predicate verb:
1.Я посидел там немного, просто наблюдая людей. 2. Они оба

остановились, прислушиваясь к голосам на лестнице.
3.0, Берт, я никогда не думала, что буду заканчивать свою жизнь,
заворачивая какие-то старинные предметы в оберточную бумагу.
4. Бернард был еще в Шотландии, где он гостил у родственников.
5. Джек покачал головой, выражая свое несогласие.
6. Я лежал в постели и думал об этом весь день.
7 . Какой-то человек вышел из дома. Он нес гитару, g. Динни наверху.
Она читает моему сыну. д. Минуту мы стояли не двигаясь, не в состоянии
понять, что происходит.
jO. Он смотрел на подарок, не веря своим глазам.
11. Он сидел у камина, пытаясь читать вечернюю газету.
12. Он стоял на верхней площадке лестницы и наблюдал, как его
жена разбирает письма.
13. Он ходил по дому, тихо улыбаясь.
14. Он был в классе один и проверял тетради.
15.Ты был бы счастлив, живя со мною в деревне.
Ex. 11. Translate the following into English using ireg'-forms to denote a
second action after to spend (to waste) time, to have a good (hard, etc.)
time and to have difficulty (trouble):
1. Она провела весенние каникулы, катаясь на лыжах с роди-

телями.
2. Она без труда найдет для тебя работу в Голливуде.
3. Когда я пришла домой, я целый час убирала комнату.
4. Она обычно проводила утро, загорая на пляже.
5. Большую часть своего времени они проводили, читая или
слушая музыку.
6. Им трудно жилось в Дублине.
1. Мне было трудно вспомнить имя этого человека.
7. Мы с трудом нашли такси ночью.
9. Не теряя ни минуты, он поехал в Лондон.
10. Мы очень весело потанцевали.
П.Она с трудом заставила ребенка съесть завтрак.
12. Я потерял два часа, ожидая тебя на станции.
13. Ей было скучно присматривать за теткой.
14. Я не хочу надоедать тебе своими рассказами весь вечер.
15. В молодости я потерял очень много времени, читая книги,
которые не принесли мне большой пользы.
16. Все свое свободное время я читал и писал.
^х. 12. Choose between the infinitive and the ireg'-form as direct object
to 'he predicate verb:
1.1 wished ... quite fair, (to be)

2.1 expected ... him in the drawing-room but he wasn't there, (to find)
3.1 enjoyed ... to her talk of Viennese society in the days of Ц.
youth, (to listen) 4. Reggie promised ... in. (to
look) 5.1 wanted ... him up. (to cfteer)
6. Jerry was enjoying himself and did not want ... away. I su g. gested...
him and ... him meet us at the station, (to come, to leave, to let)
7. Everything you've planned ... is sensible, (ro do)
8. Riley offered ... into town and ... some coffee, (ro drive, to get)
9. He longs ... down and ... a quiet country life, (ro settle, to live)
10.Kate avoided ... John alone, (ro see)
11. You keep ... things in Latin and you know I can't understand, (ro say)
12.He proceeded ... this by his own story, (ro illustrate)
13.Her eyes were full and bright. She did not pretend ... her
nervousness, (ro hide) 14. Jack asked the stewardess for some stationery
and, when it
came, set about ... a letter to his son. (ro compose) 15.Renny was often
dead right, more often than I cared ... . (to
remember)
16.He sat there sullenly and refused ... . (ro answer) 17.1 didn't mind ...
about them a bit. (to think) 18.He had just finished ... up a suitcase, (ro
strap) 19.He did not hesitate ... such methods, (ro employ)
20. We arranged ... . (ro meet)
21. He stopped ... and went into the bathroom to turn the water on for
the bath, (ro whistle)
22. His sister-in-law certainly needed ... after, (ro look)
23.As I grew ... him I began ... him. (to know, to like)
24. We can't afford ... you. (to waste)
25.1 can't help ... Sophy, (ro like)
26. Arthur had managed ... it his way. (ro do)
27.1 couldn't resist ... such a lovely hat. (ro buy)
28.She says she can't imagine not ... his key in the lock, (ro hean
29.1 hadn't understood why, the previous summer, he had given
up ..........Roger, (ro attempt, to see)
30.1 notice that you took the trouble ... your picture into all th e
papers, (ro get) 31.1 have been meaning ... you about it.
(ro ask) 32.Then he condescended ... himself, (ro explain)
ЗЗ.Не denied ... anything about the missing document, (ro know)
3 4 . Last week you mentioned ... us a different reading book. We're
nearly finished ... this one. (to get, to read)
3 5 . You certainly mustn't miss ... this wonderful film, (ro see)
3 6 . Mary tended ... upset by her failures, (ro be)
3 7 . Tears filled her eyes and ran down her cheeks. She did not
trouble ... them away, (to wipe) 3 8 . He is considering ... a book about his
war experience, (ro
write)
3 9 . She put off ... the news to her father, (ro break)
40. Looking back on it, I think it would have been better, for all
concerned, if we had never attempted ... . (ro interfere) 41.He got out of
bed and prepared ... . (to shave) 42.1 wondered if you felt like ... out for a
dance? (ro come) 43.He had made up his mind ... in Dick, (ro confide) 44.1
considered ... the ceiling blue, (to paint) 45.He asked... the cheque, and it was
produced, (ro see) 46.She couldn't go on ... alone in that great house, (to live)
47. I've got a fifty-percent chance of doing what I set out... . (to do)
Ex. 13. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form as direct object after
verbs that admit of both forms:
l.She tried ... an interest in my work, (ro take)

2. To learn to write I tried ... words or the order in which they
were set. (ro alter) 3.Why didn't you try ... yourself a job? (ro
find)
4. She tried but her fingers were numb, (to knit)
5. Margaret and I were upset and the others went on.............us up.
(ro try, to cheer)
6. The article went on ... that Miss MacLean was born in Dublin and
still had relations living there, (ro say)
7. He went on ... about his children, (ro talk)
8. He proposed ... to the theatre that night, but Elisa said she was
tired, (ro go)
9.1 propose ... a boat with the money, (ro buy)
In the following pages I propose ... the story of Goethe's life, (ro tell)
H-One of them proposed ... out later on to watch the children dancing, (to go)
1 must remember ... the others not to mention it to Willy, (ro tell)
13. Yes, I remember ... the letter on the mantlepiece. (to see) 14.1
remember ... for a drive by a kind lady who wanted to sho^
me round, (to take) 15.1 must remember ... through my pockets, (to look)
16.1 remember ... to hear endless incidents from my mother's
childhood, (to have) 17.1 must remember not he thought, and must
lose sorne
weight. I look like a fat grocer, (to slouch) 18.The general never forgot ...
his boys out for a drive one Sun.
day day in June, (fo take) 19. Don't forget ... the door when you decide to
go to bed. (fo lock) 20.1 now regretted not... with her, but it was too late to
run after
her. (fo go)
21.1 regret ... you but you ought to know the facts, (fo disappoint) 22.1 think
he was beginning ... it. (fo doubt) 23.She could not begin ... . (fo unpack)
24.Harriet cleared her throat and began ... her pockets for cigarettes, (fo
search)
25. He began ... the draft of a new plan that afternoon, just to see how
it looks, (to write)
26. Without waiting for his reply she began ... the plums, (to gather)
27.Meanwhile he never ceased ... at his art. (fo work)
28.1 have now eaten turtle soup so often that I have ceased ...
upon it as a luxury, (fo look) 29.Margaret continued ... his wife in
hospital, (fo visit) 30.He continued ... the tune, (fo hum) 31.1 liked ... with the
dog. (to play)
32.1 liked ... lodgings of my own, where I could be by myself. (t° have)
33. He liked ... up late into the night smoking his pipe and drink-
ing a glass of whiskey, (fo sit)
34. She asked him whether he hated ... as much as she did. (to fly)
35.1 hated ... of her wishes being forced in any way. (to think)
36.She hates ... for television, (fo work)
37.1 hate ... it, but I think I can understand her Daddy, (fo admH)
38.Outside, the church bells started ... . (fo ring) 39. He started ... back to the
hotel, (fo walk) 40.It's started ... . (fo rain)
14. Translate the following into English using infinitives or ing-
forrns as direct object:
І.Она стала плакать, (ro begin) 2. Я захотел что-нибудь узнать о нем. (to
want) З.Он совсем проснулся и хотел почитать, но единственной книгой в
комнате была Библия, (to feel like)
4. Поль не нуждается в защите, (ro need)
5. Он любил находиться в обществе своих родственников, (to like)
6. Он непрерывно поглядывал на часы и, выпив чай, сказал, что
должен возвращаться, (ro keep)
7. Теперь я начинал понимать кое-что. (to begin)
8. Вскоре я перестал быть полезным им. (ro cease)
9. Дэн не мог удержаться от того, чтобы не показать свою работу,
(to resist)
10. Даже в затемненной комнате я не мог не видеть, что лицо

миссис Джоунз распухло от слез, (cannot help)
11. Все то январское утро телефон настойчиво звонил в моем
кабинете, (ro keep)
12.Я предложил найти доктора и привести его к Эду. (to propose)
13.Я не думаю, чтобы он упоминал о том, что навещал их. (го mention)
14.Они забыли пригласить меня, (ro forget) 15. Я никогда не забуду, как я
гостил в вашем доме в Кенте, (го forget)
16.Я пытаюсь читать, (fo try)
17. Мне не хотелось оставлять его одного в горе, и я предложил
отвезти его к себе домой, (ro want, to offer)
18. Я отложил письмо к нему на завтра, (to put off)
19.Я не мог вынести, чтобы ко мне относились так холодно, (to endure)
20. Она не возражала против того, чтобы быть одной в коттедже, (ro
mind)
^1. Я всерьез принялся писать короткие рассказы, (ro set about) 22.Он
был рад, что она позаботилась написать ему. (to take the trouble)
23-Ты помнишь, как ты привез виноградный сок в этот дом в то утро? (ro
remember)
24.Ты не забыл послать деньги в Лидс? (fo remember)
25.Я решил не беспокоить Роджера этим делом, (to decide)
26.0, я думаю, вам понравится жить здесь, когда настугщ т
лето, (to enjoy) 27. Он пробовал выращивать там картошку, (to try)
28.Я знал, что он старается накопить немного денег, (to try) 29.Мы не
будем просить, чтобы вы взяли нас с собой, (to ask)
30. Я устал притворяться, что я пишу или читаю, (to pretend)
31. Мне не хотелось шутить, (to feel like)
32.Я отказываюсь взять на себя ответственность за твои дейст. вия. (to
refuse)
33.Он старался избежать встречи с кем-нибудь, кого он знал. (to avoid)
34.Несмотря на дождь, мы продолжали ждать, (to go on) 35.В эти дни он
не мог позволить себе опаздывать, (cannot afford)
36.Хью прочитал в одной американской газете рецензию на эту книгу и
предложил купить ее для их библиотеки, (fo suggest)
37. Когда я вернулся в дом, я не забыл стереть с лица дождь, (fo
remember)
38. Я помню, что как-то говорил тебе об этом, Льюис, (to remember)
39. Возможно, что Молли пожалела, что она так много болтала, (to
regret)
40. Она все больше и больше боялась, что останется одна с детьми,
(fo dread)
41. Остальные, без суеты, согласились принять участие, (to agree)
42.Ее друзья обещали присылать ей работу, (fo promise)
43.Она села у камина и приготовилась рассказывать свои новости, (to
prepare)
44.Он продолжал упорно звонить в гостиницу, спрашивая, нет ли для
него каких-либо сообщений, (fo keep)
45. Вы хотите взглянуть на него? (fo care)
46.Он не удостоил их ответом, (to trouble)
47. Утром он начал переносить вещи в комнату внизу, (to start)
Ex. 15. Use the required form of the infinitive or the ing-form in the"1
function of direct object:
l.He enjoyed ... . (fo need)

2. Willy began ... softly, (to whistle)
З.Іп my experience most people mind ... at. (to laugh)
4,1 don't suppose your wife wants ... with me now. (to bother)
5,1 knew that Charles had regretted ... me. (ro invite)
6. He pretended ... when his mother came into his room to look
at him. (to sleep) 7 . She didn't like ... with, (ro
differ)
8. He pretended not ... as if the compliment were purely formal,
(ro hear)
9. He prefers ... by the name of John Brown, (ro know)
10.1 don't like ... with, (to interfere)
Ц.І set about ... all the names from the diary, (to erase)
12.Bob asked ... to a room where he could wash and change his
clothes, (ro show) 13.1 disliked ...
Harry, (ro call)
14. We stopped in front of the dance hall and pretended ... inside. (to look)
15.Maurice sat on the bench, with the picture on his knee, as
though he would not risk ... from it. (ro part) 16.1 didn't
want ... his feelings, (ro hurt)
17.He said it was too late, and in any case he didn't like ... off. (ro see)
Ex. 16. Choose between the infinitive and the wig-form to use it as direct
object to an adjective:
l.Dick was clearly anxious and I was rather hurt ... Clare apparently equally
keen ... so. (ro go, to find, to do)
2. Words have weight, sound and appearance; it is only by considering these
that you can write a sentence that is good ... at and good ... to. (ro look, to
listen)
3.1 was busy ... to figure out whether he had told me the truth. (to try)
4. His brother's emotion was not easy ... . (ro discern)
5. His proposition was worth ... . (to consider)
6. Everyone in this room is competent ... an opinion, (to express) 7-The
picture is definitely worth ... . (ro buy)
8-You see, a lot of us are prone ... it. (to forget) 9-The girl was
very wise ... their advice, (ro take) *0.He was busy ... on the
new play, (ro work)
11.1 was fascinated ... the two of them together, (to watch) 12.Charles was
slow ... what Mr March was feeling, (to see)
13. The little girl was busy ... out pages from the telephone dire c. tory.
(to tear).
14. It must be admitted that this writer is not hard ... . (to іщ_ tate)
Ex. 17. Translate the following into English using infinitives or щ. forms as
direct objects to adjectives:
1. Работу все еще было трудно найти, и мне не очень везло первые
несколько дней, (hard)
2. Ее нижняя губа задрожала, как будто она готова была раз.
рыдаться. (ready)
З.Ее улыбка быстро пропала. «Твой приход — чистое безумие», (crazy)
4. Мама была занята приготовлением обеда на кухне, (busy)
5. Он попрощался со мной за руку: «Мне жаль, что приходится
уходить», (sorry)
6. Некоторое время я был очень доволен, что мог побыть один.
(content)
7. Песню стоило записать на магнитофон, (worth) |1
8. Он быстро сообразил, что случилось, (quick) Ц
9.3а их спором было трудно следить, (hard) И
10. Рано или поздно вы обязательно услышите об этом, (certain)
11. Он жил на те скромные деньги, которые его отец сумел
отложить, (able)
12.06 этой новости стоило написать его отцу, (worth) 13.Он был очень
доволен, что застал брата дома, (delighted) 14.В такой день что-нибудь
неизбежно должно было случиться, (sure)
15. Я не был достаточно заинтересован в том, чтобы продол-
жать спор, (interested)
16.Вам повезло, что вы живете в таком красивом месте, (lucky)
17. Его жена была в Лондоне. Она занималась тем, что подыскивала
новое жилье, (busy)
18. Вероятно, я этого не сделаю, (likely)
19.Таких результатов невозможно достичь, (impossible)
20. Я удивился, когда мне позвонил Чарльз, (surprised)
21. Я глубоко уважал ее и гордился знакомством с нею. (proud)
22. Я был волен уходить и приходить, когда хотел, (free)
23. Ожидалось, что его самолет вылетит в час. (due)
Я очень огорчился, найдя его таким больным, (distressed) 25.Этого
человека легко было понять, (easy) 2б.Я видел, что ему очень не хочется
уходить, (reluctant) 27. Он был теперь полон решимости остаться там.
(determined) 2g. Дорис не так легко было принять это предложение, (easy)
29. Когда я прибыл, он был занят стрижкой газона, (busy)
30. Его коллекцию марок стоило посмотреть, (worth)
jjx. 18. Translate the following into English using u;/i-phrases:

1. Теперь он не знал, как провести день.
2. Я больше не знаю, кому верить.
З.Мы сидели несколько минут молча. Мы не знали, о чем разговаривать.
4. Я не знал, благодарить его снова или нет.
5. Он снял очки и тщетно искал, чем бы их протереть.
6. Я не мог решить, где его искать.
7. Он, казалось, не был уверен, по какой дороге идти.
8. Он научился ладить с такими людьми.
9. Осень не подходящее для путешествий время года.
10. У него осталось мало времени для сна.
П.Филипп не знал, уходить ему или оставаться.
12.Там было слишком много ножей, вилок и ложек, и он не
знал, что с ними делать. 13. «Мужчины — странные существа, и
нужно знать, как с
ними обращаться», — сказала мне Энн. 14.Я просто
не знал, что мне делать с братом.
Ex. 19. Supply the necessary prepositions for the ing-forms used as
prepositional objects of verbs:
1. Jones insisted ... shaking hands.

2.1 take all the blame ... not seeing further than my nose. 3.She glanced
up ... marking a pile of papers, and said: "Hello, Hugh."
4. Unfortunately I haven't succeeded ... making much impression on you.
5-He made a point ... never sounding disappointed. 6-His mission had very
little to do ... winning the war. 7- He had never had much difficulty ... getting
jobs. The trouble had always been ... keeping them.
151 The Verb: Verb(
8. She thanked him ... taking her out.

9. He did not object ... seeing Francis.
10.If he persists ... marrying the girl, it will mean absolute гц^
for him. 11.She took ... wearing
jeans.
12. When asked what his father did in life, the boy answered, "Щ father
works ... keeping the world ... having another war."
13.1 shall look forward ... seeing your book.
14.1 thought ... taking a trip up the Scandinavian coast.
15. Jack hesitated, then decided ... talking.
16.1 told him that we were about to be turned out of our flat... not paying
the rent.
17.1 hated him ... laughing with the others.
18.So when she compromised ... letting me talk her ... having at least some
grape juice, I let it go at that.
19.He went back ... reading his paper.
20. Quite late, when he was on the point ... going upstairs, the door
bell rang.
21. He put the note under a saucer on the table to keep it ... blowing
away.
Ex. 20. Point out the doer of the action expressed by the wig-form used
as prepositional object to a verb in the following sentences:
l.She had not succeeded in making her sister talk. 2.1 do not blame him for
worrying.
3. She felt sure that nothing good would result from Milly's playing
around with Tom.
4. I like to think of this old house still being of use.
5. Beryl insisted on being married in London.
6. The doctor ordered wine and insisted on her sharing his bottle with
him.
7. The critics accused him of writing down to the public.
8. Did she seem to object in any way to your visiting the hous^
Ex. 21. Use the required form of the ing-form in its function of prepos 1'
tional object to a verb in the following sentences:
l.He was just going to speak, when I caught sight of Ellen •••
past us. (to walk) 2.1 wondered if I ought to apologize for ... the letter, (ro
wrii^
Verb: Verbals 152
g I hate to think of you ... about, (to order)

4 , My mother had always insisted on ... the weakest possible
electric light bulbs, (to use) 5, 1 hated to think of her wishes ... in any way.
(to force) 6. Now he often asked for tea at home and insisted on it ...
correctly, (to make) 1. MeJ was still not sure why he had called up, but he
felt better
for ... so. (to do)
8. He muttered something about ... such a doll in a shop, (to see)
9. I've never heard of his ... with that family, (to connect)
jO.Casie could never forgive her younger sister for ... from home
and ... an affluent husband, (to escape, to marry) 11,1 thought myself a
fool for not ... it months before, (to guess)
Ex. 22. Translate the following into English using ireg-forms as preposi-
tional objects to verbs:
I.OH не возражал против того, чтобы там находились другие

люди, (to object) 2. Я не виню тебя за то, что тебе так хочется уехать из
города
в такую погоду, (to blame) З.Я не имел никакого отношения к тому, что
он принял это
решение, (to have nothing to do)
4. Тогда я начал подозревать, что он дразнит меня, (to suspect)
5. Нам было нетрудно хорошо относиться друг к другу, (to have по
difficulty)
6. Он настоял на том, чтобы она научилась этой сложной игре. (to
insist)
7. Ничего не могло помешать ему вернуться в Лондон, (toprevent)
8. Он извинился, что задержал меня, (to apologize)
9. Мне не удалось заставить Энн говорить, (to succeed)
Ю.Отец часто обвинял меня в том, что я отношусь к дому как
к отелю, (to accuse) Н.Я сам не был уверен, что я чувствую в связи с
тем, что
Джек возвращается домой, (to feel) 12. Я сказал ему о том, что Фил
хочет пойти с нами, (to tell) ІЗ.У отеля она настояла на том, чтобы
заплатить за такси, (to
insist)
14.Дэн уговорил Белла остаться с ним завтракать, (fo talk) 15. Доктор
начал с того, что пощупал его пульс, (to begin) ^б.На секунду я испугался,
что он задумал подать в отставку, (fo think)
^ П. Крылова
153 The Verb: Verbt
17. Он настоял на том, чтобы Анну немедленно пригласили сюд а

(ro insist)
18.Я не одобряю его за то, что он вообще влез в это дело. (j0 disapprove)
19. Я спросил его, как ему нравится быть врачом, (to feel about)
20. Как ты объяснил, что ты разбил машину? (to account)
21. Он упрекал себя за то, что не попытался поговорить с нею (ro
reproach)
Ex. 23. Supply the necessary prepositions for the ireg-forms used as prepo.
sitional objects to adjectives in the following sentences:
l.The man of letters is accustomed ... writing. 2.1 became aware of the
specific benefit I was capable ... getting from travel.
3.Mrs Attley was very skilful ... directing the table talk away from her
daughter.
4. Some people were nice ... turning me down.
5. I'm sick ... doing things for you.
6. You seem upset ... losing Jones.
7. She was set ... helping him.
8.1 don't say I'm proud ... cheating him out of 300 dollars.
9. Your colleagues are good ... keeping a secret, aren't they? 10. He is
usually fairly careful ... making his statements. 11.He is quite excited ...
being among us again. 12. It was five minutes later than my usual bedtime
and I felt
guilty ... being still up. 13.She was quick ... finding out things. 14.Dolly
seemed relieved ... not having to make a scene. 15.1 tried to be as nice as
possible ... refusing. 16. You seem very fond ... saying things behind my
back. 17.But he was slow ... replying.
18. He selected a dingy little place where he felt sure ... no:
meeting any acquaintances.
Ex. 24. Point out the words indicating the doer of the action expressed by
the ing-form used as prepositional object to an adjective in the folio*' ing
sentences:
1. He is uncapable of telling a lie.

2. You remember how shocked he was at Meg leaving her husband-
3. My husband will be furious at me for seeing you.

1. After all, I'm fairly used to keeping my mouth shut.
1. He was jealous of his friend for winning Ann.
g, Eden said, "I'm sorry about the car being cold."
4, After half an hour he began to feel tired of looking at copies of
agreements and bills, g. He was impatient with me for being so stubborn.
9 . It turned out that Maurice was wrong about there being no
tourists in the hotel. jO. He suddenly became conscious of someone
standing beside his
desk.
jjx. 25. Use the required ing-form in its function of prepositional object
to an adjective in the following sentences:
1 . From the age of four, I had been used to ... with ideas, (to live)
2. 1 was not used to ... by a sensitive and nervous host, (ro
entertain)
3. How proud I was of ... the code, (to invent)
4 . 1 was tired of always ... charity clothes, (ro wear)
5. In the morning she was ashamed of herself for ... so rude the night
before, (ro be)
6. He's merely used to ... what he wants to know, (to tell)
7. He was grateful to Finch for ... him to come, (to persuade)
8. But they are used to ... with real men. (ro deal)
9. She wasn't fond of ... . (to interview)
10. At the time I was very keen on ... an independent income, (to
get)
Ex. 26. Translate the following into English using ireg-forms as preposi-
tional objects to adjectives:
Verb: Verbals 154
1 .Ты явно умеешь держать язык за зубами, (good)

2. Я гордился тем, что оказался полезным ему. (proud)
3-Я знал, что он не способен принимать решения, (capable)
4.Доктор привык выслушивать самых разных людей, (used)
5. Мне жаль, что я причинил вам так много беспокойства. (sorry)
6.Я больше, чем ты, заинтересован в том, чтобы найти ее. (interested)
7. Я уверен, что ты вполне способен справиться с ситуацией. (capable)
8. Мне надоело делать то, что мне дается с трудом, (tired)
155 The Verb: Кегц
9. Я удивился, что он вообще женился, (surprised) 10.Я был немного

разочарован тем, что не встретил Чарльза (disappointed)
11. Она была благодарна ему за то, что он понял, что ей це
хочется говорить о себе, (grateful) 12.Он был раздражен на нее за то,
что она втянула его в эту
ссору, (annoyed) 13. Он любил смеяться над теми, кто был робок,
(fond)
Ex. 27. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-iorm to use it as
object to a verb in sentences with a formal it as subject or object:
1. It came as a shock to me ... that he had left his wife. (t0 realize)
2.1 laughed. It made me feel good ... that someone else felt the same way
about it as I did. (to know) .
3. It didn't serve any purpose ... why Marion had decided to he friends
with me. (ro analyse)
4. No one has any influence over him when it comes to ... his actions,
(fo decide)
5. It is against the law in the country ... a revolver, (to carry)
6. When it came to ... you talk about the war, I felt like a child. (to
hear)
7. It amazed me ... that Pat not only understood his arguments but
shared them, (fo feel)
8. On the expedition it matters a lot ... young, (fo be)
9. Our hostess made it a point never ... wives with their husbands, (fo
ask)
10. When it comes down to ... children do something against their will it
pays ... rationally with them, (fo make, to argue)
Ex. 28. Translate the following into English using infinitives or ing-
forms as objects to verbs in sentences with a formal it as subject:
1. Он очень устал, и ему потребовалось сделать усилие, чтобы

выйти из машины, (fo take)
2. Я не думаю, что ему доставляло удовольствие ссориться-(fo
amuse)
3. Сколько бы ей потребовалось времени, чтобы найти дрУ' гую
квартиру? (fo take)
4 Когда мне было пора уходить, она попросила меня позвонить ей в тот
же вечер, (to be time)
5, Мне было приятно думать, что он ничего не знает о моих
планах, (to please)
6. Ветер был таким сильным, что ему понадобились четыре
спички, чтобы зажечь сигарету, (to take)
1. Мэри раздражало, когда она слышала, как Вилли употребляет
немецкое слово или фразу, (to irritate)
8. То, что Пэт опоздала, было неважно, (to matter)
8. Потребовалось немного времени, чтобы на кухне стало тепло, (to
take)
10. Спустя некоторое время она сказала, что теперь его очередь
объяснить, что он хочет делать, (to be one's turn)
П.Мне никогда не приходило в голову сравнивать эти две книги, (to
occur)
12.Я получила большое удовольствие, читая это письмо, (to delight)
13. Ему было мучительно видеть, как ее тело сотрясается от
рыданий, (to torture) 14.Может быть, вам было бы интересно
посмотреть, что за
человек этот Аллен. (to be of interest)
156 The Verb: Кегц
15. Мне доставило удовольствие писать эссе о его романах, (го give
pleasure)
16. Меня привлекают поездки по незнакомым местам, (to fascinate)
17. Когда дело дошло до приготовления обеда, она расплакалась, (to
come down)
18. Им не приходило в голову, сколько смелости ей потребовалось,
чтобы задать этот вопроси (to take)
Ex. 29. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form as object to an
adjective in sentences with a formal it as subject. Remember that the
mfinitive in this function is neutral in style whereas the ing-form is
highly colloquial and often emotionally coloured:
1. It is not necessary, Steve, ... everything that comes to your mind,

(to say)
2. Wouldn't it be prudent... with the problem before it got talked
about? (to deal)
3. It was impossible not ... a touch of pity for him. (to feel)
4. It was hard ... his age. (to judge)
157 The Verb: Verb,
1. It's absolutely monstrous ... Charles for a brother! (to have)

5. It is hard ... the difference between the two pictures, (to tell)
6. It was difficult ... on the beach, (to walk)
7. Well, it's nasty ... this mess up. (fo clear)
8. The weather was shocking: it rained every day, and it impossible
even ... for boring walks, (fо go)
10.1 dare say it would have been more reasonable ... this pr 0. posal. (fo
decline)
11. It's slightly embarrassing ... under suspicion, isn't it? (fo be)
12. It isn't easy ... all this, (fo explain)
13.It seemed to me a little ungracious ... the invitation of that
sort, (fo decline) 14.Oh, dear, it's very difficult ... a good wife, (fo be)
15.It will be great ... you with us for the summer, (fo have)
Ex. 30. Translate the following into English using infinitives and ing-forms in
their function of object to an adjective in sentences with a formal it as
subject. Be careful, when necessary, to indicate in the proper way the doer of
the action expressed by the verbals:
1. Ведь можно придерживаться разных взглядов по одному и

тому же вопросу, (possible)
2. Приятно находиться вне помещения в такую погоду, (nice)
З.Было просто великолепно, что Барт был с нами, (wonder-
ful)
4. В такой дождь трудно достать такси, (tough)
5. По-видимому, на этот домик стоило посмотреть, (worth)
6. Было довольно мило с его стороны поспешить домой, чтобы тут
же без промедления рассказать ей все. (sweet)
7. Будет очень мило, если у моего сына будет приятель для игр его
возраста, (nice)
8. В жаркий день очень приятно окунуться в холодную воду-
(delightful)
9. С твоей стороны было мило сделать это так быстро, (nice)
10. Неестественно, чтобы молодой человек проводил все свой вечера

дома, (natural)
11. Необходимо решить сегодня, приглашать ли его. (necessary)
12. Крайне досадно, что он исчез подобным образом, (annoying)
13. Было очень неприятно причинять боль старому человеку-(hateful)
14. Тогда я подумал, что будет глупо с моей стороны не извлечь из
этого никакой пользы, если это возможно, (silly)
j5.He было ничего необычного в том, что праздничный обед закончился
подобным образом, (unusual)
1б. Если у вас есть дети, иногда имеет смысл состоять в школьном
комитете, (worth)
рх. 31. Translate the following into English using infinitives as objects
to adjectives in sentences with a formal it as object:
1. Мне было трудно сосредоточиться все утро, (ro find — diffi-
cult)
2. Тебе будет нелегко забыть этот случай, (to find — hard)
З.Мы считали, что ей лучше всего уехать и пожить немного
в Лондоне, (ro think — best)
4. Он решил, что очень хорошо спать в своей собственной кровати,
(ro find — good)
5. Он счел странным, что Том пришел, (fo think — odd)
158 The Verb: Verb,
4. Ты хочешь, чтобы я помогла тебе уехать от нас, не так ли? (to

make — easy)
5. Я счел возможным задать еще один вопрос, (ro think — possible)
6. Он не счел необходимым сказать ему об этом, (to think —
necessary)
7. Шум не позволил мне услышать, о чем они говорили, (to make —
impossible)
10.Они все почувствовали, что соттороны Энн было неразумно уйти, не
сказав ни слова, (to feel — unreasonable)
11. Я счел странным, что ты не захотел выпить со мной чаю. (го
think — odd)
12. Заботливость тетки дала ей возможность привыкнуть к новому
образу жизни, (fo make — possible)
13. Я почувствовал, что было несколько неразумно продолжать
разговор на ту же тему, (го feel — unwise)
14.Он не счел необходимым принимать какие-либо меры пре-
досторожности, (го feel — necessary)
15. Мне было трудно забыть наш разговор, (fo find — hard)
16. Я решил, что с ним нельзя быть откровенным, (ro find —
impossible)
17. Сочтете ли вы это удобным, если я зайду к вам в понедельник?
(to find — convenient)
18. Мне трудно его понять, (ro find — hard)
19. Грант счел за лучшее все отрицать, (го think — best)
20. Настроение Хью не позволило мне обратиться к нему просьбой, (to
make — impossible)
Ex. 32. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-iorm as subjectiVe
predicative:
1. He was left ... a couple of hours, (to sleep)

2. When the car was heard ... the people fled anywhere to avoid the
police, (to approach)
З.Не was understood ... the new teacher, (to be) 4. Her brother was
reported ... alive in Europe, (fo be) 5.1 don't see how anyone can be
expected ... a case like this. (t0 tackle)
6.His book was found ... a fine piece of writing, (fo be)
7.In your story he is shown ... a lot for other people, (fo do) 8.1 was made ...
at the gate, (fo stand)
9. She may have found the note because she was seen ... through the book,
(fo look) 10. He has never been known ... his temper at rehearsals, (to lose)
11.1 think you'd like to know, sir, that the train has been heard ... . (fo
whistle)
12. People can feel satisfaction if they are made ... they are doing a
useful service, (fo feel)
13. When they were getting into the car he was heard ... good luck to
the girl, (fo wish)
14. From the hill a man could be seen ... half a mile away, (fo run)
15.He was instructed ... for a special grant, (fo apply)
16. It was a two-storey grey building with a porch that no one was
meant ... on. (fo sif) 17.The strong currents were thought ... bathing
dangerous, (to
make)
18.She was found ... herself by the fire, (to warm) 19.He was forced ... out of
his present job. (fo get) 20.She was understood as ... any interviews, (fo
refuse) 21.Renny was heard ... gaily in his room, (fo whistle) 22.The game
was intended ... time until about nine o'clock. ( w kill)
159 The Verb: Verb,
23.She was heard ... the light on. (fo turn)

24. He has been known ... his temper occasionally, (fo show)
25. Meg was called upon ... her opinion, (fo express) 26.Two constables
were left ... his arrival, (fo await) 27.He was found ... a well-read man. (fo be)
M Verb: Verbals 201
fp^______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
gg.rlis clothes were left ... wherever they happened to fall, (to lie) 2<). "You
were seen ... the ring." "I took it but I didn't steal it." (ro take)
jO.The car belonged to the firm, and I wasn't supposed ... it for
my own pleasure, (ro use) 3l.The invitation was treated as ... a good sign,
(ro be) 32.He is in hospital. And his condition is reported as ... serious.
(ro be)
gx. 33. Use the required form of the infinitive in its function of subjec- tjve
predicative:
1. Monty was-rumoured ... his wife, (ro divorce)

2. People were asked ... which of the four courses they preferred, (ro
indicate)
3."Do you know who made up the story?" "No, but it's said ... someone in the
office." (ro be)
4. We were alleged ... our official knowledge to make some money. (to
use)
5. They went off, and I was left ... the situation, (ro face)
6. They were understood ... . (ro quarrel)
7. "Have you seen anything of Roberta lately?" "She is supposed ... a
book." (to write)
8. His death was supposed ... by the fire, (to cause)
9. No one seemed to know her whereabouts. She was thought ... with
friends in the country, (ro stay)
10.She was not expected but she did. (ro reply)
Ex. 34. Translate the following into English using infinitives or ing-;orms as
subjective predicatives:
1. Слышали, как посетитель в разговоре с моим отцом упомянул какой-то

несчастный случай, (ro hear) Ему посоветовали не рассказывать им о
своей жизни, (to advise)
і. Девочке велели разлить в чашки чай. (ro tell)
1. Слышали, как несколько минут тому назад они спорили на террасе, (fo
hear)
■5. «Я имел обыкновение украдкой уходить из дома вечером, — сказал он,
— когда предполагалось, что я занимаюсь, в церковь, чтобы поиграть
на органе», (ro suppose)
9.Полагают, что он глубоко привязан к семье, (fo believe)
7. Было известно, что он пишет книгу о войне, (to know)
8. Через окно можно было видеть, что водитель ждет у мащ й, ны. (to
see)
9. На этот раз меня попросили зайти к нему домой, (to ask)
10. Говорили, что он изменил свое решение, (to report)

11. Когда я позвонил в дверь, было слышно, как в холле лает собака,
(ro hear)
12. Было известно, что он никогда не отказывался принять пациента
в любое время, (to know)
13. Ему разрешили оставить у них свою фамилию и адрес. (t0 allow)
14.Симон и Дик остались разговаривать в гостиной, (fo leave)
15. Ей дали понять, что она должна выехать из этой квартиры. (to
make)
16. Кое-кто полагал, что у него есть связи с лондонским отделением
фирмы, (to believe)
17. Нас оставили посмотреть фильм, (го leave)
18. Его не видно целую неделю. Говорят, что он в отпуске, (to say)
19. Ему велели прийти сюда к мистеру Эбботу. (to tell)
20. Фокса нашли ожидающим нас на террасе, (to find)
21. Билла провели в гостиную и оставили там расматриватъ
картины, (to leave)
22.0т нас не требуют, чтобы мы сказали, что для него хорошо, а что нет.
(ro require)
23. Его присутствие было неожиданным, потому что говорили, что
он путешествует на Востоке, (to say)
24. Я подумал, что спички не
оставляют лежать в саду просто так. (fo leave) /
25. Я был болен в то время, и миссис Барнаби оставили ухаживать
за мной, (to leave)
26.Считалось, что она ушла от мужа, (to believe)
Ex. 35. Supply where necessary the particle to before the infinitive used
as objective predicative:
1. He was making every effort to induce his father ... change his mind.
2. But I got him ... talk.
3. Nevertheless, on those mornings he could not bring himself ••• read
the political correspondents' gossip columns.
4.1 knew that he would never encourage his daughter ... marry a fortune.
5. As he answered her question, I noticed her ... look surprised.
5. I could feel the blood ... leave my face in a rush.
1. Understand once and for all, I won't have you ... say this sort
of thing.
8.The doctor had expressly forbidden him ... talk. 9 . He did
not hear the car ... arrive.
lO.He had never known his uncle ... express any sort of feeling. Ц.І wasn't
prepared to let him ... go out alone. 12. He was not only giving them the
chance, he was pressing them ... do so.
13.1 shall try to make the thing ... work. 14.They watched Esther ... return
after a time. 15.He drew out a stiff, plain pocket-book I had often seen him ...
use in meetings and began to write down numbers.
Ex. 36. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form as objective
predicative:
l.My will was weakened. I wanted someone ... on. (to lean)
2 . We stood for a while watching a man ... an Alsatian puppy.
(to train)
3.1 can imagine people not ... him. (to like)
4. Although he was very tired he made himself ... up and ... into the
bedroom, (to stand, to move)
5. He ordered a bottle of beer and some cheese ... up to his room, (ro
send)
6. There was a lot of noise all around now, and amongst it you could
hear a plane ... unusually low. (ro fly)
7.1 heard Arthur ... a slight noise which may have been a sigh or
a chuckle, (ro make) 8. "Why do you always have him ... around?" "He likes
it." (to
hang)
9.1 don't like girls ... . It takes away the fragrance of youth, (fo smoke)
10. After supper Willy switched on the wireless and John left him ...
round the drawing-room to the sound of Mozart's piano concerto
in С minor, (ro dance) ll.We left him ... the afternoon with his family, (ro
spend) І2.І can't imagine you ... anything but what you are. (ro be)
162 The Verb: Verk
13.1 saw Mother ... at me. (to look)

14.1 saw Mother ... at me and ... away, (ro ZooA;, to turn)
15. Adeline found her husband ... in the middle of the room \уац
ing for her. (to stand) 16.He found you ... pretty liberal about your
children, (to be)
17. Now I was over-confident. I expected things ... my way. (to
18. He guessed her age ... about eighteen, (ro be) 19.1
caught her ... at me. (ro look)
20. James proved himself ... a man of his word, (to be)
21. We left the others ... outside the house, (ro chat) 22.1 left him ...
with the issue by himself, (fo deal)
23. He explained his behaviour as ... to make up their quarrel. (t 0 try)
24.If you go on talking like this you'll have me ... . (fo cry) 25.1 found
myself ... almost entirely on the grapes which the cook
found it hard to spoil, (fo live) 26.They always treated her as ... superior
in every way. (to be) 27. "I've got a pupil ... at ten o'clock." "Can't you put
him off?"
(fo come)
28.They watched me ... away, wiping my nose on my arm. (to walk)
29. He was content just to watch her ... . (fo think) 30.1 watched him ...
down the path toward the other men. (to hurry)
31.1 watched him ... the hall, (fo leave)
32.It was the only word I heard him ... that day. (fo say)
33. He knew that for the moment they must not hear him ... in the
night, (to sob)
34. Who was the man I saw you ... with yesterday? (fo chat)
35.The whole village turned out to see them ... . (fo leave)
36.1 saw him ... up, ... to another man and ... out. (fo get, to
whisper, to stroll) 37.Through the car window I saw Rose and Dick ...
together, (to walk)
38.1 stood there watching him ... down the street and ... round
the corner, (fo walk, to turn) 39.1 didn't expect her ... specially
concerned, (fo be) 40.Everyone thought you ... away, (fo be)
41. They did not want there ... any occasion when their presence might
embarrass anyone, (fo be)
іЄ Verb: Verbals
163
№ 37. Choose the best suited way to denote the doer of the action
^pressed by the ing-form in its function of objective predicative:
I remember ... coming about Mary's arrival, (the telegram) 2_ I thought that he
was going to suggest ... assisting at another sitting. (/)
3.They noticed ... dancing with Ann. (their cousin) 4 . He could imagine ...
waiting for him. (she) 5.1 found ... enjoying the talk. (I) 6.1 hope you don't
mind ... coming. (T)
7. We never had ... staying in this hotel, (a writer)
8. Do you think he wants to stop ... marrying? (/)
9. Just as habit kills love I should have thought habit would prevent ...
arising, (it)
10.1 can't see ... making much of a soldier, (my nephew) ll.The circumstances
were grave enough to require ... remaining here, (he)
12.1 remember ... going over to the US to marry there, (your daughter)
13.He hoped to delay ... going until he had come to some decision. (/)
14.As he set the carton down on the table he remembered ...
saying: "You got here very fast. Thanks a lot." (Mr Fox) 15.1 could not
prevent ... deviating towards him. (my glance) 16.Mary thought, "You're
jealous. You resent ... coming." (I)
Ex. 38. Use the required form of the infinitive or the ing-form in their
function of objective predicative:
1. He had persuaded me ... with him to Vienna for a few days, (ro go)
2. If he finds it necessary, the district attorney may require an
inquest ... . (to hold)
3. We did not suspect him ... to the place before, (ro be)
4. Do you expect me ... it? (ro explain)
5.1 took this ... true, (fo be)
6.1 took the article ... by my brother, (fo write) 7.1 suspected
him ... his mind, (fo change)
8. He wished his position on the Board ... from the beginning, (fo
establish)
9. "Where were you?" "Did you expect me ... for you all this time?" (fo
wait)
^е Verb: Verbals 164
10. When he arrived he found me ... Tom Jones, (to read)

11.He felt the money ... from his grasp, (to take)
12.1 heard her more than once ... by her mother that she mig^
play with me if she wished, (to tell) 13.1 left him ... that he had talked
them into it. (to think) 14.1 don't want that man to see me ... up the stairs,
(to help) 15.In London she bought a lipstick. I remember her ... the varj.
ous shades on the back of her hand, (to try) 16. He was surprised to hear
such words ... by an officer. (to
utter)
17.Standing on the porch, she watched the luggage ... into the house, (to
carry)
Ex. 39. Translate the following into English using infinitives or ing. forms as
objective predicatives:
I.OH наблюдал, как люди торопились к поездам, (to watch)

2. Он зажег себе сигару и постарался расслабиться, как вдруг он
услышал, что открывается входная дверь, (to hear)
3. Мне известно, что он приезжал к ним несколько раз в этом году,
(to know)
4. Я считаю эту новость очень важной, (to regard)
5. Он нашел, что братья были очень знающими деловыми людьми,
(to find)
6. Он нашел Фокса разговаривающим в кухне, (to find)
7. Я признателен твоему отцу за то, что он прислал мне свою
машину, (to appreciate)
8. Я оставил их, чтобы они все обговорили, (to leave)
9. Когда я уходил, они разговаривали о политике, (to leave)
Ю.Джон не мог заставить себя вернуться в Лондон, (to bring
oneself)
11. Было легко представить себе сидящую молча Кэт. (ro imagine)
12. Позже она услышала, как вверх по лестнице носили багаж-(to
hear)
13.Я чувствовал, что пора позвать доктора. Я велел Дэну позвонить от
моего имени, (ro get)
14. «А где были монтеры?» — «Они меня ждали на крыльце»-(to get)
15.Я помню, как он вслух читал свои стихи, (to remember) 16. Его жена
была в душе. Он слышал, как течет вода, (to heat)
165 The Verb: Verh
J^.OH ПОДНЯЛСЯ на холм и увидел, что машина ждет, (to see) jg.H застал
Кэт, когда она ела ранний ленч, перед тем как
идти встречать Энн. (to find) JQ.OH заставил меня пообещать навестить
его. (to make) 20. Он заставил меня рассказать ему истории о моей семье,
(го
get)
2і.Он не мог заставить себя прочитать рукопись, (to bring oneself)
22-Насколько я знаю, он никогда не терял вещи, (to know) 23.Затем он
увидел, как Морис вошел в бар. (ro see) 24.Он видел, что я рассматриваю
фотографию, (to see) 25. Она попросила меня встретить ее на автобусной
остановке. (to ask)
26.Твое письмо вынудило меня написать, что я чувствую, (го force)
27. Я посмотрел, как уехал второй автомобиль, и медленно пошел
обратно в прохладный дом. (ro watch)
28. Я увидел, что подходит мой автобус, и пошел, чтобы успеть сесть
на него, (to see)
29.Именно я предложил, чтобы ты приехал сюда, (to suggest)
30. Джек удивился, почувствовав, что у него дрожат руки, (го
feel)
31. Я ожидал, что отец встретит меня на станции, (го expect)
32.Она извинилась, что заставила нас ждать так долго, (го
keep)
33.На следующий день я увидел его в пивной за кружкой пива
читающим газету, (to see) 34.Я видел, как Терри дошел до угла, (го see)
35.Он видел, как Джон наливал себе чашку кофе, (to see)
36. Он видел, как Джон налил себе чашку кофе, (ro see)
37. Артур увидел, что мы собираемся уходить, (fo see)
38. Я не люблю, когда люди приходят в аэропорт провожать меня, (to
like)
39. Джек нажал кнопку звонка и услышал, как он зазвонил. (to hear)
40. Из своего угла я слышал, как жена Фила объясняла, почему ее
сын не получил стипендии, (ro hear)
41. Наконец я услышал, как внизу подъехала его машина, (го hear)
42. Он слышал свое дыхание, (to hear)
^е Verb: Verbals 166
____________________________________________________^4
43. Я слышал, как с шумом закрылась дверь, и обрадовал^
что они ушли, (ro hear) '
44. Я услышал шаги в саду, которые приближались со сторо й!<
• бассейна, (to hear)
45.Он сделал все возможное, чтобы заставить сына перемени^
свое решение, (to make) 46. Я проследил, чтобы она ушла, и затем
вышел на улицу, ^
watch)
Ex. 40. Supply the necessary prepositions for the following

constructions in which the objective predicatives are expressed by
infinitives and ing. forms:
1. We looked at the stamps while we waited ... Hudson to turn up.

2. He shouted ... them to come inshore when they ventured out too far
into the sea.
3.They were trying to arrange ... the Prime Minister to interview him.
4.1 sat up till one o'clock waiting ... Ted to ring up again, but he never did.
5. He took me to the party where he planned ... me to make a
good impression. 6.The sentry looked ... the dark figure running
desperately
through the forest and took aim.
7. All four of us were waiting ... the point to come.
8. Every time I sat on the edge of his bed, to listen ... him talking or
reading to me, I had to fight back my tears.
9. I'm absolutely relying ... you to tell me frankly.
10.He motioned ... the waiter to put the tray down.
11.Margaret listened ... her ski boots crunching in the packed
snow as she walked up the hill. 12. It was not until a Saturday
afternoon in May that Meg could
arrange ... me to meet her elder sister.
Ex. 41. Translate the following into English using infinitives a n d ing'
forms as prepositional objective predicatives:
I.OH ждал, когда я изложу свое дело, (to wait) 2. Я полагаюсь на то, что ты
не будешь болтать, (ro rely) З.Она стояла, слушая, как Розмари ссорится
со своим бр#' том. (to listen)
167 The Verb: Verbt
4_ Я слышал, как он кричал нам, чтобы мы остановились, (го cry)

5 . Я остался в коридоре, дожидаясь, когда подойдет Чарльз. (to wait)
5 . Спустя полчаса мне страстно захотелось, чтобы дети вернулись, (to
long)
7. Пошли им, пожалуйста, телеграмму, чтобы они прислали мои
вещи, (ro wire)
8. Я вернулся к машине, где сел, ожидая, когда вернется Джордж,
(to wait)
9. Я посмотрел на Джона, пьющего пиво, но он, казалось, не
замечал меня, (to look)
Ю.Он кивнул Эндрю и жестом пригласил его сесть, (to motion) Ц.Я
посмотрел на свою мать, которая счастливо смеялась на шутки Тома, (to
look)
12. Он ждал, когда она объяснит, почему она это сделала, (to wait)
13. Слушая, как Сэм рассказывает о своей сестре, я думал об Эллен,
(to listen)
14. Я посмотрел на подъезжающий автобус и попрощался со своим
спутником, (to look)
15.Мой дядя даже намекнул, что он, может быть, договорится, чтобы я
провел день на ферме, (to arrange)
Ex. 42. Specify the kind of adverbial modifier that the infinitives ex-
press in the following sentences:
l.He took the advantage of this confusion to escape and ran up

the stairs to the studio. 2. To hear him, one would think he was as poor as
a church
mouse.
З.Не had no great difficulties at the time with his parents to look after him.
4. Jack moved a little, so as to be able to see beyond the group of
young men.
5. These women have nothing to do but talk.
6; He rarely went out except to take part in the social life of the town.
7 . We had to move in with my mother, with no place else to live in.
8- To avoid my mother's questions, I went up to my room.
9 . The electrician had nothing to do but attend to his switches.
10. "I must be getting old," she said, "to be talking like that."
11.1 brought my stamp-album for you to have a look at.
12.That night I couldn't help but notice how unhappy she was
13. He built a fire and put a tin pot of water oh to boil.
14. Soon you will have to stand on your own feet without y0Ut mother or
me to fuss over you.
15. He took the picture down from the easel only to put it back against
the wall.
16. You ought to know better than to ask questions like that.
17. You had only to look round to find a man to do the job.
18. He put his suitcase down and put his two hands to his face as if to
cool it.
19. I've got more important things to do than argue with you.
20. How can she be content with you there to nag all the time?
21. Jack thought that a man who wrote music as well as that should
know better than to talk like that.
22. He sneaked out of the house through the back door so as not to
explain anything.
23. But I did not come here in order to gain anything.
24. With nothing else of interest to do, I decided to go travelling.
25. He ran his hand through his hair as though ro tidy it.
Ex. 43. Specify what kind of adverbial modifier the ing-forms function:
Verb: Verbals 168
1.1 bumped into a man. Without looking up I apologized and proceeded on

my way.
2. That morning my father said to me: "In sending you to this school,
Henry, I'm making a sacrifice. I can't really afford it."
3. The girl hesitated, as though not quite knowing what to do.
4. A week later I returned from school and found the house empty, my
mother being at the shops.
5. At about seven, he strolled about the garden, as if looking for
something.
6. It must be swell to get anything you want just by asking, * thought.
7. The musicians had vanished without his having seen them £°-
8. She was not entirely sure why it was so awful, even more awful than
Hugh's knowing that she had returned without telling him.
9. On returning home from school I noticed a small jade statuette on
our living-room shelf.
jQ.The cigarette burned down to my fingers and I threw it over
the banister without putting it out. jl.The Cannings were taking an active
part in the play. Penelope
contriving new costumes at the lowest possible expense, Leo
building a permanent set. j2.We strolled back to the camp, it being then
about twenty
minutes to six. j3.He had not, since leaving, written to
her.
took my temperature and, upon finding it was a hundred
point four, went back to bed again. 15.1 was to walk over to my
grandmother's before going on home. 16.1 showed my boredom by refusing to
find any interest in the
view.
17. That being understood, the conference was over.
18. They began to mount the path, Joseph lighting the way.
19. After checking into his room, he left the inn and arrived at the
airport in time to go on duty.
20.She had many little things to do besides sitting idly in her house while
waiting to be taken out by her boarder.
21. He hardly looked at her while talking.
22. "But the country is much better for you than working in the hot city
all summer," said Mrs Cowan.
23. He had scarcely ever drunk tea at all until knowing Gwen.
24. When laughing she half closed her eyes and a dimple danced on her
cheek.
25. Clare looked at him steadily before answering.
26.1 couldn't stay in that place any more, not after living with them.
27. Though knowing what was there, he took the paper out and walked to the
window to read.
Ex. 44. Supply the required conjunctions or prepositions for the informs
used as adverbial modifiers:
l.He sat alone with his head propped in his hands ... listening to music.
2. He hesitated ... seeing him, then strode on to meet him.
3. Again she told, and this time in detail, all she had been through
with her daughter ... leaving home.
4.1 never thought they would have left ... notifying me. 5. You can't escape
it ... running away.
6. He hoped to get his boots ... anyone's seeing him.
7.1 turned the car round ... stopping and came straight back
8.1 make the journey twice a day and usually pass the time
falling into a light trance. 9.He poured milk into a jug from a carton in the
refrigerator then drank some milk himself ... putting the carton back.
10____swimming we lolled around on the beach and lay in the sun
169 The Verb: Verbt
11____arriving in the apartment, I found out they were planning

a little party for me. 12.They walked to the
house ... speaking.
13.1 left the dining-room ... paying my check, and went out into the lounge.
14.1 thought that the telegram would be better ... trying to ex plain the
situation over the 'phone.
15.It was his habit ... settling down at a table to layout at once his cigarette
case and lighter.
16.He felt he could very well do ... seeing his parents-in-law again.
17____going to his chief's office, he looked through the messages
on his desk.
Ex. 45. Translate the following into English using infinitives and ing-forms as
adverbial modifiers to a verb:
1. Ожидая, когда официант вернется со льдом, Джек зажег

сигарету.
2. Жена фермера приходила каждый день, чтобы убирать комнаты
и готовить еду.
3. Она задумчиво посмотрела на меня, словно всерьез воспринимая
то, что я сказал.
4. Он позвал Лолу назад, как будто для того, чтобы извиниться за
что-то.
5. Он отказался привести себя в порядок перед тем, как идти пить
чай.
6. Фил сунул деньги в карман, не сосчитав их.
7. Он начал с того, что вымел в коттедже.
8. Не дожидаясь его ответа, она стала собирать чашки.
9. Он ополоснул лицо и голову ледяной водой, словно для тог" чтобы
охладить лихорадку.
10. Он утонул во время купания.

11. Прежде чем ответить, он зажег сигарету.
12. Посмотрев пьесу по телевидению, я сказал, что иду спать-
J3.0H вернулся в отель и лег, даже не сняв ботинок.
j4. Она не хотела оставаться наедине с мужем, чтобы не обсуждать с ним
дел.
J5.96H не брился с самого прибытия в Париж.
I Q . Несколько минут мы шли, не говоря ни слова.
j7. Затем он отвернулся, чтобы поговорить с кем-то внутри дома. При
этом он убрал руку с двери.
}8.0на повернулась, словно собираясь уходить.
19.Он встал, словно для того чтобы подойти к гостям.
20. По прибытии я был рад обнаружить, что я всех там знаю.
21. Он двигался очень медленно, как будто плыл.
22. Он делал все возможное, чтобы подружиться с нами. 23.Не
дожидаясь разрешения, он зажег свет.
24. После купания мы выпили пива и поели сандвичей.

25. Он надеялся, что Филипп пришел, чтобы все объяснить.
26. Он секунду поколебался, прежде чем пересечь мост.
27. Он слушал, не прерывая меня, кивая и иногда улыбаясь.
Ex. 46. Translate the following into English using infinitives as adver bial
modifiers to an adjective:
1.Я был слишком возбужден, чтобы есть.

2. Мой сын был достаточно взрослым, чтобы заметить мое
настроение. З.Будь добр, закрой
дверь.
Verb: Verbals 170
4. Я сказал, что я слишком занят, чтобы разговаривать, и положил

трубку.
5. Он был слишком ленив, чтобы относиться к своей профессии
серьезно.
6. Всегда легко найти основание для того, чтобы ничего не делать.
7. Он так устал, что был не в состоянии раздеться.
8. Я был слишком робок, чтобы заговорить с девушкой или даже
рассмотреть ее как следует.
9. Я уверен, что ты слишком молод, чтобы помнить.
10. В то время он недостаточно хорошо себя чувствовал, чтобы
путешествовать.
11 • Свет был недостаточно сильным, чтобы я мог видеть выражение его
лица.
12. Майкл был слишком раздражен, чтобы ответить сразу же. Было
слишком темно, чтобы он мог видеть мое лицо.
171 The Verb: vPri,
___________________________________________________
_1ГЧ
Ex. 47. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-torm. as an attribut, l.He
had errands ... first, (ro do)

2. There was a shrivelled potato ... on the ground. I picked it Up (fo
lie)
3. Alec was not at all an easy man ... presents to. (fo give)
4. You remember I told you I'd something ... you? (to tell)
5.1 wondered if he was trying to break some news ... me. ({„
affect)
6.1 expect there'll be a lot ... up with, (fo put)
7. They were used to having a ... man to spend a night or two at
their inn. (to travel)
8. He took a last look at his calmly ... friend, (fo sleep)
9.1 guessed that I had disadvantages ... . (fo overcome)
10. John had nothing more ... him. (to show)
11. It's very good for them to have an older man with plenty of
experience ... to for advice, (fo come)
12. When I reached the bridge there was a swan ... downstream on the
wide river, (fo drift)
13. He's been used to comfort and to having someone ... after him. (fo
look)
14.The slowly ... circle of light from the torch revealed a short
flight of steps, (fo move) 15.1 met your friend Ann Simon ... by Lewis, (fo
escort) 16.George was a tempting person ... about, (fo gossip)
17. There was little in the forest ... to the romantic, (fo appeal)
18. Mr Brady, there is someone ... to look after you. (fo come)
19. He gave her an ... look, (fo admire)
20.1 just want something something ... myself busy, (fo do, to keep)
21. On the other hand, it would be a quite interesting game ... .(to try)
22.The lights in the house were out, but a ... moon gleamed
against one window, (fo rise) 23. They reached a hotel ... Central Park,
(fo overlook) 24.The proper place ... at the house from was the lawn, (fo
look) 25.1 particularly wanted to see John for a minute but there wer e
patients ... to see him. (fo wait) 26.She was much
given to ... fits, (to cry)
27. Jack hurried past the customs, and out on the wet torni8c toward the ...
plane, (fo wait)
flie Verb: Verbals 172
,jg.There was nothing ... . (ro do)

29.Freddy rose and raised an arm in a ... way. (ro welcome)
gQ Alayne was the first to hear the ... car. (to approach)
^ He raised himself to a ... position, supporting himself with
one hand, (ro sir) g2.She was a startling woman ... at.
(to look)
gx. 48. Translate the following into English using infinitives and ing-
fornis as attributes:
1.У меня есть кое-что, что я должен тебе показать. 2. В вагоне был только
один старик, который читал газету. З.Ему предстояло трудное дело, с
которым ему надо было справиться.
4. У нее был брат, с которым всегда можно было играть, ссориться
и которым можно было хвастать перед другими девочками.
5. Он был человеком, которому не так легко было помочь.
6. Дик налетел на молодую женщину, выходившую из зеленного
магазина.
7. Посмотри, вон автобус останавливается.
8. Поль должен был о многом позаботиться.
9.0 Стив, мне нужно обсудить с тобой кое-что очень важное. 10.У меня
масса бумаг, которые он должен подписать. 11. Я встретил Сида,
который возвращался из города. 12.Это была столовая, и за столом трое
людей пили чай. 13.Я принес тебе бланки, которые надо заполнить. 14.Он
получил телеграмму, в которой сообщалось, что у его
тетки случился удар. 15.Терраса была заполнена женщинами, которые
пили чай.
16. На столе его ждало письмо.
17. Дрожащими пальцами я пристегнул часы на запястье. 18-На это
дерево было легко влезть.
19-Они попрощались и сели в ожидавшую машину. 20.Я полагаю, что это
такой вопрос, на который трудно дать ответ.
21-Он закрыл глаза и задремал в быстро мчавшейся машине.
22.Как раз тогда он услышал бегущие шаги.
23.Через десять минут он спустился вниз в холл, но не нашел
свободного места. 24.Женщина посмотрела на
спящего ребенка.
173 The Verb: v,
___________________________________________________^4
Ex. 49. Choose between the infinitive and the wg-form as an attribute
appositive meaning. °'
Note: Using an ing-torm, remember to supply it with the preposition 0^
l.He had to make an effort ... his voice, (to control)
2. Mel resisted the temptation ... and ... the search himself. ^
take over, to direct) З.Не liked to practise his English but he did not have
віц^
opportunity ... so during the voyage, (to do) 4.1 had no
chance ... on his opinion, (fo check) 5.1 don't recognize their
claim ... . (fo interfere)
6. Bill set about the problem ... a home for the Connolleys with zeal
and method, (fo find)
7. He seemed in the best of tempers at the prospect... the evening
away from his family, (fo spend)
8. Talking to them I enjoyed the sense ... part of a community, (to
belong, to be)
9. Ordinarily, the process ... clothes irked me. (fo buy)
10. He had a gift now and then ... nice things, (fo say)
11.1 dreaded the task ... him away, (fo take)
12.1 was spared the trouble ... because Bessie seemed in too great
a hurry to listen to explanations, (fo answer) 13.He had the great
misfortune ... by his father, (fo see)
14. He established us in groups of three with no chance ... . (to
transfer)
15. He would sit up straight in his bed with his feet tucked under him
so that you had the impression ... by a rajah, (to receive)
16. His stamps mean a lot to him. He won't miss this chance ... to
them cheaply, (fo add)
17.He had taken the precaution ... that I was the landlady's
cousin, (to mention) 18.Sheila was gay, and had set herself the task ...
me to take an
interest in painting, (fo teach)
19. The pebbles gave a general impression ... either white or mauve-(to
be)
20. Can you see any way ... the risk? (fo avoid)
21.But after a while they asked permission ... him out and ІвУ him in the
sun. (fo carry)
22. You are getting into a bad habit ... to yourself, (fo talk)
23. Tom and Dave were both in the highest spirits, and had cleaA no
intention ... from me. (fo part)
He was aware that his refusal ... now made the thing look ! graver than
it was. (fo explain)
^ 5 . John spoke well and enjoyed the chance ... . (fo show off) IJ6.He showed
a disinclination ... my friend, (fo meet) \j7.It would give me the opportunity ...
the full facts before you. (fo put)
28. He sat by Roger's side, like one who is above the necessity .... (fo talk)
If he drove to town, he knew he would have a chance ... out
what was going on. (fo find) 3O.The joy ... home counteracted all the
disadvantages, (fo be) 3I. After this, he often took the opportunity ... sneering
things to
me. (to say)
32.He had the satisfaction ... that he had done a good job. (fo know)
33.1 was torn between the fear ... a nice woman's feelings and the
fear ... in the way. (fo hurt, to be) 34.Also there was always the possibility ...
into Ann herself. (/, to run)
35.1 didn't have the opportunity ... him my brother's message, (to give)
36."You've no right ... her that," I said, (to ask)
37.We wished to express our desire ... with our families at the
earliest possible moment, (to re-unite) 38.He was oblivious of everything in his
effort... what he wanted, (to get)
39.He gulped a cup of coffee in the hope ... his stomach, (to pacify)
40.The thought even ... to him makes me feel giddy, (to write) 41.1 felt in
myself, too, the desire ... the whole thing out of my mind, (to get)
42.1 didn't want to run the risk ... Tom coming back from work, (to meet)
43.The idea ... out made her shudder, (to go)
44.He felt a holiday desire ... the occasion, (fo mark)
^5.The cat will be all right. I'm sure. There is no need ... about
the cat. (to worry) ^6.In fact, I had little hope ... her. (to trace) ^7. When I
asked him what first gave him the idea ... a painter,
he was unable or unwilling to tell me. (to be) ^•He was frightened at the
thought ... home, (to leave)
49.1 did not make an attempt but suddenly the music took ^ in charge,
(fo listen)
Ex. 50. Translate the following into English using infinitives and informs
as attributes of appositive meaning:
1. Я не мог противостоять соблазну подразнить Тома. (tempta. tion)

2. Через неделю он получил приказ немедленно отправиться 8 Порт,
(order)
3. Конечно, у меня было то преимущество, что я очень хорощ 0 знал
этого человека, (advantage)
4. Приглашение посетить его так и не пришло, (invitation)
5. Какой смысл оставаться у них дольше? (point)
6. Когда он говорил, создавалось впечатление, что он нервничает и
неловко себя чувствует, (impression)
7. Я получил разрешение взять эту книгу, чтобы выучить
стихотворение, (permission)
8. У него была привычка засиживаться до поздней ночи, (habit)
9. В колледже у меня выработалась привычка вести дневник,
(habit)
10. В феврале он уехал на восток с намерением продать свое дело и

поселиться в Нью-Йорке, (intention)
11. Я испытывал удовлетворение, видя, что Бетти чувствовала себя
все более неловко, (satisfaction)
12. Но я всегда испытывал страх, что сделаю что-нибудь не то. (fear)
13.Он перестал притворяться, что упаковывается, (pretence) 14.В тот день
не было никакой возможности пойти погулять. (possibility)
15. И, конечно, у тебя есть право сказать «нет» любому из них.
(right)
16. У меня вообще нет никакого права спрашивать тебя, (right)
17.У матери не было никакого желания идти на кухню. (<&'
175 The Verb: v,
sire)
18. Он видел ее инстинктивное желание положить каждую вегд ь
на отведенное ей место, (desire) 19.Утром шел дождь, и она отказалась
от всякой надеЖД*1
попасть в бассейн, (hope) 20. Нет никакой надежды устроить с ним
интервью до его от'
плытия. (hope) JI.OH отказался от идеи позвонить по телефону, (idea)
Мысль о расставании никогда не приходила нам в голову. (idea)
23.Я был в отчаянии от мысли, что могу потерять работу. (thought)
24. Я просто не могу вынести мысли, что не буду видеть тебя
каждый день, (thought) 25-Ее решение найти работу было вполне
твердым, (decision)
26. Поль не сделал никакой попытки поговорить, (attempt)
27. Я думаю, ей не понравилась бы любая попытка с моей стороны
возобновить знакомство, (attempt)
28.Я сделал большое усилие, чтобы оставаться спокойным. (effort)
29.Она видела, что я смотрю на нее, но не сделала никакого усилия,
чтобы встать, (effort)
30. У него был дар видеть вещи, как они есть, (gift)
31. Я поставил перед собой задачу попытаться найти их. (task) 32.Я
не знаю никакого приличного способа отклонить их приглашение, (way)
33.0, я обычно нахожу способы развлекать себя, когда я остаюсь дома
один, (way) 34.Вы упустили возможность сделать его счастливым, (chance)
35. У них редко бывала возможность помочь отцу в работе, (chance) 36.У
меня не часто бывает возможность пойти куда-нибудь
вечером, (chance) 37. Я рад, что получил эту возможность увидеть вас.
(chance) 38.У них не было возможности побыть одним, (opportunity) 39.Я
воспользовался случаем изложить Энн мои взгляды на
существующее положение, (opportunity) 40. Я рад, что имею возможность
разговаривать с вами, доктор, (opportunity)
Ex. 51. Supply prepositions other than of for the iag-forms used as attributes
in the following sentences:
1-She had great difficulty ... not showing her feelings.

2-She looked upon life as an opportunity ... writing novels.
3. "There doesn't seem to be much point ... my coming down if
he's not well," said Lou. 4- There isn't much sense ... my going through all
the reasons why
a young man of twenty-two, without any money, should not marry.
5. Blair raised no objection ... going back to London.
6. She has a wonderful talent ... getting the best out of peopl e
7. The girl took a biscuit in her tiny hand and made a feebl e attempt ...
gnawing it.
8. Mel saw their social life as a means ... fulfilling his profeg. sional
ambitions.
9. There could be no doubt ... there being something on between her
and Hugh.
10. For one reason or another there was difficulty ... finding an
evening when we were both free. 11.She had a pleasant gift ... keeping
the conversation general. 12.I'm a great believer ... being prepared.
13.She cherished her delight ... calling a woman of title by her Christian
name.
14.1 repeat, that was one of my reasons ... giving you this news today.
Ex. 52. Translate the following into English using ing-forms as attributes
of appositive meaning to nouns requiring other prepositions than of:
1. Я с трудом открыл дверь из-за массы газет и писем, лежавших

на полу, (difficulty)
2. У него никогда не было затруднений с тем, чтобы найти работу
или получить субсидию на научные исследования. (difficulty)
З.Не было никакого смысла сидеть в комнате целый день. (sense)

4. У меня есть основания желать сохранить этот дом. (reason)
5. Я знал, что моей хозяйки не будет дома до позднего вечера,
поэтому не имело смысла идти домой, (point)
б.Вэл не имел особых возражений против того, чтобы его видели с Элен,
(objection)
7. Ему хотелось скрыть смущение, которое он чувствовал, когда
произносил речь, (embarrassment)
8. Устроить это интервью будет нетрудно, (difficulty)
9. Он старался скрыть свое удовольствие, когда ему предложили
работу, (pleasure)
10. У меня была одна ясная причина не делать этого, (reason)

11. Это была одна из причин, почему я привел тебя сегодв* сюда,
(reason) gjj. 53. Point out the doer of the actions expressed by the
ireg-forms used ag attributes:
1 She could think of no way of explaining it.
2. Cedric had explained to me the reason for Jack's taking a scientific
degree.
3. There ought to be no danger of anything happening.
4. It is asserted that the idea of marrying her never entered his head.
5.1 didn't like the idea of Herbert being thrown into contact with a lot of
rough boys.
6. There was the sound of the piano being played.
7. The curtness of the message, the fact of its being written at all,
meant trouble.
6. It was never anything but a question of his staying at home or my
going with him.
9. If there is a chance of saving them it's your duty to try.
10. An urgent sense of being late caught me up.
Ex. 54. Translate the following into English using ing-forms as attributes
of appositive meaning. Be careful to choose the best suited way of indi-
cating the doer of the actions if necessary:
І.Есть у кого-нибудь возражения против того, чтобы я повидался с ним?

(objection)
2. Я не мог вынести мысли, что она так несчастлива и так далеко,
(thought)
З.Хотя она всегда была лучшей ученицей в своем классе, не было и речи о
том, что она пойдет в колледж, (question)
4. Его план включал необходимость для Барта оставаться в Европе
в качестве управляющего, (necessity)
5. Было мало шансов, что он останется жить после операции.
(chance)
6. Даже теперь мысль о том, что он когда-то разговаривал с ней,
странно трогала его. (thought)
7. Как ты думаешь, у нас есть шанс, что нам поверят? (chance)
4.Его чуткий слух уловил звук приближающейся моторной лодки, (sound)
8. Существует реальная опасность, что эпидемия широко рас-
пространится, (danger)
10. Мне очень неприятна мысль, что ты там совсем одна, (idea)
11. На минуту наступила тишина, нарушаемая только зву^ 0. воды,
текущей из крана, (sound)
12. У него не было никакой возможности получить стипендй] в
Оксфордском университете, (chance)
Ex. 55. Finish off the following sentences using infinitive phrases:
l.They realize that they have not the power to ... . 2. She hasn't the guts
to ... .
3.1 never thought you'd have the courage to .....
177 The Verb: v,
4. She has the insolence to ... .

5. She did not have the heart to ... .
6. Do you know what he had the nerve to ... .
7. He was very tired and not sure that he could find the energy even
to ... .
8.1 never had the skill to ... .
9. They ought to have the wit and strength to ... . 10.He
lacked the courage to ... .
11. His father was too much of a businessman to ... . 12.1 doubt whether he
had enough money to ... . 13.1 have the power to ... .
14. Tears streamed down her cheeks, and she did not have the wit to ... .
Ex. 56. Choose between the infinitive and the ing-form as an attribute to
a noun in sentences with a formal it functioning as subject or object:
l."We make it a rule," he explained, "... no information concerning our

clients." (to give) 2.1 made it my business ... him everything, (ro teach) 3.0h,
what's the use ... over what he said? (ro go) 4.1 told Ann that it was a mistake
... the invitation, (to decline)
5. It's no use ... around moaning, (ro sit)
6. She found it a relief ... it up with me. (ro make)
7. He said he knew it had been no good ... her about it. (to ask) 8.1 feel
that it's my duty ... at his side, (to be)
9. It's no use ... and ... to things if she is ill. (she, to get up, to see)
10. You'll find it a great change ... in New York, (fo live)
11.He was strong and healthy and it was a pleasure ... frorfl
street to street delivering letters, (he, to walk) 12.1 make it a principle ...
with people like you. (fo work)
j3.I made it a rule ... both routes, coming down and going up. (to use)
j4.I'H be going abroad soon. So it's no use ... or ... . (you, to
write, to telephone) ^5 It was our custom ... for some few minutes after the
lights
were out. (fo talk) 16.It's the dream of my life ... for a film star, (fo take) j7.I
don't think it a very good idea ... him of it. (fo remind) 18.But it was no use ...
as if I didn't care, (fo sound) 19,1 felt it my duty ... the argument, (to end) 20.It
was a very unfortunate remark ... . (he, to make) 21.But when we do
understand each other it's no use ... we don't.
(to pretend)
Ex. 57. Revision: supply infinitives or ing-forms for the following sentences:
1. It was quite late when they saw Trasker ... up the other side of the street.
They saw him ... in front of his house, ... up at it and ... his cigarette away,
(to come, to pause, to look, to throw)
2..... the truth, he felt disgusted with himself, (to tell) 3.Even when my mother
was alive it was considered ... a great extravagance ... to a hotel for dinner, (to
be, to go)
4. Meg was not much surprised in the morning ... that her uncle . was
too unwell though he hoped ... his work in the afternoon, (to learn, to
appear, to resume)
5. He knew that he ought to feel ashamed ... on ... his father's money
when he made no effort ... himself, but it did not seem ... and he just went
on ... . (fo keep, to take, to support, to matter, to sketch)
6.1 love you so much that I still can't stop my heart ... fast when I see you ...
something as ordinary as ... the table, (to beat, to do, to lay)
7.... on the deck Father surveyed the passengers ... up'the gangway, (to stand,
to come)
8. He insisted upon her ... a maid ... in three afternoons a week ... with the
cleaning and ironing, (to have, to come, to help)
9-He thought of ... out and ... a note to his wife ... that he had
been called away, (to go, to leave, to say) *0— frank,
it is a great shock to me. (to be)
11. Smith got into the car and slammed the door. Barber watch.^ him ...
sharply away from the kerb, ... a taxi-driver ЬеЩ^
him ... on his brakes.................him. (ro pull, to make, to jam, fQ
avoid, to butt)
12.Barbara sat beside him ... . She heard him ... and put оща sisterly hand ...
his hair. "It's terribly cold," she said, "j
wonder if it would be any good...................... on the gas boiler." (fo
read, to sigh, to touch, to try, to turn)
13.In the darkness I heard footsteps ... toward me. Quickly і began ... a
cigarette, for the thought of someone ... into щ filled me with alarm, (to
come, to light, to bang)
14. He talked about the difficulty of ... history readable without... it into
fiction, (to make, to turn)
15. Michael drove very slowly towards the ... troops, (to approach)
16. He had trouble ... his' way and several times came close to ..., (ro find,
to lose)
17. He wanted Francis ... about it, yet he also Wanted.................him.
(to know, to avoid, to tell)
18. "Write her a letter then." "Why ... that, when she's upstairs?"
(to do)
19.1 was worried, but found it difficult ... what ... for him. (to know, to do)
20. When I refused ... she sulked, but then she began ... that she would
enjoy ... alone for a change, (to stay, to think, to be)
21. "Why not ... a gentleman and ... thank you for the offer?" she said, (to
be, to say)
22."It's no good ... a fool of myself," she said, ... her eyes. "The
only thing is ... what is the best thing ... ." (fo make, to dry,
to decide, to do) 23.Casie spent most of her life ... her ailing mother, (to
tend) 24. She turned to the window and threw it open. "Why ... that?" he
said sharply. "You'll catch cold in that dress." (to do) 25.His impulse was ...
from the room, but he restrained himself-
(to rush)
26.She had trouble ... her suitcase, (fo find)
27.1 tried ... and in order not ... the bitterness in my heart I did
my best ... the conversation ... on one topic and another. (t°
eat, to show, to keep, to go) 28.The young Russian was supposed ... a life of
Peter the Great-
and ... over to England for the purpose of ... the documents ••■
Verb: Verbals 180
to the Tsar's residence in this country as a ship carpenter, (to ivrite, to

come, to study, to relate)
29. Con's family were, in fact, in the process of ... tea when we arrived, but
were obviously too accustomed to Con's eccentricities ... disturbed by
his ... in a stranger, (to have, to be, to bring)
jjQjt's simply no good ... Dick ... reasonable, (to expect, to be)
ЗІ.Не accepted with his usual indifference my refusal ... to Cambridge, (to go)
32.He was too selfish ... anyone a good turn, (ro do)
33.H I went ... for a house myself, my enthusiasm would die before I found
the right spot, (ro search)
34.I found myself ... very worried by ... what ... cigarettes might do to me. So
I gave up not ... . (fo become, to read, to smoke, to read, to smoke)
35.In the harbour there was a barge ... gracefully not far away and smaller
boats ... around it. (to move, to fuss)
36.A car was glimpsed ... slowly up the drive. "That's our little friend Tom
said Chris, (fo come, to arrive)
37.1 sat down in the sun on the steps of the old church, ... until it was four
o'clock before ... back to the office, (fo wait, to go)
38. What about ... to the pictures with me one evening? (fo come)
39.He laughed so uproariously that the people ... near us looked round, and
some of them began ... too. (to sit, to laugh)
40.But it is enough ... us ... not ... any personal dealings with you. (to make,
to prefer, to have)
41.He kept............me ... an interest in his work, (to try, to induce,
to take)
42.That's preposterous! A man not ... what he had on! (to know)
Ex. 58. Revision: supply infinitive or ing-form complexes for the follow-
ing sentences.
Note: Find, if necessary, the right way of introducing the complex into
'he sentence.
1-There was obviously no hope ... quiet until he knew how they
had found him. (the man — fo be) 2. There was nothing more annoying to
Freddy than the sight ...
mistakes, (his students — to make)
3-He didn't like the idea ... him like that, (people — fo see)
4 . He had the expression on his face.....................(a man — to wait, a
bomb — fo go off)
П. Крылова
181 The Verb:
5. There is no chance ... away with it. (he — to get)

6. What had driven him from the house was the sound ... child — to
cry)
7. He thought it was wrong ... away, and ... his mother to 1 0Q, after
his children, (he — to go, to leave)
8.1 don't even know the man. I've heard ... about him from Цщ
to time, but that's all. (you — to talk) 9. You know one can't expect... easy
in war time, (things — іоц 10.1 continued to work there on the subjects
which were necessary
into Cambridge. (/ — to get) 11. The Cabinet decided to advise ... an
independent commission
(the Governor — to appoint) 12.1made ... up and ... and ... . (he — to get,
to wash, to dress) 13.She lay listening to the sound ... down the stairs.
(Mary's
steps — to retreat) 14.He stood there letting ... by. (the seconds — ro tick)
15.1 thought it would be useful ... what I could about my father's
intentions. (/ — to find out)
Ex. 59. Revision: supply infinitives and ing-forms in the following texts:
a) Saturday. It was the day on which he had promised ... his landlady, (to
pay) He had expected something ... up all through the week, (to turn) Yet he
had found no work. All he could do now was ... her that he could not pay
the bill, (to tell) But he hadn't the courage ... the woman, (to face) It was the
middle of June. The night was warm. He made up his mind ... out. (ro stay)
... down the Embankment, he kept ... to himself that he had always tried ...
what he thought best, but everything had gone wrong, (to walk to say, to do)
He was ashamed of ... so many lies to his friends. (to tell) It had been absurd
... his pride ... him from ... for assistance, (to let, to prevent, to ask) Now his
lies made it impossible for him ... to anyone for help, (to turn) But it was no
good •■■ about it. (to think)
b) When my sister Anne was six years old, I saved her from - • (to kidnap) At
the end of the war there were rumours about strange men who lured little
children into quiet places with promises of toys and sweets, persuaded them
into ... about their parents and if tb e parents turned out ... of no further
interest to them, they usually left the children ... their way home in tears, (to
talk, to be, i0 find) So my parents spent a great deal of time ... Anne about •■•
to strange men. (to warn, to talk).
One day, Anne went out ... in the street after tea and could not found an
hour later, (toplay) We looked through the ... streets, no one had seen her. (ro
surround) My father went off in the r ... for her, and I decided ... in the park,
(ro look, to search) goine boys there told me that they had seen a small girl in a
blue jress ••• a cricket match, and someone else said that she had been seen
••• with a man who was pushing a bicycle, (ro watch, to 0lk) The chances
were against this child ... my sister, but I talked off in the direction in which
they had been seen ... . (to be, t0 walk) This brought me to a back alley. I
called Anne's name, and was surprised ... her voice ... back, (ro hear, to call) I
found a hole in the hedge, and as I scrambled through she came ... towards
me. (to run) I was in time ... a youth ... over the fence. (to see, to climb) He
grinned and waved at me and said, "Can't stop" and dropped on the other
side.
Anne and I walked home; she was not in the least excited about her
exploit. She had walked into the park with two girl-friends, ... for butterflies,
had watched a cricket match, and had then got into conversation with "a
nice man", who told her he knew where she could catch butterflies, (ro look)
He took her into the alley, ... her stories as they walked along, (to tell)
I warned her about ... to strange men but she insisted on this man ...
"quite nice", (ro talk, to be) I agreed that this was probably so, but made
her ... that, in future, she would never again accept an invitation ... for
butterflies, (ro promise, to look)
c) When the maid had gone, and I was almost alone, I sat down °n the
kitchen chair and started ... . (ro cry) I sat there ... and ... and ... how ...
myself, (ro shake, to gasp, to wonder, to stop) My little daughter Flora came ...
what I was doing, (ro see) I attempted ... myself together, (to pull) I got up and
thought of ... myself a cup of coffee, (ro make) I put the milk in the pan. Then
I went to the fridge ... the milk-bottle back, and I did not look *here I was
going, for I fell over one of Flora's bricks, (fo put) I topped the bottle and it
broke and splintered all over the floor. At the sight of it I started ... again, (to
cry) Flora came ... to-* ai"ds me and threw her arms about my knees, (to
stumble)
"It's all right, Flora," I kept ... as I unclasped her hands, and started ... up the
lumps of glass, (to repeat, to pick) I persuaded er •-. down while I tried ... the
milk with the floor cloth, (to sit, to Шре) I was damp with milk and tears. Flora
clung to me, ....
183 The Verb: vPri
-----------------------------------------------------------------^4
(to sob) When I cleaned the floor, I picked her up and went to щ bathroom ...
myself, (to wash) I tried ... of some way of ... ^ afternoon and decided ... to
the launderette with all the thing that I never bother ... in the machine at
home, like bedspreads &щ dressing-gowns, (to think, to spend, to go, to wash)
Flora insist^ on my ... her along with me. (ro take)
In the launderette a girl I knew stopped for a moment ... . ^ chat) She
said something about the washing at home ... her s0 tired, and two and
ninepence ... an awful lot of money, (ro make to be) I listened and agreed but
I also realized that she was apologizing to me for ... there at all, as the
launderette was not to her a place of duty, but a place of lazy, extravagant
luxury which she could not afford ... . (to be, to visit) She was embarrassed
as though I had caught her ... her hair done at an expensive hairdresser's, or
... cream cakes alone in a tea shop, (to have, to eat)
Ex. 60. Find various signs of adjectivization with the participles used as
predicatives in the following sentences:
1. Freddy felt very relieved.

2. Finch looked suddenly detached, lost in his own thoughts. 3.1 was
greatly annoyed with Monica for interfering.
4.1 could not get used to things changing like this. i|
5. Jim got too depressed to listen to their talk. JJ
6.1 was quite prepared for a disagreeable surprise. Ц
7. Well, I must say you're not very fitted for accountancy. 8.1 looked at him
as if I were surprised to see him there. 9.1 did not feel inclined for guessing-
games.
10. You bet I'm burning myself out. I've been doing it for so many years
now and who cares? At this moment I feel quite played out.
11. She was not so convinced as she tried to sound.
12.It was their last reception before Easter and the house was even more
crowded than usual.
Ex. 61. State the functions of the participles in the following sentences 1 1.
The doll lay deserted on the porch.

2.1 had heard these topics argued between the scientists f°r years.
3.Dogs have often been seen killed on the road.
Verb: Verbals 229
---------------------------------------------------------------------
^ ftex assured her that the blind man was quite peaceful if left
undisturbed. g friendship restored, we walked along together. 0 gy the look
of it the watch must have lain buried in the sand

for quite a few days. 7 Seeing our afternoon broken, Margaret and I were
cross. g.But what if he had his money stolen!
9 . With an effort I took up the diary again and turned the closely loritten
pages.
lO.The plant has withered because it was left exposed to the sun. ll.She sat
down on a fallen tree to do the Times cross-word puzzle.
12.As I was busy finishing the article, I got the new fellow sent instead of me.
13. The probability is that there won't be anything left to wait
for.
14. He sat straight in his bed with his feet tucked under him.
15.It was only a couple of pages, typed in triple spacing on one of
the large-letter machines, as though specially designed for long-sighted
elderly men.
16. He felt a curious relief at the delay and at the fact that whether sent
or not the letter was written.
17. He knew they were both men trained to discretion.
18. Bernard found himself compelled to read and give his opinion on
one or two books.
19. Seated at his desk, Mel put his head in his hands.
20. The dog was found tied to a tree.
21. The pebbles gave a general impression of being either white or
mauve, but looked at closely they exhibited almost every intermediate
colour and also varied considerably in size and shape.
22. When challenged, he denied it.
23.But this friend of yours looks odd to me and he gets himself talked about.
24. This done, Margot travelled back to fetch the boy.
25. He made undergraduates, newly arrived in London, feel that they
were important.
26.It was clear to him that she would go back on the whole thing
if given half a chance, j -AH things considered, there was nothing to be
done now. "•If done prematurely, your move might provoke opposition.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
29.1 had never heard a bribe hinted at anywhere near these peopi
much less offered. 30. The two guards listened, their faces turned to the
rifle-sl^
Ex. 62. Translate the following into English using participles as obje,. tive
predicatives:
І.Мне пришлось прождать два часа в больнице, чтобы з а.

пломбировать зуб. (то have) 2. Я слышал, как в связи с этим
упоминалось его имя. (ro hear) З.Она с шумом задвинула ящик стола, (to
slam)
4. Я оставил жену вполне обеспеченной, (ro leave)
5. Все эти годы я хранил их письма под замком, (to keep)
6. Он был полон решимости заставить уважать себя, (to make)
7. Я не мог допустить, чтобы моего единственного сына исключили
из колледжа, (to have)
8. Когда они подошли к дому, они увидели оставленный перед ним
«бьюик», (to see)
9. Ты мог бы добиться, чтобы его уволили, (to get)
10. Ему было досадно, когда он услышал, что имя его жены
упоминается в разговоре незнакомым человеком, (to hear)
11. Было тяжело видеть его побежденным, (to see)
12. Я полагаю, что у твоей матери цыплят пересчитывали каждый
вечер, (to have)
13. «О чем ты хочешь меня предупредить?» — «О том, что ты
окажешься в положении человека, о котором все говорят». (to find
oneself)
14. Он сказал ей, что нельзя заполнить бланк без предварительного
заявления, (to have)
15. Если бы он сделал это, он мог бы оказаться отрезанным от своей
семьи, (to find oneself)
185 The Verb: vPri
16.Я знал, что могу ему помочь, только если буду держать язык за зубами,
(to keep)
17. В нашем доме невозможно добиться, чтобы что-нибудь быЛ°
сделано, (to get)
18. Они хотели, чтобы комитет созвали в понедельник, (to want)
Ex. 63. Supply the appropriate conjunctions for the participles used &
adverbial modifiers in the following sentences:
1. He had never been known to refuse to see a patient at аґ>У hour, or to fail
to make a house call ... sent for.
2 The furniture was to be stored in Quebec ... sent for.
g She has the heart of a tigress ... roused.
4 A re-check, ... decided on, would take most of half an hour.
g told to go, Maxwell hesitated at the door.
g ... released, he told me of his trouble.
7 He remembered that he should not smoke ... invited to do so.
g, "I suppose you understand you would have to go to Canada ... engaged,"
he went on.
9.Lamont bowed to him ... introduced.
10.So I went back to Kathy's place ... directed.
ll.She stopped in the doorway ... surprised to see me sitting there.
12.... ordered two weeks ago, the books haven't been delivered yet.
13___ starved for exercise, he usually began to scrape the side-
walks with a shovel.
14.... bored with a book, I find it difficult to leave it unfinished.
Ex. 64. Translate the following into English using participles as attributes:
І.Мзри села на упавший ствол дерева.

2. Оркестр на экране телевизора в гостиной исполнял музыку Моцарта.
З.Дети играли в разрушенном коттедже.
4. Там было шесть коробок, туго завернутых в старые газеты.
4. Она подошла к письменному столу и вынула запечатанный
конверт.
5. Женщина вышла из магазина и пошла к машине, оставленной
на стоянке чуть ниже по улице.
5. Вернувшись в комнату, она позвонила по телефону.
6. Упавшие листья спокойно лежали в пруду.
7. Оставшись один, я огляделся.
10. Застигнутые врасплох, они не знали, что сказать. П.У меня были свои
собственные определенные взгляды на мое будущее.
12.В коробке было несколько негативов, свернутых в тугой виток.
Ex. 65. Revision: choose the appropriate verbal in the function of objective
predicative:
1-І don't want to see anyone ... . (to hurt)

2. Roger gave such a boisterous laugh that I saw other people ... towards our
table, (to glance)
187
3. Jeff smiled, slowly letting the door ... . (fo close)

4. Diana had the table ... on. (to lay)
5. The sight of the man made him ... his mind, (fo change)
6. One man had got himself ... in the accident, (fo kill)
7. Light was coming through in the corner room, and he сощ hear a
piano ... . (fo play)
8. Everyone talked a little louder than natural in an instincti Ve desire
to make the party ... . (fo go)
9. There are people who would like to see him ... a fair chance (fo
give)
10.1 did not expect the issue ... the tragic form it did. (fo take)
11.The picture always left me ... sad. (to feel)
12.1 have often heard it ... . (fо say)
13.The judge did not like witnesses ... jokes, (fo make)
14.1 came to tell you ... him while there's time, (to find)
15. I'll have someone ... on to keep a watch on the house, (foput)
16.Even his mother could not stop him ... that, (to do)
17.She could not bring herself ... that she feared she might lose
him. (to say) 18. He had to force himself ... his uncle, (fo
visit) 19.1 want a telegram ... at once, (fo send)
20. She then explained why she had asked me ... on that night, (to call) 21.It
was easy to imagine Kate ... silent, (fo sit) 22.Next morning he got his
cheque ... . (fo cash) 23.Suddenly they saw him ... his temper and were
uncomfortable, (fo lose)
24.In fact I found myself ... that I would have to do something
about it immediately, (fo think) 25. Then I saw Rose ... out on Roger's
arm, an impressive smiling
couple, (to walk) 26.Two events induced Basil ... to London, (fo return)
27.Edward soon made his views ... . (fo know)
28. For once I saw Ann ... out. (fo put)
29. Maybe I can get Jack ... it. (fo write)
30. "I won't have anything ... against her," he said unexpectedly-(fo
say)
Ex. 66. Revision: choose the appropriate verbal as an attribute:
1. She looked at a ... photograph of Jimmy, (fо frame)

2. John busied himself with the complex problems of a ... city-(fo
grow)
g There were infrequent visitors and her books ... her occupied. (to keep)
^ In the room there were four men ... over their coffee, (to chat) g In the
theatre there was always a seat ... for him. (ro reserve) б Late at night he
received a telegram from his father ... him to
come home at once, (to ask) 7_ The Cotton Cooperative ... by his father
to protect the cotton
growers in the area, was expanded to include tobacco, (to
found)
g. In the drawer he kept the envelopes ... his children's letters. (to contain)
9 . He decided not to plant the fields because of the labour shortage ... by
the war. (ro create) 10. He outlined his plan ... the votes of the two men. (fo
obtain) П. I found myself in the ... room, (fo darken)
12. He accepted the invitation ... the matter, (fo discuss)
13. People usually accept the emotions ... to the concept of home, (fo
attach)
14. The meeting of the Council ... by Jim Corbin two days later was a
particularly stormy one. (to call)
15. He received permission ... up the unkempt grassy lawn, (to clean)
16. She wondered every day at that folly, already ... into the past, (fo
recede)
17. They were reluctant to fill out the small forms ... the expenses they
had made, (to describe)
18. I helped him in handling problems ... by other departments. (to
create)
19. I made one ... remark after another in an effort ... friendly. (to joke,
to be)
20. I know I won't be able to think of a single intelligent thing ... in
reply, (to say)
21- I smiled with relief when I saw it was my brother ... on the grass, (to lie)
22. In the telephone I heard the ... announcement of the time, (fo
record)
23. Every two weeks we are paid with machine-processed checks ...
out of stiff paper, (to manufacture)
24. He left a note ... he was sorry, (to say)
25. He made a few ... jokes, (to tease)
188 The Verb: у.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26. He was afraid that his company might lose the order to the
company, (to compete)
27. I'm making no plans ... my present job. (to leave)
28. I worked long on the program ... to me and prepared a very good
and witty demonstration of eighteen colour slides. rt() allot)
29. His ambition ... a speech was nothing more than a shallop middle-
class vanity, (to make)
30. She poured some ... water into the coffee pot. (to boil)
31. I found myself outside with an ... head, (to ache)
Ex. 67. Revision: supply the appropriate verbals:
1. They stared at each other, Dan still ... with his tea cup and Willy ...
out in the chair, (to stand, to stretch)
2. While ... for a flight, and without ever ... the terminal, a visitor
could have his hair suit ... and shoes ... . (to wait, to leave, to cut, to press,
to shine)
3. The snow never stopped ... that afternoon. It was dreadful...
outdoors, (to fall, to be)
4. Then we strolled round the place ... preparations...............up the
tent, (ro watch, to make, to set)
5. The door did not open. She left off and, ... down at the top of the
stairs, buried her face in her hands, (ro ring, to sit)
6. The thought came ... into his mind, (fo flash)
7.... them in so short a time would have been next to impossible. (to find)
8. She took up the egg-cup and held it to the light ... if it might be tarnished
a little. Then she set about ... the egg. (fo see, to chip)
9.1 spent some time with Tom ... maps of the country, (fo study) 10. He
was accustomed to ... through the morning noises of the
neighbourhood, (to sleep) 11.The confusion that followed would be impossible
... . (fo describe)
12.He was beyond ... about what was going to happen to him. (to care)
13.She could not help ... into her conversation the names of the
people she knew, (to bring) 14.The state I'm in I'm liable ... out ... . (fo
burst, to cry)
0 jt is true that ... is ... and ... . (to understand, to pity, to
forgive) .g I sat ... at him. (to gaze)
^у «I cannot see what my ... three times has to do with my books,"
she said, (ro divorce) jg He walked down the street, not ... where ... or
what ... . (to
know, to turn, to do) 19. At the top of the third flight she paused for
breath, and ... on
to the banisters, stood ... . (ro hold, to listen) 20.Bob glanced away from
his mother so as not ... the tears in her
eyes, (fo see)
2i.The girl was only four but it delighted us ... with her. (fo talk) 22.1 had
seen too many examples of the process not ... it now. (fo recognize)
23 gradually his small fortune, he preferred ... on the gener-
osity of others rather than ... . (fo waste, to live, to work)
24.She tried ... on ... with me, but I finally managed ... her out of it. (fo
insist, to come, to talk)
25.I've seen many a man ... through ... extravagant habits, (fo ruin, to have)
26.She woke at half past ten in the morning ... her husband ... . (fo find, to
go)
27.They said that Roger had been known ... her between five and seven in
the evening, on the dates ... down, (to visit, to set)
28. When Hugh came in he found the painter ... the ... touches to a picture of
a beggar-man. The beggar himself was standing on a ... platform in a
corner of the studio. He was an old man, with a face like ... parchment,
(fo put, to finish, to raise, to wrinkle)
29.There were several ships ... in the harbour, (fo anchor)
30. Since then I've made a point of ... with the largest sack ... for ... ...
linen and ... it to the brim with books ... every possible occasion and every
mood, (fo travel, to make, to carry, to soil, to fill, to suit)
31. He went out through the window so as not ... the front door .... (fo
leave, to unfasten)
32. My uncle had a workshop with a lathe and various other tools
for carpentry or metal-work. He kept.......................me ... an interest
in it; it was the joy of his life and he wanted ... me ... it. He
made me...........while he worked at it. (to try, to induce, to take,
to see, to share, to stand, to watch)
33. He felt drowsy all the way in the train, ... a couple of new s,
pers and then ... out of the window at the ... scene, (fo Ге
to look, to change) 34.The thing ... was ... the police, (fo do, to call)
35.She opened the door just in time ... Tom ... round the согцЄг
(fo see, to disappear) 36. Not ... your letters, I haven't the faintest idea
what уоц'Ге
talking about, (fo read) 37.He took the first opportunity ... for his
rudeness, (fo apologi^ 38.I'm too old ... my ways, (fo change)
39.1 couldn't resist ... my money or ... it ... my friends, (fo sftom
to spend, to treat) 40.He sat for hours by the river as the trains ran ...
across the
bridge, (fo shriek)
41. It might be worth ... . (fo try)
42. After some thinking he decided how he would go about ... the
information, (fo obtain)
43.He was sitting with his hands ... round his knee, ... at the water, (fo
clasp, to stare)
44.The buildings were kept ... and in repair by a group of work men, (fo
paint)
Ex. 68. Revision: translate the following into English using verbals as
objective and subjective predicatives:
1. Издали виден был грузовик, поднимающийся в гору.

2. Я часто видел, как это делается.
З.Меня не пригласили пойти с ними.
4. Очень важно, чтобы это было сделано быстро.

5. Интересно, почему она не хотела, чтобы я с ними познако-
мился.
6. Считалось, что они прожили очень счастливую жизнь.
7. Он приказал оседлать ему лошадь и поехал в деревню.
8. Я наблюдал из окна, как Диана разговаривала с соседкой'
9. Она заставила меня переодеться к обеду.
10. Он не хотел, чтобы я соглашался.

11. Я слышал, как говорили, что Лиз могла бы стать замеч»' тельной
пианисткой.
12.Сколько времени, ты полагаешь, я буду здесь стоять? 13. Видели, как
она вошла в лес.
Мы оставили детей играть на полу. 5 Мальчиков поймали, когда они
крали вишню, jg Мы оставили детей смотреть телевизор, j7 Мне не
нравится, когда девушки курят. ^ Я не Д°ПУЩУ> чтобы ты так
разговаривал со мной.
Она улыбнулась, когда услышала, что ее описывают как
зкенщину среднего возраста.
20. Мне велели приготовить чай.
21. Его рассказ продолжал смешить людей.
22. Она застала всю семью в сборе.
23. Они очень давно делали эту работу и не могли себе предстаг
вить, что кто-то не знает об этом.
24. Он хотел, чтобы проложили дорогу к деревне.
25. Я позволила ему сводить меня в театр.
26. Она не желает, чтобы ее местонахождение стало известным.
Ex. 69. Revision: translate the following into English using infinitive
for-and o/-phrases:
І.Мне было трудно их убедить.

2. Болезнь помешала ему воспользоваться этой возможностью. З.Было
бы лучше, если бы ему ничего не говорили.
4. Его присутствие позволило мне избежать ссоры.
5. Люси видела, что я был очень озабочен тем, чтобы она про-
извела хорошее впечатление.
6. Оказалось, что прекратить все эти слухи не так-то просто.
7. Он искал спокойное место, где бы его семья могла отдохнуть.
8. Никто из нас ничего не мог бы сделать в этой ситуации.
9. Это был удобный для нее случай поговорить с ним наедине.
Ю- Я попросил разрешения, чтобы Том пожил у нас еще неделю.
И- Странно, что он написал такую статью.
12.Для меня большая честь познакомиться с таким человеком, как Джон
Бейли.
13. Ему доставит удовольствие все подготовить к их приезду.
14.Им было бы жаль потратить столько усилий зря.
15. Очень предусмотрительно с вашей стороны, что вы пришли сегодня.
1^-Мы все ждали, когда придет письмо.
------------------------------------------------------------------------- ~J4
17. Просто удивительно, как это Дэн нашел вас.
18. Мне очень хотелось, чтобы он скорее приступил к рабо^
19. Для меня было облегчением уехать из дома.
20. Им было бы удобно не втягивать его в это дело.
21. Ему стоило большого усилия позвонить ей.
22. Очень мило с его стороны, что он интересуется моими делало
23.Я плотно закрыл дверь, чтобы нам никто не мешал.
24. Он жестом показал, чтобы я вышел.
Ex. 70. Revision: translate the following into English using ing-сощ.
plexes:
1. Он жаловался на то, что у него в комнате очень холодно.

2. Он часто говорил о том, что ему необходимо найти хорошо
оплачиваемую работу, но ничего для этого не делал.
З.В письме упоминалось, что миссис Брейн заболела.
4. Она позвала на помощь. Но у нее не было никакой надежды, что
помощь придет.
5. Ей не нравилась мысль о том, что ее сын будет жить в одной
комнате с каким-нибудь грубым мальчишкой.
6. Он рассказал ей, что для их сына есть возможность получить
работу получше.
7. Она терзалась мыслью о том, что за ее ребенком присматривают
какие-то чужие люди.
8. Когда он объявил о дне своего отплытия, она не могла сдержать
радости.
Э.Джулия убрала сигарету так, что он этого не заметил.
10. Твой отец настаивает на том, чтобы ты получил образование в
Оксфорде.
11. Он обещал написать ей письмо, и она с нетерпением ждала,
когда получит его.
Ex. 71. Revision: translate the following into English using absolute
constructions with verbals:
1. Я увидел, что он сидел у окна и одна его рука лежала полу-

сжатой на столе.
2. Это единственный дом там, и во всей округе некому высле-
живать его.
З.Она глубоко дышала, губы ее были приоткрыты, щек» разрумянились.
193 The Verb: у,л
Verb: Verbals 239

fieJ^L.--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Она плакала, не таясь и не сводя с него глаз.

g С Мери в качестве учительницы он очень быстро научился говорить на
хорошем английском языке.
0 Я не могу спать, когда не выключено радио.
7 На третьем этаже загорелось окно: кто-то работал допоздна.
g Я ушел от них поздно вечером с чувством облегчения от груза забот.
9, Он лежал на спине с закрытыми глазами. 10-Джулия от нечего делать
посещала лекции. ц.Она увидела Пэт сидящей на полу среди фотографий,
разбросанных вокруг нее.
Ex. 72. Revision: translate the following into English using the proper forms
of verbals:
1. Написав на конверте адрес, она выбросила открытку в корзинку

для бумаг.
2. Это была любовная связь, которая, как полагали, продолжалась
так давно, что о ней перестали говорить.
3. Так случилось, что они обедали у Долли в тот день.
4. Очень мило с его стороны, что он предложил это.
5. Кажется, он не написал никаких новых пьес.
6. Уплатив шоферу, он взглянул на жену, которая стояла в дверях
освещенная заходящим солнцем.
7. Чувство времени — это одна из вещей, которым я, кажется,
научился у Джимми.
8. Было похоже, что он получал удовольствие от нашей компании.
9. Говорили, что она еще не приняла никакого решения.
Ю. Ходят слухи, что ей посоветовали не выходить замуж за Теда.*
И.Известно, что он был трижды ранен во время войны. 12.У меня
появилось ощущение, что за мной наблюдают.
13. Я не помню, чтобы я когда-либо была около их дома.
14. Крису как-то не хотелось, чтобы над ним смеялись.
15. Так как он никогда раньше не занимал денег, он нашел целый
ряд людей, которые были готовы одолжить ему небольшие суммы.
І6.Я терпеть не мог, когда мне желали удачи.
194
NOUNS
Ex. 1. Explain the formation and pronunciation of the plural form of R

italicized nouns: e
As we sailed up the River Hudson towards the cities of jje York and
Brooklyn, we experienced a sensation which is, I thinjj common to all
travellers who come to the end of their voyage Many people have tried to
analyse this emotion, and I have тщ many such analyses but none have
ever really satisfied me.
The buildings stood out against the skyline like enormous boxes of
matches stuck on end. The houses and churches were completely dwarfed by
them. As we went up the river, we examined it all with our glasses. It seemed
as if each building brushed the skies.
There were a lot of ships in the river mouth. They were bringing cargoes
from all over the world — cargoes of meat and potatoes and mangoes, of
machines and toys and many other things. They carried silks from China and
teas from India as well. They flew the colours of almost every seafaring
nation on the globe.
Armies of customs-officials, port-authorities and others, came on board.
The passengers were paraded before the port doctor. He was a huge fat man.
The first class passengers filed before him as solemn as oxen. Most of the
third class passengers stood waiting their turn as quiet as mice, though
some were as noisy as a flock of geese. They carried their savings in knotted
handkerchiefs, and the rest of their belongings in bundles. Many seemed to
have completely lost their bearings in their new and strange surroundings
and seemed as bewildered as sheep, while their wives and children stared
around like startled deer.
There seemed to be varying criteria for the treatment of passengers by
the immigration authorities, according to the class in which they travelled.
Those of the third were examined for Ш and other vermin, regardless of their
е
feelings. And if a single louse was found, the individual was taken to Ellis
Island, where there were plenty of delousing apparatuses. Our American
brethren do nothing by halves, and do not care sixpence for anybodys
opinions of their methods.
We landed with every manifestation of high spirits and the customs
people examined our effects. The hangers-on stared at 4s as though we were
curious phenomena.
On the day we landed, the news got around that an armistice been signed,
and New York was beside itself with joy. Nobody ^еп guessed how many
world crises would follow in the years to cO0e; and what small consolation
there would be for the men who liad performed their duties like heroes in "a
war to end war".
Ex. 2- Choose between a singular or a plural verb to use it in the follow- jng
sentences:
1.We were at the head of the valley and below us we saw an old
house. "This is where my family (fo live)" he said.
2. Con's family (fo be) in the process of having tea when we _ arrived.
3. All the family (fo be) gathered to see the dog.
4. My family who (fo be) occupied each with their particular guest did
not notice anything.
5. Monty's family (fo be) of about the same social status as my own.
6. When the family (fo be) alone she often read to them before going to
bed.
7. Do you know what the family (fo get) into their heads about this
business?
8. The police (fo know) about him for years.
9. Everybody says the Swiss police (to be) great at finding people.
10. The police (to be) not fools. That man did not believe a word of
what I said.
U.The police (fo call) and a sergeant and a constable arrived. 12.The public
(nof fo think) so.
13.The public (fo request) not to leave litter in these woods. 14. As Alan
appeared, the crew had quit their loading and (fo be)
assembled along the rail. 15.There (to be)
two fish in his basket.
16. That evening the net was so heavy that he could hardly draw it into
the boat. "Surely I have caught all the fish that (to swim)," he said to
himself and laughed.
17. When he came the baseball team (to practise) on the school field.
l8.The team (to have) baths at the moment and then (fo come)
back here for tea. l^-The team (fo play) tomorrow
morning. "•The summons (fo be) already overdue.
196
21. My trousers now (to clean).

22.Do you know what the news (to be)?
23.The ashes (ro be) still hot.
24. The job is unpaid, but a number of persons (to be) willing j
undertake it.
25. There (to be) important information in the letter.
26. The clergy (to be) generally dressed in black.
27.The Government (fo discuss) the matter for a long time Ьщ they have
shown no signs of reaching agreement.
28. The Government (fo decide) to pass the bill.
29. He was reserved concerning himself but a fluent talker when
politics (fo be) under discussion.
30. Politics always (fo interest) me.
31. Ethics (to be) a difficult study.
32. The company (to find) shelter from the rain in the village inn. They
are going to have lunch there.
33.In the meantime the young couple (fo be) to live in the old house.
34.That day the committee (fo be) to meet at her friend's house. 35.1 had to
find out whether the committee (fo be) competent enough to consider the
project.
36. The committee (fo be) of the opinion that the matter should be
dealt with at once.
37. Close by, a group of men (to sit). They kept the waiter busy with
their orders.
38. A group of students (fo go) on a tour to Slovakia in summer.
39.The board (fo be) extraordinarily kind to you.
40. The board (fo be) going to consider your application at the next
sitting.
41. There (to be) a few little craft anchored in the harbour.
42.The staff (fo be) all gathered in the main office when I came.
43. His staff (to be) very small. I don't know how he managed to do any
business at all.
44. You've bought yourself a nice car. Your money (fo be) well spent.
45.His advice always (fo be) useful to me.
Ex. 3. State the kind of the genitive case used in the following sentences-
1. He did not want to impose his sorrow on his friends' pleasure-
2. Wormwood Shrubs is a first offenders' prison.

3 The estate where they were to spend the week-end belonged to
a cousin of Andrew's. ^ Otto turned up at Arthur's about a week later. 5 It
was Robin's turn now to be annoyed with what he felt to be

the boy's stubbornness. 0, Annie turned great frightened doll's eyes upon
him. -.In stressing her mother-in-law's peasant origin she found it
easier to disregard her.
8. A professor's life is little better than a high-grade clerk's nowadays.
9. She did not ask him anything because she knew a sister's place.
10.The street had not changed. There was the baker's at the corner, and
there was the butcher's with the gilt oxhead on the signboard.
11. I'm sure you know far more than they do about their country's history.
12.The sun's rays refracted in an intense glare from the chalk-white cliffs.
13.He looked expectantly at Maria, but she dilated her camel's nostrils
slightly and said: "I don't give blank cheques."
14. It was a habit of John's not to tell you things and then assume that you
knew all about them.
Ex. 4. Translate the following into English choosing between a noun in the
genitive case and an o/-phrase:
l.Ee кукольное личико выражало раздражение.

2. Он прошел через комнату секретарши, не глядя на нее.
3. Я провел неделю в гостях у друга моей матери, который
живет в Лондоне.
4. Женский голос позади меня тихо произнес мое имя.
5. Это было решение опытного человека.
6. В сегодняшней вечерней газете есть длинная статья Питера на
эту тему.
4. Джеральд поднял брови. «У тебя очень странные взгляды на
обязанности отца»,— сказал он.
8 - На следующее утро я дала ребенку его первую бутылочку коровьего
молока.
9 - «Я не буду есть рыбу», — сказал Роберт с важностью старшего ребенка
в семье.
10. Боюсь, что мы опоздаем к Джону.
11. Наступило минутное молчание.
12.Он имел обыкновение говорить о своей профессии Как
собачьей жизни. 13. После университета в течение года или двух она
преподава
ла в хорошей женской школе на севере Англии. 14.Он никогда не
забудет доброты своего друга.
15. Это был дом местного доктора, который был активны^ членом
клуба.
16. До его работы было только несколько минут ходьбы.
17. Он пошел в аптеку.
18. Ее удивил ответ молодого человека на ее вопрос о его отцов,
ских обязанностях.
19.Хозяин дома не живет в нем, но он иногда приезжает сюда на день
или два.
20. Что может быть более естественно, чем желание матери
узнать что-нибудь о молодом человеке, с которым встреча-
ется ее дочь?
21. Интерес больного к этому журналу легко объяснить.
22.У него было знание города, присущее таксисту.
23. Следующая встреча актрисы с режиссером произошла две недели
спустя.
24.Я не смог узнать, как зовут человека, который принес это письмо.
199
ARTICLES
gv 1. Explain the functions of the articles or their absence with the

italicized nouns:
l.He gave me a message for you.
2. The road past the church was quiet.
2. "Is it true?" "Oh, no. It's pure imagination."
3. Only the poet or the saint can water an asphalt pavement in the
confident anticipation that lilies will reward his labour.
5.1 was quick to weave fantasies with my mother, to build houses and
furnish them, and give her motor cars and furs.
6. All available chairs were occupied, and at least a hundred people
were standing.
7. He closed his eyes. A peculiar weariness came over him.
8. Just about everybody in the town is chasing the dollar so hard that
they only have time to breathe on Sundays.
9.1 call it a very mediocre play. 10.1 liked
pleasure and good things.
11. My mother died in May. From the cemetery, my father and I
returned to the empty house. 12.He wanted to hide the embarrassment he
felt at making this
speech.
13. With a frankness which brought colour to her cheeks he said,
"I suppose you mean me." 14.She looked in her handbag for an envelope.
15.He thinks it's pure nerves and he's given me pills. You'd
better hope that the pills do some good.
16. Peter was alone at home, enjoying the solitude and the freedom, of
the empty house.
17. You've never bought a car yet, have you?
18.My mother liked to wait until it was quite dark before we lit
the gas and drew the blinds. 19.1 don't know
how to talk to children.
Ô.We sat round the table in the kitchen. There was cold meat, cheese, a
bowl of tinned pears, jam-tarts, and a jug of cream. ^1-She put down the cup
and got up. ^2.There was not a cloud in the sky. ^•The big table was covered
with texts and notebooks.
24.She answered a soft tap at the door and a maid came in щщ a fray which
she set on the table.
Ex. 2. Say whether the attributes, expressed by various parts of speech

are limiting or descriptive in the following sentences and whether they
affect the use of articles with the countable nouns therein:
1. "The injured man does not understand our language," he said and
walked off to find an English doctor.
2. Number 39 was the house with the plain green grass bordered by a
rockery.
3. He politely avoided all invitations from professional acquaintances.
4. The three thin cracked notes of the gong floated into the gar-den
inviting us to dinner.
5. She said good-bye to me and started at a great pace up the chalky
footpath.
6.1 think that that is the wrong point of view. 7. To the little girl he was a
figure to be feared and avoided. 8.1 took the opportunity of talking with my
father for a moment. 9. She felt, as usual, confident that she had done the
right thing and that this was the only conceivable course for me.
10. My mother was capable but preoccupied, my father took it for
granted that she was the stronger character and never made more than a
comic pretense of interfering at home.
11. He shook his head and said: "Well, I suppose young men must have
their fling."
12.1 couldn't explain to myself the stunned look in her face.
13. His church does not allow him a second wife.
14.Then he told me in a trembling voice what had happened.
15. He said he would give me the job on the usual terms.
16. He came in, batting short-sighted eyes in the bright room.
17. Mrs Davis sent me a note asking if I could go and see her that
evening.
18. He had left his wife in the car and walked to the nearest telephone
box.
19. Last night I looked at Henry when he was working.
20. She stood at the very top of the long outer staircase looking down
into the dark courtyard.
21. He opened the door and saw two men standing on the doorstep.
• \
gg. She had missed the chance to leave him and he knew it. 23 It was not an
occasion made for drama. g4.1 am going myself to see the various people
involved. 25. To divert her, I arranged to take her to a concert the following
night.
20. We stood side by side on the dark and empty pavement.
it.On the third floor the door was open.
7 $ . The old people had a chance of welcoming their nephew.
29. The so-called palace stood the test of time magnificently.
30. "We are a curious people," he said to them.
31. He soon bought a deserted farm eight miles away from the town.
32. "What's her name and where does she live?" "Miss Ann Kenyon. She
has the brown cottage across the bridge."
33. "I have felt from the first," he said, "that this is not the place to bring
a young girl to."
34. He carried a wooden spade in his hands.
35. He is a most amusing companion.
36. The inn to him was simply a place to eat and to sleep in.
37. A retired plumber has asked me to paint his portrait.
38.She is the laziest woman in the village.
39. When we were eating the lobster, the last guest arrived.
40.A small bush to the left was engaging her attention.
41. He said: "I'd like to have a consultation with Charles not later
than the end of the present week." 42.1 expressed exactly the same point
of view myself.
Ex. 3. Supply the required articles for nouns used singly and nouns modified
by attributes expressed by various parts of speech:
1.1 still keep wondering if I'm doing ... right thing.

2. We needed ... house to stay in when we were in London.
3. There are some things ... gentleman can't do, Phil.
4.Every day, the Marches told each other ... latest pieces of family gossip.
5. You are ... only person whose opinion is of any value to me in ...
present regrettable circumstances.
6. He told her he hated ... doctors.
'•She had ... laughing eyes and ... most charming mouth. 8-They took all ...
usual measures.
9. We talked about ... books. Charles had just finished ... last volume of
Proust.
10.1 went into ... room quietly and sat down opposite him with 0^ ... word.
11. We all know that ... men under the influence of passion say things and
make ... promises which in ... calmer momentj they forget.
12.She had ... strong opinions on all ... subjects.
13. Mr March spent most of the night talking to Francis аЬощ
buying ... house. ... two of them were happy discussing
plans and ... prices. 14.1 told myself that in wartime ... letters are lost.
15.He is ... man to deal with it.
16.She went to ... writing-desk and brought out ... sealed enve-lope.
17.I'll book ... sleeper on ... Geneva-Paris train for tomorrow night.
18.... second bell sounded, and Mr March began to walk into ... theatre.
19.They never read anything but ... local paper, and ... local
papers report ... London affairs in one line. 20.1 now see for myself
how ... things stand at home.
21. Well, there are ... hundred courses open for you to follow.
22. When he got back to ... hotel he took ... newspaper and considered
at his leisure ... story on ... page two.
23. He didn't like ... idea of staying with them for ... other day.
24.She wrote to her mother that ... things were going well and
that she was not to be anxious. 25.1 had brought all my possessions
in ... two old suitcases. 26. For ... first term we shared ... same desk at the
school because
our names came next to each other in ... list. 27.There was a time when
I believed ... people went to ... parties
to enjoy themselves. 28.1 haven't ... chance of getting this job anyhow.
29.Bill came out to meet them, wiping his hands on ... oily rag.
30. He took ... crumpled telegram out of his pocket, flattened it out on
his knee with great care and studied it.
31. Mike waited in ... main hall while Henry escorted ... party to ••■
elevator.
32.1 don't believe ... word of it. 33.In London ... things were much as usual.
34.He was oh his feet as soon as ... curtain came down at ... end of... second
act.
202
He asked where I had picked up such ... word. 36.She

gave ... same answer as before. g7_He liked going to ... new
places.
<jg.Of all ... papers I read this morning none interested me as
much as this one. ijQ .It was ... only birthday he had celebrated since he
was ...
child.
4O.He was ... most interesting man.
41.He sent her ... offering of ... best flowers that Milford could supply.
42.In his digs Peter had no cooking facilities and he ate off ... newspapers.
43.He began to hum ... song. It was ... old popular song. 44.Then I heard ...
voice asking if I was in.
45.1 ate ... three cakes; he pressed me to have ... fourth but I
didn't, in case it was vulgar. 46.1 mean there are times when it's valuable
for ... doctor to be
independent of his job. 47.It was, after all, no disgrace to be connected
with ... case
reported in the Times.
48____ young man listened to ... conversation with ... amused
smile.
49. You should have accepted him on the spot. You mightn't get ...
second chance. 50.My married daughter said exactly ... same thing. 51.He
heard ... popular song played by ... dance band on the
radio.
Ex. 4 . Make up situations of your own to justify the use of the articles
with the countable nouns in the following pairs of sentences:
1. Ned returned to his table. The waiter put a record on the

gramophone.
Ned returned to his table. The waiter put the record on the gramophone.
2. He gave her a cigarette and lighted it. He
gave her the cigarette and lighted it.
3. He pulled up in front of a red barn. He
pulled up in front of the red barn.
4. I'll have to have someone lift a heavy thing for me. I'll have to have
someone lift the heavy thing for me.
2. A stout man came up and shook hands. The
stout man came up and shook hands.
3. I've got a job. I've
got the job.
4. She was at work on a book. She
was at work on the book.
5. This is a local library. This is
the local library.
6. He wrote down a figure. He
wrote down the figure.
10. He was standing behind a car. He was
standing behind the car.
Ex. 5. Translate the following into Russian paying special attention to the
noun things:
l.It was likely that things were in better shape now.

2. Things had started to go wrong from the moment Monty arrived
there.
3. "Things have taken an odd turn, haven't they?" he remarked in a
meditative tone.
4. How are things generally, Ann?
5. When things look bad she sends for me.
6. He said he had an opportunity to think things over.
7. He resolved to go into the matter more deeply when things became
more settled.
8. However, things seemed to be going from bad to worse.
Ex. 6. State the kind of the attributive clauses used in the following
sentences:
1. That's a poem / learnt in the nursery, but I simply can't remember

how it goes on.
2. He often had the feeling that he did not know her fully, that she was
a stranger.
3. He had made a mistake which caused him to feel inept.
4. Mr Knight would not speak to me for the simple reason that he felt
hurt.
5.1 dislike people who talk about their private lives. 6. He said: "I'm sorry I
had to be late," and sat in the armchair which had been preserved for him.
7. He told me of his duties in a manner that was friendly and a little fussy.
g. Henry hesitated a minute, then said: "I have the impression
that you are not being frank with me." 9 . He was rather startled by the
defiant stare with which she
returned his look. jO. I had an uncomfortable feeling that he was laughing at
me. ll.The local Indians are a people to whom the writer is sympathetic.
12. One had the impression that this was a duty on which he found it
hard to keep his mind.
13. On the pavement, walking towards me, was Sheila. She was
wearing a fur coat which made her look a matron.
14. Yet her daughter was marrying a man she liked.
15.1 picked up the package she had dropped.
16. Harry brought in the consultant o f whom Charles thought most highly.
204
Ex. 7. Supply the required articles for the countable nouns modified by
attributive clauses in the following sentences:
l.He began to climb ... stairs, which were dark and smelt of cats.
2.1 read until breakfast time ... novel I had borrowed from Marion.
3. You don't have to go into ... reasons why they hate each other.
4. What he said reminded me of ... film I had seen.
5. The lieutenant offered Grey ... cigarette which he refused.
6. He was wearing ... tweed jacket with leather inserts at the elbows,
which was ... thing that I had never seen before.
7. Charlotte did not like ... idea that Arthur could be better at
anything than Joe was.
8. This was ... sentence that made sense but had no meaning.
9.... questions Ann asked always seemed to be ... questions to
which Paul knew the answers. 1 O.Stanley knows ... woman in Milford
who might be persuaded
to come out by bus once a week to clean the house. ll.She was not ...
little girl he had known, but she was not yet a
woman either.
l2.Her eyes were really like searchlights, picking out ... things that no one
else saw.
£££____________________________________________________^«оц
13____fact that he would have independent means made her f6ej

relieved.
14.It was not ... job that he liked.
15. Without knowing her at all I got ... feeling that she was th e
strongest person in that family. 16.Her husband made her presents of ...
books she did not read
17. And then he put forward ... amazing suggestion that she should
turn down the offer and settle in London.
18. She wanted to fill ... wine-glasses which she had received as a
wedding present.
19.1 liked reading in ... garden, which was several steps below
the level of the yard. 20.1 have ... impression that you
don't trust me.
Ex. 8. Say to which element of the combination "noun + s + noun" the

article refers in the following sentences:
l.They lived in a two-foot shelter just outside the officers' dugout.

2. He was eager to see Dennis, who was at a boys' camp somewhere.
3. There were two old men there and they were taken to an old
people's home.
4. They made a two hours' journey in a train which stopped at every
station.
5. After a six months' period of drought it started raining every day.
6. He was a tall young man with a sad clown's face under stiff red
hair.
7. He returned the old woman's smile.
8. On the opposite side of the street was the Sharpes' old car.
9. She was a miner's widow.
10. Have you read Bob's new novel?
Ex. 9. Supply the required articles for nouns modified by other nouns in
the genitive case:
l.He took ... doctor's arm and led him out of the room. 2. He went up to the
third floor where ... assistants' office was located.
3.She lives in ... doll's house at the back of the garden.
4. That dog is a proper brute with strangers. I've known him bite clean
through ... lady's stockings.
5. They were promised ... four days' rest.
g. With one hand on ... young man's shoulder, he went up the stairs.
7 . She is out visiting ... neighbour's daughter.
g. Thirty years before she taught at ... smart girls' school.
9 . He sat on the floor stroking ... cat's fur.
jO.After ... two months' leave I was sent to ... Officers' Training Camp in
Dorset.
ц.Іп that mood I was unsuitable for attending ... parents' meeting at the
school.
12.The scheme of study in ... Teachers' Training College is based upon
compulsory and optional subjects.
13.The theatre had ... three weeks' ballet season.
14.Very early in my life I was taught not to believe ... girl's tears.
15.1 was told by my friends not to believe ... girl's tears.
16.1 stopped at the door to ... Holly's apartment.
17___ chief's remarks left me indifferent.
18. She spoke guardedly, and her green eyes veiled themselves
like ... parrot's eyes. 19."Is that Mr Blair?" ... woman's voice asked in the
telephone. 20.Then she leaped to one side as ... car's brakes screamed
behind
her.
21.By ... clown's grimace on his face I understood what he was suffering.
Ex. 10. Supply the required articles for nouns modified by o/-phrases:
l.She was drinking ... glass of orange juice. 2. My friend is ... man of culture
and wide reading. 3.His voice was determined, ... lines of his face had grown
harsh.
4. Tom sat down on ... edge of a log and looked at ... glassy
£££____________________________________________________^«оц
surface of the lake. 5— deposit of 5 pounds is payable by anyone who

wishes to
become ... reader of the library.
6. The college ordinary course was planned to run for ... full
academic year of forty-seven weeks.
7.... faint purring of a motor woke Julia the next morning.
8. "Come back in half an hour. I'll give you ... bottle °£.гае<ц
cine," said the doctor. |HJ
9. The lamplight made his skin ... colour of red brick, flj
10. He found ... orchid of peculiar rarity. чР
11.He remembered ... soothing effect of her words.
12.He was disturbed by ... sound of a shot. 13. Willy
leaned on ... back of the chair.
14.He always disliked anybody as soon as he was appointed to
position of authority. 15.He always took ... line of least resistance. 16.1
should like ... glass of water. 17. My grandfather was ... man of force and
intellect. 18.From the kitchen came ... singing of a kettle on the stove. 19."I'll
have ... cup of tea with you," said my mother.
20. Heat up the water to ... temperature of 60° C.
21. Just then ... latch of the front door clicked, and my father came in.
22.From the sitting-room came ... chink of light beneath the door, and ...
sound of whispers from my mother and her friends.
23.The wallpaper was dark-blue with ... design of conventional flowers.
24.This machinery drills holes to ... depth of two miles, or even more.
25. The woman moved her chair slightly toward ... right side of
the path.
26.He sent me ... box of cigars.
27. In the crate there were ... boxes of cigars.
28.There was ... party of twelve people arriving at the hotel.
29____head of the department was a man named Coles.
30. He was a cheerful little boy who brought ... large packets of curious
boiled sweets every Monday.
31. They had started from Amman early in the morning with ••■
temperature of 98° in the shade.
Ex. 11. Revision: supply the required articles for countable nouns in the
1. ... girl from ... farm came once ... week to help clean— house-
2. To them I must have appeared ... most undesirable visitor-
3. He sat down at ... piano and played ... piece that he had played in
the morning.
4. "What does ... penniless person do in ... case like this?"
Marion said. 5_ It's not ... story I could tell anyone else. g_ ... car drove up
to ... front of ... movie theatre. They got out.
Jack looked up at ... poster in front of ... theatre. ... poster
advertised ... picture called "The Stolen Midnight". 7, " ... only thing she
lacked was ... daughter, and little Betty
filled that gap," the woman said, g. For ... past hundred years ... parties at
their house had been
held according to ... same pattern. 9 . They walked without speaking
across ... lawn. 10. I know ... man who will lend me ... car. Ц. His daughter is
married to ... man who lives by his pen.
12. ... midges were dancing over the water. Close to us ... reeds were
high and lush, and on ... other side of ... stream ... bank ran up steeply,
so that we seemed alone, alone in ... hot still garden.
13. I got ... impression that he wanted to tell me something.
12. He merely said: "Ah, that's ... question nobody can answer, lad."
14. Her people were too poor to provide her with ... books and ... proper
clothes.
15. Mr March looked over ... trees at ... roofs and towers, all soft and
opal grey in the moist sunlight.
13. ... letter is supposed to make you see ... things in a different light.
14. He gave ... suspicious look to ... box I carried.
16. I found that they wanted me no more than they wanted ... company
of ... dog or ... cat.
17. ... breeze blew some dead leaves onto ... terrace.
18. He tried to give ... impression that one word from him would be
enough.
19. She herself was busy with ... gardening basket and ... garden ing
gloves.
20. Keeping in ... shadow of ... house, he crept to ... back door.
21. He was writing ... note for his wife when ... outer door swung open,
and ... short man of thirty came in.
25. Harvest was over. ... leaves were red and golden on ... trees.
^6. He took ... cigar from his mouth and blew away ... long trail
of smoke.
27. ... things are getting out of hand.
28. He could not help liking ... tall graceful young man who w as
standing beside him.
29. ... gates of ... sports ground stood open, and we walked аіоц ...
road, under ... chestnut trees.
30. He went to ... corner of ... room and gazed at ... bookshelf
31.1 thought that English was ... language he had learnt from
books.
32. You seem very fond of saying ... things behind my back.
33. There's hardly ... man among us who knows ... mountains as you
do.
34. She sat on ... sofa, relating slowly and minutely ... plot of'.., play
which she had seen.
35. He drained his glass and set it down with ... air of ... man who had
come to ... decision.
36. Yet I knew that in ... sense my mother was vainer than her sister.
37. Williams stood in ... middle of ... room, with ... expression of ...
child from whom ... sweet has been taken.
38. Finally she stopped him in front of ... small picture. In silence and
for a long time they stood looking at ... picture. It was ... very good
picture.
39. There were ... three shelters on ... cliff between ... steps down to ...
sea and ... lighthouse.
40. One winter afternoon she had been buying something in ... little
antique shop in Curson Street. It was ... shop she liked. And ... man
who kept ... shop was fond of serving her.
41.It is ... portrait of ... friend I told you about the other day. 42.She wished
to speak to him about ... important message she
had received from London. 43.All ... presents that he had given her were
in their usual
places.
44.They turned off ... road into ... drive that wound between •■• tall trees.
45.He looked at ... figure that was standing on ... upper step-Ex. 12.
Revision: supply the required articles for countable nouns in the following
text:
a) ... king was ... very learned person. Yet, when he saw & e walk on ...
two legs he thought I was ... kind of mechanism made by some clever artist.
But when he heard my voice, and found tha*
jCOuld speak like ... person he was greatly astonished. He was not satisfied
with ... story I told him of ... manner in which I had coine into his kingdom.
He thought that ... girl who found me and jjgr father had taught me those
words in order to sell me at ... better price.
He sent for ... three great scholars who were then in ... county. ...
gentlemen, after they had examined me carefully, were of
different opinions about me. However, after much argument, they agreed
that I was only ... freak of nature. I was so small that j could not defend
myself against ... other animals, they said, I could not run as fast as ... other
animals, nor climb ... trees, not dig ... holes in ... earth to hide myself in. I
was not ... dwarf, for ... queen's dwarf, ... smallest person ever known in ...
kingdom, was nearly 30 feet high. They did not know what I was. Therefore I
was ... freak of nature. Such ... conclusion would have satisfied ...
philosophers of Europe who reason in ... same way.
After they had told me about their conclusion, I begged for permission to
say ... word or two. I told ... king that I came from ... country where there
lived ... people of my size. ... animals, ... trees and ... houses were all in
proportion. Therefore in my country I might be able to defend myself, and get
food for myself. To this they only answered with ... smile of contempt.
b) The teacher rode to ... place where ... small brook crossed ... road. ...
few logs, laid side by side, formed ... bridge over ... brook. This had always
been considered ... haunted place, and as he approached it, his heart began
to beat fast. He gave his horse ... kick; ... animal rushed forward but stopped
just by ... bridge so suddenly that he nearly flew over ... horse's head. On ...
edge of ... brook stood something big and black. It did not move. The hair
of ... frightened teacher rose upon his head with terror. It Was too late to turn
back. Therefore he asked in ... trembling yoice: "Who are you?" He received no
answer. Just then ... thing began to move, and stood in ... middle of ... road.
Though the ■tight was dark, ... teacher could see ... gigantic horseman
mounted °n ... huge black horse. He became horror-struck. But the horror
grew still worse when he saw that ... head which should have been °n ...
horseman's shoulders, was carried before him. ... teacher kicked his horse
and went away, ... figure following. He looked behind him. He saw ... figure
raise ... head and hurl it at him. He fried to get out of its way, but it was too
late. It struck his head
9
... terrible blow — he fell into the dust, and his horse, ... bla c horse and ...
headless rider passed by like ... whirlwind. When little later ... teacher came
to, he found ... hollow pumpkin by ^ side.
c) ... story that impressed me concerned ... old Indian wh 0 kept ... snake
in ... box. It was ... hooded cobra, and ... box had ... thick glass lid. Whenever
there were ... new arrivals in barracks he always made ... same bet with
them — to double their money if they could keep ... hand on ... glass for
fifteen seconds. It seemed ... easy bet; ... glass was too thick to break. But as
soon as ... snake struck at ... glass, no one could control ... impulse to
snatch ... hand away. In this way, ... old man made ... great deal of money
from ... new arrivals. One day, ... soldier with ... wooden hand asked if he
could be allowed to wear ... glove while he laid his hand on ... box. ... old
Indian agreed; he was aware that ... glove makes no difference to ... reflex of
self-defense. ... soldier laid ... high stake. Everyone in ... barracks gathered
round, hoping to see ... old man beaten at last. They were not
disappointed; ... soldier kept his gloved hand on ... box while ... cobra struck
again and again. ... old man suspected trickery and demanded to see ...
hand, but ... crowd of ... British soldiers felt he had been fairly beaten, and
forced him to pay up.
d) We drank tea, then we all went out for ... walk before it grew dark. ...
children were gathering ... chestnuts in ... woods, and ... others were playing
with ... kites in ... meadow on ... edge of ... wood. Some of ... best chestnuts
were on ... highest branches, and they were throwing ... sticks to try to knock
them down. Monty saw ... opportunity to display his athleticism; ... lower
part of ... trunk was too smooth to climb, but he asked me to bend down so
that he could stand on my shoulders. Then he leapt on to ... low branch, and
swarmed up to ... top. ... boys cheered as he broke off ... branch and threw it
down. Then Monty dropped down and slipped into his overcoat, and we
walked on.
We stopped on ... outskirts of ... wood above ... village, looked at ... view
for ... few minutes, and then turned to walk back. At that moment ... boy
came running up to us: "Mister, can you help us to get ... kite down? It's
stuck in ... tree."
We followed ... boy back into ... wood. When we saw ... tree w e felt
doubtful; it was ... very tall elm, and there were ... thofl 1 bushes round its
base that made it almost unapproachable. ... tW оГе trees grew nearby whose
branches touched it, but ... branches oked very thin. ... owner of ... kite had
already climbed one of ... snialler trees and was trying to reach ... kite by
throwing ... stave cut fr°m ••• hedge. It was already dusk, so it was not easy to
see ôVf ... kite could be approached. However, Monty saw that he was
eXpected to climb, so he threw off his overcoat and jacket, and climbed. He
managed to get ... great deal higher up ... smaller tree jkan ... kite's owner
had climbed, and could touch ... kite with ... stave; but ... string was tangled
in ... branches, and he could not dislodge it. I watched this for ... moment;
then, when no one was looking, dropped my own coat and climbed up ...
other tree. I soon saw that I could get from here on to ... elm if I was willing to
jump across ... space of about six feet; it was not as dangerous as it looked
from below, because ... branch from which I would jump was several feet
above ... branch on which I would land. My light weight was in my favour; I
got into ... good position, steadied myself and jumped. I managed to scramble
on to ... other branch without difficulty. From there on, it was easy. I climbed
... tree, which was as uncomplicated as ... ladder, untangled ... string, and
let ... kite float across to Monty who caught it and took it down. Then I went
down myself, descending ... lower part of... trunk as if it had been ...
drainpipe; this made my hands dirty, and took ... skin off my ankles, but it
was not difficult or dangerous.
Nothing was said about it on ... way home. When we got back into ...
cottage Monty and I washed our hands at ... sink. By the time I was ready, I
knew I had missed ... six o'clock bus home. Monty then said that we could
walk down to ... village and have ... drink at ... pub before we caught ... next
bus.
In ... village, Monty suggested that we should go into ... pub. But I said
that I was not yet allowed in ... pubs, being only seventeen. So Monty went
inside and brought ... drinks out to us on ... tray. We sat on ... bench, feeling
very cold and envying the warmth and light inside. By the time we had
finished ... drinks I was warm and happy but we had to run for ... bus.
Ex. 13. Say in which of the following sentences you are dealing with ge -
neric singulars and generic plurals and explain the use of all the
articles:
1-Nature provides animals with weapons of defence; the snake,

the scorpion, the bee have their sting. 2. The French, he thought, are
always finding occasions to block
traffic.
3. "Do you know why Americans like fried stuff?" John asked "They've
lost their taste. From morning to night they ^ chewing gum and drinking
Coke."
4. There was nothing of the artist in her.
5. Man's flight to the moon and his safe return to the earth has now
left the realm of science fiction.
6. "The Italians are a wonderfully hospitable people," she said
7. They wouldn't put out a finger to keep a hard-working Цще man
from going down the drain.
8. From the door to the end of the line the unemployed began hopefully
discussing their families.
9. But the desire for approbation is perhaps the most deeply seated
instinct of civilized man.
10. The Tories were trying hard to attack the mining industry.
11. The article is generally placed before the noun or its attribute.
12. I'm sure the Labour could find a better man for the job.
13. The ignorant naturally fear those who are interested in things they
don't understand.
14. "The respect for property is ingrained in the English soul," she
remarked.
15. At birth man is not yet a man. To become one he must provide
himself with the things that make man a man. In other words, with that
which distinguishes man from animals.
16. She loved to talk on the quality of television entertainment for the
young.
17. It was a drama depicting the life of the aristocracy.
18. "A man is fundamentally honest," he observed.
19. The police said that Indians could come freely to the town and do
their shopping.
20. "Boys of your age ought to be in bed by eight," she said.
21. Chemists tell you that matter is never completely destroyed.
22. "Do you know why American women live longer than American men,
Jimmy?" "Because they sleep as long as they like in the morning." "Then
my ambition is to live as long as the American Woman," Jimmy said lying
back on the bed again-
23.1 spoke of the economic position of woman.
Ex. 14. Supply the required articles for nouns in the following
sentences-paying special attention to their generic use:
1. He killed reluctantly those animals he liked. He hated ... n un'1 because it
was ... most voracious little predator in ... bush- Йе
212
liked ... skunk because it was fearless, he liked ... bear, be cause it was ...
great fool, he liked ... racoon because it was clean, ... beaver because it
was clever, but he despised ... fox, because it was cunning, ... wolf
because it was ruthless, and ... squirrel because it was ... nuisance.
2____English are ... political nation, and I was often asked to ...
houses where politics were ... ruling interest.
3 . Princeton University is said to have collected ... data on the relative
intelligence of ... men of ... various professions. According to them ...
mathematicians rate highest, with ... physicists a close second.
4.There is so much of ... schoolgirl still about her.
5. " ... Swiss haven't had ... war in a hundred and fifty years and what
have they produced?" Jimmy shrugged: "... cuckoo clock."
6. When they are hurt, ... tough usually suffer more than ... tender.
7. He is ... man who is always ready to work round ... clock.
8. Hopkins was ... rich man as well as ... successful novelist.
9.... man does not live by bread alone.
10. While waiting for ... flight, and without ever leaving ... terminal, ... visitor
could shop, take ... bath, have his hair cut and suit pressed.
11.She spent ... great part of her life looking after ... sick.
12— roses are ... only flowers that everybody is certain to know.
13." ... French are ... easy-going people," her father used to say.
14.Slowly but surely ... man is conquering Nature.
15. "Only ... two kinds of ... people," she said, "arrive in ... noiseless cars: ...
millionaires and ... police. Since we have no acquaintances among ...
former and an ever-widening acquaintance with ... latter, I deducted who
had arrived."
16.In many things it is hard to tell the difference between ... Labour and ...
Tories.
17.No man born of ... woman can live in such conditions.
18.In the town there were lots of shops kept by ... Chinese.
19."Do you notice the way ... Italians drive?" Maurice asked. "Well," Jack
said, "it's better than the way ... Frenchmen drive."
20.Beyond ... river, ... Germans had their lines.
2l— auxiliary verbs have no meaning of their own and are used
to build up ... analytical forms of ... verb. ^2.She
learned entirely by ... eye.
213
23.Learning comes easier to ... young.

24.1 was told not to talk to ... strangers.
25— public are requested to keep off ... grass in ... park.
26____woman can't resist buying ... cosmetic articles in ... shop s
27.1 thought they were ... French.
28.1 believe there is ... theory that ... men and ... women em erge
finer and stronger after suffering.
29____Future Tense is not used in ... adverbial clauses of time аэд
condition.
Ex. 15. Explain the use of articles with nouns used predicatively in the
l.He was a lawyer by profession.

2. Aunt Laura was the widow of an auctioneer.
3. When Murry was appointed editor of "The Literary Gazette" his
salary became eight hundred a year.
4. As it was, she was the best-looking woman there.
5. Jasper was the son of my father's elder brother.
6. My father had been Chairman of an organization of doctors in New
York.
7. He was a talkative fellow.
8. They made him a major-general after he left the headquarters.
9. We were children of our class and time.
10. "Heavens! Look at the dog. Or is he a lion?" "He comes from

Newfoundland and he's more lamb than lion."
11. Hart was an uneasy nervous man who broke into flashes of speech.
12.1 wouldn't be Prime Minister if they asked me on their knees.
13. Johnson is made secretary of the club.
14. John could not make up his mind about the blackmail. He had
been led to think that McGrath himself was the blackmailer, or at least a
blackmailer because he had the personality to be a blackmailer.
15.She was the only Liberal in their family.
16. After some most astonishing adventures in New Guinea be made
himself king of some wild tribe.
17. No, you are getting this quite wrong. She's the wife of a friend of
mine.
18.Prynne was manager of the estate up the river. 19. With a face like yours
I'd be at least the president of a steel company.
The waiter was an old friend of mine, and at that season he was boots,
porter, chambermaid and cook as well.
g£ 16. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the

nouns „sed predicatively:
l.He was at that time ... lieutenant in ... British Army. 2. Mr Richardson
was ... owner and editor-in-chief of the publishing house.
3.Rudy had ... gift of being liked. That was why he had been
elected ... president of his class three times in a row. ' 4 . She was ... wife
of ... doctor.
5.Philip was not ... humbug but ... hard and realistic man. 6. At the time I
was ... manager of ... Crawford Street branch of ... bank.
7.1 saw ... group of ... workmen coming toward us. One of them was ... fat,
red-faced man, and I presume he was ... foreman.
8.Mr Knight was ... excessively lazy man, who preferred to sit down.
9. It's ... girl called Betsy. She's ... boss's secretary. 10.Henry Greene was ...
son of ... general.
11.It seemed that Aunt Milly had been ... only relative to offer
practical help. 12. His study was ... darkest room in ... house. 13.His
father was ... good soldier. 14.1 might be ... leader of ... party instead of you.
15.His wife and Sheila were ... active, strong women, who loved
using their muscles. 16.I'm going to be ... president of this company.
17.This fellow is ... man I want for the job. 18.He was ... manager of ... largest
estate in ... district. 19.... man who wore ... glasses was ... husband of Mrs
Holt. 20. "We are merely ... tourists," Tom said. 21."She is ... very silly
creature," he said.
22. There seemed no reason why he should not eventually be made ...
Governor.
23."I call it ... mediocre play," he said.
24.On ... way back to our compartment we passed Natalie Winter.
She was ... very shy woman. She was also ... star of the season. 25.She is
proud of being ... daughter of ... poet. 26.If anyone could tell her what Mr
Potter wanted to know, Mrs
Ferguson was ... woman.
27. Even before George introduced me I knew that ... man was
senior partner.
28. "They've made me ... head of the department," he whispered
29.1 know he is ... sculptor.
30.Katherine was ... wife of ... poor clerk in ... Ministry 0f Education.
Ex. 17. Explain the use of articles with nouns used in apposition:
1. The girl he loved was Laura Merton, the daughter of a retired colonel
who had lost his temper and his digestion in India.
2. It wouldn't be hard to make up a story for Uncle Philip.
3. For some days Hotchkinson, the solicitor to whom Eden had deputed
the case, sent me no news.
4. He had been to the tomb of Hafiz the poet.
5. Two men, two passengers, came along the gangway, and she
amused herself by trying to guess whether they were single or married.
6. Charles was dancing with his cousin, a good-looking, strappling girl.
7. Even Mr March, the most realistic man there, could not forgive me.
8. He now arranged with Spender, editor of "The Times Literary
Supplement", to write articles on current French literature.
9. They drove up to the terminal, a brightly lighted and air-conditioned
building.
10.1 was chatting with the man's wife, a lady in purple trousers, when he was
called to the telephone.
11. He accepted the post of secretary to a diplomatic mission.
12. In the rear of the car, Margaret Howden, wife of the President of the
firm, said to her husband: "You look tired."
13. He's Doctor Evans, the nephew of your host tonight.
14. The principal of the school decided to send the boy Chalmers back
home.
215
15. That evening I was introduced to Captain Riley.
Ex. 18. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the
nouns used in apposition:
l.Then Rudy saw ... Professor Denton, ... head of ... History
and Economics department. 2. The sun was hanging over the hill behind
them, ... large red
ball which had lost its fierceness.
3.... Philip's wife, ... biggest snob in ... family, invited me to tea.
4. Then we were joined by ... two women, ... acquaintances of Charles and
Ann.
5. Across from her sat Delaney, ... producer of the picture.
6.1 said: "This is Mary Summers, ... old school friend of mine."
7.1 have got ... job of ... secretary to our new MP.
8.... figure 5 is ... same for ... Russian or ... American while ...
word "five" is not. 9. ... Admiral Lacey was ... red-
faced man.
10.They sat in ... drawing-room round the portable wireless, ...
present from Fleur. 11.Then he walked down Broadway, ... main street
of ... town. 12.She was ... daughter of ... well-known theatrical manager, ...
willowy, wispy, fair-haired girl with ... colourless eyes.
13.He assumed ... role of ... breadwinner for ... family.
14____General Holt withdrew his plan.
15.They had lunch at Hexley, ... small village on ... coast. 16. He was their
favourite nephew, ... son of their dead elder sister.
17.Grant got little information from Andy, ... mail-car driver. 18.He
introduced me to ... girl Patricia, and I was glad of an
opportunity to look at her face. 19.Peter hit so hard that he broke my
arm. I fell to ... ground
yelling. Waters, ... gym teacher, carried me off ... field.
20. We spoke to ... Philip's secretary, ... youngish man called Williams.
21. Within a short time, Gregory married Zalia Phelps, ... daughter of
Angus Phelps, ... planter in Georgia.
22.Sam, ... man who ran ... elevator, didn't like Peter.
23.Smiley, ... captain of ... team, got up on ... bench and told
them of his plan. 24— nurse Everett, ... bony woman of fifty, herself
opened ...
door.
25.He would be given ... post of ... Minister of Justice.
Ex. 19. Supply the required articles for nouns introduced by as:
1.1 then stayed on with the company as ... manager. 2. The education office
in the town hall had asked the school to recommend someone as ... junior
clerk.
З.Не was universally known as ... author of the book.
4. Margaret, who had not long graduated at Oxford, was worjj ing as ...
secretary to a Labour member.
5. His father once occupied this room as ... president of the Town
Council.
6. In 1949 I found myself working as ... clerk in the offices 0f the local
electricity board.
7. She had given the watch to Julia as ... birthday present.
8. Ronald had been invited to the party as ... appropriate part, ner for
Ann.
9. Maybe he'll take you as ... assistant.
10. After a time Mr Jones engaged the young poet as ... tutor to
his three sons.
11.He describes himself as ... independent radical.
12. He took for granted his position as ... head of the family.
13.His reputation as ... painter is well established now.
14. In 1939 I began to write a story with a senior civil servant as ...
main character.
15. At the party, Katherine was acting as ... hostess.
16.1 thought I would get a post as ... surgeon on a ship.
nouns used in certain syntactic patterns:
1. My friend Herbert Holt is ... professor of English literature in one

of ... smaller universities of the Middle West.
2. What sort of ... family has he?
3.1 don't know any of ... people living in the house next door.
4. "Well, ... boy, you are not going out tonight, are you?" his mother
asked.
5. Grant is indifferent to that sort of ... thing.
6.1 did not swear as some of ... boys in ... form habitually did.
7. "Yeats is one of ... greatest poets of ... age," I said.
8. We sat ... side by ... side smoking and thinking.
9. It was ... sort of ... occasion when one wants to help but doesn't
know how.
10.He didn't want to walk home with any of ... other fellows.
11. Marion, like most of ... girls in ... group, came from ... lower-
middle-class family.
12.They cleaned ... house from ... top to ... bottom.
13. What ... long way you have travelled since your first book!
j4. What ... kind of ... place are your friends living in? j g .I recognized some of
... facts.
j6.He was ... man who wandered mysteriously from ... hotel to ... hotel.
j 7 .What ... odd collection you've got in here!
jg.Mrs Warren bought one of ... elm-shaded villas at ... end of
the High Street. j Q .She would know ... names of nearly all of ... people
who lived
there.
20.She kept the bills on the mantlpiece, and none of ... shopkeepers was
allowed to wait ... hour for his money.
21. While they went from ... room to ... room, Blair explained ... purpose of
his visit.
22.He turned to me and said, "What ... extraordinary names these boys seem
to have!"
Ex. 21. Revision: supply the required articles:
1. Jarvinen was ... Finn, with ... extraordinary blue eyes.

2.She started ... motor and turned carefully in ... muddy lane.
She drove back through ... bridge again. ... clattering of ...
car over ... loose floorboards reminded her of ... sound she had
taken for ... truck passing ... cottage in the night. Of course,
it had been ... car going through ... bridge. 3.1 felt like ... prince who is
schooled from ... age of five to ...
idea of becoming ... king.
4. Amy put ... kettle on and got out ... cups and ... saucers, ...
spoons, ... sugar bowl.
5. She was married to ... man called Bronson. He was ... planter. He
was ... manager of ... estate up ... river.
6. Outside in ... street, he called for ... taxi at ... top of his voice, and
set off in chase of it like ... young man.
7. Thames Street was ... broad road on ... edge of ... town half ... mile
from ... park. Most of ... houses in it had been built just before ... war.
8. You can't treat Charles like ... child. He is ... grown man.
9.... pleasantest man in ... office was ... big ex-paratrooper
named John Duncan. He was six feet tall, had ... face of ... farmer, and
seemed to like everybody and everything. Ю.І have married ... Philip's widow.
I am ... richest man in ... town today, my friend.
268 Arties
11.All ... big hotels are very much the same.

12.Does it occur to you how boring that sort of ... scene is?
13.He felt ... gentle touch of ... Betty's hand on his shoulder.
14.The plane flew at ... speed of over 1,560 m.p.h.
15. There high society seldom admits ... outsiders into its midst. ..
politicians live in their own corruptive circle, ... bourgeoisie
great and small, frequent one another. 16.Her father had started life as ...
errand boy, then became ...
draper's assistant and was now ... owner of ... prosperous
little business.
17."What ... beautiful portraits," she said, "and what ... lucky
man you must be!" 18.Opposite ... window stood ... full-length painting of
Charles
as ... small boy.
19.Several of ... boys at the new school came from ... same part of ... town.
20. Who is ... best man at this sort of ... thing in your office? 21.Trevor was ...
painter. Indeed, ... few people escape that nowadays. But he was also ... artist,
and ... artists are rather rare. 22. "What did he do?" "He put ... bomb in ...
woman's bicycle
basket in ... busy London street and blew ... four people to
pieces, including ... woman." 23.1 followed his gaze. ... two men dressed
in ... white coveralls
were carrying ... large wooden crate up ... path, followed by ...
other man carrying ... tool box. "Over here," my friend called.
They put... crate down in front of him. "Everything ready?" he
asked ... man with ... tool box. 24.It's ... kind of ... secret I'm
not bad at keeping.
25. Bert Smith was ... art lover, or at least he bought ... pictures.
26. As she came out of ... store, ... woman crossed her path with .•• arms
full of ... sofa cushions, and went to ... car parked down ... street.
27. He often told ... people that he was ... Irishman but he couldn't fool ...
Irish, they saw through him.
28. It was just as stupid to condemn him as to condemn ... wolf because
he ravens or ... cobra because he strikes.
29.It may be that ... police are interested in ... man. 30.He
was ... great believer in ... man. 31.1 thought of him as ... equal.
32.He would have been ... captain of ... team if he had been less unpopular.
Articles 219
ЗЗ.ТЬеу were ... greatest friends, all four of them. 3 4 . He was introduced to
Carlotta Lee, ... girl who played ... leading part.
3 5 .I gathered that she was ... widow of ... colonial governor. 3 6 . There was still
... great deal of ... schoolboy about my father. 3 7 .I did this purely as ... favour
to you.
3 8 . His battalion had hardly started ... attack when ... Germans ran away
leaving their arms behind.
3 9 . He explained that he was ... head of ... department.
40.Slang is ... great pitfall. Henry James in his English stories made constant
use of it, but never quite as ... English do, so that instead of getting ...
colloquial effect he was after, it too often gives ... English reader ...
uncomfortable jolt.
41.He looked like ... manager of ... branch office in ... insurance company.
42____ driver was ... strong athletic young man.
43.On the following Monday I left West Hatch, ... village where we lived.
4 4 ____friend of his, ... carpenter by trade, had given him ... job.
45. Philip had been ... hero of his childhood. 46.They were ... handsomest
couple in London, and had not ... penny between them.
47. He left his wife in ... car as ... guard while he went back to ... house.
48. ... nouns are divided into ... common nouns and ... proper names.
Ex. 22. Explain the use of articles with uncountable abstract nouns in
1. She had attached herself to youth and hope and seriousness and
now they had failed her more than age and despair.
2. Harry rested in the certainty that his duty was to set an example of
loving kindness.
3. His face had a calmness that was new to her.
1. There was a look of such deep loneliness on her mother's face that Lucy felt
her heart turn over in pity.
2. The ownership of the land was less important to him than the work
and sweat he had put into it.
4. However, I don't propose to discuss politics, sociology or metaphysics
with you.
7 . 1 was wrapped in the security of childhood.
8. An instinctive kindness made him want to protect Gorin.
220
9. After dinner, of which he ate little, thinking with dreary sat-isfaction how
grief destroys appetite, he went round to see his confessor.
10. She anticipated the time when they would begin the life whic^ she was
sure would give her at last perfect happiness.
11. The rest of the meeting passed without interruption.
12. We were having spring weather when it began to freeze again,
13. Work got done somehow and she never troubled her head as to how.
1 A. Hospitality was a passion with him.
15. Each moment was sensually enhanced because of the love in-side me.
16. He nodded briefly without comment.
17. She said it without malice, there even was genuine sympathy in her
voice.
18. He nodded and turned his eyes away with a sense of guilty discomfort.
19. "Yes, the dilemma we're in is of the greatest importance," said Paine.
20. Anthony read the book with the most passionate attention.
21. He could tell a story with dramatic intensity.
22.1 think that we must all have a feeling of profound satisfaction.
23. "Mind you," said Aunt Milly, "I shouldn't wonder if you're no better at
school than the average."
24. She talked about herself with a frankness that startled me.
25. He spoke with the awkwardness of a man unused to words.
26. During his first talk with them he felt a certain uneasiness.
27. He put the situation before her, weighing the pros and cons with
unflinching impartiality.
28. He had been brought up to admire French culture.
29. When I heard the news I felt perfect relief.
30. There is in the streets of Paris a peculiar vitality which excites the
blood and prepares the soul for the unexpected.
Ex. 23. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to uncount-
able abstract nouns:
1. He went back home with ... bitterness he had never known before.
2.This thought gave him ... immense satisfaction.
221
3.She thought that Francis would give her ... happiness Guy couldn't.
4. When I had received the invitation I felt ... certain curiosity.
5. With ... mock gallantry he took her hand and leaned over to kiss it.
4. There was ... quick, startled wonder in her eyes.
6. He was ashamed of ... harshness that leapt to his tongue.
7. He rose from ... chair and stood by ... window in ... agitated silence.
8.She went back to bed feeling ... curious emptiness.
10.He spoke with ... slow earnestness and his habitually solemn
face had ... outraged look.
11.1 had ... terrible youth though my father was ... great man.
12.1 feel ... real fear as I watch Robert suffering.
13.1 felt ... malicious delight at ... absurdity of his position.
14____music and ... philosophy are like wine — they are intended
to enhance ... pleasure of being alive. 15.He
spoke of it with ... boyish eagerness.
16. His confession forced upon me ... truth that I had never per-
mitted myself to see.
17____doubt is ... essence of ... excitement.
18.The woman was on her feet with ... swiftness amazing in ...
person of her age. 19.He enjoyed ... warmth of her approval. 20.Dave
played ... piano with ... peculiar delicacy. 21. At that early hour ... glassy sea
often had ... immobility which
seemed to make all ... earthy sorrows of little consequence. 22.He
arranged everything with ... competence. 23.His eyes were so dark that the
iris made one colour with the
pupil and this gave them ... peculiar intensity. 24.As she learned to
understand him better she discovered ...
rare sensitiveness that lay under his aggressive manner. 25.He observed
his guest with ... amused detachment.
26. He sometimes referred to his daughter's marriage with ... gloom.
27. The young man said good-bye with ... jauntiness which deceived no
one.
28.A look of ... joy came into his eyes.
29.For ... next two days he was in ... state of ... greatest excitement.
ЗО— kindness was not one of ... things she had normally
with in ... life.
31____ancient jealousy invaded his heart.
32____courage and resourcefulness of ... women perpetually amazed
him.
33____humour teaches ... tolerance.
34.1 have ... greatest admiration for Racine. 35. My first inclination was not to
give it ... serious attention. 36.He was sorry to leave his friend in ...
comparative poverty. 37.1 did not realize how motley are ... qualities that go to
make
up ... human being. Now I am well aware that ... pettiness
and ... grandeur, ... malice and ... charity, ... hatred and ...
love can find place ... side by ... side in ... same human heart. 38.In ...
tone of ... most extreme politeness he said: "I think we
had better go downstairs." 39.There was ... refinement in his face and ...
spirituality that
was oddly moving. 40.In ... acute distress I turned
to ... window.
Ex. 24. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the nouns
society and life:
1.1 enjoyed listening to her talk of ... Viennese society in ...

days of the Hapsburgs. 2. And although ... society of my friends remained
relatively the
same, ... new influences had entered, ... new winds had sprung
up.
3.1 had given up taking my wife into ... society.
222
4. That night Mark talked to us of ... freedom, of how, if we had ... will,
we could make ... better society, in which our children would stand ... fair
chance.
5. My aunt enjoyed ... society of young ladies and gentlemen.
6. And he introduced me into ... society, different from anything I had
ever known.
7. He was overawed when he went into ... society.
8.Holden believed that his people could create ... society in
which ... men could live in ... peace and in ... decent comfort. 9.... two houses
were only ... few miles apart, but in ... society ■ •• distance was vast. 10. He
found ... conventionalities of ... Army life irksome. He began to feel a longing
for ... more open, less restricted Jifejl.If rny brother thinks that ... life I am
leading now is a razzle
he's a lot to learn. j2.After ... brief glimpse of ... working class life, she
rushed
away to put into print her newly acquired knowledge. 13.The elapsing
seconds seemed to draw ... very life out of him.
14. He did not want to send his boy to a school where he would get
... extravagant tastes and acquire ... ideas unfitted to ... sta-
tion in ... life he would ultimately occupy.
Ex 25. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the

nouns that do not admit of the indefinite article:
1. Everyone hates to have to go out in ... rainy weather.

2.... work gave him ... increasing pleasure.
3.... weather was so warm that we decided to go swimming.
4. He had ... romantic affection for all ... manifestations of ... nature.
5. What ... fine weather we're having today!
6. It would be ... fun for George to be ... Governor and for her to be ...
Governor's wife.
7. At first I found it difficult to understand ... English money.
8.1 turned the radio on and listened to ... nine o'clock news.
9. In ... warm weather I spent most of the afternoon reading out
in ... garden. 10.That morning ... nature was at its loveliest. 11.1 did not
enjoy my holiday because ... weather was very cold.
12. What's ... news?
13. "Congratulations. That was ... very smart work altogether," he said.
14.Have you heard ... news?
15. We have been having ... frosty weather for ... week.
16.1 lent him five pounds last week. Do you think he will pay ...
money back? 17— birds don't like this sort of ...
weather.
18. "James is not coming tonight." "Oh, that is ... bad news."
19. You ought to stay at home in ... cold weather.
20.1 know ... work I've done is ... good work, the best of my life.
21.He began to think of ... fun he had planned for this day.
22— weather is changing for the worse.
23. Your friend is ... great fun.
24.I'm not the man to give you ... advice.
25.He suddenly became aware that Mike had stopped ... work 26.Now he
remembered that he had given ... permission to Гє
move ... crate. 27.That's ... best news I've
heard yet.
28. We hid his watch for ... fun.
29. Uncle Nick made me feel that we had ... tremendous work to do
30.Do you like such ... weather?
31____news from home is bad.
32. I'm going to cut ... grass in ... garden. It's ... hard work, but
it has to be done. 33.Oh, this is not ...
friendly advice.
34.1 was trying not to think about ... work I was set to do. 35. Even if he
comes with ... news I'm hoping for, the situation
will remain difficult for a couple of days. 36.1 just
want to ask you for ... advice.
37____ advice he had got from most of his friends was to turn
down ... offer.
38.The Lieutenant told us to come back with ... information. So we must find
out how many guns they have.
39. "I didn't work there long. I fell ill and had to give up the job." "That's
... hard luck."
40. What ... good luck that I found you in!
Ex. 26. Explain the use of articles with nouns denoting names of materials:
1. "You're drinking nothing." "You know I never do. Wine is such

horrid stuff."
2. Several other men dropped in, and the air was soon thick with
tobacco smoke.
3. Roy was already sliding down the slope toward the water far below.
He was churning up the soft snow as he allowed his body to carry itself
hurtling down the slope.
4. Oh, I don't like tea, I'll have lemonade instead.
5. "Would you like to have a hot chocolate?" Mrs Page asked.
6. But look at the dirt on that suit. You must have it cleaned.
7. They've taken to giving you extremely bad teas in the club.
8. He was covered in fresh snow, his thin cheeks pink and flushed.
9. When the soup was finished Bertha turned round to the fire.
10. She was still warm with the memory of Milly's pancakes
which had dripped with butter, and of the coffee which had been served
with real cream.
27. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to uncount-
ble concrete nouns (names of materials):
ft
j. "I shan't have ... fish," said Robin.

2. Her room smelled of ... soot and ... face powder.
3 . ... mud was drying rapidly, but ... car was still stuck.
4 . James asked for ... water and drank it thirstily.
5 . On the travel he drank ... tea, but in the cabin it was ... thick
coffee with ... sugar and ... tinned milk. 6. They found plenty of ... signs
of ... deer in ... snow. 7.... men moved heavily as though they were walking in
... thick
mud.
8. They were buying ... new furniture. 9.... equipment from ... wrecked plane
has to be saved. 10. She had ... brown shining hair which hung down on
either side of her face.
11.Dinner began in ... silence. In ... silence ... soup was finished.
It was ... excellent soup, though a little thick. And ... fish
was brought. Someone said: "It's the first spring day!" "Spring!"
said John. "There isn't ... breath of ... air." No one replied.
... fish was taken away. Then ... maid brought ... champagne.
12. Your design requires ... very expensive equipment.
13____boss took up ... pen, picked ... fly but of ... ink, and shook
it on to ... piece of ... blotting paper. H.Monty
and I drank ... beer.
15."I knit them myself," I heard ... woman say,"of ... thick grey wool."
16.She taught ... children to work with ... paper, which could be crumpled up
at ... end of ... lesson, with ... plasticine, which could be squeezed back
into ... shapeless lumps, with ... bricks and ... stones and ... coloured
balls which could be jumbled together again.
17.She stirred ... melting sugar with ... spoon.
18.But John treated me like ... precious china.
19.Father, at ... head of ... table, began to slice ... hot meat.
20. Barber went to ... bar and ordered ... coffee, then changed it to ... brandy
because ... coffee wasn't enough after ... talk like that.
1. It would have been as difficult to think of him being ... master of ... house
as it would have been to think of his wife not being ... mistress of it.
2.... landscape was flat and covered with ... snow frozen hard З.Не
munched ... sandwich with ... neurotic violence.
4. This is ... story and not ... piece of ... history.
5. But I won't have ... cup of ... tea. I'll have ... coffee.
6. He told himself it was ... stupid case of ... injured pride.
7. Mrs Peck was ... very young woman who wore ... dirty yell 0w sweater
and ... thick tweed skirt.
8. Only ... champagne was served at1 ... ball.
9.... huge Saturday night sadness descended upon Laura. ІО.Не might at
least have ... decency not to read ... letter now. 11.Dancing, ... girls banged
into each other and stamped on each
other's feet. ... girl who was ... gentleman always clutched
you so.
12. "It is ... funny thing, but every time I dance with you ... dances seem very
short." "They are. My fiancee is ... leader of ... orchestra."
13.He was ... only living relative I had, and when I was ... kid I'd lived with
him. He'd worked as ... fireman on ... railroad.
14. It was ... simple statement of ... fact, but there was ... certain wistfulness
behind it. My wife did not hear ... wistfulness.
15.He came in with ... three cups of ... black coffee.
16.Schumann was ... composer he liked best.
17.He had ... series of ... landscapes of Tibet by ... Russian painter Nicholas
Roerich.
18.She had ... mature distrust of ... trivial.
19.1 felt ... elation I used to feel when I heard ... front door open.
20____ things aren't going too smoothly.
21.1 noticed ... Baron take ... three lumps of ... sugar, putting two in his cup
and wrapping ... third in ... corner of his handkerchief.
22.1 know practically nothing about ... criminal law.
23____floor was carpeted from ... wall to ... wall.
24.Margaret was standing against ... wall with ... unlighted cigarette between
her lips.
25.Everything in ... room was covered in ... drifts of white. It was ... torn
paper.
26.Now he seemed to be chatty and talked to ... jury as ... man to ... man.
27. London is full of ... people from all ... parts of the world
during the summer. 28.I've no doubt it will give ... immense satisfaction.
%9.Не knows a great deal about ... ancient Greek sculpture.
gO.He turned ... pages over, observing how consistently each story was used
to appeal to ... regrettable in ... reader.
ЗІ.Не had ... charm that was irresistible. ... children doted on him, and he
would play with them and tell them ... stories.
32.He had not very much pity for ... weakness, but he had for ... suffering,
for it was, he knew, ... strong who suffered.
3 3 . "Your father used to make ... planes for ... Nazis, I'm told," ... chief
remarked with ... studied casualness.
34.He entertained with ... magnificence that never overstepped ... bounds
of ... good taste.
35.She'd been to Oxford and she'd taken her degree in ... economics.
36. ... correctness was ... quality he most valued: ... correctness of ...
machine, ... correctness of ... report.
Ex. 29. Explain the use of articles with nouns denoting parts of the day:
1. It was almost noon.

2. "Lewis! What are you doing at this time of night?" I heard the well-
known voice. N
3.1 sat all night reading.

4. On the evening of the departure the whole village turned out to give
us the promised farewell dinner.
5. He used to spend the morning lying about the beach.
6. Toward midnight he saw the gleam of many lights.
7. It was high noon when I woke.
8. Twilight was falling when they came back to the great city.
9. At ten o'clock on a hot September evening he strolled idly down the
street.
10. And in the afternoon I used to lie alone, and watch the sun get lower
and lower.
11. He always slept late on Sunday morning.
12. It was not a warm afternoon.
13.1 made my speech yesterday night.
14.The day was hot and muggy.
nouns indicating parts of the day:
1 - It was nearly ... midnight, and Margaret rose to go.

2. It was ... early morning when ... train pulled into ... station.
3. Outside was ... cold, drizzling twilight.
4. It was ... Saturday morning, and ... weekend guests were coming.
5. It was ... grey, cold day. By ... nightfall, it would rain.
6. We got back to ... inn as ... night was falling.
7.1 paid my first visit to them on ... clear cold February night,
8. Martha's talent for sleeping was extraordinary. If nobody
went in to awaken her in ... morning she would sleep till
noon, till two o'clock in ... afternoon, even if she had gone to
bed early ... evening before.
9. Charles was in a hurry to get back home by ... midnight.
10. Towards ... evening he called at their house, but found no one
at home.
11.On ... Sunday morning ... weather was showery.
12____last evening the sirens went again.
13.She hastened out of ... house and to ... barn. ... evening was coming on.
14. All ... night ... snow fell.
15. Each day, coming to ... office, I looked forward to ... evening. 16.It
was ... late afternoon and their shadows lay long across ...
road.
17.It was ... summer afternoon, ... last day of the Bar final examination.
18 evening flowed on. I sat working in ... late summer twi-
light.
19. As he drove me home through ... June dusk, James suddenly
told me that he had left his wife. 20.He pulled aside each curtain to
make sure that ... window
behind it was latched for ... night.
21.His secretary said that Kevin was free in ... evening.
22____ day passed quietly.
23.Robert decided to kill a great many birds with one stone by spending ...
night in London.
24____ night was still, and almost tepid.
25.... couple next door wouldn't leave until ... morning.
26. They played tennis and ping-pong in ... day, and in ... evening, in
accordance with ... stiff routine of ... place, they sat down to poker.
27.Surely nothing could be going on there so late at ... night. 28. He let me
sit up ... night with him and give him ... things to
stop ... pain. 29.It was ... night, but ... street was brightly
lit.
gx. 31. Revision: supply the required articles:
l.He was ... son of ... distinguished soldier. He was given ... first-class
education.
2. My brother takes ... affair with ... utmost seriousness.
3.1t was ... blazing hot August morning and I tried to beg myself off.
4.1 was surprised at ... readiness with which she agreed to my suggestion.
5.... only persons present were Mrs Perger and ... old friend of ...
family, ... Colonel Legrand, ... army doctor who had been ...
brother officer of ... Robert's father. 6. She looked at me with her keen eyes:
"You're not ... sort of ...
boy to be satisfied, are you?" 7.... evening was falling, and as I turned back
towards ... house
its upper windows shone like blazing shields in the last of ...
sunlight.
8. His wife, ... pretty little thing, was ... actress for ... moment out of ...
job.
9. It was ... wet, warm summer day and ... windows of ... drawing-room
stood open.
0."I suppose," he said, "you are ... young man who wants to come here as ...
pupil, aren't you?"
1. My father's hours became more irregular; sometimes he stayed in ... house
in ... morning and sometimes both he and my mother were out all ... day.
2.As ... students would do, we had ... interminable conversations about ... art
and ... literature. 13.Grant took up ... receiver with ... eagerness of which he
was not conscious.
14.In ... morning, grey and dark, we sat over our breakfast.
15.Robie examined his father with ... dispassionate attention he gave
everything.
16.He then went to Hamburg where ... friend of his was ... manager of the
theatre.
17.They ran from ... room to ... room examining them with ... curiosity of ...
children.
18.It was a little after seven on ... summer morning.
19.1 have ... great admiration for him.
20. ГЦ tell you all about it ... tomorrow night.
2l.He got up and soaked ... tea towel with ... cold water and put
articles 228
280 Art
*les
it on ... man's face. ... man brushed it off, but it had had reviving effect.
22. We spent ... next three hours talking and drinking ... coffee. then I had to
hurry off to catch ... last bus. I missed it by few minutes, and had ... five-
mile walk back home. I didn't mind this; it was ... cold; starry night, and ...
air sometimes had ... sweet smell — as if, I thought, it blew from ... 1Ce,
cream factory.
Ex. 32. Explain the use of articles with nouns denoting seasons:
1. The year wore on and it was summer.

2. The winter was coming on.
3. It was a warm and glowing autumn, and she lay in the mellow
sunshine.
4.1 think the country in winter would be horrible, don't you?
5. The summer was here with its bright, short nights.
6. People realized that winter must come sooner or later, and were
determined to make the most of the sun while it lasted.
7. "It has been a terrible summer," he said.
8. He cleaned the barn for the winter.
9. Through the autumn, a busy time for me, I was often uneasy.
10. It was late summer.

11. In March came the first break in the winter.
12. We had a short summer this year.
13. To walk in the garden and watch the spring returning was like
rediscovering the world.
14. Later when it grew warmer and the sun seemed as hot as in summer,
she would go out into the garden.
15. She went to Scotland for the summer.
Ex. 33. Supply the required articles for nouns in the following sentences,
paying special attention to denoting seasons:
l.We used ... cottage for ... week-ends in ... summer.

2. It was ... first day of ... summer.
3. Quite early in ... autumn he began visiting us two or three times each
week.
4. As ... autumn passed, I saw ... good deal of Charles and Ann together.
5. It was ... remarkably fine autumn.
6. He walked along ... streets smelling ... spring in ... air. 7 . ... spring had
come early that year.
8.1 saw him before he went down to ... Mr Bell's country house
for ... summer. 9. It was ... brilliant summer
of 1971.
jO. During ... winter I had heard a rumour that she was abroad. ll.They must
have met in ... summer.
12. He felt more at home in ... winter than in ... summer because in ... winter
there were ... firelights and ... drawn curtains and one's own company.
13____summer faded gloomily into ... autumn.
14.In ... autumn young Ben was to go away to a prep school and my job
would be ended.
15____ winter passed.
16.He went duck-shooting with the locals in ... autumn and trout
fishing with Mr Clark in ... spring. 17.1 expect I shall loathe Manchester.
However, I shall not be
there long. I'm off to school in ... autumn. 18.It was ... summer and ...
place broke out in ... red flowers. 19. "Can't you wait until ... winter?" Sam
asked. 20— winter had now settled into ... bright cold days and ... hard
cold nights.
Ex. 34. Revision: supply the required articles: l.They
watched him in ... nervous silence.

2.... winter set in early and unexpectedly with ... heavy fall of ... snow.
3. It was ... dark night, with no moon.
4. It gave me ... intense satisfaction that they all enjoyed my article.
5. He went out shooting every morning in ... autumn.
6. In ... morning when he awoke, he found his breath frozen on ...
blanket.
3.Because he had succeeded in bearing ... unbearable he was not ... man he
had been ... year ago.
7. He soon learned that Grey was ... head of ... department.
8. Then ... spring came, late, cold and rainy.
paid my first visit to his house on ... clear February night. *1—
expedition started in ... autumn of 1967.
230
12.In ... garden there was ... patch of ... longish grass, bordered by ... flower-
bed, and some raspberry canes; I was specially fond of ... trees — ... three
pear trees by ... side wall and two apple trees in ... middle of ... grass.
13____ letter began so tritely as though ... surgeon Dr. Larry
Skeen were still ... small boy writing home from ... vacation camp.
14____ magnificent spring afternoon was already deepening into
... dusk.
15.In ... winter this region is deep with ... snow. 16.He was
... bachelor with ... small income. 17.Isn't it nice that ...
winter is behind us? 18.It was nearly ... sundown.
19.They had better finish ... work before ... winter.
20.In ... moment he was quiet again and ... stillness of ... room became
oppressive.
21_____house must be cold in ... winter.
22.Philip called at our house on ... Tuesday afternoon.
23.Tom was trembling from ... head to ... foot with ... excitement.
24. We lay lazily, looking through ... reeds at ... glassy water. I stretched to
pluck ... blade of ... grass. ... turf was rough and warm beneath my knees.
Ex. 35. Explain the use of articles with nouns denoting meals:
1. Lunch was ready and we went in.

2. I'm sorry I can't offer you dinner.
З.Г11 try to give you a decent lunch.
4. Mother told me to go out and buy some eggs for lunch.

5. After a light lunch everyone relaxed for a time.
6. He ordered a modest dinner.
7. On the evening of departure the whole village turned out to give us the
promised farewell dinner.
8.1 arranged to give a lunch for them.
9.1 was having tea with her. 10.1 want you to have a
nice breakfast. 11. We were talking about it before
dinner.
12.1 was on my way to make final arrangements about a dinner 1 was giving
that evening.
231
j3. It did not take one very long to have dinner in 1943. There
wasn't enough of the dinner. j4. Charles and I
were alone at lunch.
gx. 36. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the nouns
denoting meals:
1.... substantial tea was laid on ... table.
2.... invitations to ... dinner for sixteen people were sent out. З.Не said he
would have ... very good dinner on ... train.
4. Hudson talked more during ... dinner than was usual with him.
5. So after I had finished ... supper I came back along ... passage to ...
empty dark front room.
6. "Nevil is coming to ... dinner," she added.
7. She intended to have ... glorious supper for my sake.
8. He was afraid he would be late for ... lunch.
9. But now and then Maude prepared ... dinner for him in ... apartment.
10____lunch was finished and soon I left.
11.She had been smoking incessantly since they finished ... supper.
12____tea came in almost at once.
13. She made ... long telephone call from ... lobby and ate ... quick lunch.
14.If he were kept late at ... official dinner she would work her- '
self into ... fever of ... apprehension.
15____tea tasted of ... straw.
16. He was giving ... big lunch on ... following day And at ... end
of ... week ... grand dinner. 17— tea
was over.
18.1 found her in ... kitchen, peeling ... potatoes for ... lunch.
19.But ... hot bath and ... good dinner fixed him up.
20.She smelled strongly of ... scent, but not so strongly as to
disguise ... fact that she had eaten at ... dinner ... dish highly
flavoured with ... garlic. 21."For ... lunch," she said, "we could have ... cold
meat, ... tea,
... bread and butter, and ... jam." 22.1 parked in front of ... restaurant near
... road and went in for
... cold lunch.
23." ... dinner will be ready in ... few minutes," she said.
284 Art
lcles
24.Mr Morley was not in ... best of tempers at ... breakfast. це complained of deci
... bacon and wondered why ... coffee had to have ... appearance of ... ded what
liquid mud. Mr Morley was ... smaij man with ... decided jaw. His sister I was
who kept house for him was ... large woman. She eyed her brother going to
thoughtfully ari(j asked whether ... bath water had been cold again. When do. 13.
Mr Morley expressed himself fully on ... point, he had ... second cup of ... "Your
despised coffee. hair is
short
Ex. 37. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to the and
nouns denoting diseases: curly." "I
had ...
l.My daughter's children went down with ... chicken-pox.
scarlet
2. She suffered from ... bronchitis.
fever and
3. Sheila who had recovered from ... measles was also there.
it
4. She had been absent less than ... week when ... operation for ...
had
appendicitis was performed on her.
to
5. "Were you sick?" "I had ... fever."
be
6.1 am suffering from ... malaria and I am sure you don't know
cut."
what it feels like when ... fever comes on. 7.... boy sat upright against ...
14.That
two pink pillows; ... mumps had
day I
not noticeably increased ... fatness of his face.
happene
8. "You've lost so much weight and your colour has changed." "I had ...
d to have
jaundice," Dan said shortly.
9. Mr March always expressed ... gloomy concern if any one of his
children had ... sore throat.
10.He was laid up with ... flu and did not let us know about it. 11. My father
had ... asthma and ... climate of London always left
him a little forlorn in ... morning. 12.Finally I came down with ...
pneumonia. My mother took me
home to nurse me. While I was getting over ... pneumonia I
... grippe and didn't know it. 15.In January I had ... diphtheria, with ...
complications.
nouns bed, table, school, hospital, prison, church and town:
a)
l.Then he carefully placed ... money on ... bed.
л
articles 236
2.They were discussing it after ... supper, when ... children were in ... bed.
3 . ... room was in ... darkness. I dimly perceived ... bed in ... corner.
4 . ... doctor shrugged his shoulders and sat down beside ... bed.
5. He would pile ... journals and ... newspapers, ... books and ... pamphlets
on ... bed, ... table and ... spare chairs.
6. When he finished at ... midnight, too exhausted to read any further,
he went to ... bed.
7 . ... bed itself was wide and high.
8. His aunt urged that he should be sent to ... bed on the spot. 9.1 turned
toward my own room where I assumed ... bed would
have been made up for me. 10. He worked hard and often got out of ...
bed at... night to make
sure that he had written ... point down. 11.1
swung my feet off ... bed.
12.He was playing with ... dog's ears who had established himself by ... bed.
13.In ... few minutes she went to ... bed. 14.1 pushed off ... bedclothes and
sat on ... side of ... bed.
b)
1. She sat down beside ... table and began clipping ... stalks of
... flowers and arranging them in ... vase. 2.He would not argue with ...
guest at ... table. 3.We sat at ... kitchen table talking about ... things. 4. Tom,
who was reading at ... small table near him, looked up. 5 . There used to be ...
table near the window.
c)
1. Mr Peck came in. He taught us ... algebra and ... geometry; he was
... man about fifty-five who had spent his whole life at ... school.
2. This talk went on throughout ... drive back to ... school.
3. Paula taught Greek and Latin at ... local school.
4. In fact, though clever, he was idle at ... school and far from bookish.
5 . ... fees at ... secondary school were ... three guineas ... term.
6. In ... morning I went as usual to ... school.
6.He went to ... school to speak to ... head-master about his son.
7. At ... odd moments he glanced back on those wonderful two weeks
before ... school began.
6. He's in ... hospital with ... couple of ... ribs and ... shoulder cracked.
7. He lives in one wing of ... house, and has turned the rest іщ0 ...
hospital.
8. After ... lunch Dr. Raily went off to ... hospital.
8. She had met his father when he was captured and brought to ...
Austrian hospital where she was ... nurse in ... first World War.
9. He told us that ... man had been gored by ... bull and was ir ...
hospital.
10. She told me that for ... while she had worked in ... hospital
11. On ... day he was due to attend ... hospital she secretly phonec his
doctor.
12. They had ... hospital in ... town during ... war.
9.... Dan's scratched face became inflamed and poisoned and hi went down
with ... high fever and was carried off to ... hospi tal where he lies at present.
10.Doctor Huger is ... best man for you but he's at ... hospita. doing ...
emergency operation.
11. He is in ... hospital and his condition is reported as being serious.
12. My mother admitted that ... hospital to which Uncle Nick had been
taken was ... lunatic asylum.
13.He was in ... hospital for ... few weeks, and came back more moody than
ever.
e)
articles 237
1. St. Peter's is ... church often chosen by ... fashionable people for ...
funerals and ... weddings.
2. They stood for ... moment, then all together slowly moved towards ...
church.
3."Do you go to ... church?" "Occasionally."
4.1 could see from ... car ... church on ... sharply rising slope.
5. About half past ten ... cracked bell of ... small church began to ring.
6. They rode in ... silence for ... moment, ... church disappearing
behind them.
7. "Bertie," she said to my father, "I shall go to ... church this morning."
8. She was dressed for ... church.
tides
5. I'll drive you to ... town this morning.

6. We decided to spend ... summer in ... sea-side town. 3.They lived in
... same part of ... town.
4 . ... town was not large enough for one to stay anonymous. 5 . When will you
drive back to ... town?
g.Blairhill was ... ancient town with ... winding alleys and ...
old marketplace. 7.1 walked with him
through ... town.
8.I'm afraid you can't see Father today; he's out of ... town. 9. My Aunt Milly
was well known all over ... town.
Ex. 39. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to phraseo-
logical combinations:
l.We sent ... results of ... vote by ... letter.

2. He went to ... rotten log near at ... hand and began to dig under one
end of it with his knife.
3. It was ... holiday, and no games on ... account of ... rain.
4. So I thought we would have ... good dinner and go to ... ballet.
5. His father had crept several times on ... tiptoe into ... room to see if
he was stirring.
6. And on ... top of all that he had ... quarrel with his wife.
7. Let's go by ... underground.
8. On ... consideration I am not so sure you're right.
9. He took one of ... books at ... random.
10.He opposed my plan on ... principle.
П.I came across ... book by ... chance.
12.I'll make ... inventory of what we have on ... hand.
13.After she had ... leisurely dinner downstairs Julia played ...
piano for ... while. 14.There was nothing to be said in ... answer to such ...
bitter
accusations.
15.His name was mentioned in ... connection with ... ping-pong
championship.
16.He spent part of ... afternoon telling them ... news he could
not tell them by ... telephone. 17— little car in ... question now stood
outside ... front door. 18.He knew Marion Sharpe by ... sight as he knew
everyone in
Milford.
l9.He asked ... man what was his idea with ... regard to ... best means for
accomplishing his plan.
20.On ... examination ... object turned out to be ... page torr from ... book.
21____transport must come by ... sea to Plymouth.
22.1 broke my spectacles by ... accident and then found I didn't really need
them.
23.He was so uneasy that his presence was out of ... question.
24. "Are you ... bad sailor?" she asked quickly. "About as bad as is possible,
in ... spite of having been at ... sea so much."
25.They are at ... sea now. They write that they are having marvellous time.
26. Anna and her husband went out after ... tea to play ... cards and took
their baby, though Eugene said it would get... pneumonia.
27.She went by ... coach, because it was cheaper.
28. Before long I reached several conclusions in ... relation to my
unknown friend. 29.He tore open ... parcel that came for him by ... post.
30.He then went down to ... dinner, and ordered ... whole bottle
of ... claret in ... honour of ... event. 31.They followed him through ...
slight drizzle to ... garage. ...
few men were sitting at ... table, playing ... cards, and ... girl
was curled up on ... couch reading ... paperback book.
239
1. There was ... empty bottle by ... side of ... bed, which had contained
... milk, and in ... piece of ... newspaper ... few crumbs.
2. He went to ... tiny kitchen, where he knew his way around, and put
... kettle of ... water on ... stove. He poured ... milk into ... jug from ...
carton in ... refrigerator, then drank some milk himself before putting ...
carton back.
3.... school was ... pride of ... town. It was made of ... brick. 4.... driver was ...
broad red-faced man who looked like ... captain of ... liner.
5. When he was in ... hospital she could not get ... permission to visit
him.
6. We had ... thin soup, ... lamb cutlets coated in ... breadcrumbs, and
... French-fried potatoes.
7. It was with ... greatest difficulty that Brian had persuaded him to
join ... Fabians.
8.... boy Roger sprawled on ... mat nearest to ... door.
articles 240
9 . He rattled on, telling ... anecdote after ... anecdote. jO.AH through ...
afternoon he had been torn by ... sorrow his
brother did not know. ц.Нег face had ... hardness of ... face on ... coin.
12.Don't be ... liar enough to say that you like it. l3.She spoke of ... cars with
... lyrical intensity that ... other
people gave to ... spring, or ... first snow drop. 14.I understand ... irony in
your voice. 15.I have to go up to ... town on Tuesday to see ... man. 16.1 did
not mean to say it. It came out by ... accident. 17. Then he came to Win ton to
do ... research for ... year. 18.Outside ... church we met several neighbours.
19.He found himself ... face to ... face with ... Lieutenant Evans. 20. When ...
news came that France had mobilized, and that ...
Germans had crossed ... Belgian frontier, George abandoned
all ... hope immediately. 21.Fortunately we have ... time to decide since
there are ... two
months of ... wet winter left us and nobody will bother us
until ... spring.
22.It was impossible to say how ... things were going on on ... beach.
23. Francis Chadwick was ... tallish good-looking woman, ... natural blonde
with ... clothes and ... figure of ... girl who had "modelled" ... clothes.
24.He became ... secretary of ... society he founded.
25— iron is ... bread of ... industry; ... nickel is ... meat.
26.It was ... cheerful place in which to pass ... wet March afternoon.
27.He was in his late seventies, confined to ... wheel-chair, but
radiating ... tremendous self-confidence. 28.1 was ... qualified radio
technician in ... civilian life. 29.They went out and saw that ... dawn was
breaking. 30.He took him for ... ride at ... twilight.
31— odd feeling of ... curiosity stirred him, and he crossed over. 32.She was
... daughter of ... clergyman. 33.Buy me ... ice, please.
34. Marcel, ... fat man who runs ... place we were at ... last night, introduced
me to ... two men there.
35.If she could feel ... hunger and ... thirst, ... heat and ... cold, then she could
feel ... love and ... love for ... man. Well, he was ... man. And why could he
not be ... man?
10
290 Article
1
36. When he left ... school he built ... houses in ... small town in ... West.
37.For ... long time I had longed for ... machine that could move
at ... speed of seventy miles ... hour. 38.Finally she sat down again and
listened in ... tense alertness
to ... conversation. 39. For ... years I could not free myself from ... influence
of ... book. 40.It was ... sunny day full of ... sound of ... bees. 41.1 believe we
could get ... work on ... farm that would see us
through ... summer.
42.He stepped out into ... twilight and breathed ... pure air.
43_____ talk flowed easily between ... two women who liked each
other.
44.1 did not go straight home from ... school that evening. Instead, I walked by
myself ... long way round by ... canal; ... mist was rising; but as it swirled
round ... bridges and ... warehouses and ... trees by ... waterside, it no
longer exalted me.
45.1 have received ... information oh ... subject.
46.Gerda doesn't know ... art from ... coloured photograph.
47. In ... street in front of ... houses there was nothing but... dust
and ... hard brick and ... cars and ... dirty children. 48.It was ... grey, warm
summer evening, and ... trees were
swaying wave-like in ... wind. 49. Marion said that she must let some
oxygen in before ... next
lesson. She moved rapidly to ... window, opened it, returned
to ... blackboard, shook ... duster so that ... cloud of ... chalk
hung in ... air.
Ex. 41. Revision: supply the required articles in the following texts:
a) Although it was ... early afternoon all ... lights in ... restaurant were on.
... plane from New York had been delayed. • •• usual gloom of ... airport was
intensified by ... weather. In ••• corner of ... restaurant, ... man and ... woman
waited, drinking ... coffee, watching ... two small children, ... boy and ... girl
who were plastered against ... big window that overlooked ... field. • •• woman
was in her early thirties, with ... pretty figure pleasantly displayed by ... modest
grey suit. She had ... short black hair swept back in ... latest fashion, and her
large grey eyes were cleverly accented by ... make-up.
1
b) I did not feel too good. I had ... headache and ... sore throat,
and I went to ... bed at eight o'clock with some lemon and honey.
^Then I woke up in ... morning I was so full of ... cold that I could
hardly breathe. I got up and took my temperature, and upon
finding it was ... hundred point four I went straight to ... bed
again. ... Father wanted to send for ... doctor, and I said I did not
want ... doctor.
I slept most of ... day. At ... teatime ... Father came up to see ще. He was
carrying ... huge parcel. He put it down on ... bed. I started to undo ... brown
wrappings. It was ... enormous doll. It had ... real hair and several complete
changes of ... clothes, with ... hats and ... gloves and ... shoes and ... socks
and ... parasol. I was overcome. I stared at ... bright cheeks and ... black
curls and ... blue china rolling eyes and ... long lashes. "I think it's lovely," I
said.
c) ... moment I flung open ... door, I smelt ... strong smell of
... gas. I flew up ... stairs and into ... kitchen. ... air was thick
with it, and I could tell from ... noise that ... oven was on, unlit.
I switched it off, pulled open ... window and retreated. ... whole
house stank.
... sitting-room light was on. So I went in and found David sitting on ...
sofa reading ... magazine.
"What do you think you are doing?" I yelled."... whole place is full of ...
gas. Can't you smell it?"
"Gas?" he asked."Is it really? I thought there was ... funny smell when I
came in. And I have got ... headache, come to think of it."
"You're lucky you're not dead," I said and went out into ... corridor.
d) Mr Sutton was ... engineer who lived in ... next street, and
he was probably ... only good mathematician in our district. I was
a
t ... school with his son Gerald, ... gentle, bespectacled lad who
w
as not particularly brilliant. Like myself, Mr Sutton was inter-
ested in ... theory of ... numbers. I had ... tea with Gerald one day
an
d talked to his father; I produced my copy of ... Diophantus's
arithmetic, and we sat over it for ... rest of ... evening. I began
taking ... habit of seeing him two or three evenings ... week and
diking over ... problems that interested me.
Apart from his engineering, Mr Sutton had been self-taught. 4e had left ...
school at fourteen and studied at ... night-school;
244
£!£______________________^
consequently he had ... enormous respect for ... education. He ha^ taught
himself ... German and ... French, and even to play piano. He was not much
liked by my father, who thought he Was ... know-all. Mr Sutton enjoyed
standing in ... garden on ... stajf, nights and explaining ... names of all ...
constellations to me; у we walked in his garden on ... sunny day, he would
break off talk about ... mathematics to tell me ... botanical names of flowers.
He spoke ... few words of ... dozen languages, and li)je(j to be considered ...
good linguist.
e) ... fire was low, and James asked me if I would mind get. ting in more
coal, since my shoes were thicker than his and therefore more waterproof. ...
coal was kept in ... shed at ... bottom of ... back garden, on ... other side of
... lawn. I took ... scuttle and ... shovel, and walked across ... wet lawn; it
was ... dusk, and ... rain had stopped. Behind ... coal shed flowed ... stream,
and I pushed my way through some stinging nettles to peep down at it. I
always loved ... sound of ... running water. It was so pleasant that I stood
there for ... few minutes, enjoying ... clean air and ... smell that came from ...
orchard on ... other side of ... stream. Then I turned back to ... shed, and
began to fill ... scuttle with ... coal. As I did so, I had ... feeling of someone
standing behind me. I cannot explain why I felt sure of this. When I turned
round, holding ... full scuttle, I was aware that someone was looking at me
from ... upstairs window of ... cottage, and I thought I could see ... face
through ... dusk.
f) ... winter set in early and unexpectedly with ... heavy fall of ... snow.
... snow came silently through ... night, and Christine and Andrew woke to
... great glittering whiteness.
... herd of ... mountain ponies had come through ... gap in — broken
wooden pailings at ... side of ... house and were gathered round ... back
door. These dark wild little creatures started away at ... approach of ... man.
But in ... snowy weather ... hunger drove them down to ... outskirts of ...
town.
All ... winter Christine fed ... ponies. At first they backed from her, but
in ... end they came to eat from her hand. 0ne especially became her friend,
... smallest of them all, ... blac tangle-maned creature whom they named
Darkie.
... ponies would eat any kind of ... food, ... scraps of ... l°a ' ... potato and
apple rinds, even ... orange peel. Once, in ... fun'
ДПСІГЄЛУ offered Darkie ... empty matchbox. Darkie munched it jown and
licked his lips.
Though they were so poor, Christine and Andrew knew ... jjappiness.
Christine, for all her look of ... inexperience, had ... attribute of ... Yorkshire
woman: she was ... housewife. With ... jjelp of ... young girl named Jenny, ...
miner's daughter who came daily, she kept ... house shining. When Andrew
came in tjred, she would have ... hot meal on ... table which quickly restored
him.
Ex. 42. Explain the use of articles with nouns denoting unique objects
and notions:
l.He turned away, and lay with wide-open eyes, looking out of the window at
the sinking sun.
2. The storm had blown itself out. The last clouds, broken in lurid,
ragged-edged fragments, were sailing gently over a soft blue sky.
3. Henry did his best to lend an appearance of secrecy to the
proceedings of the commission that were reported daily in the press.
4. "I suppose I oughtn't to tell you, but someone ought to be thinking
of the future," said Aunt Milly.
5. She opened her eyes to their widest when she was told what a
brilliant future spread before her.
6. On such an evening every one looks up at the Milky Way.
7. In Milford if you call John Smith on the telephone you expect John
Smith to answer in person.
2. Charles broke in: "She wants a good world."
8. It was the same house all right. We entered the tall gloomy archway
as we had so often in the past.
10. The night was very dark, with a cold, damp gusty wind from the
west.
11. That is Sirius, a gigantic sun, many millions of miles from us.
12. People all over the world want peace.
Ex. 43. Supply the required articles paying special attention to the
nouns 'ndicating unique objects and notions:
1.... sky was still dark to ... east, but it would soon be ... dawn. 2. In ... past
when they had come to ... country in ... summer he had taken ... rest from ...
research.
______________________________________________________________ 246
3. It was ... night still, but ... stars were pale in ... sky day was at ... hand.
4. It was ... August night of ... extreme beauty, ... moon was jusj about to
rise over ... hills.
5. He explained later that he hadn't rung up again because he had had no
more coppers for ... telephone.
6. Kim threw up ... tremendous party. And, of course, ... press was also
cordially invited.
7. Through ... gateway ... thousands of ... miners every day enter ... cages
that plunge them more than ... mile into ... earth.
8. Coming down ... street, George had noticed that it was clear night with
... full moon and he insisted on going to the Embankment to see ... moonlight
on the Thames.
9.... cloud, hitherto unseen, came upon ... moon. 10. Aunt Bertha liked my
company, let me listen to ... radio, and
made me ... cakes and ... tarts.
11____stars were faint and dim and lovely in ... soft misty night
sky.
12. "We've got to make arrangements for ... future." "But have
we ... future?" he asked. 13.It was ... perfect night and ... moon was just
rising.
14. And curiously enough, at this moment, there came ... distinct rumble
of ... thunder out of ... cloudless sky.
15. We hope for ... future and regret ... past.
16.Obviously we take ... different views of ... world. I want ... better world.
17____moon made ... faint pathway on ... water, but ... house was
still lit up by ... setting sun.
18.There was ... hamburger stand ... block to ... east.
19____moon set, and in ... sky ... countless stars shone with their
terrifying brilliance.
20____man is ... master of ... whole earth, above and below, from
... Equator to ... Poles. 21.It was ... glorious night. ... moon had sunk and
left ... quiet
earth alone with ... stars. 22.He was faced with nothing but ... decidedly
bleak-looking
future.

1. They came out of ... bar into ... street and they walked against soft breeze, ...
hand in ... hand. ... air was like ... drift ol
247
pollen. ... three-quarter moon, pale as ... china in ... fading sky, sailed
over ... towered offices.
2. He had always been ... generous man. In ... future he would be able to be
even more generous.
З.АП that day she roamed about ... empty school, unable to settle to
anything. She played ... piano in ... music-room for ... few minutes,
jumped up and went to ... gym where she did ... tentative exercise or two
on ... wall-bars: she was getting stiff. She made herself ... sandwich,
poured ... drink, then put it back into ... bottle. ... sky greyed over and all
... shine had gone from ... sea. She began to prepare ... supper, something
that would keep in ... oven. From ... wood ... maddening bird cried out
again and again before ... sleep. She found herself listening for ... sound of
... car.
4.1 like ... theatre, but George has always said he's too tired to go out at ...
night.
5 . He was filled with ... vision of ... ideal world in which ... intellectuals
showed ... toilers how to eliminate ... toil.
6 . ... news meant that Alec would soon have ... brilliant future before him.
7. "We shall have ... rain tomorrow," said George, instinctively looking at ...
cloudy sky, invisible beyond ... glare of ... street lamps.
8. Only ... copperly light of ... low autumn moon, sifting through ...
tall, distant pines, ruffled ... water that was as black as ... young crow's
wing.
9 . . . . past is ... foreign country: they do ... things differently there.
10.My mother left ... table set for ... tea.
11.Chekhov was elected ... honorary member of ... Tsarist Academy of
Sciences in 1900, but he resigned in ... protest two years later after ...
Tsar annulled ... election of Maxim Gorky, ... writer now seen as ... father
of ... Soviet literature.
'2.He switched off ... radio and went to ... bed.
'S.Angela was returning by ... train from ... South of France. It was ... weary
journey; ... train was already eight hours late; ... restaurant car had
disappeared during ... night.
4.For ... hour she spoke quietly and held ... audience of 2,000
spellbound people with what she had to say. S.Joe and I took ... lunch
together once ... week, every Friday; unless he was out of ... town.
16. Andy watched them closely and listened with ... solemn atten tion
as if everything they said was of ... profoundest imp0r tance.
17. As ... girl she had expected ... husband who would give her love and
... luxury and ... state.
18.... sun rose clear of ... reeds that fringed ... eastern corner of ... lake. Jim
and I were eager to start fishing. ... boat rippiecj ... glassy surface of ...
lake which in ... night had mirrored stars and ... blue sky in its calm
depths.
19.Over ... telephone, at four hours' notice, he invited ... guests most of
whom were ... acquaintances of mine.
20.As ... boy Herbert wanted to study ... music.
21.About ... four miles to ... south, ... second lake ran into land, and on ...
north shore of it was ... village slightly larger than Garnie.
22.... waves of ... river were imprisoned at last for ... winter.
23. You shouldn't think it is easy to do ... original research.
24. She was wonderfully ignorant, and had only ... vaguest knowledge
of ... European geography.
25. We had walked to their cottage from ... nearest railway station ...
distance of about two miles.
26.Towards ... evening I felt stifled, and my head ached. My sister had some
of her friends in to ... tea, and they were chattering like ... hundred
canaries. I decided to take ... walk in ... park. ... wind was damp and ...
ground muddy, and I ended outside ... Aunt Bertha's. She was sitting
listening to ... radio and knitting, and she immediately offered me ... cup
of ... tea.
Ex. 45. Revision: supply the required articles in the following descriptions of
weather and nature:
1. But when ... day came ... weather, which had been fine and warm,
broke; ... sky was grey and ... drizzling rain was falling.
2. It was ... late afternoon and ... drizzle turned into ... steady rain. It
was getting dark, and ... grey sky seemed so close overhead.
3.... days and nights grew colder and colder. At ... noon ... sun
______________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________248
was ... cold bloody smear in ... misty sky. 4. Dan and Ann were on skis.
Sometimes he led ... way. Neither
had to break trail, for ... crusted snow made their passage swift and
effortless. Every so often ... mysterious stirring of ... air would send ...
powdery snow sifting down from ... lofty trees. ... falling snow shone like
... diamonds in ... moonlight.
5 . " . . . sky is cloudy and it looks like ... rain." "... rain will help ... things
grow."
6.Though ... rain ceased at ... noon ... air still felt moist.
7 . ... birds' songs ceased; ... trees were still, and far over ... mountains there
was ... mutter of ... dull, menacing thunder.
8. We went to ... bed early, and in ... night it rained ... little, not ... real
rain but ... shower from ... mountains.
9.Jack sat smoking and looking silently out at ... drizzling rain.
10.On the whole we had ... fine weather.
11____fine weather held and we wandered in ... fields.
12.He was still asleep when. ... snow began to fall in ... early
morning. It did not wake him. It covered his sleeping bag, and
even his face and head, but he slept on until ... grey light of
... day disturbed him. 13.It was bleak and cold when I got there and ...
thin rain was
falling.
14____ scent of ... lime trees hung over ... suburban street; ...
lights were coming on in some of ... houses; ... red brick of ...
new church was bright in ... sunset glow. 15.1 must have fallen asleep
because I woke suddenly with ... start
and heard ... crack of ... thunder in ... air. I sat up. ... clock
said five. I got up and went to ... window. There was not ...
breath of ... wind. ... leaves hung listless on ... trees waiting.
... sky was slaty grey. ... jagged lightning split ... sky. ... other
rumble in ... distance. No rain fell. I went out into ... corridor
and listened. I could not hear anything. I went to ... head of ...
stairs. ... hall was dark. I went down and stood on ... terrace.
There was ... other burst of ... thunder. One spot of ... rain fell
on my hand. It was very dark. I could see ... sea beyond ...
valley like ... black lake. ... other spot fell on my hand, and ...
other crack of ... thunder came. One of ... maids began shutting
... windows in ... rooms upstairs.
Ex. 46. Revision: supply the required articles in the following texts:
a) I came home from ... school one afternoon and found my Uncle sitting
at ... table, sipping from ... pint mug of ... tea, and
249 Art
icles
making ... calculations on ... sheet of ... paper. My mother sitting opposite,
reading ... newspaper. I sat down and ate bread and ... jam.
b) I came home from ... school one day with ... slight head-ache, and
took ... two aspirins from ... bottle in ... medicine cupboard. They left ...
curious aftertaste in my mouth, and when my mother came home half ...
hour later I told her what I had done. She shrieked and ran to ... telephone; I
had taken some tablets that ... doctor had prescribed for her stomach
cramps, and she had been warned that it was dangerous to exceed ... stated
doze — one tablet ... day. She had broken ... bottle that morning, and
transferred ... tablets to ... empty aspirin bottle.
c) My Uncle Nick began teaching me ... mathematics and I spent ...

hour every day with him. I liked ... figures. They amused me. They gave me ...
certain sense of ... power. I liked to be able to tell ... people how many gallons
of ... water were used in our town every day, how many hours everyone
sleeps in ... lifetime, how long it would take to cover Mount Everest with ...
cigarette stubs thrown away every week in London. Uncle Nick was ...
excellent teacher. He took care not to bore me with too many theories;
instead, we went through ... books of ... puzzles, and invented ... puzzles to
try to baffle one another.
d) ... Uncle Nick's effects had to be moved out of his room so

that it could be re-let. His landlady was unwilling to store them,
so she asked my father to collect them. It was ... big job, for ...
Uncle Nick had ... hundreds of ... books. They had to be collected
in ... van and were taken down to our basement one day when I
was at ... school. I was not told about this; but on returning home
from ... school I noticed ... small jade statuette of ... athlete on
our living-room shelf; I knew it belonged to ... Uncle Nick, and
began looking for ... rest of his things. When I found that ... door
to ... coal-cellar had been locked, I guessed they were down there-
I showed no curiosity.
... week later I returned from ... school and found ... house empty, my
mother being at ... shops. I knew ... other way into ■■■ coal-cellar, through
... grating on ... far side. It was ...
tight
squeeze, but I managed it. ... cellar was large; ... coal and ... c0ê were kept on
one side, and ... sacks of ... potatoes, ... cooking
Articles 250
apples and ... jars of ... preserve on ... other. Most of ... books had been
packed into ... enormous old trunk, and ... remainder piled on ... top of
it. I switched on ... light and went carefully through ... books. ... ones
on ... top of ... trunk were ... boring volumes of ... theology. I piled
them on ... floor and looked inside. These were ... ones I wanted to see.
While I was still searching through ... trunk I heard my mother
come in, and I had ... momentary panic. Then I thought that if she
came down for ... potatoes I could probably hide myself behind ... coal.
So I went on searching, until I had selected ... dozen volumes that I
wanted to read. Then I carried my books over to ... grating, pushed
them outside, then wriggled through. When I got back into ... house I
even remembered to wipe ... coal off my face.
e) Early in ... morning, ... knight started again on his journey,

hoping to cover ... long distance, but ... way through ... forest was very
difficult so that, when ... evening fell, he found himself only on ... edge
of ... Yorkshire forests.
By this time ... man and ... horse were very tired. It was necessary
to find ... place to spend ... night but looking around ... knight saw
only ... deep woods with ... few open glades and paths. ... sun, by
which ... knight directed his course, had now sunk, and he did not
know which path to follow. At last he decided to let his horse follow his
own instinct and find ... right way. ... tired horse at once seemed to
become more lively and took ... path which turned off from ... former
course. Soon ... path grew ... little wider and ... sound of ... small bell
gave ... knight to understand that he was near ... chapel. At last he
reached ... open glade and saw ... small hut. At ... little distance on ...
right hand there was ... fountain of ... purest water. Beside ... fountain
were ... ruins of ... very small chapel. ... green bell hung at... entrance
of ... chapel. It was ... sound of this bell that • .. knight had heard
some time before. He sprang from his horse, approached ... hut and
knocked at ... door.
Ex. 47. Explain the use of articles with names of persons in the
l.On the way home Isabel said: "You must speak to Father tomorrow."
2. He told an anecdote about Stern. As soon as Dave realized that the
reference was to the Stern of the famous Stern-Gerlach experiment,
his ears pricked up.
і
251articles Art
*les 301
3. At that moment they were interrupted by the gentle Mrs Shobbe y0. There was no porter to carry his large valise, but he managed to get into
4. At a table in a corner the Colonel was introduced to a Mr s Bilst and ... carriage just as ... train started. It was ... Pullman, so crowded with ...
a Mrs Peck. officers that he hadn't room to sit down.
5. In the kitchen a tearful Doris was wilting under the stern reproof of j 1.After we lost my brother in ... war and then ... Mother died, he didn't
her mother. bother about living ... respectable life any longer and just did what he
6. The children were not allowed by their mothers to play with the liked.
Connollys. f2.From ... hill Ed tried to wave to ... lonely Nancy who, deserted by her
7. He was talking pleasantly to the glowering and unresponsive David. brother, had begun to dig herself ... castle in ... sand.
8. To have an early breakfast was unbefitting a Blair. 13. When my uncle tried me with ... few simple problems in ... algebra,
9. But I'm going to have supper with the Robertses. he looked pleased and said to my mother: "Your son could be ... other
10. "Charlie," the irresponsible Emily broke in, "I tried to reach you this Einstein." "Who is ... Einstein?" asked my mother. I was glad she had
morning." asked. I wanted to know too.
14. "Very well, Papa," said ... obedient Milly.
Ex. 48. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to names 15.She climbed ... tairs and walked with ... completely silent
of persons: Katherine down ... corridor.
1. As we were returning up ... street, ... cat darted out from one of ... 16____ poor Tom saw no harm in repeating those absurd stories.
houses in front of us. ... Montmorency gave ... cry of ... joy and flew after 17."Doctor Baker?" she repeated,"I don't know ... Doctor Baker.
his prey. His victim was ... large black Tom. I never saw ... larger cat, nor There used to be ... house called Rose Cottage near ... church,
... more disreputable-looking cat. It was ... long, sinewy-looking animal. It but ... Mrs Wilson lived there."
had ... calm contented air about it. 18____ Major Wilby and ... lovely Mabel departed.
2. One day he was taken by ... friend to ... party given by ... certain 19.She walked to ... part of ... room where ... puzzled Henry was
Mrs Lambeth, ... rich banker's widow. standing.
20____Bert Smith had ... Citroen, and he drove swiftly and well.
3. Being himself ... fine musician, and ... superlative performer on ...
21.Next day I saw ... Smiths off at ... airport.
violoncello, my father dreamed of turning me into ... young Mozart, and
my training on ... piano began when I was three years old. 22. His parents could deny nothing to ... suffering Stephen.
4 . ... Bradley who settled here was what I suppose you might call ... farmer. 23. "How is ... grandmother's rheumatism?" ... doctor asked. "She's
5. When ... dear old Mrs Hay went back to town after staying with ... been better lately, but ... Mother's bad now."
Burnelles she sent ... children ... doll's house. 24."I'm sorry to hear that, ... little girl; tell ... mother to come down here
6. At that time I had ... greatest admiration for ... Impressionists. I some day and see whether ... Dr. Braine can do anything for her."
longed to possess ... Sisley and ... Degas. 25.Charley was distressed. This was not ... Simon he had known so long.
7.... Jason who came back from the Easter holidays with ... black band ^— Bradleys are one of ... oldest families in Illinois.
around his arm was ... very different person frorn •■■ Jason of ... term
before. 49. Supply the required articles, paying special attention to geo-
^phic names:
8.... Mr March had been compelled to speak loudly, even for ••■ March, to
make ... deaf lady understand. 1-He had ... pronounced views on what ... United States was doing for ...
9. "It sounds most tempting," remarked ... polite Lanny. world.
252 Ar
«c(es
2.... weather over ... Baltic was said to be worsening every hou r 3.This
captain, he said, had made marine history by passing
through ... Bosphorus and .... Dardanelles without ... aid of
pilot.
4. Mr Roberts sipped ... cup of ... coffee and looked out over ., Lake of
Geneva.
5. His ship nearly sank in ... Pacific.
6. He told me how he had discovered ... statue, five hundred feet tall,
buried in ... sand of ... Sahara.
7.... book was about ... author's wanderings in ... interior of ... Ceylon.
8.... man from ... Sudan carried his bags to ... car.
9. She showed me ... pictures taken in ... Swiss Alps. 10. "I know there are ...
British bases in ... Cyprus," he said. 11.He said it is ... story of ... writer who
goes on ... voyage to ... South Seas.
12. You oughtn't to spend ... winter in ... London with that cough
and your chest. I'll give up my work if you'll come for ...
month with me to some small place on ... Riviera. 13.His fortieth
birthday was at ... hand, and he had never been
farther ... west than Chicago. 14. The article says that ... events in ...
Asia and now in ... Africa
are not without their repercussion in ... Latin America. 15.They stood for
some time, talking in quiet tones, comparing
... Thames with ... Seine. 16. This was not ... Paris that he had accepted
thirty years ago as
his spiritual home.
17____rains were moving ... north from ... Rhodesia.
18.So George, after forming ... various vague plans for ... winter
in ... Sicily or ... Island of Majorca had to admit that he had
not ... money for it. 19.He was ... well-known mountaineer scaling ...
Andes. 20.He went down ... road to ... library and came home with •••
new book about ... headwaters of ... Amazon. 21."Where is he?" asked
Ann. "He's in ... Buenos Aires." 22.There aren't many sharks in ...
Mediterranean. It is down •••
Red Sea that you get them in numbers. 23.He retired to his hotel and sat
in his shirt sleeves looking at
... Grand Canal.
24____Asia Minor is ... part of ... Asia between ... Black Sea and
... Mediterranean Sea.
25.They stayed in ... Venice for ... fortnight.
26.She was going on ... cruise down ... Adriatic.
27. You haven't come back to ... very cheery England.
28.He was staring out across ... Nile at ... distant hills.
29.And several hours later he stepped out upon ... soil of ...
Newfoundland. 30.The firm made ... loans to ... Argentine and ... Brazil.
Ex. 50. Supply the required articles, paying attention to miscellaneous

proper names:
l."Do you know where he's staying?" "At ... Bristol."
2. Mr Robinson arrived at ... London airport from ... New York
yesterday on his way to ... Ukraine.
3. Usually he used to read ... few articles out of ... "Time" or ...
"Newsweek".
4. When last heard from he was at ... University of Berlin.
5. "What's ... French for factory?" "Usine."
6. They drove up to ... main terminal — ... brightly lighted, air-
conditioned Taj-Mahal.
253 Ar
«c(es
7. He had applied for this assistantship in ... answer to ... ad-

vertisement in ... "Lancet".
8.Soon after that he was expelled from ... Harvard University. 9.... "Friedrich
Weber" was ... freighter sailing from ... Hamburg to ... Colombo.
10.On their way to ... Savoy Hotel he refused to tell Tom what would happen
there.
11.Schiller, ... most popular dramatist in ... Germany, was forced to make ...
translations from ... French in order to earn ... money enough to live on.
12.David said in ... gruff voice that he never read ... "News of the World".
13.Gracie was ... student at ... London University. 14— liner "Queen
Elisabeth" sails at 8 a. m. this morning, on ... schedule.
15.... lady talked ... bad French at ... top of her voice. 16.There's ... good film
at ... Regal Cinema this week.
1.1 felt sure that ... Colonel MacAndrew would not remember me.
254 Articl,
2. They boasted that they had been flown over ... late battle-f at ...
height of 3,000 feet.
3. ... French didn't allow ... publication of ... book in ... French
4. It was ... quarter to three when ... telephone rang. Mr Morley was
sitting in ... easy-chair, happily digesting ... excellent lunch. He did not
move when ... bell rang but waited for faithful George to come and take ...
call.
5. Mr Pyne amused himself that evening by going to ... cinema.
6. In ... dining-room ... child Terry was howling at ... top of his voice.
7.... boy Roger had arrived home with ... measles; his mother blessed ...
measles that brought him home.
8.... Adamses were ... pleasant people with ... large family.
9. "Is your father ... businessman?" "Not really. He is ... professor." " ...
teacher?" she asked with ... note of ... disappointment. "Well, he is ... kind
of ... authority, you know. ... people consult him." "About ... health? Is he
... doctor?" "Not that sort of ... doctor. He is ... doctor of ... engineering,
though."
10.She said she was going to ... pictures and invited me to go with her.
11____three sat talking over ... plans for ... future.
12.He spoke with ... indifference, like ... man weary of ... whole subject.
13.It is necessary indeed to go back to ... middle of ... nineteenth century,
when ... industrious and intelligent man called Sibert Mason, who had
been ... head gardener at ... grand place in ... Sussex and had married ...
cook, bought with his savings and hers ... few acres ... north of London
and set up as ... market gardener.
14.1 was sitting up in ... bed, sipping ... hot coffee, when ... nurse came into
... room.
15. Together they walked through ... mud and ... slush.
16. "All ... men are ... sinners," my aunt used to say.
17.1 spent half my time teaching ... law and ... other half in
London as ... consultant to ... big firm. 18. Andy grinned from ... ear to ...
ear. 19.1 had read ... poetry at ... school, but as ... task. 20.Aunt Milly was ...
enthusiastic liberal; my mother was •■•
patriotic, true-blue conservative.
21_____box was wrapped in ... tissue paper.
255
articles
f'
22-His father was ... civil servant, who was ... secretary of ...
Post Office in ... Ireland when, in 1916, ... headquarters in ...
Dublin was seized by ... Republicans. 23. Let's not bother about ...
present troubles and look forward to ...
future.
24."You sit down," he said, "I'll cook you ... big breakfast." 25. We were
up before ... dawn and didn't stop ... work till ... nightfall.
26.He hadn't said ... word since .... dinner began.
27.They say he has ... great future in his firm. 28.He
stayed in ... bed till ... midday.
29____president landed in ... New Delhi after ... five-hour visit to
... Kabul, ... capital of ... Afghanistan. 30.Meg wore ... attractive
black and white dress and had had her
hair done at ... hairdresser's.
Ex. 52. Revision: supply the required articles in the following text:
In 1923, at ... meeting of ... British Association for ... Advancement

of ... Science in Liverpool, Rutherford announced: "We are living in ...
heroic age of ... physics."
... curious thing was, all he said was absolutely true. There had
never been such ... time. ... year 1932 was ... most spectacular year in
... history of ... science. Living in Cambridge, one could not help
picking up ... human and intellectual excitement in ... air: James
Chadwick, grey-faced after ... fortnight of ... work with ... three hours'
sleep ... night, telling ... Kapitsa Club how he had discovered ...
neutron; P.M.S. Blackett, ... most handsome of ... men, not quite so
authoritative as usual, because it seemed too good to be true, showing
... plates which demonstrated ... existence of ... positive electron; John
Cockcroft, normally not given to ... emotional display, saying to
anyone whose face he recognized: "We've split ... atom!"
During ... twenties and thirties Cambridge was ... metropolis °f ...
experimental physics for ... entire world. "You're always at ••• crest of
... wave," someone said to Rutherford. "Well, after all, I made ... wave,
didn't I?" Rutherford replied.
He was ... big, rather clumsy man. He had ... large staring °lue
eyes and ... damp lower lip. He didn't look in ... least like ...
lr
itellectual. His was really ... kind of ... face that often goes with •••
character and ... gifts. In ... fact, he came from ... very poor:
256
his father was ... odd-job man in New Zealand and ... son of Scottish
emigrant.
New Zealand was, in ... 1880s, ... most remote of ... provinces but
Rutherford managed to get ... good education. He was as origi паї as
Einstein, but unlike Einstein he did not revolt against formal instruction; he
was top in ... classics as well as in every, thing else. He started ... research
on ... subject of ... wireless waves with ... equipment such as one might dig
up today in ... African laboratory. That did not deter him. "I could do
research at North Pole," he once proclaimed, and it was true. He brought hi s
wireless work to Cambridge, anticipated Marconi and then dropped it
because he saw ... field — ... radio-activity — more scientifically interesting.
His work led him directly to ... atomic energy industry, spending ...
thousands of ... millions of ... pounds. He himself never earned, or wanted to
earn, more than ... professor's salary. In his will he left precisely ... value of
... Nobel prize.
As soon as Rutherford got on to ... radio-activity, he was set on his life's
work. His ideas were simple, rugged, material. He thought of ... atoms as
though they were ... tennis balls. He discovered ... particles smaller than ...
atoms, and discovered how they moved or bounced. Sometimes ... particles
bounced ... wrong way. Then he inspected ... facts and made ... new but
always simple picture. In that way he moved, as certainly as ... sleepwalker,
from ... unstable radioactive atoms to ... discovery of ... nucleus and ...
structure of ... atom. In 1919 he made one of ... significant discoveries of all
... time: he broke up ... nucleus of ... nitrogen by ... direct hit from ... alpha
particle. That is, ... man could now get inside ... atomic nucleus.
!
ADJECTIVES
gx. 1- Use the required form of the adjective:

1. He was the (amusing) lad you ever met.
2. He's a far (intelligent) person than my brother. 3.She
was the (practical) of the family.
4. When they told me I was cured and could go, I can tell you I
was (afraid) than glad. 5.1 wanted to ask you both what you thought of my
(late) films
if you saw them.
6. He is (talkative) than his sister. He won't tire you so much.
7. He turned out to be (angry) than I had expected.
8. Today I'm no (wise) than yesterday.
9. This wine is the (good) I ever tasted.
10. Jack is the (clever) of the three brothers.
11.1 don't think it matters in the (little) which seat I choose.
12. He felt (bad) yesterday than the day before.
13. The (near) house is three miles away.
14. Of the two evils let us choose the (little).
15. He was the (late) man to come.
16.She waited until her silence became the (noticeable) thing in the room.
17.The (near) item on the program is a piano sonata.
18. He is the (tall) of the two.
19. She is (amusing) in a small company.
20. Uncle Nick was the (old) son of the family.
Ex. 2. Translate the following into English using various sentence pat--erns
to express comparison:
І.Чем меньше ты будешь говорить, тем лучше.

2. К сожалению, я не смог прийти так рано, как обещал.
3. Кошка упала с крыши, но чувствует себя нисколько не хуже от
этого.
4. Комната хорошая, но все же не такая хорошая, как бы мне
хотелось.
5. Чем больше человек имеет, тем больше ему хочется.
6. Я не так молод, как вы.
7. Погода меняется к лучшему.
258 Ad
iectiues
2. Окно узкое, как дверь.

3. Суп хорошо пахнет, а на вкус он еще лучше.
10. Как пройти к ближайшей почте?

11. Если он поможет нам, тем лучше.
12. Если он не делает уроков, тем хуже для него.
13.Чем скорее ты сделаешь это, тем лучше.
14. Он становился все слабее и слабее.

15. На этот раз у вас меньше ошибок.
Ех. 3. Translate the following into English using substantivized adjectives

where possible:
1. Слепых обучают ремеслам, чтобы они могли работать.

2. Нужны медсестры для ухода за ранеными.
3. Доктор хочет осмотреть раненого.
4. После отъезда сына они перестали приглашать молодежь.
5. Молодежи нравится все делать по-своему.
6. Англичане любят чай.
7. В гостинице было много англичан.
8. Больной попросил воды.
9. Он считал своим долгом помочь бедняку.
10. Работа по спасению пострадавших продолжалась до глубо-
кой ночи.
11. Ты говоришь как неграмотный человек.
12.Он всегда навещал больных два раза в день.
13.Он надеялся застать юношу дома.
14. Для безграмотных были организованы вечерние занятия.
15.Шестерых из пострадавших было разрешено взять домой.
PRONOUNS
gx. 1- Use the appropriate personal pronouns:
1.... say there's been a great earthquake in the Pacific.

2. If ... see a giraffe once a year ... remains a spectacle; if ... see ... daily
... becomes part of the scenery.
3. "Mary's married now," said Mrs Scott. "... was in the 'Times'."
4. The "Friedrich Weber" was a freighter sailing from Hamburg to
Colombo. ... also carried passengers.
5. There was a lot of noise all around now, and amongst....................
could hear a plane flying unusually low.
6. Pat soon made ... clear that ... did not want to stay there long.
7.1 got my hat and beat ... .
8. He is dreadfully ugly. ... must not start when ... see ... , or ... will put
... off. ... doesn't like ... to feel sorry for ... .
9. We were climbing a steep hill and the car throbbed as if ... were going
to expire.
10____was cold to sit on the terrace, pretending that ... was really
a summer evening. 11. "Our aim is to keep Italy out of the war until ... is
strong
enough to come in on our side," said the colonel. 12.Poor old England! I
don't suppose I shall ever see ... again.
Ex. 2. Choose between a possessive pronoun and the definite article:
l.She got to ... feet and began to brush off ... dress.
2. Mr Black gave ... wife a leather bag for ... birthday.
3. Don't show this letter to ... brother.
4. There was a cold wind blowing, so I put on ... heavy coat.
5. He took me by ... hand and led out of the room.
I 6. His father touched him on ... arm.
I I
7. He took the child into ... arms. 8. What have
you done to ... face? ; 9. He patted Jack heartily on
... shoulder.
10.He bent ... head low.
1 l.She slapped him on ... cheek.
12.It's going to rain. I'd better take ... raincoat.
13.She put ... glass back on the table. І І4.Не
crossed ... legs.
260 Pronoun:
15.He was wounded in ... leg. 16.He

buttoned up ... coat. 17.He caught me
by ... sleeve.
Ex. 3. Use the appropriate form of possessive pronouns:
1. The man next door has been busy cutting the grass in (he) garden.
2. He put (he) hand in (she).
3. "This foolish wife of (Г) thinks I'm a great artist," said he.
4. Very well, Mother, I'll have (I ) hair cut this afternoon.
5. Then he stopped and pointed and said: "Those are peas." I said,
"We've got some peas, too." "I expect (you) are bigger than (our)," he said
politely.
6. Edwin said, "Dear Mary, we all felt with you. (you) distress was
(we)."
7. We can do (we) shopping before lunch.
8. There's a ghastly article of (he) about it in this evening's paper.
9. She folded the letter and replaced it in (it) envelope.
10. The children had had (they) tea. Kate was late for (she) as usual,
Mary and Paul were having (they).
11. This demand of (they) is quite ridiculous.
12. She makes all (she) clothes herself.
13. This book is (I ). There is (I ) name on it.
Ex. 4. Supply seif-pronouns where possible:
l.We enjoyed ... at the dance.

2. She had made ... very unpopular.
3. Why is she sitting all by ... in the dark?
4. Jessica looked at ... in the long mirror.
5.1 liked having lodgings of my own, where I could be by ••ytj
6.1 closed the door behind ... . «|
7. Every man is important to ... at one time or another. ШШ
8. All day the children were beside ... from excitement. -
9. The young leaves unfolded to their utmost and the fields generously
spread ... on either hand.
10. He was amiability ... .
11.1 found ... doing nearly all the talking.
12.1 ... married early, and nothing good came of it.
Ex. 5. Use one of the demonstrative pronouns:
1.... is a cooking apple, ... an eating one.

2. She gave the ... answer as before.
3. "I'm going alone and ... 's ... ," I said.
4. What do you want me to do with ... ?
5. His mental level at the time of his death was ... of a four-year-old
child.
6. He dined there only on Sundays, and not every Sunday at ... .
7. Do you see ... bushes on the other side of the river?
8. Well, ...'s exactly what I did.
9. Don't be in ... a hurry.
10. He continued to frequent the ... cafe as when he had stayed at the hotel.
11.1 believe you but there are ... who wouldn't.
12____is what I thought last year.
13.... is life.
261 Pronoun:
14.1 can't find all the books you asked me for. I put ... I found on
your desk.
15____is what I want you to do.
16.1 have divided the books into two piles. ... are to be kept. ...
are to be sold. 17.1 have had ... a busy morning.
18.My seat was next to ... of John's mother.
19. He can't be more than three or four years older than you, if ... .
20. "One can't compare Chopin's waltzes with ... of today," said she.
21. My services, ... as they are, are at your disposal.
Ex. 6. Supply some, any or no:
1. If you have ... news, call me back. 2.She helped

me borrow ... more money.
3. There is hardly ... place in this house where we can talk alone. 4.... boy at
the school had ever taken a scholarship to the university.
5. It meant real hardship to my mother unless I earned ... money at
once.
6. My mother hoped that perhaps the school had ... funds to give me a
grant.
7. It was unlikely that ... of the guests would take particular notice of
it.
8. They understood each other without ... words.
5. "Let's go back home. It's already late." "I'd rather stay out little
longer." "I suppose we've got to go home ... time."
10.There isn't ... boot-polish in this tin. 11. You have ... fine flowers in your
garden. 12.Go and ask him for ... more paper. I haven't ... in my des 13. Later
we had ... tea..
14.He wants ... more pudding. You can take it away. 15.There are ... matches
left. We must buy ... . 16.1 wouldn't go to his concert. He is ... pianist.
17____time ago I read his story in a magazine.
18.1 don't think there is ... milk left in the jug. 19.... student
can answer the question.
Ex. 7. Supply one of the compounds with some-, any- or no-:
l.At the party you'll see ... you haven't met yet. 2. Will there be ... at the club
so early? 3.1'm not going to see him because I have ... important to report.
4.1 was late. I found ... in the house. 5.1 am
expecting ... at twelve o'clock.
6.1 think there's ... wrong with my watch. M
7.1s there ... at home? В
8. The doorbell rang but there was ... there. Щ
9.1 know ... at all. Щ
10.Otherwise there was hardly ... to occupy him.
11. "Why don't they do ... about me?" Mr Scot cried out hearing that his
friend had got promoted.
12____can become a member of the club by paying a subscription.
13. When we get there it may be too late to do ... .
14____has been here before us.
15. "Why don't you say ...?" he demanded.
16.In the winter he lived without doing ... .
17.He wondered if he would ever again share ...'s emotion.
18.This is my affair and ... else's.
19. Sometimes he would sit silent and abstracted, taking no notice of ... .
20____is better than ... in a situation like this.
21.Can't you do ... by yourself now?
262 Pronoun:
22.1 took care to ask him ... about his own doings.
pronouns 263
23. Will you bring ... with you or will you come alone?
24____has any right to interfere in this matter.
25.If ••• delays you, you must let me know. 26. It
was clear that ... had happened.
27____at the airport could tell me ... about the Trianon hotel.
28. It's a cave. I'd like to find out if there's ... left inside.
29. He looked at my pictures and he didn't say ... .
30. Her parents are ... much, you know. I'm afraid you will be
disappointed.
31.But in any case, what can ... do?
32____had heard a rumour that he led a "wild" life.
Ex. 8. Use the pronoun one in the proper form and, if necessary, with the
required article:
1.... man's meat is another man's poison.

2. His parents never appeared in the parish church except on special
occasions. Mr Evans' funeral was such ... .
3. They are six in the family. ... you saw are David and Tommy.
4. Brown's old car is much better than our new ... .
5. There are woollen gloves and leather ... in the crate.
6. It is the most natural thing to start talking to someone who knows
nothing whatever about ... and who is never likely to cross ... way again.
7. He was rather pale, and the expression on his face was ... I had
never seen before.
8. "Which girl is Jean?" " ... in the green dress."
9. "What has happened to all the brushes?" "I saw ... on the table in
the hall."
10.Such ... as you want is very rarely seen.
Ex. 9. Choose between no one and none:
1.... tried to teach her anything.

2.... of us is perfect; we all make mistakes.
3.... of us knew how ill she was.
4. I'm sure you heard it from Mary, ... else could tell you that.
5.... had anything to gain by his death.
6.1 wanted some more coffee but there was ... left.
7.... of them knows his duty yet.
8. We had ... to give us accurate information, let alone advice.
9. Philip slowly mounted the stairs. ... of his family was yet up, 10.1 looked
around the room, expecting to see piles of books; ...
were visible.
11____of us knows how much he has suffered.
12.Since ... had an answer to his question, silence fell in the
room.
13.He asked for food but his mother said there was ... .
14____of the new men have been able to pass the test.
15.Of all the girls he phoned ... were at home. 16.During that time he saw ...
who could tell him what had gone wrong.
17____of us were sure of the facts.
18."Where are the apples?" "There are ... ." 19. A hundred yards or so from
the cottage stood a brick house that looked unfinished. ... in the party gave it
a second thought.
Ex. 10. Choose between all and a compound with every-: 1.1
shall want to hear ... they say.

2.She took the initiative and herself spoke to ... she knew. З.Не couldn't help
noticing how well dressed ... was. 4.1 want ... to be happy.
5. Then, to ...'s surprise, she married someone quite undisti guished.
264 Pro
*oUns
6.... who have studied this issue have come to the same conclusio
7. She believed that ... was watching her.
8.... of his friends had offered him his help.
9. Soon ... were asleep. 10.The lady laughed immoderately at ... that was
said to her.
11____has been taken away that could be removed.
12____felt indignant when he began hitting the boy with his stic
Ex. 11. Choose between ail, every and each:
1.1 have ... book he has ever written.

2. He shouted her name twice, ... time banging his fist on the table.
3. He had been brought up by a mother who had taught him that ...
pleasure must be paid for.
4. They did not talk much about what ... feared most.
2. •■• trunks must be labelled before being deposited in the left-
luggage office.
3. He has ... right to know who you are going to marry. 1
5. That's the sort of job ... boys like doing.
6. They broke into little groups; ... had his own wonderful story to tell.
9.... the people were cheering loudly. 10.Before he left the classroom he gave
... boy a task. 11.She had something to say on ... subject.
12____the money was spent.
13____the family were present.
14.And I had to sit out there with ... eye on me.
15.He has ... chance to win.
16. He looked at ... of us in turn.
17.Hugh had ... advantage of education.
18.I'd like you to make ... effort to obtain ... the data we spoke about.
19. Frank's wasn't a bad place. The tables had yellow tops which Frank
wiped after ... customer.
20. Almost ... boys like sport.
21. The doctor took his gloves out, and pulled one on his left hand,
concentrating on ... fold in the leather.
22. The actor could make you hear ... word in the last row of the gallery.
Ex. 12. Use the pronoun other in the proper form and with the required
article:
1.1 think the first thing to do is to have ... talk with your sister.
2. It was not a large garden, but it was long and narrow. John and I walked
right to ... end of it in silence.
3.1 talked to a lot of people. Some said that in the same circumstances they
would do as they had done before. ... told me that if they had known what
it would come to they wouldn't have ever done it.
4. Then I read the novels of George Meredith one after ... . 5.... day I made an
epigram. I hope you'll like it.
6. They were going to get punished, one way or ... .
7. The bar was kept by two very nice girls, one was American and ...
English.
8.... people have told me the same thing.
9. That night Kate was gay and could make ... laugh. 10.He was always
somewhat indifferent to the feelings of ... 11. Well, I met him in the club ...
night.
12.1 made few friends in those days, for I was occupied with .. things.
13. Without ... word he started up the car.
14.He sat in ... arm-chair at the opposite side of the fire-place. 15.The servant
opened the door and ushered in ... visitor.
16. Young men and young women would greet me on their way to
or from the tennis court. Some found more to say to me than
pronouns 265
17. The houses on ... side of the river were built out of gray stone.
18.Some people refused to take the advertisements and walked
away and ... dropped them on the grass.
19. Why are you alone? Where are ...?
20. Would you like ... cup of tea?
Ex. 13. Use both, either or neither:
1. We drove along a wide road with ditches and trees on ... side.
2. Ed and I were ... very big men.
З.Не invited us ... , but I knew he felt it irregular; he did not want ... of us at
a family party.
4.The verandah stretched on ... side of me.
5.The first apple pie of the season was on the table and a large dish of purple
grapes. Muriel was too angry to touch ... .
6.1 could hear them ... , but saw ... .
7. Cords were drawn on ... side of the picture gallery on days
when the public were admitted.
8. These are ... very gloomy rooms. I'm afraid ... will suit me.
9.... his legs were broken in the accident.
10."Which of the two newspapers would you like?" "Oh, ... will do."
11. She had brown shining hair which hung down on ... side of her face.
12. "What are you going to have, orange juice or Coke?" "... • I№ not
thirsty."
13. "Tell ... your mother and father that I'm expecting them tonight." "I'm
afraid I won't see ... of them today."
14. "Which job are you going to take?" "I'm afraid ... ."
15.She can play with the tennis racket in ... hand.
16.By that time ... his sisters had got married.
17.There were trees on ... bank.
18. You can borrow ... of my two cameras.
19.Nick and Tom are ... my friends. But ... is in the town now. They are ... in
the Navy.
20. "What have you written, a short story or an essay?" "I'm afraid it
doesn't come within ... description."
21. "... the jars, the big one and the small one, are empty. You can take
... of them." "I'm afraid ... will do."
22. "She's either very ill or has gone away." "What can one do about it in
... case?"
Ex. 14. Choose between much, and many, (a) little and (a) few:
1. Nowadays he was very busy and he saw ... of his old friends. 2.1 suggested
that he should get ... grapes and some bread.
3. Aunt Florrie had ... money while none of the other family had
inherited as ... as a pound.
4. He was so happily absorbed in the building of his house that events
outside it affected him ... .
5. My sister spends so ... money on her clothes that she has none left
for holidays.
6. My dear, I'm afraid I have not ... news to convey but still there are ...
things I should like to add.
7.1 began to miss London: it was not so ... that I had ... close friends there,
for I have ... friends, but I missed variety.
8. Tom has eaten so ... that he can't move.
9. Adeline had slept ... last night and she had a headache.
10. She was glad to see me because I was English and she knew ... English
people.
H.My engagements were ... and I was glad to accept the invitation.
12.He knew he was not a good teacher, and he intended to do ... of that.
13. At the bar ... men were discussing the coming elections in loud barking
tones.
266 Pro
*oUns
14.Virginia returned to England at the moment when ... were leaving it.
1 have so ... things to do that I don't know which to do first. 16.Last week
there was so ... rain that I was not able to go out.
ron
267 ouns
Ex. 15. Make the following sentences affirmative and replace many аад much
by suitable expressions:
l.Ann had not had many visitors lately. 2. He didn't earn much money and
lived in the country. 3.1 drove along the edge of the sea. There were not
many people about.
4. Were there many things that your mother minded your doing?
5. He hasn't much work to do this afternoon.
6. Dick doesn't smoke much.
7. There isn't much time to catch the train.
8.1 didn't get much to eat when I had dinner with the Greens. 9.1 haven't
much time for watching TV.
10. My father didn't read many books on economics.
Ex. 16. Use interrogative or conjunctive pronouns:
1. They had brought few books with them ... she hadn't read.
2. You're one of the few people ... I'd like to know better. 3."... of the
two of them is right?" he asked me.
4.1 don't honestly see ... I can do about it.
5. That is the worst news ... we've ever had from you.
6. He was compared with everyone ... had ever written a successful
travel book and the accents of ... were certainly to be caught in his own
works.
7.... do we call the sea between England and France?
8.1 told him everything ... was relevant.
9.... I saw was a solid-looking brick house.
10____pronoun is always written with a capital letter?
11. In this room there was a small grate, on the mantleshelf of ••• she
had arranged two vases of flowers.
12. Looking at him she wondered ... sort of small boy he had been.
13____cost more money, ready-made clothes or tailor-made clothes?
14. All ... they would tell me was that Uncle Nick was ill.
15____did he say?
16. There had grown between them an understanding ... required
no words.
17____other things did you buy?
18. Now ... you see all the family together tell me ... you think of us.
19. "I have never been given any of Granny's things." "... about her
watch?"
pr0nouns 268
gO.It is for you to decide ... is to speak to the chief. 2j.They're a family that
would quarrel about ... way a doorknob turns.
22____quality do you admire in a man?
23.He is the man ... car I noticed in the square. 24.Take these books to your
brother and ask him ... are his. 25. If you ask for "the German", every one will
know ... you mean. 26.1 didn't tell her ... it was all about.
27.He examined the official records to find out in ... name the
house and plot were registered. 28.They explained ... they wanted. 29.1
was sure that ... he said about the girl was true. 30. Later that afternoon Phil
went to San Fernando, where he
soon found the house in ... the Klement family was said to
live.
31.They asked a young woman ... the street was called.
32.Then they were asked ... company they represented and ...
sort of factory they intended to put up in the area. 33.Tell me ... daughter
you're going to take along with you and
... is staying behind.
269
ADVERBS
Ex. 1. Choose the right adverb:
l.He stood (close/closely) to the door. 2. You can get

the book (free/freely). З.Не couldn't explain it
(clear/clearly). 4.1 (hard/hardly) studied at all last
term.
5. You guessed (wrong/wrongly).
6. He opened the door (wide/widely).
7. She was (high/highly) praised for her work.
8. He has been working (hard/hardly).
9. I'm getting (pretty/prettily) tired.
10. You can speak (free/freely) in front of him.

11. My friends are (most/mostly) students.
12.1 haven't been to the theatre much (late/lately). 13.1
(wrong/wrongly) assumed that you were my friend.
14. He (close/closely) inspected the lock.
15. He came back (late/lately).
16. You're doing (fine/finely).
17. Take it (easy/easily).
18.The kite flew (high/highly).
19. The girl was dancing (pretty/prettily).
20.1 understood his English (easy/easily).
21. He pulled the strings (tight/tightly).
22. It was (near/nearly) midnight.
23. Of all fruit he loved apples (most/mostly),. 24.They differed
(wide/widely) in opinions. 25.The car drove up (near/nearly) to the
gate. 26.1 (clean/cleanly) forgot about it.
27. He loved his parents (dear/dearly).

28. He will be in (short/shortly).
29. He bought it (cheap/cheaply).
30. His refusal cost him (dear/dearly).
31. He turned round (sharp/sharply).
32.They travelled (cheap/cheaply).
33. They treated him (fair/fairly).

34. The foreman cut me (short/shortly).
35.She clenched the letter (tight/tightly) in her hand. 36.She wiped
the table (clean/cleanly).
П. Крылова
37. He always travelled (light/lightly). gg.You
must play (fair/fairly).
39. He kissed me (light/lightly) on the cheek.
40. It was ten o'clock (sharp/sharply).
41. Stand (clear/clearly) of the machine.
jjx. 2. Find the best possible place for the adverbs:
1.1 can't do it (possibly).

2. He has mentioned it (never).
3. We just watched TV (tonight).
4. Has he been out of his native town (ever)?
5. Mother is in the kitchen (now).
6. He can be seen in the local pub in the evening (usually).
7. What have you been doing (here)?
8. He will be sick of living alone (soon).
9. She went to bed (early).
10. They all went upstairs (presently).

11. "Fools," she said to herself (angrily).
12.She was indifferent to him (entirely).
13. He looked hurt (deeply).

14. He could have managed it (easily).
15.She listened to him (respectively). 16. They
kept laughing (uproariously). 17.She was trying
to explain (simply). 18.1 think she's lying
(frankly).
19. They've forgotten the time (probably).

20. The visit has been very successful (politically). 2l.He
knew what was happening (perhaps).
22.1 did not see him (honestly). 23. The
letter is sent off (anyway). 24.He is very
happy (obviously).
25. The players could see the ball (hardly).
26. Turning the books over he looked at the titles (rapidly).
27. We had a nice game (certainly).
28. The idea passed through my mind (idly).
29. She spoke Italian (perfectly).
^0.1 must just wait for his letter (patiently). ^l.She began
to cry (hysterically).
^2. You can see in people's thoughts (sometimes, clearly).
271
KEY TO EXERCISES
The Verb: Finite Forms
Note: Alternatives are given in brackets.
П. Крылова
Ex. 3.
273
1. don't ... think, is behaving live 15. come

2. 16. are ... doing
3. 17. stands
4. 18. goes
5. 19. is greeting
6. 20. comes
7. 21. am ...
8. joking
9 22. travel
. 23. do ... do
10 24. is... trying
. 25. is not
11 seeing
change, get is ... doing do ... have
does ... play (is ... playing)
is keeping, doesn't ... tell
arrive
is doing
don't touch
are speaking
is ... calling
13. believe, feels (is feeling)
14. don't like, am not talking,
presents 1
■
Ex. 5.
1. "Where is Ted?" "Out in the garden." "What is he doing there?"

2. My brother will never forgive me if I let you go.
3. I haven't the faintest idea what you are talking about.
4. Every room in the hotel has a bath.
5. He heard her saying into the telephone: "No, I'm all right. I'm awake
and having breakfast."
6. I ought perhaps to warn you. We teach by the direct method. We do
not speak anything but Esperanto.
7. Does that mean that I'm growing old?
8. "And what do people say (are ... saying) about me here?" she asked.
9. But they've done nothing yet. What do you think they are waiting
for?
10. These people talk a language no one knows.
11. Their company is building a new car. That's big news.
12. You know how he loves cars.
13. By the way, what's happening here?
14. Whenever you come across a word you don't know, look it up.
15. "I do not sleep in the house," he said.
16. Let me pour you out some water. Your hands are still trembling-
П. Крылова
Verb: Finite Forms 323
fH^^________________________ І--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.______
„Де said, "We'll never get up to London if you do not drive carefully."
"It's surprising," he said, "how easily he makes friends."
1
8-
1
9-
2
0-
2
1-
"And what is Sandy's mother doing in Japan?" "She's gone there with a
delegation of women."
Do you remember James? He is working for the new publishers and
doing quite nicely.
I'm very busy with the new school we're building.
Sam, please run off and play in the park. Your father is not feeling
too well.
I don't know why I'm crying.
"Have you eaten yet?" "No, not yet. I'm washing my hair."
Ц*
Ex. 7.
1. "It's my mistake. I apologize," he said.

2. "Where is the lieutenant?" "He just lies up there, watching the
enemy patrol."
3. I still do not understand you.
4. At the crossroads the old man said hastily: "I leave you here.
I'm going to my daughter's."
5. I tell you this as a warning, Milly.
6. Does he know we are leaving?
7. "Do you want to tell me that my father is a liar?" "No, no,
young man, you exaggerate."
8. What do you mean, Sam? You talk in riddles.
9. Don't be so rude. It doesn't suit you.
10. Can't you see I'm tired? All I want is a cigarette and a bath.
11. "How do you feel (are ... feeling) now? Why don't you eat your
soup?" "I don't want it."
12. "Is Paul around?" "He's taking a bath."
13. "Why are you so bad-tempered?" "I'm not bad-tempered." "Well,
don't shout." "I'm not shouting."
Ex. 8.
8. am not
going
9. returns
10. do ... go
11. dig
12. is coming
1- do ... go
2. arrive
3. is leaving
4- do ... do
5
- am selling
6. leaves
7
- do ... tell
Ц*
Ex. 9.
l
- get 2.
is
3.
will be
4.
are
Ц*
277 Key to Exercise
»
5. gets 11. will deliver
6. approaches 12. goes
7. will meet 13. switches
8. is not 14. is
9. treat 15. '11 be
10. are 16. is
Ex. 10. Ex. 13.
1. am trying
2. do 22. get
3. are ... wearing (do ... wear) 23. is suffering
4. doesn't break 24. don't go, gets, does
5. is driving 25. changes
6. is ... trying 26. do ... hear, am waiting.
7. is ... doing, is writing 27. am joking
8. knows 28. is growing
9. do ... do 29. sails, leaves
30. are looking (look)
31. think, are doing-
10. is waiting
32. flies
11. is
33. are ... taking, are leaving,
12. don't... try
am returning
13. are not feeling (don't feel)
34. says, lies, lies
14. am starting, are ... looking,
35. don't say
are joining
36. are ... wanting
15. do ... want, am watching 37. are becoming
16. are ... standing, 1
are 38. leaves
... thinking 39. am seeing
17. do ... play 40. takes
18. are ... doing, am getting 41. leaves
19. is being, don't ... stop 42. are ... leaving, are seeing
20. do ... play
21. do ... do, is
22. have ... seen
43. met -
44. have met, have spoken
45. have got, have ... raised, have ... been, have ... done, have sold,
have told, haven't ... told
46. has been, has ... done, hasn't done, has ... seen
47. have ... heard, were, slipped, tried, was, have been
48. had, happened
49. found
50. has arrived, found, didn't hear, knocked
[0- lit, walked
jl. spent
jg. said, was, did ... mean
j3. did ... speak, spoke
14. have seen, has ... arrived, saw, have ... seen, have met
^5. had, have' disappeared
j6. have acted, have ... deceived
17. have ... read, did ... like
18. came, leaned, kissed, did ... have
19. didn't ... hear, said
17. was, have picked
20. has been, said, went
21. has had, have ... had, have had, have paid
22. have been
23. happened, did
Ex. 15.
278 Key to Exercise
1. She was alone when her husband came in. He gave an

astonished look about the room. "What's this?" he demanded. "I've
moved in." She smiled up at him. "The house is not ready. You can't
do it." "I have done it."
2. When Molly entered the room I said: "I've brought my old
stamp album here. I met your husband on the doorstep. He asked me
to leave it with you."
3. "Good morning," he said. "May I see Mary?" "She is not here,"
her mother answered. "I had a talk with her which she didn't like and
she's left."
4. "I've telephoned for the doctor," his sister said coming into the
room. When Robert came to, he asked: "Did you say you telephoned
for the doctor? Stop him if possible. I am quite recovered. I can't
imagine why I fainted."
5. "Where is he? I must see him." "He's gone off to the woods."
6. "Is Daddy downstairs?" "Yes." "Did he go over to the Smiths?"
"Yes." "What did Mr Smith say?" "Daddy did not see him."
7. She stood up from the table. "I must go and lock the gate. It's
got dark."
8. "Look," he said, holding out a brush in each hand, "what my
cousin has given me. He left them on my dressing table."
9. The boy came out and recited his piece (poem) in a clear voice.
His mother was the first to speak. "Come here," she said to him. "Who
taught you that?" "I made it up myself," the boy answered.
10. My clothes are not in the room. They have taken them away.
Ч. He picked off the flower. "Look," he said, "what I have done." "Why
did you do it?" "I don't know." 12. What have I done anyway to make
Father so angry? '3. Then they all moved into the dining-room and took
their seats at the
table. "But my brother and I have had our breakfast," Meg suddenl
exclaimed, "I forgot" y
14. Molly, something awful has happened. An infant was found on

оцг neighbours' doorstep.
15. They say that the girl and her aunt have sold their cottage and
are going to relations somewhere.
Ex. 18.
1. have been
2. haven't seen
3. have been walking, have had
4. have been cooking, cleaning and digging
5. has ... been saying
6. have learned, have been
7. have been sitting
8. haven't been standing
9. have ... been
10. hasn't worked

11. has been going
12. have known
13. have ... seen
14. haven't read
15. have lived
16. has been going, have known, have known
17. has been having
Ex. 19.
1. Your brother and I have been talking about this affair today.
That is why I have come to see you.
2. "I have been thinking about this book," he said, "and I have
come to the conclusion that we cannot publish it."
3. "Is the truck still there?" "Yes. They've been working a couple
of hours trying to move it. But they've failed so far."
4. "What have you been doing, Pat? You are covered in earth."
5. "Well, you've heard about Molly, haven't you?" "I have been
hearing about her for two years."
6. I've been noticing a difference in you.
7. "How are you?" "I'm a little tired. I've been scrubbing the walls
all afternoon."
8. The boy needs a beating. He's been asking for it for months.
9. "Tom and I," she said brightly, entering the room, "have been
having such fun. We've been looking at some of those albums."
10. "Oh, I am quite satisfied with the place I've chosen. I shall live °"
berries and fish and read all the books I have been wanting to
read-"Where will you get them?" "I've brought them with me."
1, "This hospital has been good for languages," said the girl. "Since I've
been here I've spoken (been speaking) French with two doctors, and
German with the nurses, and I've picked up a lot of Spanish from a
patient. Music too. I practise every day. The last few months I've
been taking a course on the history of music."
20.
1. When they were left alone, she asked: "What's been happening
here?"
2. "What if I ask Philip to lend me some money?" "You can try. He
has been fishing. It's a suitable moment."
3. "How cold your hands are, Mary!" "I have been sitting by the
window marking the notebooks."
4. "Oh, there you are, Tom. I've been looking for you. There is a
young man waiting to see you."
5. With stern parents and two older brothers I've always been
hearing someone say: "Philip, you ought to be ashamed of yourself."
6. "I'm sorry I'm late, Mother. I had to go to town and got caught
in the rain and was wet through. I've been changing."
7. "Hullo! Where is everybody?" "I'll be right down," Dolly cried.
"I've been shutting the windows."
8. He thanked his sister for the present and said: "It's just what I
need. The moths have been eating my woollen underwear."
281
pfrg Verb: Finite Forms
Ex. 23.
282
have ... been, did ... join, did ... serve, did ... see, did ... remain, were,
was, was, were, were, were, have ... been feeling (have ... felt), haven't
... left, have ... been serving
Ex. 24.
1. did ... find

2. have ... heard, didn't ... tell
3. did ... learn
4. didn't ... tell, have ... done, did ... manage, did ... buy
5. have ... been
6. did... have
7. did... begin
8. did ... teach, did ... stay
1. did ...go
283
Ex. 26.
284
1. 2. 3. 4.
fought
slept
met, had 5.
have... didn't
seen see
6.
had
285 Key to Exercises
4. hasn't had 11. had

5. hasn't had 12. have ... seen
9. regarded 13. brought
10. haven't had 14. seemed
Ex. 28.
1. "Can you tell me whether Miss Smith went on the train to

London this morning?" he asked the station master. "No. She missed
it."
2. They talked for about two hours and he said he had some
friends to see.
3. His mother is dead. She was a teacher for years.
4. Look here, John, your landlady says you've been in bed all day.
Well that won't do, will it?
5. She was surprised to see him. "Did you not get my letter?"
"Your letter? No." "Of course you couldn't. 1 forgot. It was only posted
this morning."
6. She turned sharply to her husband and said: "I'm going to take
the car home." "You haven't driven for months," he protested. "I
haven't forgotten how."
7. All the three of us walked together along the street. For a time
no one spoke.
8. "Uncle Tom is coming," Meg announced. "Mother had a letter
from him this morning."
9. I have hardly had time to glance at my newspaper this week.
10. "You ought to go up and see Willy," she said. "You haven't seen
him for three weeks. Have you quarrelled or something?"
11. They sat side by side for a long time. Jack was the first to break
the silence.
Ex. 30.
1.is looking, have been meeting

2.have been studying, am reading
3.have been asking, is ... finishing
4.am visiting, have ... been staying
5.have been making, is having
6.is talking, has been driving
7.are doing, have been doing
8.are having, have been wanting
9. have been staying, are not thinking
10. is waiting, has ... been waiting
Ex. 32.
1. have put 3. have seen
2. is 4. have finished (finish)

b: Finite Forms
329
Verb: Finite Forms
5. return 15. have
6. have read 1. had
has seen 16. has set
g. have talked (sets)
9. die 17. has
jO. have finished
seen \\. have 18. have
gone left
14. have 19. decide
gone 20. have
asked
Verb: Finite Forms
14. wake
15. refuses
Ex. 33.
1. have ... known, were
2. saw, are ... doing, slept, have taken, have slept (have been sleeping),
has been, have ... seen, do ... know, is talking, started
3. don't play, have ... had
4. did not have, is getting, does ... look, notice, was, saw, didn't know,
were
5. kept, haven't been ringing, have ... been doing, is
6. did ... get
7. haven't sung, came, have forgotten
8. have been sitting, haven't dozed
9. don't want, have been, have been, are ... catching, arrives, have writ-
ten, are flying
10. disappeared, have ... heard

11. didn't clear, have ...left
12. left
13. have ... painted
14. came, have been
15. were
16. have ... received, have been, haven't looked, wrote, haven't opened
17. have ... had
18. met, talked, put, have come, have been toppling
Ex. 34.
a) is, has gone, didn't say, helped, left, am, am, have been, have left (am
leaving), did ... leave, are, did ... leave, has not gone, did not catch, said, was
not, was, telephoned, have got, is (has been), has done, said, has found
b)is, was, have heard, has turned, is, is, is, writes, does ... write, know, set, do
... think, haven't thought
c) opened, could, called, reassured, are, are coming, are ... feeling (do... feel),
rubbed, saw, am, has happened, am, are, were, did ... get, dragged, are, are,
cried, is ... looking, got, have been, are
d)seemed, got, have written, is, is, has been, have ... been working
e) is, see, is, have made, went, got, boiled, was, carried, set, placed,
289 Key to EXerciSei
sat, is coming, hear, went, was, stopped, got, have been, refuses, соще
left, is, is, have been playing, came, have been having, are '
Ex. 37. 10. led

1. had, was laughing 11. found, was speaking
2. moved, was coming
3. was waiting, arrived
4. was, was ... teasing 12. was, were shaking
5. wanted, were 13. was, was acting, was
coming amusing
6. saw, became 14. were joining
7. was having, started 15. knew, were going
8. walked, was not 16. had, was ... asking
working 17. noticed, was standing,
9. looked, was coming was talk-ing
18. came, was searching,
carried, was ... losing
Ex. 38.
1. talked, drove 10. watched, walked

2. were drinking, 11. looked, came
said
3. sang, beat 12. stopped, was getting
4. disappeared, 13. was standing, opened,
stirred came
5. slowed, 14. listened, complained
mounted 15. waited, sat
6. heard, came 16. didn't say, were eating
7. came, climbed, 17. talked, lectured
held 18. looked, waited
8. called, was 19. tore, was changing
preparing 20. were talking, came
9. gave, entered 21. stood, were
22. examined, organized
Ex. 39.
1. While the porter and the driver were putting his bags in the car,
Jack lit a cigarette.
2. At that moment he saw his brother. He was standing beyond the
glass doors.
3. The woman said something to the boy who was walking beside
her.
4. When the boy fell asleep, he was still holding the new toy.
5. He awoke. The telephone was ringing by the side of his bed.
6. Joe was happy that his brother was driving more slowly now.
7. She was sitting in the back of the room, facing the door. She
was wearing the same dress and she was looking boldly at a party of
three men, who were standing across the room from her. As Jack
approached her, she smiled at him. He was aware that the three men
were watching him.
Ex. 40.
j.. does ... like, sees, meet, looks, passed, was ... staring, said, didn't ...
bother
2. was lunching, was trying, was doing, rang, answered, came,
said, says, has started
3. saw, was lying, had, was bleeding, were standing, yelled, have
hurt, said, didn't touch, came, opened, said, has happened, am
4. was, went, looked, was walking, was delivering, was polishing,
were wagging, turned, went
5. were eating, were drinking, smiled, said, did ... enjoy
6. is ... looking
7. melted, touched
8. has ... bothered
2. have ... played, came
10. laid, fried

11. wrote, was returning
12. don't understand, has had
13. have saved
14. have ... been, have been
15. have translated
16. have improved, have known
17. has gone, was
18. looked, walked
Ex. 41.
a)left, went, saw, was moving, recognized, called, are getting,
straightened, am not, look, told, showed, have taken, need, began, are
looking, are having, have paired, are strolling, consider, have paired,
doesn't sound, are ... getting, do ... like, write, spoke
b) came, saw, said, went, have had, have worked, are not leaving,
are taking, are going, spend, have saved, does ... know, told
Ex. 42.
aroused, was thinking, was wondering, was, said, did not turn, heard,
was, forgot, was staring, heard, was, was, led, drew, was, was, knows,
am, did ... say, repeated, wondered, saw, waited, came, nodded, came,
rested, slipped, knew, wanted, wants, know, does ... consider, nodded,
am, was, broke, haven't changed, haven't got, am not looking, believe,
is, had, didn't accept, sent, remained, sent, has sent, knows, am, have
not kissed, have dared, didn't ... dare, hadn't, was starving, have been
pitting, have not changed, am, have not developed, is puzzling, wants,
don't want, is, have received, am earning, are breaking, know, love, love,
was, have loved, have done, requires, sat, knew, began, have said, did
not love, have learned, have learned, am, care, has gone, leaned, closed,
forgot, Was, was trying, forgot, were
294 Key to Exercise
Ex. 44.
1. came, had ... heard

2. re-read, had written 7. pressed, had ... been,
3. knew, had made, giggled became was, stepped, looked,
4. had arranged was, was were, felt, had
5. rose, shot, had read, expected
stood, had done, was 8. set, was, felt, knew,
6. entered, found, knew, began found, wrote, wrote,
had happened, had left, knew, had taken had stayed, was,
hadn't ... thought, wasn't, had was, lived saw, began, found,
loved had gone, went, was, had
treated, felt, had written
295 Key to Exercise
Ex. 45.
I dressed and went out into the garden. The sun was rising. There
was no wind but the leaves were still falling in the garden. Over the
night the birches had turned yellow up to their tops.
I went back into the house. It was warm in there. The little birch
that my son had brought and that we had planted in a tub, stood by the
window. Suddenly I noticed that it, too, had turned yellow over the
night and there were already a few leaves lying on the floor.
The warmth of the room had not saved the little birch. In a day it
dropped all of its leaves. My son and we all were very disappointed. We
had grown used to the idea that it would remain green throughout the
winter. The forester only smiled when we told him how we had tried to
save the green leaves of the little birch.
Ex.48.1.had been9. had been writing, hadn't

eaten2.had stayed10. hadn't seen3.had been doing11.
had been4.had known12. had been raining5.had been
importing13. had had6.had been, had lived14. had
been sleeping7.had ... been swimming15. had
been8.had been eating16. hadn't written, had been
work-. ingEx.49.1.He raised his head from a cup of
coffee which he had been stirring bu|not
drinking.2.Tom never wanted his mother to know
what we had been doing.
3. She could see from the wet look of their costumes

that they had jufi
been swimming.
4. The people she met seemed to know where she had
been and what s$
had been doing.
5. In the typewriter there was a sheet of paper on which somebody had
been learning to type.
6. When he came back we tried to pretend that we had not been
discussing him.
7. Max picked up the book he had been reading and turned down a
corner of a page to mark the spot.
8. I sat in the kitchen smoking. Flora, who had been playing in the
sitting-room, came to see what I was doing.
Ex. 50.
1. returned 8. had been

2. reached 9. had made
3. had finished , 10. had dragged
4. had mastered 11. got
5. got, had prepared 12. began
6. had seen 13. had found
7. had talked
Ex. 51.
1. had been, was wearing, was burning, had laid, had lit
2. has been shopping, hasn't bought, has been fishing, hasn't caught
3. went, was standing, had, had been trying, had been saying
296 Key to Exercise
4. found, was sitting, had been swimming, was lying, had been swim-
ming, was shaking, was spraying, had fluffed, was watching, had got, were
walking
5. was, said, could, didn't know, have been doing, have been, have
read, have been, have ... had, have worked, was, have been, have
concluded, haven't been reading
6. realized, had been, had been saying, had forgotten
7. have been meaning, have been
8. approached, fell
9. had been walking, had passed, appeared
10. live, visits

11. had been pacing, had stopped, was leaning, told
12. remembered, had met, was working
13. are having, have been wanting
14. don't know, have ... stopped
15. reached, was, was acting, had had
16. has stayed, fears
17. was paying, came
18. was sitting, had, had been crying
19. have been, did ... give, were
20. had had, were sailing
21. did ... see, had
10. had been playing, saw, was sitting
22. was ringing, unlocked
23. had made, did, thought
24. was watching, saw, hadn't set, was advertising
25. came, stopped, was standing, didn't see, was scribbling
fhe Verb: Finite Forms 297
Ex. 52.
1.had ... changed, was waiting

2.had come, was standing
3.had stopped, was trying
4.sat (was sitting), had retired, were talking, had gone, were ... playing,
was sitting
5.had stopped, was shivering
6.had laid, was taking
7.had taken, was carrying
8.had finished, was drinking
9.had begun, was raining
10. was towing, had swum, was accompanying
Ex. 53.
1. He put his hands on the table again and looked at them.

2. He had put his hands on the table again and was looking at
them.
3. The boy left the boat and swam to the beach.
4. The boy had left the boat and was swimming to the beach.
5. They had finished their meal and were drinking coffee.
6. She finished eating and took the plates back to the kitchen.
7. They came out of the cinema and walked up the street.
8. They had come out of the cinema and were walking up the
street.
9. Joe had come down into the hall and was waiting for his friend.
10. The wind had stopped, but it was still raining.

11. The children had lost their ball in the long grass and were
looking for it.
12. The wind had blown off his hat and it was rolling down the
street.
13. The wind blew off his hat and it rolled down the street.
14. Mary found an old hat and tried it on.
15. Mary had found an old hat and was trying it on.
Ex. 55.
1. 2. 3.saw, came 9. had

4. 5. 6. got, hadn't arrived tidied, went
turned, was ... walking
walked, carried 10. met,
had not walked, went was having
returned, had disappeared 11. finish
7. smiled, seemed ed, clapped
8. went, was sitting 12. had,
got
10. had been, found 5. had taken, went

11. looked, were dancing 6. couldn't, had happened
12. asked, had finished 7. had gone, locked, went
13. came, was eating 8. was, (had) left
14. was doing, arrived
15. went, looked
16. hadn't gone, noticed
Ex. 56. 8. lasted, put

9. went, explored, closed
1. telephoned, reached
2. came, got
3. disliked, had been 10. waited, had passed
4. dialed, replaced, answered 11. hoped, had come
12. sat, was
13. stopped, had passed
Ex. 57. 14. laughed, filled
1. had had, invited

2. saw, (had) arrived
3. had lunched, went, sat
4. was, had gone
Ex. 58.
11. came, had finished
12. spent, spoke
1. spoke, arrived 13. had hung, had
2. did not speak, had moved 14. had not been, said
3. said, had ordered 15. had been, found
4. waited, heard 16. had known, said
5. waited, had finished 17. found, had gone
6. went, had selected 18. took, was
7. waited, had shaved, had 19. found, made
fin--ished 20. began, had reached
Ex. 59.
1. stumbled, found
2. decided, left
3. began, had paid
4. had become, spoke
5. (had) knocked, rang (had
rung), made
6. walked, spoke
7. had not gone, got
8. realized, had been
9. (had) hunted, found
10. had shut, felt
20. had gone, went
21. was getting, offered
22. hadn't talked, felt
23. shrugged, explained
24. had shown, had fed,
demanded
25. returned, drew, sat
5. disappeared, had had

6. heard, knew
7. opened, entered
8. entered, was
304 Key to ExerciSes
Ex. 60.
1. had ... sat, flopped fallen, rose asked,

7. had .. answered taken,
2. had ... reached, encountered began begun,
8. had .. went stopped,
3. had ... taken, appeared reached come,
9. had .. arose
4. had ... disappeared, came
10. had ..
5. had ... established, perceived
11. had ..
6. had ... arrived, got
12. had ..
Ex. 61.
1. is
12. had ... come
2. touched
13. had ... got
3. was
14. had ... known
4. have ...
15. was
spoken
16. had ... had
5. had
17. have
6. went
18. moved
7. was
19. have ... seen
8. was
20. am
9. knew
21. will be
22. had ... been
10. have ... had talking
11. was ... 23. was ... crying
listening
Ex. 62.
a) found, sat, was not looking, had brought, pushed, said, have ... read,
shrugged, is ... reading
b) had been whitewashing, saw, was going, had ... been, did not seem,
offered, shook, said, had been doing, had got
c) was, was, were, gleamed, were playing, had gone, was sewing, was
smoking, (was) watching, looked, smiled, was ... being, compelled, were ...
coming, was, thought, could, was leaving
d) woke, was burning, had started, hit, had been, were, had been, had
missed, had been sleeping, was, took, passed, was, didn't want, got, pulled,
could, saw, got, didn't remember, found, had saved
e) was, came, was talking, didn't see, had, had done, had put, was, had
diminished, had been
f) was, looked, had been, waited (were waiting), was smiling, had tried, didn't
like, had insisted
g) arrived, saw, went, are ... doing, am, did, were, are ... reading,
broke, moved, had been watching, smiled, asked, do ... know, were
h) was lying, rang, was, was raining, had, was reading, had, had fin-
ished, picked, said, did ... give, hung, put, buttoned, pulled, got, patted,
had, had, shrugged, went, was sitting, had been, met, had had, was wear-
ing, had gone, were
i) was, lay, seemed, had gone, saw, had fallen, was, had had, covered,
turned, awoke, was, had not moved, were
j) got, was, had been battling, was, started, wanted, had taken
turned, saw, was, am coming, has knocked, is, has been, got, have gone
was, found, went, entered, came, was, have been, entered, was, dropped, had
been, was, crawled, saw, were doing reached, ran, was, lay, held saw, was,
asked
opened, smelled, had thrust, knew, had occurred, had dropped, was, had,
was, might
remained, bent, said, was, groaned, grated, fainted, could, was doing,
believed, had ... thought, felt
(had) finished, sobbed, put, began, had not gone, heard
k) had presented, sat, prepared, remarked, seems
agreed, died, has been, has taken, spends, has, carries, was ... ruining,
think, is
miss, comes, drew, continued, stared, have sold, repeated have been talking,
died, brought, is, hated, loves, wants, wants, has ... had, has
came, had been, was, had given, was, congratulated, thought, had done,
circled, had ... gone, entered has gone
is, has had, have said, has made
did not like, had said, is ... getting, rose, have, met, handed didn't ... give,
gave, took, read has been, didn't appear
was listening, said, had left, exclaimed, has been playing, don't know
opened, came, looked know, have been
don't like, makes, looked, say, makes, do ... mean, makes, do ... mean,
tires
considered, replied, makes, tire
have explained
1) was, tossed, had been reading, ran
was, had expected, was sitting, was crying, (was) trying, lay, had not suffered,
was, had ... been went, happened said, was, agreed, threw are ... doing, is
had jumped, was investigating, quivered, shot, picked said,
held, picked, put, began
was, was sitting, was beaming, occurred, had come, was
m) had left, was, had sailed, had returned, smiled, considered, was, had
gone, had been, had shuddered, had stood, had interviewed, had been, had
come, had winked, (had) whispered, hope
had ... entered, was waiting, had looked, had been, remembered, had
exchanged, had said, were, was
had asked, do ... think
had sounded
had continued, don't like, choose
told
had been, had been, had shown, grazed, had crossed, (had) climbed had
had come, had ... been going, had felt, had gone, had heard, was, had.
felt, was, was
thought, had gone, had told, had come, pleased, had left, was return, ing,
tried, had been, knew, neared, ran, became, was, gave, rose, had seen had
been, had clung, had feared, might, had, thought, had been, was
looked, was nearing, were beginning (had begun)
309 Key to Exercis,
Ex. 64. like, appears

1. '11 ... wash, ('11) get, '11 is going to do, 'H be
show
2. shall be cleaning 8. '11 be looking
3. will have finished 9. will be
4. will be getting
5. '11 ... get, shall have 10. will ... make
returned 11. will eat
6. '11 find 12. '11 practise
7. '11 take 13. will be waiting
14. will ask
Ex. 67.
1. '11 write, ('11) make,

meets, looks
2. is going to happen
3. are ... going to wash, will 19. '11 let
do, am taking, '11... go 20. shall be
4. '11 speak, shall be seeing leaving 21.'11 tell
5. is going to be
6. shall stay 22. won't like
7. '11 get 23. '11 ... expect
8. shall ... forget 24. won't mention
9. shall ... see 25. is, will be going
26. will be falling
10. do, '11 pay 27. will have set, get
11. will surprise, is coming 28. will tell
12. don't go, '11 fetch 29. get, will have had, shall
13. '11 be find
14. '11 ... get 30. am not going to unpack,
15. '11 catch am not going to stay, am
16. shall be having leaving
17. leaves 31. are ... going to do, shall
18. 41 be doing end, are ... going to stay, want,
have been, '11 find
Ex. 68. 32. happens, will be looking,
a) had finished, felt will be inviting
ffie Verb: Finite Forms 310
are ... complaining, have

need, is
'11 do, has... said, has ... arrived
b) was getting, went, had taken, said, shan't be wanting, are getting,
are going
didn't say, went
'11 like, get, '11 be, '11... be
is... going to set
c) do (shall) ... have, have ('11 have)
has ... bought, needs, is, likes, goes
will find, is, will take, will follow
will ... be
is, do ... tell, ask, is
will have, take, will not be, land, will not be, will be, will have established,
will have been, will know, will have become, will take, will be, will have, will
show, is, will come, will take, will go, will be, will come, hasn't been, will be,
will put, will not take, will ask, will be, will not leave, will stay, will arrive, is,
will be, will fly, will see, will throttle, (will) open, (will) push, will close, (will)
turn, (will) land, will be, will have, will walk, will pay, have spoken
d) are doing
had been planning, were living, had been
had ... finished, was
is, reported, walked, am, will have dug, will be beginning approached, had
been calling, saw, was being, had ... been do, don't bowed, reached
have ... come, are going to make, '11 start, won't take, said, walked doesn't
wind, will be puffing, reach is going to sweep, (is going to) come
will be, is to be, indicated, will be, is going to be, won't be
had ... come, watched (were watching)
are making, is to keep, is, is to give
will look, will be
won't show, were
do ... see, will be, will come
will be, was, had hurt
Ex. 70.
ffie Verb: Finite Forms 311
1. would stay, (would) 9. 10.was to begin

meet 11. 12.was to
2. would have, went 13. 14. become
3. were to begin, would be got
opened 15. would find, was going
4. were sending was to dine, was coming,
5. would be wanting, would
came be having
6. was going to be was
7. would ... be leaving
8. would marry
312 Key to ExerciSesi
Ex. 71.
a) was sitting, was, lingered, hadn't, was getting, would be, would
offer, could, had known, had bored, disliked, was seeing, gave, were gi v.
ing, would be, were presenting, did not... want, would make, would refer,
(would) express, (would) wish, would reply, had prepared, surveyed, had.
taken, (had) landed, would thank, had been, would sing, would dance,
would get, would see, would be, wondered, would say, had feared, had ...
spared, saw, sighed, had been, had ... been, had earned, was, had
inspired, would regret, would be
b) walked, was, was moving, were, was, didn't look, wasn't going to
buy, passed, set, might, would have, would ... be, would fight, were going
to set, was hiding, would be, would ... pull, would ... crash, would turn,
would ... doubt, would ... fail, would be, would drone, would crash, would
try, would not be, would drive, would stand
Ex. 73.
1. knew 8. a
2. is doing 9. 10.r
3. looks 11. 12.e
4. meant, was 13. 14.m
saying, 15. a
was having d
5. are not e
making was, did not
6. was doing leave'
7. likes seemed
felt
was cleaning
cared
is not getting
Ex. 74.
1. had asked 10. 11.missed

2. had been 12. 13.had wanted
buying 14. 15.had been
3. had 16. 17. have ...
received married
4. have was doing
written came
5. had gone have been
6. spent have been
7. went trying
8. had been
living
9. have been
crying
Ex. 75.
1. would go 7. was going to

2. was coming 8. work '11 be
3. was going, would 9. 10.will make '11
write 11. be staying
4. '11 have would invite
5. was going to
come
6. were going to
stay
Ex. 80.
1. had not ... gone
2. have ... seen
3. thought, had made
4. was going
5. did not want
6. had returned (was returning)
7. had had, was feeling, could
8. was, had turned
9. turned
10. was going to do, hoped

11. was hanging
12. was working, would ... not agree
13. had ... invented
14. had had (would have), had had (would have), needed
Ex. 81.
1. I was sure he was already sorry he had written to her.

2. I thought he was tired and asked him what he had been doing.
3. I had the impression that he had been there for some time.
4. I nodded and said yes, feeling that this was what she wanted.
5. Realizing that he would do nothing to help me I changed my
plans.
6. I had a suspicion that she had forgotten to mention that I was
waiting.
7. He knew what she was thinking.
8. I've no idea if she knows Phil will be around.
9. By the way, does Ted know that my sister is arriving tomorrow?
10. He wasn't sure what he would do in New York.
Ex. 82.
1. had been thinking, had not done, would be, was

2. had ... reached, saw
3. returned, had sat, was taking
4. were, had ... been crying
5. had ... arrived, sent, had
6. '11 get, 've got
7. was, saw, said, 've been fighting
8. has, is farming
9. made, had had
10. walks
11. drove, stared
12. had walked, took
13. became, had come, was ... saying
10. was sitting, (was) eating, came, was, had been, was having, waved,
saw
11. remained, had passed
14. had fallen, returned, said, had turned, couldn't, had ... understood,
had happened
15. took, had been
16. is, has been needing
17. looked, was sitting, lay, had been doing
18. was reading, crossed
19. 've touched
20. came, ran
21. has been acting, have been
22. had been sitting, sat
23. was, would be, heard
26. stopped, stood, took, saw, thought, were
27: had sat, was, pushed
28. '11 take
Ex. 83.
1. were 7. has ...

2. has ... heard 8. been am
3. were ... 9. 10.was ...
sitting 11. 12. waiting
4. was hated had
5. was ... ... put
teaching have ...
6. had ... offered
formulated
Ex. 84.
1. had been 14. 15.hadn't seen

rolling 16. 17.held
2. did not 18. 19.last
hear 20. 21.did not speak
3. am going 22. has been tending
4. went held
5. did 23. 24. rang
6. saw, heard kept
7. lived have been telling, have
8. will leave been listening
9. sat have
worked
10. are let
11. haven't had
12. play
13. lay
Ex. 85.
1. "Ann, Martha is coming back." "I suppose she'll stay with her sister."
2. She has locked herself in and won't come down till they've gone.
1. I saw that the moment for which he had been waiting had come.
3. He took the kitten and put it carefully back where we had found
it.
4. Hallo, Jack, where have you been and what have you been
doing?
5. While he waited he heard children playing in the garden below.
6. I know the names of everyone in the village. I've lived here all
my life.
7. She was not at all shy, she asked me to call her Sally before we
had known one another ten minutes.
8. I've not been such a bad husband to you for the twenty years
we've been married.
10. After six months I barely recognized myself.

11. I decided against going to Cambridge. I had hardly looked at a
book of mathematics for six months.
12. We'll see to it that you don't meet him here.
13. Before I had been on board an hour he invited me to lunch.
14. You'll have three meals a day.
15. Roy had been working hard and sleeping badly and he looked
very tired.
16. I have nearly finished the book.
17. You don't know what you have done to me.
18. I've scarcely had a proper meal since I reached England.
19. He's not coming. I've just talked to him on the telephone.
20. "What are you going to do on Sunday?" "I don't know yet."
21. Philip had taken his bag to the carriage and was smoking on the
platform.
22. I saw your sister at the theatre.
23. Why, you're not ready yet! What have you been doing?
24. For two years she was at the top of her class.
25. For two years she has been at the top of her class.
26. You know, Professor Lennon is going to give a course on the
Renaissance next term.
27. It's hot and it hasn't rained for over a month.
28. Where did I put my cigarette lighter?
29. I enjoyed the ballet. Why didn't you go with us?
30. Why did you come so late?
31. The train leaves at a quarter to two. If we don't start for the
station right away we shall be late.
32. We had lived in the village for two months when my brother
came for a short visit.
33. We stayed with the Smiths for two days and returned to London
by train.
34. When I got up I came up to the window. Although it was no
longer raining there were great puddles everywhere.
35. John had marked all his pupils' compositions and was reading a
book he had bought in the morning on his way to the school.
36. How did she get here in this weather?
10. I have never before felt so well as now.
37. I had never before felt so well as then.
38. Tomorrow I'm leaving for the country for a fortnight.
39. After lunch I usually study in the library for two hours.
40. Before I had reached the corner I heard someone's steps behind
me.
41. I'll let you know what measures I shall have taken.
42. The weather was gloomy that day. The wind which had been
blowing since the morning had stopped but it was still drizzling.
43. I had scarcely said good-bye to them when the train began
moving.
44. Before the war she taught geography for a short while.
45. Ann had packed her things and was waiting for a taxi.
46. I'll tell him to bring the key back when he has had a look round
the house.
47. We drove for about an hour and then saw a small lake.
48. We had been driving for about two hours when we saw the lake.
49. I had been walking about in the woods for about an hour when I
saw a little house. As I had never been to these parts before I did not
know who lived in it. The house was surrounded by trees and the
path I was (had been) walking on, led to it.
Ex. 86.
a) said, 've asked, is, got, is, met, was raining, was sitting, dropped,
picked, got
did ... happen, 've been going
does ... do
works
arranged, gave, ushered, cast, took, decided, talked, poured, asked, cut,
pressed, took, put (was putting), fell am, said, picked '11 cut am not, is
has been don't want am, don't like is, am not
refused, lit, said, am dying
did not say, raised, wasn't, had been doing, was, wanted, didn't...
know '11 walk has been
came, was, was, had passed
b) was ... casting (cast), could, had thought, saw
was, smiled, said, is, get, will be shining, returned, were leaving, walked,
was give
have wasted
was considering (considered), added, wasted
know, are, have gone
were, stood, lay, stood, led do
... like 've ... seen
exclaimed, didn't expect
went, stood shall ... play
turned, sat, could, played smiled, nodded, sat, played, stole, could, heard,
was, appeared, had left, seemed
became, was ... playing, turned, had felt, had stood, had been had
passed, was ... playing, remembered, rested, asked gave, went, rose,
came, sat have been have not felt
means (has meant), added, played, did ... notice
thought, was
have been working, hadn't played, played
was
is
'11 take, 've made c)
went
was, were, had added, extended, had played, had sat, had ... talked, didn't
remember stood, came
was returning, had passed, had been raining, was, was sighing, was, had
heard, had turned, (had) walked, echoed, had found, had lifted, had stopped,
crouched
are ... doing
did not answer, said, laughed, said, had
had said, don't know, have, know, doesn't have
had caught, had ... risen, do ... mean
mean, have, will show, start, '11 ... amount, had walked, (had) left stood,
remembered, was, returned, expected
opened, went, was, was, had painted, had removed, had replaced, had ...
hung, were
came, rustled, moved, smiled, were, was, look, glanced, saw, were, ap-
peared, knew, had been operating, saw, said, have (did), '11 tell
Ex. 87.
a) am, live, seems, took, passed, failed, means, can't, was, heard, had
failed
have, worked, managed, think, is, want, doesn't agree, doesn't want,
doesn't think, is, is, thinks, are trying
b) 've won, 'm going, had, kept, can, like, find, 've made, has agreed
c) 'm, 's, 've had, left, are going, are going, '11 see, are going, had, made,
started, joined, had hated, was
brought, had attended, has ... been, is staying am,
can't, rains
329 Key to Exercise'
d) 've managed, am sitting, aren't, rent, says, isn't, haven't told, waJ
walked, had seen, was, had been falling, had leaked, was, came, is, was!
had spoken, made
I
had put, turned, looked are ...
not going, told, is do ... know,
is 've taken
came, was standing, asked did
not put, did saw, went, took
are, have, '11 have
e) share, are, is ... apologizing, hasn't done, lies, am not complaining,
am phoned, is trying, is finding, am
f) had, talked, has been writing, had, is doing, asks, have been reading
have had, do ... know, has gone, writes, has, has been cross-country
skiing, has been enjoying, has not seen
fhe Verb: Passive Voice Forms 330
The Verb: Passive Voice Forms
Ex 3.
.
1. was not liked, was considered 22. had ... been made
2. had been said. 23. is lent
3. have ... been treated 24. had been caught
4. was being played 25. had been left
5. am paid 26. had been sent
6. was being restored 27. was (would be) operated
7. was received, (was) taken ' 28. was announced, were given
8. is being done (has been done) 29. was run
9. had been turned 30. were ... looked
10 hadn't ... been taught 31. was put
.
11 has been seen 32. had been sent
.
12 had been offered 33. had been shown, were taken
.
13 had been cut 34. had been looked (was being
.
14 was given looked)
.
15 were begged 35. will be seen
.
16 had been influenced 36. is being killed (has been
. killed)
17 was looked 37. was tried, (was) sentenced
.
18 are dealt 38. was (being) run
.
19 was seen, was called 39. was asked
.
20 were being unloaded 40. is ... being interfered
.
21 had been promised
.
Ex. 4.
1.A new block of houses is being built down the street.
2.He has never been taken for an Englishman yet.
3.Nothing has been moved in your room since you were sent to the
sanatorium.
4.Are you interested in the job you have been offered?
5.Every penny must be accounted for.
6.Have you ever been taught how to behave?
7.He had to be operated on.
8.The children were treated to some ice-cream.
9.My collection of stamps has been stolen.
10. I have never been spoken to like that before.

11. Look! Tea has been spilt all over the table-cloth.
12. Lessons should be made more interesting.
13. Something ought to be done for these people.
14. Football is played all over the world.
15. I'm afraid this lock cannot be repaired.
16. She was given a box of chocolates for her birthday.
17. His friend is well spoken of.
10. The students were told to wait outside.
18. My uncle has been made a captain.
19. The stranger was asked to leave the meeting.
20. You will be told when the train leaves.
21. She felt that something was being concealed from her.
22. It will be so dark there that you won't be seen.
23. I felt that he had been asked this question before.
24. I was sent off to bed.
25. He did not hear what was being said.
26. We'll find out if he's been properly looked after.
27. He was given a first-class education.

28. Is anything being done to restore the building?
29. They say he hasn't been seen for three months.
30. He turned the radio on. Brahms was being played, a piano
concerto.
31. I didn't know whom I was being introduced to.
32. At the reception the professor was taken no notice of but his
pretty wife was made a fuss of.
Ex. 5.
1. It was explained to me that...
2. ... it was arranged that ...
3. ... it was proposed that ...
4. The new law was explained to us.
5. The fact was mentioned to my friends.
6. It is requested that ...
7. The Pyramids were pointed out to us.
8. The party was arranged on Saturday.
9. He was discovered at home ...
10. It was said that...

11. My father's health was proposed.
12. At lunch it was mentioned that...
13. It was known that ...
14. The accident was reported to the police.
15. It was announced on the radio that ...
16. It was discovered that ...
17. It was pointed out to us that ...
18. It was expected that ...
19. ...a walk to the river was suggested.
20. It was demanded that ...
21. It was believed that ....
22. It was understood that ....
23. His absence was noticed.
24. His story was not believed.
25. An explanation was demanded from him.
26. ... it was suggested that...
2,7. A course of action was decided on.
28. It was agreed that ...
29. It was announced at the meeting that...
30. These facts are well known.
31. It was noticed that ...
32. It was decided that ...
Ex. 6.
1. It was announced over the radio that cold weather was expected
to set in towards the evening.
2. I doubt whether the phenomenon can be explained now.
3. The woman was pointed out to him, and he went over to her.
4. It was arranged that she should wait for him in her hotel.
5. The news was announced over the radio.
6. It was explained to her who we all were.
7. It was expected that he would come back in time for the sitting.
8. It was decided that he would return on Friday.
9. It was noticed that he never phoned his home from the office.
10. It was explained to him why he was wrong.

11. His mistakes were pointed out to him.
12. A considerable deposit of ore was discovered to the south-west of
the town.
13. Great changes were expected in the production plans of the
company.
14. It was not thought that he would work with them a long time.
15. It was said that it had not been easy for him to do it.
16. It is rumoured that he has gone to Canada.
17. It was decided that the payment was not legal.

18. The loss of the document was reported to the management.
19. It was pointed out to him that smoking was not allowed in the
hall.
20. His courage was well known in the regiment.
21. His arrival was casually mentioned in the conversation.
22. It was suggested to me that I should first have a meal.
23. It is well known that Frank has admitted his mistake.
Ex. 9.
1. was locked
2. had been locked
3. had been carried
4. was reminded, had ... been told
5. is given, is ... watched, is ... thanked, (is) told, are ... needed
6. was left
7. had been left
8. was hidden
9. was prepared, was floored, (was) tented, were placed
10. was ... reached
11. was Written
12. is shut
13. were ... explained
14. was hired, have ... been varied
15. are ... being looked
16. was locked
17. was announced, was not mentioned
18. was ... established
19. had been cleared, were drawn
20. was ... given
21. had ... been furnished, (had been) decorated
22. was ... furnished, (was) decorated
23. have ... been taken
24. was being (had been) observed
25. were closed
26. was announced, was dismayed, (was) perplexed
27. is... fixed
28. was (had been) buried, was read
29. was buried
30. was done
31. were locked
32. were ... injured
33. are being washed
34. is described
35. have been disposed
36. was being fixed
37. was parked
Ex. 10.
a) were painted, were drawn, was lit, was dusted, had been moved,
had been added, had been brought
b) was sent, were examined, was told, would be flown
c) had been expected, were shown, were detained, were not ...
allowed, had been ... chosen, had been pointed, was interrupted, had been
warned, were being introduced
d) were being killed, were shot, were thrown, was ... poisoned, was
brought, were held, were leapt, were saved
e) were found, was being emptied, were dragged, (were) stood, be
left, were included, was being sent, was ... involved, was ... discovered
f) was given, had been drawn, was ... hampered, is believed, was
caused, was observed, were brought, were trapped, were ... overcome, was
taken, is reported
Ex. 11.
boarded, had been provided, was fitted, glowed, were shut, went, was,
had ... been, were painted, imposed, had put, longed, tried, was, had
The Verb: Passive Voice Forms 333
worn, had been, clung, set, had not occurred, had been, had wandered, had
lunched, had been ordered, were needed, had not dined, saw, sat, came
Ex. 13.
was, was ... built, were, made, were kept
were, had been cut, were being laid, had been rooted, had been dug, was,
had been done, were paid
came, learned, were paid, stopped, were being discussed, held, said, would
not return, agreed, promised, was finished
found, was made, went, asked, was being played, were, said, would do,
gave, flew, said, don't start, turned, walked
was strolling, ran, heard, understood, had been thrown, knew, was,
looked, had been thrown, could, went, returned, saw, had been thrown,
required
rode, found, guessed, was being discussed, was formed, were placed, was set,
sloped, was raining, were pulled, was, rode, called, left, flung went, had
started, was, will regret, said
came, said, had made, had, had, wished, became, were working, stared,
realized, had outwitted, were being laughed, was, was, was found, had been
shot
\
334 Key to Exercise,
The Verb: Modal Verbs

Ex. 2.
Sentence 1 — variant 1 7 - 4
2— 3 8—2
3— 1 9— 4
4— 2 10 — 4
5— 1 11-3 12
6— 3 —2
Ex. 3.
1. could move
2. could ... tell 7. could learn
3. could not 8. couldn't have
have seen done
4. could ... 9. couldn't tell
refuse
5. could have
10. couldn't have
run
told
6. could have
11. could answer
told
Ex. 4.
1. could ... do 9. couldn't have

2. could ... see done
3. could ...
have got
10. could open
4. could ...
11. couldn't be
make
5. could ...
12. could get
have
13. could have
6. could have
14. could ... be,
couldn' changed
7. could ... be
15. couldn't have told
8. couldn't
16. could ... do
Ex. 5. 7. have been

1. have been
8. have been
sleeping
2. be done
9. be doing
3. get
4. have been
worrying 10. have heard
5. have done (be 11. walk
doing) 12. be dying
6. have been
Ex. 7.
1. Could you translate this text?

2. You can buy this book at any shop.
3. He could have done it last week. He wasn't particularly busy.
4. He could not show us the calculations. They were not finished.
1. It's dark in the room, and I can't find my things.
5. She can't (couldn't) have made a mistake.
6. Can (could) they have been waiting for us?
7. You can't (couldn't) have been sent to me. I have nothing to do
with this.
8. Could I have a cup of tea?
10. He said we could go.

11. I can return on the bus.
12. I could return on the bus.
13. Maurice stared at the letter. "Now where could it have come
from?"
14. Evans was so illiterate that he could not have written a word of
the report.
15. "She didn't understand you," cried Philip. "She understood me
well enough." "She could not have understood you," he repeated
doggedly.
16. It was a very long walk back to the hotel, he could never have
done it without a map.
17. She had a square face that could never have looked young.
18. "What are you looking at, Willy?" "Nothing, dear." "You can't be
looking at nothing."
19. She raised her voice and called, "Can you hear me?"
20. No one could have impressed me more than you did.
21. At that moment I could have killed him.
22. He cannot (couldn't) have been more than thirty at the time we
first met him.
23. I could swim when I was five. Daddy taught me.
24. They're very nice to me. They could not be more polite and
obliging.
25. It's getting dark. What time can it be now?
26. You are brave to work with these people. I couldn't do it.
27. He took the menu and said: "Well now, I suppose you're hungry.
Let's see what we can have."
28. How are the puppies? Can I have a look at them?
The Verb: Modal Verbs 341
Ex. 10.
12 И. П. Крылова
Sentence 4— 2
1 variant
2— 4 1 5— 3
3— 1 6— 1
7— 4
Ex. 11.
1. might ... ask

2. might ... fade
5. might not
3. might have been
find
4. might ... be, might
6. might ...
have done
have
7. might
notice
8. might have
chosen
345 Key to Exerci^
Ex. 12.
346 Key to Exerci^
1. have been
expected
7. break
2. be lurking 8. be
3. write 9. have been
reading
4. have been
detained
5. have told 10. have wanted
11. have
6. be dying understood
12. be listening
347 Key to Exerci^
Ex. 13.
1. You weren't all that busy. You might have helped us.
2. Ask him if we may look round the laboratory.
3. He might do it for you. It is not at all difficult for him.
4. He might have broken the window.
5. She may be late.
6. They may be working at the same problem.
7. It may rain towards evening.
8. They may not have been in the town last night.
9. I thought if his watch was there, the money might be there too.
10. I agree it may have been a mistake to let Peter go abroad. I

thought it might bring him back to his work.
11. I may not have mentioned it in my letters, but I did quite a lot
of work up there.
12. Not seeing either her father or the boy, Meggie thought they
might be rearranging some of the books on the shelves.
13. You may have heard his name.
14. It occurred to me that he was secretly proud of his son, though
he may not have known it.
15. He's got a big family. I can easily imagine that he may (might)
be looking for a better job.
16. I had the impression that the storm might break out any
minute.
17. She wasn't a Swede, but she might have been taken for one.
18. He might (may) be in the hotel waiting for me.
19.1 might have missed the last bus.
20. They may have thought that we won't come in this rain.
348 Key to Exerci^
Ex. 15.
349 Key to Exerci^
1. 2. 3.
could, can
4. 5. 6.
may
7. 8.
could,
could
could might
might could
may
9. could
10. could
11. co
uld, might
12. ca
n
13. mi
ght
14. ma
y
15. co
uld
16. co
uld
fhe Verb: Modal Verbs 355
could, might
\1. 29. could
18. can, can 30. might
19. might 31. can
20. could 32. might
21. may 33. may (might)
22. may 34. can
23. can 35. may
24. can 36. can
25. can 37. could
26. may, may 38. can
27. could 39. can
28. might
Ex. 16.
1. It may rain. 14. Can they be waiting for us?
2. It may not rain. 15. Who can they be waiting for?
3. It can't rain. 16. They can't possibly be waiting
4. Can it rain? for us.
5. He may have seen them. 17. I may (might) as well be off.
6. He may not have seen them. 18. I may (might) just as well stay
7. He can't have seen them. at home.
8. He can't possibly have seen 19. I might have lost the keys.
them. 20. It might have been worse.
9. Can he have seen them? 21. The weather couldn't be
worse.
10. Where can he have seen them? 22. I couldn't but stay with them.
11. They may be waiting for us. 23. I couldn't help agreeing with
12. They may not be waiting for them.
us. 24. I couldn't care less.
13. They can't be waiting for us.
Ex. 19.
1. have been 9. be
2. be doing 10. have cost
3. have taken 11. have influenced
4. be 12. have been reading
5. have heard 13. be getting
6. do 14. have been bought
7. be wondering 1.5. be lying
8. have been sitting
Ex. 20.
1. I must work very hard this week.

2. But Martha saw them. She must have told you (about it).
12*
1. He must get there before eight.

2. She lit the fire and said: "Do sit down, you must be frozen."
3. I must wash up all the glasses.
4. John, turning from the door, noticed that he was standing upon a
letter which lay on the mat. It must have been delivered some time after
his return.
5. "We are having tea early," said Kate. "You must be starving."
6. "Oh, you!" he said as he looked up in surprise. He must have
forgotten my name.
7. I did not see Jim but I knew that he must be waiting somewhere.
10. I waited about half an hour, and was just thinking that something must
have happened to Kathy when she arrived in a taxi.
11. She looks so pale. She must have been ill.
12.1 must write to them today.
13. I must do something for him, Jack thought.
14. "Phil, there was a letter in your book." "Was there?" "You must have
forgotten it."
Ex. 21.
1. I don't want to take the examinations. I shan't probably be in
London then.
2. There had probably never been (must never have been) so much
money at his disposal.
3. Martin was on the other side of the fireplace. I thought that he could
not have heard (it was impossible for him to hear) their words.
4. He must have failed to talk him into going with us.
5. He probably just hasn't had (must never have had) time for you so
far.
6. They must have missed him at the station.
7. I tolerated it so long because I thought she loved me in her own way.
But, of course, she can't have ever loved (must never have loved) me.
8. The teacher must have omitted (left out) your name by mistake.
9. She must be unaware that you are here.
10. They must have seen nothing of her since the summer.
11. "Can (could) I talk to you tomorrow morning?" "I probably shall be
busy in the morning."
12. He won't speak English probably.
13. There must be no one at home now.
14. "Who is the old man?" "The new president of the company." "Are you
joking?" "I'm not joking. You can't have read the papers (must have read
no papers)."
Ex. 23.
1. he can't have done 2. you may be

т
3. they may have forgotten 16. 17.the news may be

4. can it be 18. 19.broadcast they must
5. he can't have been 20. have taken no notes
6. meaning can we be he may
7. he can't have refused 21. 22.forget
8. he can't have read 23. 24. can something have
9. 10.where can you have met happened,
11. 12.he must have heard 25. the car must be
13. 14. it must have been undergoing
he must have been fishing you can't possibly
she must be out get
what can you have brought what can he be
he may not know doing
it can't have been
she may have been,
she may not
have heard
you must have used
15. can he be giving
Ex. 24.
1. They must do as they are told.
2.1 suppose I must put on my other shoes for the party.
3. I can't leave without paying.
4. They must return all the money.
5. You might have given them a call to say that you were not
coming.
6. I was so hungry that I might have eaten the whole chicken
up.
7. "Must I take an umbrella?" "Yes. It looks like rain."
8. Were you able to finish the work?
9. The situation (Things) couldn't be worse.
10. Could you come a little later?

11. Can you have written it yourself?
12. It can't possibly happen to me.
13. In my mind I went over the possible occasions when I might

have met him.
14. He may not have wished to speak.
15. She never spoke of her childhood, and there must have been
some reason for it.
16. But really I can't possibly walk further.
17. "He can rest in my office," said Mr Bolt.
18. Norah led the boy to her room. I could hear them talking
there.
19. "You mustn't minimize the danger," he said.
20. I shall be able to write them tomorrow.
21. No one could have done more than you did.
22. Nick was a son that any parent might have been proud of.
23. I think he has fallen in love with you because he must never
have met anyone quite like you.
24. I don't think I shall go out today. I may just as well sit in the
armchair at the fire in this weather.
25. You might have done something about it.
26. After all, one can't' help admiring a man whose principles are
so high.
10. You can do what you like. 1
11. "I don't see what else I could have done," he said.
12. His mother is again in hospital. She must be seriously ill.
13. There was no one among them to whom I could turn for help.
14. I can't see how you can have been so foolish.
15. I couldn't help thinking that Miss Grey had given herself away
by saying that.
16. He moved so quietly that he could not have disturbed the
lightest sleeper.
17. Where are my spectacles? No, they are not here. I must have
left them at home.
18. Must I stay here all day?
19. He asked if he could depend on me.
20. He asked if I could take his class for the next period.
21. When the child is so ill you must feel wretched.
22. You must get him here with all his stuff.
23. "This must be unlike your home," said Bart.
24. I said he could take my car.
25. I couldn't care less.
26. She knew what he must be feeling.
27. He can't be more than three or four years older than you.
28. The weather may change for the better yet.
29. She can't be unaware of it.
30. I won't be able yet to give you a definite answer on Monday.
31. They may not have come yet.
32. They may be still investigating the matter.
33. They may have been at the party but I didn't see them.
34. Who can have turned the light on in my room?
35. Your father is very angry. What can you have done again?
36. It's quite dark. I must have been sleeping a long time.
37. He will probably give us a call soon.
38. Can he have told you to come here?
39. "Where is my key?" "You must have lost it." "I can't have lost it.
I may have left it in the pocket of my coat."
Ex. 25.
1. 2. 3. can must 10. must, can, 19. 20.c

4. 5. 6.can can 21. 22.a
w
7. 8. 9. may, may 11. could 23. 24.a
c
must, 25. 26.o
could 12. must 27.
must, can
could 13. can, can
can 14. must
must, can 15. can,
must
16. must
17. must
18. must
28. must, 37. m

could ust
29. can
33. m
ust
30. must
34. m 38. m
31. could
ust ight
32. can, 35. m 39. m
can ust ust
36. m 40. m
ust ust
Ex. 27.
1. doesn't have to, does he have to?
2. didn't have to, did they have to?
3. shan't have to, shall I have to?
4. doesn't have to, does she have to?
5. didn't have to, did he have to?
6. won't have to, will she have to?
Ex. 28.
1. Bart was to see his brother-in-law for lunch the next day, but he
saw no reason to tell his wife that.
2. She had to drink tea without sugar.
3. I knew that Pat was to come to the club.
4. I was somewhat surprised to find so many people in the hall in
which I was to speak.
5. I don't have to be there before three.
6. Rudy was invited for dinner at Mary's house. After dinner they
were to go to a movie.
7. One of the guests sat down beside me. I didn't have to be told
who it was.
8. They bombed us all day yesterday, and we had to stay in the
trenches.
9. "Your hair is short and curly." "I had scarlet fever and it had to
be cut short."
10. "I never told you I was at a public school, did I?" said Alec. "You
didn't have to. I knew it."
11. Next day Frank took me for a long drive. We were to dine with
the Greens at seven.
12. It was announced on the radio that the President was to speak
that night.
13. He had to move closer to hear her.
14. At this hour Philip was never to be seen.
Ex. 29.
1. 2. 3.
were
4. 5.
had
was 6. was 11.
was,
had 7. didn't have was
was
12.
had,
8. was
was
9. had 13.
10. had, didn't have had
363 Key to Exercisg,
Ex. 31.
1. must 12. must
2. has to 13. have to
3. are to 14. must
4. mustn't (isn't to), don't have to 15. must, will have to
5. must 16. mustn't, don't have
to
6. has to 17. had to
7. is to 18. was to
8. must 19. was to
9. am to 20. was not to
10. must 21. must not
11. have to 22. had to
Ex. 33.
1. to have 9. have arranged
2. be 10. to answer
3. to have brought 11. have left
4. be playing 12. have been arriving
5. to make, to laugh 13. to have been told
6. to be operated 14. have laughed
7. have seen 15. to be done
8. have been sweating 16. have been
Ex. 34.
1. should 9. shouldn't
2. ought to 10. ought to
3. ought to 11. should
4. shouldn't 12. should (ought to)
5. should not 13. shouldn't
6. shouldn't 14. ought to (should)
7. ought to 15. ought to (should)
8. ought to 16. ought to
Ex. 35.
1. I'm sorry. I shouldn't have said that.
2. I think you ought to show more respect for your elders.
3. I thought you ought to know about it.
4. Now I've upset her. I shouldn't have said that.
5. "Have I said something I shouldn't have?" he asked his mother.
6. You shouldn't ask questions like that.
7. Well, you were right. I shouldn't have done it that way.
8. What do you think I ought to do?
9. I've been more frank with you than I should have been.
10. I said she should never have come with him at all.
11. But you should not be so critical at your age, Frank.
12. "Ann is my sister." "I ought to (should) have guessed. You take
after her."
13. She ought to (should) have remembered about
it.
Ex. 36.
1.How much shall I give the porter?
2.Well, when we have found out anything you shall hear about it.
3."Will you let me go home?" "No. You shall sail to San Francisco on
Tuesday."
4.It can be done and it shall be done if you will only help me.
5."Shall I play to you?" she said. "Yes, do please."
6.When he says "do it", I say "it shall be done".
Ex. 38.
1. Well, I thought it was too absurd that we should live next door
and not speak.
2. How strange that he should have said nothing about it.
364 Key to Exercisg,
3. It was very improbable that John should be so busy that he had

no time in the whole week to see her.
4. I see no reason why they should be angry.
5. "What is his name?" "Why should I tell you?"
6. I'm sorry that you should think so badly of me.
7. I don't know why he should want to see George.
8. It was strange that at her age she should be so indifferent to
parties.
9. At last he decided to drive back home. It was possible that he
would (might) hear news of Mary there.
10. I'm sorry that my brother should be responsible for this.

11. How did you happen to bring him with you? Why should he have
wanted to come here?
12. He was pleased that Kate should have called the child after him.
13. What can have happened to him? I can't think why he should be
so late.
14. It's funny that she should have been right.
15. It's odd that she should have chosen this man for a husband.
16. It made me angry that he should be so weak-willed.
17. He seemed flattered that someone should want to read
something he had written.
18. Still Rosemary did not see why she should go.
19. She began to tell her husband about Ted, but soon she stopped
and said: "But I don't know why I should bore you with these stories
about Ted."
ь,
j,You should have read your composition once again. There must line
mistakes there. i(fflit be only six o'clock?
jliushould not have spoken to him like that. He might have felt hurt
j,l ought to know it.
і Sill I give him a call right away?
$ must have a sense of humour. Otherwise he couldn't have said it| its
that.
jlmorrow is your sister's birthday. I think you should (must) give her
[present.
(bust be raining heavily. The street is deserted, ilcan't have forgotten
his promise, should have sent them a telegram. They might have
arrived by
».
[lisorry I'm late. Did you have to wait long?
ijliidn't go out that evening as George was to come and see me after
iiffork.
ijihad to return to the hotel as his flight was delayed.
lllknew that he was to attend two meetings next week.
[(iiHiust know nothing about your affairs.
jfccan't know anything about his affairs.
it.I'm to take this exam in a week.
|jl you have to call them up again?
|Ii don't have to go shopping today as we are dining out.
j'lhat are they talking about?" "They may be arguing about the script."
ilk news may (might) frighten her.
jlknew she must explain everything to them.
jhought to make your own living.
(lit house was to be brought down and he had to move to a new
' raidential area.
dkpe your wife doesn't have to wash the car.
jliweather is very good, and we could go for a drive in the country,
jlisorry but I must be off. I am to meet Betty at the cinema. Oh, it 's
Hiiarter to seven. She must be waiting for me. I'll have to take a
Й.
^Md you do it today?
.ipiay) I go?
|% should I walk all the way there?
jjfilate. Where can Dick be?" "I couldn't care less."
jl ought to visit your brother in hospital.
jlimight have been taken for an old man.
jliought not to blame him for it. It's partly your fault, too.
jh could (might) tell us what is happening.
jlkymay have made their choice.
jjie't know why she should not want to speak to him herself.
38. It's surprising that they should have included him into the team.
39. You ought to find a specialist who could deal with the problem.
40. He must have told them nothing.
41. They may be packing. There is an hour left before train time. Ex.
42.
1. Would you tell me what's happened?

2. John tried to open up the lid of the can but it wouldn't come.
3. I would do anything to help him.
4. He said that he would be glad if I would come and stay with him
for a few days.
5. He tried to explain himself but I wouldn't listen.
6. "He didn't agree with me." "He wouldn't."
7. It is Sunday and all the shops will be closed.
8. He made two or three attempts to strike his lighter, but it
wouldn't work.
9. I asked his wife what was wrong With him, but she wouldn't
answer.
10. He would spend most evenings playing chess.

11. I have paid the money, and I will stay here.
12. He turned off the light. But sleep would not come.
13. I think I'll go and watch the telly if you'll excuse me.
14. I wanted to see the exhibition but they wouldn't let me in as it
was late.
15. "Uncle Edwin," the boy cried, "you promised to help me with my
toy train. It won't run."
16. I suggested that she should see the doctor, but she wouldn't hear
of it.
17. He would often fall asleep with a book in his hands and
spectacles on his nose.
18. After work he would wait for us at the bridge.
Ex. 43.
1. When we got into the car, he said: "We could go for a drive now.
There is a place near here I'd like to show you."
2. You must control your temper. I will not have you behave like
that in my house.
3. Would you like another glass of juice?
4. I'd rather not tell you what I know about him.
5. I did not really want to go to the party. I would rather have
stayed and talked with my parents.
6. He would rather listen to others than talk himself.
7. They know that I will not have this happen in my flat.
8. "I had better not have come home," she said in a voice trembling
with despair.
9. Father will not have you speak to me like that.
10. We'd better get home at once, so that you can lie down.
і
11. He'd rather not leave yet.

12. I've made up my mind what had better be done.
13. She'd rather read the letter first.
Ex. 45.
1. What she did is so silly that we needn't discuss it.
2. The lake was so near that even Alan who hated walking, agreed
that they needn't take his car.
3. We needn't cook all the potatoes.
4. Need we change for dinner?
5. We have lots of time yet. We need not have hurried.
6. Need we go there after all?
7. You needn't spend all the money on them.
8. "I told your uncle I would speak to you." "You needn't have
troubled. I've promised my parents to stay here a little longer."
9. He put the envelope down on the table. "The money is all
there," he said. "You needn't bother to count it."
10. You know the children. They are destructive. I needn't tell you
that.
11. He knew he did not need to explain anything to
anyone. 12.1 don't think we need give her so much of our
attention.
13. You needn't be afraid of me.

14. We needn't listen to all the speakers.
Ex. 47.
1. You should not have given way to her whims.
2. You shouldn't (oughtn't to) have brought your friend tonight. I
don't feel well.
3. I oughtn't to (shouldn't) have told them that.
4. You needn't have booked a room in the hotel. We have a spare
bedroom.
5. You oughtn't to (shouldn't) have married so early.
6. You should not have written to him about it. He will feel
worried.
7. You needn't have come to London. He is not here.
8. You shouldn't have bought this car. It's much too expensive.
9. You needn't have brought your car. There is no bridge over the
river here.
10. You oughtn't to have been so rude to her. She is weeping now. Ex. 48.
1. "Shall I tell you how it all happened?" "No, you needn't. I know
all about it."
2. The weather is warm now, and I don't have to make a fire in the
evening.
3. He was well aware of what he wanted to say and he didn't need

to search for words.
4. I didn't have to do any shopping as my husband was dining out
that day.
5. He is on holiday at present. He doesn't have to start work till
autumn.
6. Tell my son he needn't work till autumn. He should have a long
holiday at home.
7. She knew that she did not have (did not need) to be present
during their conversation.
8. He didn't have to live in London in summer.
Ex. 49.
a) can, ought to (should), wouldn't be able, can't, can't
b) wouldn't, would, might, can, can't, shall, should, might not,
must
c)might, can't, can, must, must, must
Ex 50.
.
1. could, would 9. may have to
2. ought to, should, could, would 10. could, might
3. should, might 11. could, might
4. should, could 12. may be able to
5. could, should 13. may have to
6. can, must 14. should, could
7. can, can, can, 'd better, may 15. may (might) have to
8. doesn't have to, could 16. ought to (should), might
Ex. 51.
1. Shall I go and find out if he has done the work? He was to finish
it yesterday.
2. Did you have to wait for him long?
3. You needn't have come. The meeting is cancelled (called off).
4. He was to have finished it all yesterday, but he was called away
to London unexpectedly.
5. You ought to have told us about it, now we don't know what we
are to (should) do.
6. Everything is settled. Now I don't have to go to London.
7. He must have been unable to give them our message and they
may be waiting for us.
8. "Can he have forgotten to book rooms at the hotel for us?" "He
must have done it in your name."
9. She can't have been so foolish.
10. Can (may) I go?

11. Could you do it for me?
10. "He was to have come by the five-o'clock train. Could he have
missed it?" "How should I know?"
11. He must have forgotten to tell them about it and they may not
come.
12. You should have told Us that you wouldn't be able to play for
the team today.
13. Why should you put off till tomorrow what you can (could) do
today?
14. I'm to see him on Tuesday night.
15. He might have said something in my favour.
16. She wouldn't explain what was wrong.
17. Unfortunately I could not speak to my father. I didn't catch him
at home. I should have come early in the morning.
18. You might have told me you would be late.
19. She must have misunderstood which road she was to take and
she may have lost her way.
20. You had to stay there till the end, didn't you?
21. You are wet through. You should have asked someone to give
you a lift.
22. I may have to go there by taxi. It ought to be much quicker.
23. "I looked for him everywhere last night. I wanted him to speak
at the meeting, too." "You needn't have bothered. He might have
ruined everything."
24. I couldn't mark my students' notebooks yesterday because I had
to take another teacher's class.
25. I needn't tell you why this must be done right away.
26. You needn't have gone for the key. The door was open.
27. Last night I saw his wife. She might have been taken for a
French woman.
28. Why do you think he should feel so embarrassed?
29. You should take your rain-coat. It may rain.
30. The ground is wet. It must have been raining here.
31. You needn't have come. We could have finished it without you.
32. In the evening she was to go to a party. So she had to wash her
hair after breakfast.
33. It's strange that he should have left without saying where he
was going (had gone).
34. I don't see why you should not be friends.
35. Be careful. You might have fallen down.
36. You shouldn't have called her up so late (given her such a late
call).
37. It's an unimportant item. You needn't have included it in your
account.
38. He said he must be off and left without waiting for her to
answer.
39. You needn't come tomorrow. I'll be busy.
40. Father says that I must stay with him a little longer.
The Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality
Ex. 2.
1. (should) try
2. (should) be allowed
3. (should) be
4. (should) walk
5. had been, was
6. should have
7. should have chosen (had chosen)
8. dropped
9. (should) keep
10. were (would be)

11. should pay
12. should be (was) reading
13. had ... seen
14. should ... be spoken
15. should be
16. (should) be represented
17. (should) be sent
Ex. 3.
1. He then suggested that we should drop (drop) the discussion and
talk about something else.
2. My mother's name was Lydia, and she always insisted that we
should call (call) her by this name.
3. After supper he suggested they should go (go) to a movie, but
she refused.
4. He is angry that I (should) have fallen in love with his sister.
5. They all agreed that something should be done about the boy.
6. My father wanted to walk, but my mother insisted that we
should go (go) in the car.
7. He suggested on a postcard that they should meet (meet) in the
National Gallery.
8. He insisted that I should take (take) a holiday.
9. She hoped that she would be able to clean the kitchen in the
morning.
10. I didn't understand why he should be (was) so angry.

11. As soon as we sat down he demanded that the candles should be
removed (be removed).
12. Charles advised that we should have (have) a meal and then go
to a theatre.
13. He requested that we should keep (keep) the evening free.
14. I was alarmed that he had not called me up.
15. He asked me if I should be back in London in a week.
10. I suggested that we should dine (dine) together.
16. Her mother invited them to stay with her but Ann insisted that
they should go (go) to a (the) hotel.
17. I'm glad that you (should) think so highly of my son.
18. He arranged that Edward should go (go) to Italy for a year or
two.
19. I gave orders to Amy that she should undertake (undertake) the
task.
20. He preferred that Kate should invite her friends to the house.
21. Ronny decided that I should meet (meet) his girl that night.
Ex. 5.
1. shoul sleep (sleep) 10. should tell (tell)
d
2. shoul have given (gave) 11.found
d
3. shoul join (join) 12. kept
d
4. shoul be (was) 13. should forbid (forbids)
d
5. shoul turn (turn) 14. should see (see)
The Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality 373
d
6. shoul be sent (is sent) 15. should be (was)
d
7. shoul remain (remain) 16. should pick (pick)
d
8. shoul spend 17. should stay (stay)
d
9. shoul continue (continue) 18. should be made (be made)
d
Ex. 6.
1. It's admirable that she herself undertook (should have
undertaken) the task.
2. In the end it was decided that they should arrange a party.
3. In this case it is essential that he shouldn't make a mistake.
4. Suddenly it seemed terribly important to him that they should
not leave him alone.
5. It was arranged that we should meet at his flat.
6. It was absurd that she had got (should have got) so angry over a
burnt dinner.
7. It was requested that the father should take the girl away with
him.
8. It is surprising what fear does to a man.
9. It was desirable that he should go to a law school following the
family tradition.
10. She knew it was urgent (imperative) that she should buy herself a
new coat.
Ex. 8.
7. had
8. could
9. would go,
(would) see
10. had not taken

1. knew 11. had not asked
2. had known
3. had ... happened, were
4. could
5. had
6. were
1. were, were 15. would ask
2. could 16. had not come
Ex. 9.
1. I wish that your daughter were just a little like you.
2. I wish you'd make up your mind one way or another.
3. He wished the evening were already over.
4. I sometimes wish you hadn't decided to write that book, Hugh.
5. I do wish we had a proper garden.
6. Oh, God, how I wish I'd never done it.
7. I do wish Willy would change his mind about taking up German.
8. He wished he knew how to console his wife.
9. I wish you would start writing poems again.
10. I wish more people in the office had your sense of humour,
Jack.
11. She wished she could hear what they were saying downstairs.
12.1 wish he would stop writing to me.
13. I wish I had found him at home'.
14.1 wished I had not told them about my life.
Ex. 11.
1.It's time we were off.
2.It's high time he explained to us what he is up to.
Ex.
13. 1. may call7.did not have2. have8.should betray3. would
(might) leave9.might strike4. should miss10.should ... be.5.
might let11.shouldn't come6. should let5x. 14.1. should
start6.had made (should have made)2. haven't
made7.should speak (speak)3. would have8.should not
get4. was (were)9.reminded (should remind)5. should
take (take), should move10.had not come(move)11.should
stay
3.It's about time he were taught a lesson.

4.When I woke I felt it was time I called a doctor.
5.It's really about time we had dinner.
6.He was told in public that it was time he learned to do as he was told.
7.It's high time you got rid of that old furniture.
8.Don't you think it is time we joined the guests?
12. may misunderstand (misunder- 31. would stop
stood) 32. should explain (explain)
13. (should) vary 33. might (would) be
14. had ... met 34. was
15. should stop (stop), (should) go 35. hadn't caught
16. didn't sleep 36. was (were)
17. should have 37. should talk (talk)
18. heard 38. would come
19. shouldn't do 39. should find (find)
20. should be taught (be taught) 40. should be destroyed (be de-
21. would think stroyed)
22. looked 41. should not quarrel
23. (should) think 42. was, should go
24. were not made 43. should know
25. had changed 44. should have
26. were 45. should tell (tell)
27. should be (was) 46. should be done
28. was (were) crying 47. would rain
29. would be 48. was (should be) telling
30. should go (go), (should) see 49. had brought
Ex. 16.
1. should not exceed 10. did not fit
2. should take 11. should see
3. were 12. had moved
4. should leave 13. should meet
5. should dismiss (dismiss) 14. should make
6. would improve 15.caught
7. should be allowed (be allowed) 16. should get
8. should see 17. should buy (buy)
9. should be given
Ex. 18.
1. could look 8. could be re-let
2. should not see 9. should not trip
3. could speak 10. should not knock, (should not)
4. could (would) look make
5. can ask 11. wouldn't (shouldn't) show
6. can judge 12. could read
7. might (could) go 13. could get
Ex. 19.
1. I inform you of these things so that we can understand each

other.
2. He told us to get into the back of the car so that we could talk.
3. He pretended to speak to someone so that the servant should

not think that he was alone in the room.
4. The girl kept her window open day and night so that the cat
could (might) come into her room whenever it felt inclined.
5. We went for a walk so that I could see the woods before it got
dark.
1. She lowered her voice so that her mother should not hear us.
6. Grace took the necessary steps so that they could get married at
once.
7. He stood aside from the box-office in order that I might (could)
speak to the clerk.
8. Telephone me when you're starting so that I shall (can) know
when to expect you.
10. She gave me the key so that I could (might) open the door.
Ex.
20.
1. s tha the doctor could (might) see
o t
2. s tha my wife can see
o t
3. s tha we can have
o t
4. s tha the maid'll clear
o t
5. s tha all could hear
o t
6. s tha you can write home about it
o t
7. s tha the cows should not get
o t
8. s tha little Em could sleep
o t
9. s tha her mother should not
o t know
10 s tha I could look it over
. o t
11 s tha she could carry them
. o t
12 s tha her children should not
. o t hate
Ex. 22.
1. were 11. had

2. had said 12. were
3. were doing 13. had been
4. were 14. had been shouting
5. had given 15. were ... dreaming
6. were talking 16. were
7. were 17. were laughing
8. were 18. had been running
9. were making 19. were choking
10 had ... decided 20. hadn't moved
.
Ex 23.
.
1. He sat at his desk as though he were writing, but he neither
wrote nor read.
2. He looked at me as though he didn't understand.
1. The dog greeted Frank as if they had not met for long.
3. They did not talk, as though they were so happy to be together
that conversation was unnecessary.
1. He looked as if he might (would) burst into tears.
4. She felt very tired, as if she had been for a long walk.
5. She kept on glancing round the room as if she were looking for
someone.
6. They talked to each other in low voices, as though they were in
church.
7. Maurice sat without stirring as if he hadn't heard Jack.
10. He buttoned up his coat, as though he were cold.

11. Oh, yes, I feel as though I'd known you for years.
12. She used to look as though she had been crying.
13. It looked as though the talks would (might) continue for some
more
days.
Ex. 25.
(Note: The Conditional Mood, as is known, has three forms with the 1st person,
singular and plural: would do (would have done), should do (should have done) and the
contracted form'd do ('d have done). They are all interchangeable. However, in the
Key to the Exercises on the use of the Conditional Mood only one of the three
forms is given, namely, the one found in the original.)
1. hadn't gone, would have turned, (would have) gone

2. would wait, were
3. would have fallen, had not put
4. were, would write
1. were not, would be
5. were, would give
6. would have been, had accepted
7. would ... know, were
8. would have happened, had gone
10. happened, would be

11. would ... follow, went (were to go)
12. would have made, were
13. would be, took
Ex. 27.
1. 2. 3.
would be, kept 10.
4. 5. 6.
shall be, should be
7. 8. 9.
would ... do, had 11.
would feel, were to
come (came) 12.
would be, would ask
would miss, were to 13.
leave (left) 14.
would ... be, had
should arise
would calm, would ...
stop
Ex. 28. 13. would not be, turned

1. might be, had
2. would be, were to write
(wrote) 14. might be, were to learn
3. had tried, might have (learned)
stopped 15. shouldn't bother, were
4. were, would not let 16. had kept, should have
5. should hate, deceived missed
6. would think, were to 17. would have continued,
come (came) had not been distracted
7. weren't, would get, 18. had picked, would have
(would) go died
8. could have gone, had 19. might be, could join
wanted 20. would look, were to tell
9. would be, were to tell (told)
(told) 21. were, would try
22. had been, would have
10. had not been, might have done
taken 23. weren't, 'd leave
11. would not have got, had 24. were, should choose
asked 25. should ... have put, had
12. had been, might have known
cried 26. 'd have wired, could have
done
Ex. 29.
1. If you were to ask me I couldn't tell you.

2. If you were travelling alone you would have got to the city by
now.
3. He would have been captain of the team if he had not been so
unpopular.
4. He would have been a handsome man if he had been a little
taller.
5. I could have heard her if she had replied.
6. She would have enjoyed the game if she hadn't discovered that
her opponent disliked losing.
7. If I were to make my suggestion he would (might) think I'm
prying into his affairs.
8. If somebody had told him about this affair he would have been
involved in it.
9. If he were to be invited to the party he wouldn't know what to
wear.
10. If it were not for the winter we wouldn't enjoy the spring so
much.
11. If (in case) anything should happen to him I shall stay in my
office the whole day.
12. Darling, wouldn't it be nice if you would (were to) show Harry the
garden?
13. I wonder what effect it will have on my sister's nerves if John
should turn his back to her.
Ex. 31.
1.I wouldn't have thought it possible if I hadn't seen it with my own

eyes.
2.I wouldn't do it if I were you.
3.In case you should have to leave unexpectedly, send me a note.
4.I would have liked the play better if it were not so long.
1. If it had not been for his illness the family would have moved to town
5. If he had come in time it might not have happened.
6. If it had rained I would have got wet through. I had a very light dress
on.
7. Where would you go if it were not raining?
8. Stay with him, please, and if he should ask for anything, let me know
10. If I were to say a thing like that to your aunt she would think me a
lunatic.
11. I'll be at the flat all evening in case you should change your mind.
12. Possibly he would feel and act differently if the circumstances were
different.
13. If you were not so busy we might (could) go somewhere'for dinner.
14. If I had stayed a moment longer I don't know what I might have said.
15. If we had no luggage we could walk to the station.
Ex. 32.
1. had realized, wouldn't have come
2. didn't care
3. should not catch
4. had not told, would ... have believed
5. were
6. could eat
7. were not relating
8. had seen, could have done
9. should not be
10. would be, kept (were to keep)

11. were to ask (asked), would not know
12. would be, would allow
13. had swept
14. could go
15. would be, were to come (came), (were to) see (saw)
16. should ... happen, '11 act, had ... been written
Ex. 33.
1. If any difficulty should arise, call me up at once. .2. He smiled
as if he did not believe what I was. saying.
3. Lock the door so that nobody should disturb us.
4. The girl sat quiet, as though she were watching TV.
5. It would have been better for us if we had never met.
6. He spoke of the book as if he had read it.
7. I left a note for him on the desk so that he would (could) see it the
moment he came back.
8. He didn't utter a word as though he hadn't heard us talk about him-
9. If it hadn't been for you I don't know what I would have done.
10. Put the notice higher up so that everybody can see it.
11. If it hadn't been for his grandad the boy would have been very
unhappy at home.
12. She wrote down the title of the book so that I could ask for it at
the public library.
13. He said what others might have said if they had been frank.
14. The floor in the room was so dusty as if it hadn't been swept for
days.
15. He would have been a happier man if he had stayed in his native
village.
16. He smiled and patted her shoulder as if she were a child.
17. He felt that if he were to refuse (refused) the offer his father
would be angry with him.
18. We would have caught the last bus if we had left the theatre five
minutes earlier.
19. She even hinted that if they had met ten years before, when
they were twenty, things might have gone differently.
Ex. 36.
1. would not have been 9. could ... have produced, would
2. wouldn't ... have been be
3. should ... have given 10. wouldn't have bared
4. would have been 11. 'd die
5. would have made 12. would have lived
6. would have escaped 13. 'd hate
7. 'd do 14. would worry
8. could open, wouldn't do, 15. would have brought
would be
Ex. 37.
1. I did not blame him. I would have done the same.
2. These are things which would be hard for a child to understand.
3. I don't think Doris would do a thing like that.
4. "Look at this scene," she said. "Where else in the world would
you ever see anything like that?"
5. It wouldn't have made any difference to me.
6. "I was curious, you see." "I'd have been curious, too."
7. "I don't want to go there." "Why not? I wouldn't miss the match
for anything."
8. I think it would be wise to wait till the evening.
9. I should never have thought that you would learn to drive so soon.
10. He would have said a lot more, but he was tired.
Ex.38.
1. should have thought 3

- would
— care
2. shouldn't like 4
- should say
386 Key to Exerciseis
1. should have 6. should say

thought
3. couldn't, could
10. would ...
think
say
4. might (should)
11. couldn't tell
say
5. should have
12. should have
said
thought
387 Key to Exerciseis
Ex. 40. 23. might have been

1. 'd be detained, would have
2. would turn telephoned
3. should be settled
4. could (might) read
5. should come, could 24. would not have upset
(mighty spend 25. should arrive
6. would find 26. should fetch, could drive
7. had 27. would have made, had ...
8. should not know existed
9. should ... set 28. had ... come
29. (should) go
10. should talk 30. should give
11. had seen 31. (should) be sent
12. were to get (got), would ... 32. were, might have done
mean 33. could not describe, had
13. stayed, 'd have, wouldn't been
like, would spoil 34. should ride
14. should meet, might 35. had, could have
(could) show 36. should change, (should)
15. would not tell, could stay
remember 37. hadn't been, would have
16. would help, would let been
17. might have been 38. were
18. might (would) forget 39. was (might be)
19. could have gone 40. should learn
20. should be dismissed 41. were not, would not live
21. would have argued 42. went, left
22. had, wouldn't live 43. might ... have met
44. wouldn't interfere
45. should be operated
46. should fix
Ex.41.
1. It was decided that the children should go to the Zoo right after
breakfast.
2. I wish you wouldn't smoke so much.
3. He demanded that he should be paid at once.
4. I wish I had told the truth.
5. It's necessary that you should take a month's holiday.
6. There are not many people who would have taken the whole
thing s° calmly.
7. I went to my room so that no one should disturb me for an hour
or two.
g. Now he wouldn't have made such a mistake. 9. I do wish this term
were over. jO. At first he was afraid that Fred would sit down beside him
and go on talking.
If only someone would believe me!
12. I should think he might be capable of it.
13. "Will you do it?" "Oh, I'd rather you did it."
14. Someone suggested that a doctor should be sent for.
15. It's time we got down to work.
16. We were afraid he might fall ill.
17. One always spoke of her like that, in the third person, as
though she were not there.
18. He knew if his mother were to sit beside him and touch his
hand all would immediately be well.
19. You would not understand my difficulty even if I were to tell
you.
20. He left instructions that we should be taken on a sightseeing
tour of the town.
21. Oh, if she had only known where to write to him!
22. If it hadn't been for his work in the British Museum Library he
would never have found the book.
23. He locked the paper in his desk so that nobody should see it.
24. If Meg hadn't been with him he would have asked them about
his father.
25. I should have told you a long time ago how much you had
always meant to me.
26. If I were ever to meet him again I would know what to do.
27. "If my parents hadn't taken me along with them I would have
never forgiven them," the boy said to me.
28. I wish I could tell you about it.
29. He feared that he would make a poor impression.
30. I should have thought you'd be glad to see your old friend.
31. And then he suddenly felt powerless, as though his bones had
suddenly become soft.
32. My suggestion was that he should come and spend a few days
with me so that he could look about till he found some house to suit
him.
33. I wish you had seen the letter: it would have explained
everything to you.
34. I insist that we should stay here.
35. His father decided that he should study law.
36. It's time you woke him up.
37. They fell in love with each other and they would have married
at once if she had been free.
38. It is recommended that people with a weak heart should take
these pills twice a day.
12. I wish I had known you needed the book. I could have bought it
for уоц in London.
13. Be careful about the key. If you should lose it we'll never open
the safe.
і
14. It was suggested to me that I should write a review of the book.
39. My husband's intention was that we should live (settle down) in
Brighton.
40. I hid the paper under the cushion so that Max should not see it.
41. If it hadn't been for his smile I would not have suspected
anything.
The Verb: Verbals 391
The Verb: Verbals

Ex. 1. 8. mista
king
1. to go
2. tellin
g 9. to get
3. being 10. being
4. going 11. to
5. to mention
speak 12. readin
6. know g
ing 13. to get
7. to 14. denyi
call ng
15. to sit
Ex. 2. 7. his,
him
1. your
8. my
2. any
9. my,
person
me
3. a
woman
4. me 10. Winifr
5. his ed
6. Tom 11. any
person
12. me
Ex. 3. 8. meeting
1. to
treat 9. (to) sit, dream
2. to 10. being
find burnt
3. being' 11. to find
4. to 12. putting (to
demand put)
5. (to) 13. (to) cut
obey 14. being
6. going 15. to put
7. to 16. to
explain telephone
Ex. 4.
1. him
2. any 7. ever
person yone
3. he 8. you
4. any 9. me
person
5. she
6. someo 10. my
ne 11. I
12. they
Ex. 5.
1. to
spend
2. to
fall
3. sha
king
4. to
meet
5. wai
ting
6. stro
king
4. to run
5. smashing
14. to
6. to blur
know
15. to
10. fishing, find
sailing 16. to
11. to want be
12. listening
13. meeting
17. sta
ring
18. to
be
19. to
be
20. wi
shing
Ex. 6.
have lost be
1. 10. to be talking
to 11. to have aged
2. 12. to have been established
to 13. to understand
3. 14. to be copying, (to be)
to translat-
4.
to
5. reading have been have
be
forgotten have been asking
have become be
ing
9. to have been snowing 15. to have
changed
Ex. 7. 16. to be
1. That turned out to be true.
2. He seemed to have gained all he wanted.
3. "Where is Miss Stone?" "She seems to be working in the
reference1 library."
4. He appeared to have no friendly relations with anyone in the
office.
5. Bob glanced at his mother to see how she was taking the
conversation. But she didn't seem to have been listening.
6. His information turned out to be accurate.
7. She seemed to be writing or drawing.
8. The gossip seemed not to have been taken seriously by my
brothers.
9. He's the only friend I seem to have.
10. My father listened gravely, or at least he appeared to be

listening.
11. We seem to have had this conversation before.
12. None of you seems to know how to behave in a decent way.
13. He seemed to have been (to be) surprised by the rumour.
14. He did not appear to have heard what she had said.
15. I never knew the fellow, but everyone seems to have liked him.
16. He happened to have been (to be) invited to dinner at Roger's.
17. I happened to be the first to hear about it.
18. Ann met her young man at a dance and later on she went out
with hiifl a lot because he proved to be a good boy.
Ex. 8.
1. He went riding every day.

2. She sat gazing straight before her.
1. He came back looking upset.
3. Several men were sitting around eating sandwiches and
smoking.
4. I told my husband I wanted to go dancing.
5. She lay crying a long while.
6. That morning the boy went boating alone. <
7. I said nothing and the boy went off whistling.
8. We stood waiting for the doors to open.
10. I went swimming that morning.

11. She has gone shopping.
12. With the first gust of wind her husband's hat went sailing
through the air.
13. They sat talking over plans for the future.
Ex 9.
.
1. to find 14. meeting
2. watching 15. saying

3. understanding 16. buying
4. to hear 17. coming
5. learning 18. correctin
g
6. dragging 19. to feel
7. to find 20. finding
8. wondering 21. knowing
9. leaving 22. walking
10 listening 23. to find
.
11 to discover 24. balancing
.
12 sitting 25. proving
.
13 to find
.
Ex. 10.
1. I sat there for a while just looking at the people.
2. They both paused, listening to the voices on the stairs.
3. Oh, Bert, I never thought I would end my life wrapping brown
paper round strange objects.
4. Bernard was still in Scotland staying with relations.
5. Jack shook his head, rejecting the idea.
6. I lay on my bed thinking about this all afternoon.
7. A man walked out of the house carrying a guitar.
8. Dinny is upstairs reading to my son.
9. For a minute we stood still, not being able to realize what was
happening.
10. He looked at the present, not believing his eyes.

11. He sat by the fire, trying to read the evening paper.
12. He stood at the top of the stairs watching his wife sort out the
letters.
13. He went about the house, smiling quietly.
14. He was alone in the classroom, marking exercise-books.
15. You would be happy living with me in the country.
400 Key to Ехегсіщ
Ex. 11.
1. She spent the spring holiday skiing with her parents.

2. She'won't have any trouble getting you a job in Hollywood.
3. When I got home, I spent an hour cleaning my room.
4. She used to spend the morning lying about the beach.
5. They spent most of their time reading or listening to music.
6. They had a hard time living in Dublin.
7. I had difficulty recollecting the man's name.
8. We had a hard time finding a taxi in the night.
9. He didn't waste any time getting to London.
10. We had a jolly good time dancing.

11. She had trouble making the child eat his breakfast.
12. I wasted two hours waiting for you at the station.
13. She had a dull time looking after her aunt.
14.1 don't want to spend the evening boring you with my stories.
15. In my youth I wasted a great amount of time reading books that
were of no great profit to me.
16. I spent all my spare time reading and writing.
Ex. 12.
1.
to be to 25. 26.liking
2.
find 27. 28.to do
3.
listening 29. 30.buying
4.
to look to 31. 32.hearing
5.
cheer 33. 34.attemp
6.
to come, leaving, 35. 36.ting to
7.
letting to do 37. 38.see
8.
to drive, (to) get 39. 40.to get
9. 10.
to settle, (to) live 41. 42.to ask
11. 12.
seeing 43. 44.to
13. 14.
saying 45. 46.explain
15. 16.
to illustrate 47. knowin
17. 18.
to hide g
19. 20.
composing getting,
21. 22.
to remember reading
23. 24.
to answer seeing
thinking to be
strapping
to wipe
to employ
writing
to meet
breakin
whistling
g
looking
to
to know, to like to
interfer
waste
e
to
shave
coming
to
confide
paintin
g
to see
living
to do
Ex.
13. 1. to take21.to disappoint2. altering22.to
doubt3. to find23.unpacking (to unpack)4.
knitting24.searching (to search)5. trying to
cheer25.writing (to write)6. to say26.to gather
(gathering)7. talking27.to work (working)8.
going28.to look (looking)9. to buy29.to visit
(visiting)10. to tell30.to hum (humming)11.
going31.playing (to play)12. to tell32.having
(to have)13. seeing33.sitting (to sit)14. being
taken34.flying15. to look35.to think16.
having36.working17. to slouch37.to admit18.
taking38.ringing19. to lock39.walking20.
going40.to rain
Ex.
14.
(Note: Certain verbs may be followed by either an infinitive or an ing-form as direct
objects. In such cases the keys to the exercises give the variant found in the
original.)
1. She began to cry.
2. I wanted to find out something about him.
3. He was wide awake now, and he felt like reading, but the only
book in the room was the Bible.
4. Paul doesn't need defending.
5. He liked being in the company of his relations.
6. He kept glancing at his watch, and when he finished his tea he
said he must be going back.
7. Now I was beginning to understand something.
8. Before long I ceased to be useful to them.
9. Dan could never resist showing (displaying) his work.
10. Even in the darkened room, I could not help seeing that Mrs. Jones'
face was swollen with tears.
11. All that January morning the telephone kept ringing in my office.
12.1 proposed to find a doctor and bring him to see Ed.
13. I don't think he mentioned visiting them.
14. They forgot to invite me.
15. I shall never forget staying in your house in Kent.
16. I'm trying to read.
17. I did not want to leave him alone in his grief and offered to take him
to
my home.
18. I've put off writing to him till tomorrow.
19.1 could not endure being treated coldly.
20. She never minded being alone in the cottage.
21.1 set about writing short stories seriously.
22. He was glad that she had taken the trouble to write to him.
23. Do you remember delivering the grape juice to this house that
morning?
24. Did you remember to send the money to Leeds?
25. I decided not to worry Roger with the matter.
26. Oh, I think you'll enjoy being here when the summer comes.
27. He tried growing potatoes there.
28. I knew that he was trying to save some money.
29. We are not going to ask to come with you.
30. I was tired of pretending to write or to read.
31. I did not feel like joking.
32. I refuse to accept responsibility for your actions.
33. He was anxious to avoid meeting anyone who he knew.
34. In spite of the rain we went on waiting.

35. He could not afford to be late these days.
36. Hugh read a review of the book in an American paper and
suggested buying it for their library.
37. When I got back into the house I remembered to wipe the rain
off my face.
38. I remember mentioning it to you, Lewis.
39. Possibly Milly regretted talking so much.
40. More and more she dreaded being left alone with the children.
41. The others, without fuss, agreed to take part.
42. Her friends promised to send her work.
43. Now she sat down by the fire and prepared to tell her news.
44. He kept calling his hotel, asking if there were any messages for
him.
45. Do you care to take a look at it?
46. He did not trouble to reply (to them).
47. In the morning he started moving to the room downstairs.
Ex. 15.
1. being needed 10 11being

2. to whistle 12 13interfered
(whistling) 14 15erasing to
3. being laughed 16 17 be shown
4. to be bothered being
5. inviting called to be
6. to be sleeping
looking
7. to be differed
being
8. to have heard
parted to
9. to be known
hurt being
seen
Ex. 16.
1. to go, to find,
to do
2. to look, to 8. to
listen forget
3. trying 9. to
4. to discern take
5. considering
6. to express
10. wor
7. buying
king
11. to
watch
12. to
see
13. teari
ng
14. to
imitate
Ex. 17.
1. Jobs were still hard to get, and I didn't have very much luck the
first few days.
2. Her lower lip trembled as if she were ready to burst into tears.
3. Her smile faded quickly: "You were crazy to come."
4. Mother was busy cooking dinner in the kitchen.
5. He shook hands with me: "I'm sorry to have to leave."
6. For a while I was very content just to be alone.
7. The song was worth being recorded.
8. He was quick to understand what had happened.
9. Their argument was hard to follow.
10. You're certain to hear about it sooner or later.

11. He lived on the little money his father had been able to put by.
12. The news was worth writing about to his father.
13. He was delighted to find his brother at;
home. 14; On such a day something was sure to
happen.
15. I was not sufficiently interested to continue the argument.

16. You are lucky to live in such a beautiful spot.
17. His wife was in London. She was busy finding themselves a new
home.
18. I'm not very likely to do that.
19. Such results are impossible to achieve.
20. I was surprised to be rung up by Charles.
21. I respected her highly and was proud to know her.
22. I was free to go and to come as I pleased.
23. His plane was due to leave at one.
24. I was distressed to find him so ill.
25. The man was easy to understand.
26. I saw that he was reluctant to go.
27. He was now determined to stay there.
28. The offer was not so easy for Doris to accept.
29. When I arrived he was busy mowing the lawn.
30. His collection of stamps was worth seeing.
Ex. 18.
1. He didn't now know how to pass the day.

2. I don't know who to believe any more.
3. We sat silent a few minutes. We didn't know what to talk about. 4- I didn't
know whether to thank him again or not.
5. He took off his glasses and looked vainly for something with which tc
clean them.
6. I couldn't decide where to look for him.
7. He appeared uncertain which way to go.
8. He learned how to get along with such people.
9. Autumn is not a suitable season in which to travel.
10. He had little time left in which to sleep.

11. Philip did not know whether to go or to stay.
12. There were more knives, forks and spoons than he knew what to dc
with.
13. "Men are queer creatures, and one has to know how to manage
them," Ann said to me.
14. I didn't quite know what to do about my brother.
Ex. 19.
1. 15. ag
on ainst
8. for
2. 9. to
16. for
for 17. for
3. 18. by,
from 10. in into
4. 11. to 19. to
in 12. at, 20. of
5. from 21. fro
of 13. to m
6. 14. of
with
7.
in, in
Ex. 20.
1. s
he 4. this old 7. h
2. h house im
im 5. Beryl
3. M 6. her
8. y
illy our
Ex. 21. 8. having seen

1. walking
2. having 5. being 9. being connects!
written forced 10. having
3. being 6. being escaped, (having)
ordered made married
4. using 7. having 11. having
done guessed
Ex. 22.
1. He didn't object to others being there.
2. I can't blame you for being so eager to leave the town in this weat
3. I had nothing to do with his making the decision.
4. Then I suspected him of teasing me.
1.We had no difficulty in being nice to each other.
2.He insisted upon her learning this complicated game.
3.There was nothing to prevent him from returning to London.
4.He apologized for keeping me.
5.I didn't succeed in making Ann talk.
10. My father often accused me of treating the house as a hotel.

11. I was not really sure what I felt about Jack coming home.
12. I told him about Phil wanting to come with us.
13. At the hotel, she insisted upon paying for the taxi.
14. Dan talked Bill into staying to lunch with him.
15. The doctor began by feeling his pulse.
16. For a second, I was afraid he was thinking of resigning.
17. He insisted on Ann being invited here at once.
18. I disapprove of him for ever getting involved into this affair.
19. I asked him how he felt about being a doctor.
20. How did you account for smashing that car?
21. He reproached himself for not having tried to talk with her.
Ex. 23.
1. to 7. on 13. at
2. of 8. of 14. at
3.. in 9. at 15. about
4. about 10. in 16. of
5. of 11. at 17. in
6. at 12. at 18. of
Ex. 24.
1.he 5. his friend 9. no tourists

2.Meg 6. the car 10. someone
3.me 7. he
4.I 8. me
Ex. 25. 7. having

1. living persuaded
2. 8. dealing
being 5. having
entertained been
3. having 6. being told 9. being
invented interviewed 10.
4. wearing getting
13*
Ex. 26.
1. You're pretty good at keeping your mouth shut.

2. I felt proud of having been of use to him.
3. I knew he was not capable of making decisions.
13*
1.The doctor was used to listening to all sorts of people.

2.I'm sorry for giving you so much trouble.
3.I'm more interested than you in finding her.
4.I am sure that you are quite capable of dealing with the situation.
5.I am tired of doing what does not come easily to me.
6.I was surprised at his getting married at all.
10. I was a little disappointed at not meeting Charles.

11. She was grateful to him for realizing that she didn't want to talk
about herself.
12. He was annoyed with her for getting him involved in this
quarrel.
13. He was fond of laughing at those who were shy.
Ex. 27.
1. to realize 5. to carry 9. to ask

2. to know 6. hearing 10. making, to argue
3. to analyse 7. to feel j
4. deciding 8. being ,j
.1
'I
Ex. 28.
1. He was very tired and it took an effort to get out of the car.
2. I don't think it amused him to quarrel.
3. How long would it take her to find another flat?
4. When it was time for me to leave, she begged me to phone that
night.
5. It pleased me to think that he did not know my plans.
6. The wind was so strong that it took him four matches to light a
cigarette.
7. It irritated Mary to hear Willy use a German word or phrase.
8. It didn't matter much Pat being late.
9. It did not take long for the kitchen to get warm.
10. After a time she said it was his turn to explain what he wanted
to do.
11. It never occurred to me to compare the two books.
12. It delighted me to read the letter.
13. It tortured him to see her body shaken by sobs.
14. It might be of interest for you to see what sort of person this
Allen ii
15. It has given me pleasure to write an essay on his novels.
16. It fascinates me to visit strange places.
17. When it came down to cooking dinner she burst into tears.
18. They never knew how much courage it had taken her to ask that
• question.
Ex. 29.
417 Key to
Exercises
1. t 3. to 5. h
o say feel aving
2. t 4. to 6. t
o deal judge o tell
7. 8. 9. to walk (walking) 12. to 14.

clearing explain being
to go 15.
10. to 13. to having
decline decline
11. being
Ex. 30.
1.It is quite possible to have different views on the same issue.

2.It is nice to be out in this weather.
3.It was wonderful having Bart with us.
4.In this rain it's tough getting a taxi.
5.It seemed worth having a look at the cottage.
6.It was rather sweet of him to hurry home in order to tell her all about
it without delay.
7.It will be very nice for my son to have a boy of his age to play with.
8.It is delightful to plunge into cold water on a hot day.
9.It was nice of you to do it fast.
10. It is not natural for a young man to spend all his evenings at
home.
11. It is necessary to decide today whether to invite him.
12. It's most annoying his disappearing like that.
13. It was hateful to cause the old man pain.
14. Then I thought it would be silly of me not to profit if I could.
15. It was not unusual for dinner parties to end that way.
16. If you have children it is sometimes worth being on the school
com-
mittee.
Ex. 31.
1.Throughout the morning I found it difficult to concentrate.

2.You will find it hard to forget the incident.
3.We thought it best for her to go and live in London for a bit.
4.He found it good to sleep in his own bed.
5.He thought it odd of Tom to come.
6.You want me to make it easy for you to leave us, don't you?
7.I thought it possible to put one more question.
8.He did not think it necessary to mention it to him.
9.The noise made it impossible for me to hear what they were talking
about.
10. They all felt it unreasonable of Ann to have left them without a
word.
11. I thought it odd of you not to stay to tea with me.
12. Her aunt's care made it possible for her to get used to her new
way of
life.
13. I felt it somewhat unwise to pursue the subject.
14. He did not feel it necessary to take any precautions.
15. I found it hard to forget our conversation.
16. I found it impossible to be frank with him.
17. Would you find it convenient for me to call on you on Monday?
18. I find it hard to understand him.
13. Grant thought it best to deny everything.
19. Hugh's mood made it impossible to approach him with my
request.
Ex. 32. 18. war

1. to sleep ming
2. approachin 19. to
g get
3. to be
4. to be
20. refus
ing
5. to tackle
6. to be 21. whist
7. doing ling
8. to stand 22. to
9. looking kill
10 to lose 23. to
. turn
11 to whistle 24. to
. show
12 to feel 25. to
.
express
13 to wish
. 26. to
14 running await
. 27. to be
15 to apply 28. lying
. 29. to
16 to sit take
. 30. to
use
17. to 31. being
make 32. being
Ex. 33.
1. to have
divorced 6. to have
2. to indicate quarrelled
3. to have 7. to be writing
been 8. to have been
4. to have caused
used 9. to be staying
5. to face 10. to reply
Ex. 34.
1. In his talk with my father the visitor was heard to mention
some| accident.
2. He was advised not to tell the story of his life to them.
3. The girl was told to fill the cups with tea.
4. They were heard arguing on the terrace a few minutes ago.
5. "I used to steal out of the house at night," he said, "when I was|
supposed to be studying to play the organ in the church."
6. He is believed to be deeply attached to his family.
7. He was known to be writing a book about the war.
8. Through the window the driver could be seen waiting beside the
caC"|
9. This time I was asked to call at his house.
10. He was reported to have changed his mind.

11. When I rang the bell a dog could be heard barking in the hall.
12. He had never been known to refuse to see a patient at any hour.
10. He was allowed to leave his name and his address with them.
13. Simon and Dick were left talking in the drawing-room.
14. She was made to understand that she must move out of the flat.
15. He was believed by some to have connections with the London
branch of the firm.
16. We were left to see the film.
17. He hasn't been seen for a week. He is said to be on holiday.
18. He was told to come here and see Mr Abbott.
19. Fox was found waiting for us on the terrace.
20. Bill was led into the drawing-room and left there to look at the
pictures.
21. We're not required to say what is good for him and what isn't.
22. His presence was unexpected because he was said to be travelling
in the East.
23. I thought that matches were not left lying about the garden for
nothing.
24. I was ill at the time, and Mrs Barnaby was left to look after me.
25. She was believed to have left her husband.
Ex. 35. 9. x
(Note: x = absence of "1 10. x
1. to
2. to 6.
3. to x 11. x
4. to 7. 12. t
5. x x o
8. 13. x
to 14. x
15. x
Ex. 36. 14. look, turn 30. hurry

1.to lean 15. standing (hurrying)
2.training 16. to be 31. leave
3.liking 32. say
4.stand, move
5.to be sent 17. to go
6.flying 18. to be 33. sobbing
7.make 19. looking (sob)
8.hanging 20. to be 34. chattin
9.to smoke 21. chatting g
22. to deal 35. leave
10. dancin 23. trying 36. get,
g 24. crying whisper,
11. to 25. living stroll
spend 26. being 37. walking
12. being 27. coming 38. walk,
13. lookin 28. walk turn
g (walking) 39. to be
29. thinking 40. to be
41. to be
Ex.
37. 1.the telegram7.a writer13.my2.my8.me14.Mr
Fox('s)3.their cousin9.its (it)15.my glance4.her10.my
nephew16.my5.myself11.his6.my12.your
daughter('s)
Ex. 38.
1 to go 7. to have changed 13. thinking
.
2 to be held 8. to be established 14. being helped
.
3 to have been 9. to have been 15. trying
.
4 to explain waiting 16. being
. uttered
5 to be 10. reading 17. being carried
.
6 to have been 11. being taken
.
written 12. being told
Ex. 39.
1. He watched the people hurrying towards the trains.

2. He lit himself a cigar and tried to relax as he heard the front
door being opened.
3. I know him to have visited them several times this year.
4. I regard the news as being very important.
5. He found the brothers to be very competent business men.
6. He found Fox talking in the kitchen.
7. I appreciate your father's sending me his car.
8. I left them to talk it over.
9. I left them discussing politics.
10. John could not bring himself to return to London.

11. It was easy to imagine Kate sitting silent.
12. Later she heard the luggage being carried up the stairs.
13.1 felt that it was time I called the doctor. I got Dan to ring for me.
14. "Where were the repair men?" "I got them waiting on the porch."
15. I remember him reading aloud some poems of his.
16. His wife was in the shower. He could hear the water running.
17. He came up the hill and saw the car waiting.
18. I found Kate eating an early lunch before going out to meet Ann.
19. He made me promise to come and see him.
20. He got me to tell him stories of my family.
21. He couldn't bring himself to read the manuscript.
22. I've never known him lose things.
23. Then he saw Maurice come into the bar.
24. He saw me looking at the photograph.
! ■
25. She asked me to meet her by the bus stop.

26. Your letter forced me to write what I feel.
27. I watched the second car depart and then went slowly back into the
cool house.
28. I saw my bus approaching, and walked off to catch it.
29. It was I who suggested your coming here.
30. Jack was surprised to feel his hands shaking.
31. I expected my father to meet me at the station.
32. She apologized for having kept us waiting so long.
33. Next day I saw him drinking a glass of beer at a pub and reading a
paper.
34. I saw Terry walk down to the corner.
35. He saw John pouring himself a cup of coffee.
36. He saw John pour himself a cup of coffee.
37. Arthur saw us getting ready to go.
38. I don't like people to come and see me off at airports.
39. Jack pushed the bell and heard it ring.
40. From my corner I heard Phil's wife explaining why her son had not
got a scholarship.
41. At last I heard his car draw up below.
42. He could hear himself breathing.
43. I heard the door shut noisily and I was glad that they were gone.
44. I heard steps in the garden coming up from the direction of the
swimming pool.
45. He did his best to make his son change his mind.
46. I watched her go and then walked out into the street.
Ex. 40.
1. for 5. for 9. on
2. to 6. at 10. to
3. for 7. for 11. to
4. for 8. to 12. for
Ex. 41.
1. He waited for me to state my business.

2. I rely upon you to be discreet.
3. She stood listening to Rosemary quarrel (quarrelling) with her
brother.
4. I heard him crying for us to stop.
5. I stayed in the corridor waiting for Charles to come along.
6. After half an hour I began to long for the children to come back.
7. Will you wire for them to send my things?
8. I returned to my car, where I sat waiting for George to come.
9. I looked at John drinking a glass of beer but he did not seem to
notice me.
10. He nodded to Andrew and motioned to him to take a seat.
11. I looked at my mother laughing happily at Tom's jokes.

12. He waited for her to explain why she had done it.
13. Listening to Sam talking of his sister, I thought of Ellen.
14. I looked at the bus approaching and said good-bye to my companio
15. My uncle even hinted he might arrange for me to spend a day on t
farm.
Ex. 44. 7. wit 13. after

1. as hout 14.than
if 8. by 15. wh
2. on 9. bef en
3. sin ore 16. wit
ce hout
4. wit 10. aft 17. bef
hout er ore
5. by 11. up
6. wit on
hout 12. wit
hout
Ex. 45.
1. Jack lit a cigarette while waiting for the waiter to come back with t
ice.
2. The farmer's wife came in every day to do the rooms and the cookin
3. She looked at me thoughtfully as if taking seriously what I had sai
4. He called Lola back, as if to apologize for something.
5. He refused to tidy himself before coming to tea.
6. Phil stuck the money in his pocket without counting it.
7. He started by sweeping out the cottage.
8. Without waiting for his reply she began to gather the cups.
9. He splashed his face and head with the icy water as though to cool
fever.
10. He was drowned while bathing.

11. He lit a cigarette before answering.
12. After watching a play on the television, I said I was going to bed.
13. He went back to his hotel and lay down without even taking his shoe
off.
14. She did not wish to be alone with her husband so as not to discus
matters with him.
15. Since reaching Paris Abe had not shaved.
16. We walked along for a few minutes without saying a word.
17. Then he turned away to speak to someone inside. In doing this he
too his hand from the door.
18. She turned as though to leave.
19. He got up as if to join his guests.
20. On arriving I was glad to find that I knew everyone.
21. He moved about very slowly as if swimming.
22. He did all he could to make friends with us.
23. Without waiting for permission he switched on the light.
24. After bathing we had beer and sandwiches.
10. He hoped Philip had come to explain things.
10. He hesitated a moment before crossing the bridge.
25. He listened without interrupting me, nodding and occasionally
smiling.
Ex. 46.
1. I was too excited to eat.
2. My son was old enough to notice my mood.
3. Would you be so kind as to shut the door?
4. I said I was too busy to talk and put down the telephone.
5. He was too lazy to take his profession seriously.
6. It is always easy enough to find reasons for doing nothing.
7. He was so tired as to be unable to undress.
8. I was too shy to speak to the girl or even to look at her properly.
9. I'm sure you're too young to remember.
10. At the time he was not well enough to go travelling.

11. The light wasn't strong enough for me to see the expression of
his face.
12. Michael was too annoyed to reply immediately.
13. It was too dark for him to see my face.
Ex. 47.
1. to do 12. drifting 23. overlooking
2. lying 13. to look 24. to look
3. to give 14. moving 25. waiting
4. to tell 15. being escorted 26. crying
5. affecting 16. to gossip 27. waiting
6. to put 17. to appeal 28. to do
7. travelling 18. coming 29. welcoming
8. sleeping 19. admiring 30. approaching

9. to overcome 20. to do, to keep 31. sitting
10 to show 21. to try 32. to look
.
11 to come 22. rising
.
Ex. 48.
1. I've got something to show you.
2. In the carriage there was only an old man reading his paper.
3. He had a difficult job to cope with.
4. She always had her brother to play with, to quarrel with, to
show off in front of other girls.
5. He was not an easy person to help.
6. Dick ran into a young woman coming out of the greengrocer's.
7. Look, there is a bus stopping.
8. Paul had a lot of things to see to.
9. Oh, Steve, I have something important to discuss with you.
10. I have a lot of papers for him to sign.
11. I met Sid coming back from town.
12. It was a dining-room and there were three people having tea at
thj table.
13. I've brought you the forms to fill in.
14. He got a telegram to say his aunt had had a stroke.
15. The terrace was crowded with women drinking tea.
16. There was a letter waiting for him at the desk.
17. I strapped the watch on my wrist with trembling fingers.
18. It was an easy tree to climb.
19. They said good-bye and got into the waiting car.
20. I suppose that's a very difficult question to answer.
21. He closed his eyes and dozed in the swiftly moving car.
22. Just then he heard running steps.
23. In ten minutes he went downstairs' to the hall and could not
find place to sit.
24. The woman looked at the sleeping child.
Ex. 49.
{Note: With nouns that may be followed by either an infinitive or an irtg-form as
attributes, the key to the exercises gives the variant found in the original.)
1. to control 17. of mentioning 34. of my

running
2. to take over, to 18. of teaching 35. t give
o
direct 19. of being 36. t ask
o
3. of doing 20. of avoiding 37. t be re-
o united
4. to check 21. to carry 38. t get
o
5. to interfere 22. of talking 39. of pacifying
6. of finding 23. of being parted 40. of ... writing
7. of spending 24. to explain 41. t get
o
8. of belonging, 25. of showing off 42. of meeting
of being 26. to meet 43. of going
9. of buying 27. to put 44. t mark
o
10 of saying 28. to talk 45. t be worried
. o
11 of taking 29. to find 46. of tracing
.
12 of answering 30. of being 47. of being
.
13 of being seen 48. of leaving
31. to say
.
14 to transfer 32. of knowing 49. t listen

. o
15 of being received 33. of hurting,
.
16 of adding of being
.
Ex. 50.
(See Note to Ex. 49.)
1. I couldn't resist the temptation to tease Tom.
2. A week later he received an order to go to the Port at once.
1. Of course, I had the advantage of knowing the man very well.
3. The invitation to visit him never came.
4. What's the point of staying with them any longer?
5. When he spoke he gave the impression of being both nervous
and ill at ease.
. 7. I got permission to borrow the book in order to learn the poem.
8. He had a habit of sitting up till late at night.
9. At college I formed a habit of keeping a diary.
10. He went east in February with the intention of selling out his
business and settling in New York.
11. I had the satisfaction of seeing that Betty was getting more and
more ill at ease.
12. But I always had the fear of doing the wrong thing.
13. He gave up the pretence of packing.
14. There was no possibility of taking a walk that day.
15. And of course you have the right to say "no" to any of them.
16.1 haven't any right to ask you at all.
17. Mother had no desire to go to the kitchen.
18. He saw her instinctive desire to put each thing in its appointed
place.
19. It rained in the morning and she gave up any hope of visiting
the pool.
20. There is no hope of arranging an interview with him before he
sails.
21. He gave up the idea of telephoning.
22. The idea of parting never crossed our minds.
23. I was in despair at the thought of losing the job.
24. I simply can't bear the thought of not seeing you every day.
25. Her decision to find work was quite strong.
26. Paul made no attempt to talk.
27. I don't think that she would like any attempt on my part to
renew the acquaintance.
28. I made a great effort to be calm.
29. She saw me looking at her but made no effort to get up.
30. He had the gift of seeing things as they were.
31. I set myself the task of trying to find them.
32. I don't know any decent way of turning down their invitation.
33. Oh, I generally find ways of amusing myself when I am at home
all by myself.
34. You missed the chance to make him happy.
35. They rarely got a chance to help their father at work.
36. I don't often have the chance of going out in the evening.
37. I'm glad I got this chance of seeing you.
38. There was no opportunity for them to be alone.
39. I've taken the opportunity to give Ann my views on the present
situation.
40. I'm glad to have the opportunity of talking to you, Doctor.
Ex. 51.
1. in 6. for 11. for

2. for 7. at 12. in
3. in 8. to 13. at
4. in 9. about 14. for
5. to 10. in
Ex. 52.
1. I had some difficulty in getting the door open because of the

mass of newspapers and letters on the floor inside.
2. He had never had difficulty in finding jobs and obtaining
research grants.
3. There was no sense in staying in the room all day.
4. I have reasons for wanting to keep this house.
5. I knew that my housekeeper would be still away, so there was no
point in going to the flat till late at night.
6. Val had no particular objection to being seen with Helen.
7. He wanted to hide the embarrassment he felt at making the
speech.
8. There will be no difficulty in arranging this interview.
9. He was trying to conceal his pleasure at being offered a job.
10. I had one clear reason for not doing so.

11. That was one of my reasons for bringing you here this afternoon.
Ex. 53. І
1. she 5. Herbert 9. any person

2. Jack 6. the piano 10. me
3. anything 7. its
4. his 8. his, my
Ex. 54.
1. Is there any objection to my seeing him?
2. I couldn't bear the thought of her being so unhappy and so far
away.
3. Although she was always at the head of her class, there was no
question of her going to college.
4. His plan included the necessity of Bart's remaining in Europe as
maw ager. I
5. There wasn't much chance of his surviving the operation.
6. Even now the thought of having talked to her touched him
strangely.
7. Do you think there's any chance of our being believed?
8. His quick ears caught the sound of a motor boat approaching.
9. Now there is a real danger of the epidemic spreading wide.
10. I hate the idea of your being all alone there.

11. There was silence for a moment, broken only by the sound of
the water running from the tap.
12. There was no chance of his getting a scholarship to Oxford.
Ex. 56. 14. your writing, telephoning

1.to give 15. to talk
2.to teach 16. to be taken
3.of going 17. to remind
4.to decline (to have declined) 18. sounding
5.sitting 19. to end
6.to make 20. for him to make
7.asking 21. pretending
8.to be
9.her getting up, seeing
10. to live
11. for (to) him to walk Ex. 57.

22. making, drying, to decide,
to do
23. tending
1. coming, pause, look, throw
24. do
2. to tell
25. to rush
3. to be, to go
26. finding
4. to learn, to appear, to
27. to eat, to show, to keep,
going
resume
5. to keep, taking, to support,
28. to be writing, to have come,
studying, relating
to matter, sketching
6. beating, doing, laying
29. having, to be, bringing
7. standing, coming
30. expecting, to be
8. having, come, to help
31. to go
9. going, leaving, saying
32. to do
33. searching
34. becoming, reading,
10. to be smoking, reading, smoking
11. pull, making, jam, to avoid, 35. moving, fussing
butting 36. coming, arriving
12. reading, sigh, to touch, 37. waiting, going
trying, to turn 38. coming
13. coming, to light, banging 39. sitting, to laugh (laughing)
14. making, turning 40. to make, prefer, to have
15. approaching 41. trying, to induce, to take
16. finding, being lost 42. knowing
17. to know, to avoid, telling
18. do
19. to know, to do
20. to stay, thinking, being
21. be, say 5. of his getting
6. of his child's crying
Ex. 58. 7. of him to go, leave
1. of the man being 8. you talk
2. of his students making 9. things to be
3. of people seeing 5. for me to get
4. of a man waiting, for a 10. the Governor to appoint
bomb to go off 11. him get, wash, dress
13. of Mary's steps retreating

14. the seconds tick
12. to work 15. for me to find out
13. to use
Ex. 59.
(Note: In instances where the use of an infinitive or an mg-form is interchangeable,
the key gives the variant found in the original.)
a) to pay, to turn, to tell, to face, to stay, walking, saying, to do,

having told, to let, prevent, asking, to turn, thinking
b) being kidnapped, talking, to be, to find, warning, talking, to
play, surrounding, looking, to search, watching, walking, being, walking,
to hear, call, running, to see, climbing, looking, telling, talking, being,
promise, to look
c) to cry, shaking, gasping, wondering, to stop, to see, to pull,
making, to put, to cry, stumbling, repeating, to pick, to sit, to wipe,
sobbing, to wash, to think, spending, to go, to wash, taking, to chat,
making, being, being, to visit, having, eating
Ex. 62.
1. I had to wait two hours in the hospital to have a tooth filled.
2. I heard his name mentioned in this connection.
3. She slammed the drawer shut.
4. I left my wife well provided for.
5. I have kept their letters locked all these years.
6. He was determined to make himself respected.
7. I couldn't have my only son expelled from the college.
8. When they got near the house, they saw the Buick parked in
front.
9. You could get him sacked.
10. He was annoyed to hear his wife's name mentioned to a

stranger.
11. It was hard to see him defeated.
12.1 suppose that your mother had her chickens counted every night.
13. "What do you want to warn me of?" "That you will find yourself
talked about."
14. He told her that it was impossible to have a form filled without a
previous application.
15. If he did it he might find himself cut off from his family.
16. I knew I could only help him if I kept my mouth shut.
17. One can't get anything done in our house.
18. They wanted the committee convened on Monday.
Ex. 63.
1. 3.
if when
5. wh
2. 4. en
till if 6. as
though
5. unless 10. as 13. when

6. if 11. as if 14. even if
7. when 12. though
Ex. 64. -
1. Mary sat down on a fallen tree trunk.
2. In the drawing-room the music of Mozart was being played by an
orchestra seen on the TV screen.
3. The children were playing in the ruined cottage.
4. There were six boxes there, wrapped tight in old newspapers.
5. She went to the writing desk and brought out a sealed envelope.
6. The woman came out of the store and went to a car parked down
the street.
7. Returned to the room, she made a telephone call.
8. The fallen leaves lay quiet on the pond.
9. Left alone, I looked around me.
10. Taken by surprise they had nothing to say.

11. I had very decided views of my own about my future.
12. In the box there were some negatives rolled up in a tight coil.
Ex. 65.
1. hurt 15. pu 22. cash

2. glancin t ed
g 16. do 23. lose
3. close ing 24. thin
4. laid 17. to king
5. change say 25. walk
6. killed 18. to ing
7. being visit 26. to
played 19. se return
8. go nt 27. kno
9. given 20. to wn
10. to take call 28. put
11. feeling 29. to
12. said 21. sit write
13. to ting 30. said
make
14. to find
Ex. 66. 18. created

1. frame 10. to 19. joking,
obtain to be
d
2. growi 11. darken 20. to say
ng ed 21. lying
3. to
keep
4. chatti 22. recorded
ng 12. to 23. manufac
5. reser discuss tured
ved 13. attache 24. saying
6. askin d 25. teasing
g 14. called 26. competi
7. found 15. to ng
ed clean 27. to leave
8. conta 16. recedin 28. allotted
ining g 29. to make
9. creat 17. describi 30. boiling
ed ng 31. aching
Ex. 67.
1. standing, stretched
2. waiting, leaving, cut,
24. to insist, coming, to talk
pressed, shined
3. falling, to be
25. ruined, having
4. watching, being made, to
26. to find, gone
set
27. to visit, set
5. ringing, sitting
28. putting, finishing, raised,
wrinkled
6. flashing
29. anchored
7. to find
30. travelling, made, carrying,
8. to see, chipping
soiled, filling, to suit
9. studying
31. to leave, unfastened
32. trying, to induce, to take,
10. sleeping to see, share, stand, watching
11. to describe 33. reading, looking, changing
12. caring 34. to do, to call
13. bringing 35. to see, disappear
14. to burst, crying 36. having read
15. to understand, to pity, (to) 37. to apologize
forgive 38. to change
16. gazing 39. showing, spending,
17. having been divorced treating
18. knowing, to turn, to do 40. shrieking
19. holding, listening 41. trying
20. to see 42. obtaining
21. to talk 43. clasped, staring
22. to recognize 44. painted
23. having ... wasted, to live,
work
Ex. 68.
1. In the distance a lorry could be seen climbing up a hill.
2. I've often seen it done.
3. I was not asked to go along.
4. It's urgent to get it done quickly.
5. I wonder why she didn't want me to meet them.
6. They were supposed to have lived a happy life.
7. He had his horse saddled and rode to the village.
8. Through the window I watched Diana talk(ing) with the woman ne
door.
9. She made me change my clothes for dinner.
10. He didn't want me to agree.

11. I've heard it said that Liz could have been a great pianist.
12. How long do you expect me to stand here?
13. She was seen to wander off to the woods.
14. We left the children playing on the floor.
15. The boys were caught stealing cherries.
16. We left the children to watch
TV. 17.1 don't like girls to smoke.
10. I won't have you talk to me like that.
17. She smiled when she heard herself described as a middle-aged
woman.
18. I was told to get the tea ready.
19. His story kept the people laughing.
20. She found the whole family assembled.
21. They had been doing the work so long that they could not
imagine anyone not knowing about it.
22. He wanted a road made to the village.
23. I let him take me to the theatre.
24. She doesn't wish her whereabouts disclosed.
Ex. 69.
1. It was hard for me to convince them.
2. His illness made it impossible for him to take the opportunity.
3. It would have been better for him not to be told.
4. His presence made it possible for me to avoid a quarrel.
5. Lucy saw that I was anxious for her to make a good impression.
6. It turned out to be fairly difficult for him to stop the rumours.
7. He was looking for a quiet place for his family to rest.
8. There's nothing for any one of us to do under the circumstances.
9. It was an opportunity for her to speak to him alone.
10. I asked permission for Tom to stay with us another week.

11. It seems strange for him to have written such an article.
12. It's a privilege for me to meet a man like John Bailey.
13. It will be a pleasure for him to arrange everything for their
arrival.
14. It would be a pity for them to waste so much effort.
15. It was thoughtful of you to come today.
16. We all of us waited for the letter to come.
17. It's perfectly wonderful of Dan to have found you.
18. I was very anxious for him to start work.
19. It was a relief for me to get away from home.
20. It would be convenient for them not to involve him.
21. It was an effort for him to call her up.
22. It's nice of him to be interested in my affairs.
23. I closed the door tight for us not to be disturbed.
24. He gestured for me to leave.
Ex. 70.
1. He complained about it being too cold in his room.
2. He often spoke of the necessity of his finding a well-paid job but
made no move to do so.
3. There was some mention in the letter of Mrs Braine being taken
ill.
4. She cried out for help. But she had no hope of help coming.
5. She didn't like the idea of her son sharing a room with some
rough boy.
6. He told her of there being a chance of their son getting a better
job.
T. She was tortured by the thought of her baby being looked after by
strangers.
8. When he announced the date of his sailing she could not contain
her joy.
9. Julia took the cigarette away without his noticing it.
10. Your father insists on your being educated in Oxford.

11. He promised to write her a letter and she awaited its coming
impatiently.
Ex. 71.
1. I saw him sitting at the window with one hand lying half
clenched on the table.
2. It's the only house down there, with nobody around to snoop.
3. She was breathing deeply, with her lips parted and her cheeks
flushed.
4. She was weeping openly, with her eyes fixed at him.
5. With Mary teaching him, he learned to speak proper English
very quickly.
6. I can't sleep with the radio playing.
7. A window lit up on the third floor, someone working late.
8. I went away from them late at night with the weight of anxiety
lightened.
9. He was lying on his back with his eyes closed.
10. Julia with nothing better to do attended the lectures.

11. She saw Pat sitting on the floor with photographs scattered all
around her.
Ex. 72.
1. Having addressed the envelope she threw the card in the waste-
paper basket.
2. It was a love affair that was supposed to have been going on so
long that it had stopped being talked about.
3. They happened to be dining at Dolly's that day.
4. It was nice of him to have suggested that.
5. He doesn't seem to have written any new plays.
6. Having paid the driver, he looked at his wife standing in the
open doorway and lighted up by the setting sun.
7. A sense of timing is one of the things I seem to have learnt from
Jimmy.
8. He appeared to be enjoying our company.
9. She was said not to have taken any decision yet.
10. She is rumoured to have been advised not to marry Teddy.

11. He is known to have been wounded three times during the war.
12. I felt the intense sense of being watched.
13. I don't remember ever having been near their house.
14. Chris didn't feel like being laughed at.
15. Never having borrowed money before, he found a number of
people who were willing to lend him small sums.
16. I detested being wished good luck.
Nouns
445
Nouns
Nouns
446
Ex. 2.
1. lives
Ex. 4.
l°- h
as ...
2. were 17. was interested
ol. is
3. were practising
4. were 18. are having, 32. have found
5. was are coming
33. were (are)
6. were 19. is playing 34. was
7. have got 20. is (was) 35. were
8. have 21. are being 36. was
known cleaned
9. are 22. is 37. were
23. are sitting
10. are
24. are 38. is going
11. were
25. is 39. are (being)
26. are
called
27. have 40. is
12. don't
discussed (have 41. were
think
been discussing) 42. were
13. are
28. has decided 43. was
requested
29. were 44. is
14. were
15. were 45. has ... been
16. swim
Nouns
447
32. Her doll's face showed her irritation.

33. He went through the secretary's room without looking at her.
34. I spent one week visiting with a friend of my mother's who
lived in London.
35. A woman's voice behind me softly spoke my name.
36. That was the decision of an experienced man.
37. There's a long article of Peter's about it in this evening's paper.
38. Gerald raised his eyebrows. "You have very strange views of a
father's functions," he said.
39. The next morning I gave the baby its first bottle of cow's milk.
40. "I shan't have fish," Robin said with the importance of the
eldest child.
32. I'm afraid we are going to be late at John's.
33. There was a moment's silence.
1
3
1
34. He used to refer to his profession as a dog's life. .
After the university she taught for a year or two in a good girls
school in the north of England.
He'd never forget his friend's kindness. , Qj ^
It was the house of a local doctor who was an active me club.
16. His office was only a few minutes' walk.
17. He made his way to a chemist's. .. aDout his
18. She was surprised by the young man's reply to her
qu father's duties.
16. The owner of the house doesn't live in it but he sometimes comes to
it for a day or two.
17. What could be more natural than a mother's desire to know
something about the young man her daughter is going out with?
18. The patient's interest in the magazine is easy to explain.
19. He had a taxi-driver's knowledge of the city.
20. The actress's next meeting with the producer took place two weeks
later.
21. I couldn't find out the name of the man who brought this letter.
Articles 449
Articles
Ex. 3.
(Note: x = absence of the article here and below.)
1.the 18. the, the 35

-a
2.a 19. a (the), x, x 36
- the
3.а і 20. x
37 x
-
4.the 21. a 38 the
-
5.the, the 22. the, the, the, x 39 the
- >a
6.x v 23. the, an 40 a
-
7.x, a 24. x 41 an
- > the
8.the 25. x 42 x
-
9.x, the 26. the, the, the 43 a
- > an
10. the, a 27. x, x 44. a

11. x, x, x, x 28. a 45 x a
- -
12. x, x 29. an 46- a
13. a, the, x, x- 30. the 47- a
14. x 31. the, the,
the 48
- the
>the-an
15. the 32. a 49 a
-
16. the, a 33. x 50 the
-
17. a, the 34. the, the,
the 51
- a> a
Ex. 7.
450 Key to Exerc'u
1. 7. t 15. t
the he he
2. 8. a 16. x
a 9. the, x
3. 10. a 17. t
the 11. t he
4. he 18. t
a 12. x he
5. 13. t 19. t
a he he
6. 14. a 20. t
a, a
he
Articles 451
Ex. 9. 7. 14. a
1. a 15. t
the
8. he
2. a 16. x
the
3. 9. the
a 10. 17. t
4. a, an he
a 11. 18. a
5. a 19. a
a 12. 20. a
6. the 21. t
the 13. he
a
Ex. 10.
Articles 453
1. a 20. a
2. a
12. 21. t
3. th
the he
e
4. th
13.
e, the
the 22. a
5. a,
14. , the
a
a 23. a
6. a
15. 24. a
7. th
the 25. t
e
16. he
8. a
a 26. a
9. th
17. 27. x
e
a 28. a
18. 29. t
the he
10. an 19. 30. x
11. th a 31. a
e
454 Key to Exerc'u
Ex. 11. Ex. 12. 31. a, x

1. the, the, a,
32. x
the 15. x, x 33. a, the
2. a 16. the, the 34. the, the, a
3. the, the 17. the, x 35. the, a, a
4. a, a 18. a, the 36. a
5. a 19. the, a, a 37. the, the, the,
6. the, the, a 20. the, the a, a
(the), the, the, the, 21. the 38. a, the, a
a 22. a, x 39. x, the, the,
7. the, a 23. the, the, the the, the
8. the, the, the 24. a, the, a 40. a, a, the, the
9. the 25. the, the 41. a, the
26. the, a 42. an
27. x 43. the
10. a, a 28. the 44. the, a, x
11. a 29. the, the, 45. the, the
12. the, the, the, the, the
the, the, the
13. the 30. the, the, the
14. a
a) the, a, x, a, a, the, the, the, a
x, the, the, x, a, x, x, x, x, the, a, the, the, the, a, a, the, the a, the, a, x,
the, the, the, a
b) a, a, the, a, a, the, a, a, the, the, the, the, the, the, a, the, the, the, the,
a, a, the, the, the, the, the, the, a, the, the, a, the, a
c)the, an, a, a, a, the, a, x, the, the, a, the, an, the, the, the, the, the, the, a,
the, a, a, a, the, the, a, the, the, a, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, x
d) a, x, x, the, x, x, the, the, the, the, the, x, an, the, the, a, the, the, the
the, the, the, the, a, a, a, a
the, the, the, a, x, x, the, the, the, the, the, a, a, the, a, the, the, the, the,
the, the, a, the, the, a, the, the, a, the, the, a, the, the, the, the, a, the
the, the, the, the, the, a, the,
the the, the, x, x, a, the, the,
the
Ex. 14.
1. the, the, 9. x 19. x, x
the, the, the, a, 20
-the, the 21 •
the, the, the, 10. a, the, a, a x, x, the
the, the, a 11. a, the 22. the
2. the, a, x, 12. x, the 23. the
the 13. the, an 24. x
3. x, x, x, x, x 14. x 25. the,
4. the 15. x, x, x, x, the, the
5. the, a, the the, the, the 26. x, x, x
6. the, the 16. the, the . 27. x
7. a, the 17. x 28. a, x, x
8. a, a 18. x 29. the, x
Ex. 16.
1. a, the 12. the, 21. a
2. the the 22. x
3. the, x 13. a 23. a
4. the, a 14. x, 24. the,
5. a, a the a, the
6. x, 15. x 25. the,
the, the 16. the a
7. a, x, 17. the 26. the
a, the 18. x, 27. the,
8. an the, the the
9. a, the 19. the, 28. x
10. the, a x, the 29. a
11. the 20. x 30. the,
a, the
Ex. 18. 17. the
1. x, x (the), 18. the
the
10. the, a
2. a
11. the,
3. x, the, the the 19. the, the,
4. x, x 12. the, the
5. the a, a, x 20. x, a
6. an 13. the, 21. the, a
7. the, x x, the 22. the, the
8. the, the, a, 14. x 23. the (x),
an, the 15. a, the the, a (the)
9. x, a 16. the 24. the, a, the
25. the, x
Articles
461
Ex. 19.
1. t
he (x)
3.
2. a the
4.
x
5.
x (the)
6.
a(x)
5.a 11. an 15. x

7.the 12. x (the) 16. x
9. an (x) 13. a
10. x (the) 14. the
Ex. 20.
1.a, the 9. the, x 17. an
2.x 10. the 18. the, the
3.the 11. the, the, a 19. the, the
4.x 12. the, x, x 20. the, an
5.x 13-а 21. x, x, the
6.the, the 14. x, x 22. x
7.the, the 15. the
8.x, x 16. a, x, x
Ex.
21.1. a, x25. an, x2. the, the, the, the, the, x, the,26.
the, a, x, x, a, thea, the, a, the27. x, an, the3. the,
the, the, x28. the, the4. the, the, the, the, the29.
the, the5. a, a, x (the), an, the30. a, x6. the, a, the,
a31. an7. a, the, the, a, the, the, the32. x (the),
the8. a, a33. the9. the, the, a, the, a34. the, the10.
x, the, the35. the, a11. X36. a, the12. x37. a13.
the, x38. an (the), the14. a39. x (the), the15. x,
the, the40. a, the, the, the, an16. an, a, x (the),
a41. the, a, an17. x, a42. the, a18. the, a, a43.
the19. the, the, the44. a, a, a20. the, x45. the21.
a, x, an, x46. the, a22. a, a, a, x, the47. the, x,
the23. x, x, a, the, an, a, the, the, the48. x, x, x24.
the, x
Ex.
23.
1.
a
9. 5. x
x
6. a
10. 7. the
the
8. the,
the, x
11.
9. a
a
10. x,
an
11. a, a
12. x
13. a, 22. x 32. the, x

the
14. x, x,
23. a 33. x, x
the 24. the 34. the
15. x
25. x 35. x
16. a
26. x 36. x
17. x,
27. a 37. the, a, x, x,
the, x
18. a, a
28. x x, x, x, x, x, x,
19. 29. the, the

the
a, the 38. a, the
20. the,
30. x, 39. x, a
a
the, x 40. x, the
21. the,
31. an
an, x
Articles 465
Ex. 24.
1. x, 5. the 9. the, a, x,
the the
2. th 6. a 10. the, x, a
e, x, x 7. x 11. the
3. x
8. a, x, x, 12. a, x
4. x,
x
13. the
x, a, a 14. x, x,
the, x
Articles 467
Ex.
25. 1. X15. x, a29. x2. the, x16. the30. x3. the17. the,
x31. the4. a, x, x18. x32. the, the,5. x19. x33. x6. x,
x, the20. the, x34. the7. x21. the35. the8. the22.
the36. x9. x, the23. x37. the, the10. x24. x38. x11.
the25. x39. x12. the26. x, the40. x13. x27. the14.
the28. x
Ex.
27. 1.x9.the, the16. the, x, the, the, x.2.X, X10.Xx, x, x,
X3.the, the11.x, x, the, an, x, a,17. the, the (a)4.Xx, the,
the, x18. x5.X, X, X, X12.x19. the, the, the6.x, x,
the13.the, a, the, the, a, x20. the, a, a, x, a7.the,
x14.X8.X15.the, x
Ex.
1. x, the, x13. the, a, a (x), the25. the, x, x2. the, x14. a, x, a,
28.
the26. the, x, x3. a (the), x15. x, x27. x, x4. a, a, x16. the28.
x5. a, x, a17. a, x, the29. x6. a, x18. a, the30. the, the,the7. a,
a, a19. the, the31. a, x, x8. x, the20. x32. x, x, the9. a21. the,
x, x, the, a33. x, the, the, x10. the, the (a)22. x34. the, the,
x11. the, the, x23. the, x, x35. x12. a, the, x (the), the24.
the, an36. x, the, the, a, the, e Ex. 30.1. X11. x, the21. the2.
x, the, the12. x22. the3. a13. the, the, x23. the4. x, x14. x,
the24. the5. a, x15. the, the25. the, x6. the, x16. x, the26.
the, the, the, the7. a17. a, the27. x8. the, x, the, the18. the,
the28. the, x, the9. X19. the29. x, the10. x20. the, theEx.
31.1. the, a, a8. a, an, the, a16. a, x (the)2. the, the9. a, the,
the17. x, x, the, x3. a10. the, a18. a4. the11. the, the, x19.
x5. the, an, the, x,12. x, x, x, x20. xan, a, x13. the, an21. a, x,
the, the, a6. the, x14. the22. the, x, the, a, a.7. x, the, x15.
thea, the, a, anEx. 33.1. the, x, the6. the, the, the11. the2.
the,x7. x12. the, the, the, x, :3. the8. x, the13. the, x4. the,
a9. the14. the5. a10. the15. the
11. th 19. the
e, the 18. x, 20. the, x, x
12. th the, x
e
Ex. 34.
1. x
2. x, a,
10. a 18. x
x 19.
3. a
11. the, the the (x), x
4. x
12. the, a, x, a, (the)
the, x, the, x, 20. a, the, the
5. the
the, the 21. the, x
6. the,
13. the, the, a, 22. x (a)
the 23. x, x, x
a
7. the,
14. the, x 24. the, the, a,
the, a
8. the,
15. x, x x, the
a (the)
16. a, a
9. the
17. the
Ex. 36.
1. a,
the 10. x 19. a, a
2. x, a 11. x 20. x, the, x, a,
3. a, 12. x x
the 13. a, the, a 21. x, x, x, x, x
4. x 14. an, a, x 22. a, the, a
5.x, the, the 15. the, x 23. x, a
6.x 16. a, the, the, 24. the, x, the,
7.a the, a the, the, x, a, a,
8.x 17. x a, the, the, a,
9.x, the 18. the, x, x the
Ex. 37.
1.x 11.x, the, the
2.x 6. x, the 12. x,
3.the 7. the, x, the
4.a, an, x the, the 13. x
5.a 8. x 14. the
9. x, a 15. x, x
10. x
Articles 475
Ex. 38. a)
1.the, the
2.x, the, x
3.the, x, a, the 9. a
4.the, the 10. x, x, a
5.x, x, x, x, the, the, the 11. the
6.x, x 12. the,
7.the the
8.x 13. a, x
14. the,
the, the
476 Key to Exercise
b)
477 Key to Exercise
1. the, the, the, a

(the)
2. a, x 4. a
3. the, x (the)
5. a
478 Key to Exercise
c)
1. x, x, a,
the 5. the,
2. the, the, x, a
the 6. the,x
3. a (the) 7. the,
4. x the
8. x, x
479 Key to Exercise
d)
480 Key to Exercise
1. x, 7. the,
a, x, a the
2. the
,a 8. a, the,
3. x, the
the 9. x, a, x
4. an,
a, the
5. the 10. the,
, a, x the, an
6. a, a 11. x
12. the, a
13. x, a
481 Key to Exercise
e)
482 Key to Exercise
1. a,
x, x, x 5. th
2. a, e, the
the 6. x,
3. x a, the
4. th 7. x
e, a, a 8. x
483 Key to Exercise
f)
484 Key to Exercise
1.x 6. an
2.the, a , x, an
3.the, the 7. th
4.the e
5.x 8. x
9. th
e
485 Key to Exercise
Ex. 39. 12. an, x

1. the,
13. a,
the, a
the, x
2. a, x
14. x, x
3. a, x,
15. x, the
16. the,
the the, x
4. a, the 17. the, x,
5. x, the the
6. x, a 18. x
7. x 19. the, x,
8. x the
9. the, x 20. x, the,
a, a
21. the, x
10. x 22. x
11. the, x 23. the
Articles
486
12. a,
x, x
13. t 28. x
he, a 29. the, x
14. x, ,30. x, a, x, x, the 31.
x, x the, the, a, a, x, a,
15. x
Articles
487
Ex. 40.
1.an, the, the, x, a, x, a
2.the, a, x, the, x, a, a, the, the 26. a, a
3.the, the, the, x 27. a, x
4.the, a, the, a 28. a, x
5.x, x 29. x
6.x, x, x, x 30. a, x
7.the, the 31. an, x
8.the, the, the 32. the, a
9.x, x 33. an
34. the, the, x, x
10. the, a 35. x, x, x, x, x, x, a, a, the
11. the, a, a 36. x, x, a, the
12. x 37. a, a, a, an
13. x, the, x, x, the 38. x, the
14. the 39. x, the, the
15. x, a
40. a, the, x
16. x
41. x, a, the
17. x, a
42. the, the
18. the
43. the, the
19. x, x, x
44. x, a, the, the, the, the,
the, the
20. the, the, the, x 45. x, the
21. x, x, x, x 46. x, a
22. x, the 47. the, the, x, x, x, x
23. a, a, the, the, a, x 48. a, the, the
24. x, the 49. the, the, the, the, a, x,
25. x, the, x, x, the the
Ex. 41.
a) x, the, the, the, the, the, the, a, the, a, a, x, the, a, a, the, the, the,
a,
a, x, the, x
b) a, a, x, the, x, a, x, x, a, a
the, x, x, a, the, the, an, x, x, x, x, x, x, a, the, the, the, the . c) the, the,
a, x, the, the, the, the, the, the, the the, the, a the, x a, a the
d) an, the, the, x, a, the, x, x, x, the, the, a, a, x
x, x, x (an), x, x, x, the, a, the, x, the, the, a, the, x, the, the, a, a, a
e) the, the, a, the, the, the, the, the, a, the, x, the, the, a, the, x, a,
ine,
the, the, the, the, the, the, x, a, the, the, the, a, the
f) x, a, x, the, the, a
a, x, a, the, the, the, the, the, x, x, x, the, the
Articles 489
x, the, the, the, a

the, x, x, x, x, x, x, an
x, x, the, the, a, the, a, a, the, a, the
Ex. 43.
1. the, the, x
2. the, the, the, a,
12. the, a
x
3. x, the, the, x, x
13. a, the
4. an, x, the, the
14. a, x, the
5. the
15. the, the
6. a, the
16. x, the, a
7. the, x, x, the, a,
17. the, a, the, the,
the
the
8. the, a, a, the
18. a, a, the
9. a, the
19. the, the, the
20. x, x, the, the,
the
10. the, x, x 21. a, the, the, the
11. the, the 22. a
Articles 491
Ex. 44.
1. the, the, a, x, x, the, a, x,
a, x, the, the
2. a, the
13. x, the, a, the, the, the
3. the, the, the, a, the, a, the, 14. an, an
a, a, the, the, the, the, x, the,
15. x, a, x
the, a, x, the, the
16. x,the
4. the, x
17. a, a, x, x, x
5. a, an, the, the, x
18. the, the, the, the, the, the,
the, the, the, the
6. the, a
19. the, x, x
7. x, the, the, the
20. a, x
8. the, the, the, the, a
21. x, the, a, the, the, a
9. the, a, x
22. the, the, the
23. x
10. the, x 24. the, x
11. an, the, x, the, the, the, 25. the, a
the, x 26. x, x, a, a, the, the, the, x,
12. the, x the, a, x
Ex. 45.
1. the, the, the, a
2. x, the, a, the
3. the, x, the, a, a
4. the, the, a, the, x, the, the,
x, the
5. the, x, the, x
6. the, x, the
7. the, the, the, a, x
8. x, the, a, a, a, the
9. the
10. x
11. the, the
12. the, the, the, x
13. a
14. the, x, the, x, the, the, the,
the
15. a, a, x, the, the, the, a, x,
the, the, the, x, the, an, the,
the, the, the, the, the, an, x, x,
the, the, a, an, an, x, the, the,
the
Ex. 46.
a) x, the, a, x, x, a, x, a, x, x
b) x, a, x, a, the, a, an, the, the, the, a, the, the, an
c) x, an, x, a, x, x, x, a, the, an, x, x, x
d) x, a, x, x, x, a, x, x, a, an, x, the, the, the
a, x, the, the, an, the, a, the, a, the, x, x, x, x, x, x, x, the, the, an, the, x, the,
the, the, x, the, x, x, the, the the, a, x, the, a, the, the, the
e) the, the, a, the, the, x, the, the
the, the, a, the, the, x, a, the, the, the, the, a, the, the, a, the, a, the, a, an,
a, a, the, a, the, the, the, a, a, the, the, the, the, the, the
Ex. 48.
1. the, a, the, x, a, x, a, a, a, 14. the

a, a 15. the, a,
2. a, a, a, a the
3. a, a, the, a, the 16. x
4. the, a 17. a, a,
5. x, x, the, the, a
6. the, the, a, a 2
7. the, a, a, the, the 0
8. x, a, the 2
9. the 1
2
the, a
10. a, the, a, x
18. x, the
11. the, x, a
19. the,
the, a x, a
12. the, the, a, the
the, the a
13. a, x, an, x
the, the, x
24. x,
the,x
25. the
26. the,
the
Articles 495
Ex. 49.
1. x, the, the
2. the,the
3. the, the,
the, a
4. a, x, the
5. the
6. a, the, the
7. the, the,
the, x
8. the, x, the
(a)
9. x, the
10. x, x
11. the, a, a,
the
12. the, x, a,
the
13. x, x
14. the, x, x, x
15. the, the
16. the
17. the, x, x
18. x, the, x,
the, the
19. a, the
20. the, the,
a, the, the
21. x
22. the, the
23. the
24. x, the, x,
the, the
25. x, a
26. a, the
27. a
28. the, the
29. the, x
30. x, the, x
Articles 497
Ex. 50. 8. x
1. the
9. the, a, x, x
2. x, x,
x 10. the
3. a, 11. the, x, x,
the, the the, x
4. the 12. a, the
5. the 13. a, x
6. the, a 14. the, x
7. x, an, 15. the, x, the
the 16. a, the
Ex. 51. 15. the, the

1. x
2. the, a
3. the, the, the, x 16. x, x
4. a, the, an, an, the, the, the
17. x, the, a, a
5. the
18. x, x
6. the, the, the
19. x, x, a
7. the, x, the
20. an, a
8. the, x, a 21. the, x
9. 3, В., 8if X> Э) Х, Xj X,
22. a, x, the, x, the, x,
З., Х, A, X
the
23. the, the
10. the 24. a
11. the, x, the 25. x, x, x
12. x, a, the 26. a, x
13. the, the, an, x, a, x, the, a, 27. a
x, a 28. x, x
14. x, x, the, the 29. the, x, a, x, x, x
30. an, the
Articles 499
Ex. 52.
the, the, the, x, the, x

the, a, the, the, the, x, the, the, a, x, x, a, the, the, the, x, x, the, the, x, the
the, the, x, the, the, the, the
a, x, a, the, an, the, x, x, x, x, the, an, the, a
the, the, x, a, x, x, x, the, x, x, an, the, a, x, the, x, x, x, a, the, the x, x, x, x, x,
the, the, the, a, a, x, the, the, the, the, the, x, a, x, a, an, x, the
Adjectives 500
Adjectives
Ex.
14*
Adjectives 501
1. 2. 3.
most amusing 11. 12.least
4. 5. 6.
more intelligent 13. 14.worse
7. 8. 9.
most practical 15. 16.neare
10.
more afraid 17. 18.st
latest 19. 20. less
less talkative last
more angry most
wiser best notice
cleverest able
next
taller
more
amusi
ng
eldest
(elder)
14*
Adjectives 502
Ex. 2.
1. The less you say, the better (it is).
2. Unfortunately I couldn't come as early as 1 had promised.
3. The cat fell off the roof but it feels none the worse for it.
4. The room is nice, but not as nice as I should like.
5. The more one has the more one wants.
6. I'm not so young as you.
7. The weather is changing for the better.
8. The window is as narrow as the door.
9. The soup smells good, but it tastes better.
10. How can I get to the nearest post-office?

11. If he helps us, so much the better.
12. If he doesn't do his lessons, so much the worse for him.
13. The sooner you do it, the better.
14. He got weaker and weaker.
15. This time you've made fewer mistakes.
Ex. 3.
1. The blind are taught trades to fit them for work.
2. Nurses are required to look after the wounded.
3. The doctor wishes to examine the wounded man.
4. After their son's departure they gave up inviting young people.
5. The young like to do things their own way.
6. The English love tea.
7. There were a lot of English people in the hotel.
8. The sick man asked for some water.
9. He thought it his duty to help the poor man.
10. The work of rescuing the injured lasted well into the night.
11. You talk like an illiterate man.
12. He always visited the sick twice a day.
13. He hoped to find the young man at home yet.
14. There were evening classes arranged for the illiterate.
15. Six (of the) injured people were allowed to be taken home.
14*
Pronouns 503
Pronouns
Ex. 1.
1. they 9. she (it)
2. you, it, you,
6. it, she
10. it,
it, it it
3. it 7. it
11. s
4. she 8. you, you,
he (it)
5. him, it, him, he,
it, you (I, we)
you, him
12. h
er
Pronouns 505
Ex. 2. 7.
his
1. her 8.
, her
2. his
your 13. h
9. er
, her
3. yo
the 14. h
is
ur
4. my 10. 15. t
he
5. the his
16. h
6. the 11. is
the
12. 17. t
he
my
Ex. 3.
1. his
2. his,
6. you 10. their, hers,
hers theirs
r, ours
3. mine
7. our 11. theirs
4. my
8. his 12. her
5. yours,
9. its 13. mine, my
ours
Ex. 4. 4. hers 7. himse
elf lf
1. ours 8. thems
elves elves
2. hers
elf 5. mys
3. hers elf
9. themselves
elf 6. me
10. itself
11. myself
12. myself
Ex. 5. Ex. 6.
1. this,
that 9. such
2. sam 10.same 16. these,
e 11. t those
3. that, hose 17. such
that 12. t 18. that
4. this hat 19. that
5. that 13. s 20. those
6. that uch 21. such
7. thos 14. t
e hose
8. that 15. t
his
Pronouns 509
16.
any
17.
some
3.
any
4.
no
5.
some
6.
some
5. any
6. any
12. some,
7. some
any 17. some
13. some
10. any 18. any
11. some 14. no
19. any
Ex. 7. 15. no, some 23. anyone
16. no 24.
1. somebody nobody
2. anyone 25. anything
3. nothing 26. something
4. nobody 27. nobody,
5. someone
12.
anything
6. something
anybody 28. anything
7. anyone(anyb
13. anything 29. anything
ody)
14. somebody 30. nothing
8. no one
15. something 31. anybody
9. nothing
16. anything 32. someone
17. anybody
18. nobody
10. anything 19. anyone
11. something 20. anything, nothing
21. anything
22. nothing
Ex. 8.
1. one
2. a one
3. the ones
4. one 5. 15. none
ones
9. one 16* no one
Ex. 9. 6. o17. non e , o n
Ю- a one ne
1. no one 7. one 18. no
2. none 8. the one ne
3. none
4. no one
5. no one
6. none
7. none
8. no one 17. everything
9. none 20. all
Ex. 10. (everything)
1. everything 10. none 21. everyone (-
2. everyone (- 11. none
body) 12. no one
3. everybody (- 13. none
one) 14. none
4. everyone (-
body, all)
Ex. 11.
5. everyone (-body)
6. all
7. everyone (-body)
8. everyone
9. all
Pronouns 511
5. 6. 18. e
both, very, all
every
neither
6. 7.
each either
8.
both, 8. o
3. neither ther
every 9. t
Ex. 14.
4. he
each 1. others
few
2. 10. o
5. a few thers
all 3. 11. t
a little, he other
6. much 12. o
every 4. ther
5. little 13. a
all
6. 5. nother
each
much 14. t
7. 6. he other
much, a
all
few
9. both
10. Ex. 16. 10. e
each ither
11. 1. (neither)
every that
12. 2. 11. e
ither
all whom
3. 12. n
which either
Ex. 12. 4. 13. b
oth,
1. what
another 5. either
2. that 14. n
the other 6. either
3. who, 15. e
whom ither
others
4. 7. 16. b
what oth
the other
5. 8.
that
the other 9.
6. what
another
7. 7. m
the other 10. uch,
which many,
Ex. 13.
11. few
which 8. m
1. uch
either 13. 9. l
2. all ittle
both 14.
3. every
both, 15. 10. f
either ew
every
4. 16. 11. f
either ew
each
5. 17. 12. l
either ittle
every
12. 15. 13. a

what another few
13. 16. 14. m
which others any
14. 17. 15. m
that the other any
15. 18. 16. m
what others uch
16. 19.
that
the
17. others
what
18. 20.
that, another
what
19. 23. w
what hose
20. 24. w
who hich
21. 17. 25. w
which either
ho(m)
22. 18. 26. w
what either
hat
19. 27. w
both,
19. neit
hose
each 28. w
her,
20. hat
both 29. w
all 20.
21. hat
each
either 30. w
21.
22. hich
every
both, 31. w
eithe hat
r, 32. w
nei- hat,
ther what
22. 33. w
either hich,
which
Adverbs 513
Adverbs
Ex. 1.
1. close 15. late 29. cheap
2. free 16. fine 30. dear
3. clearly 17. easy 31. sharply
4. hardly 18. high 32. cheapl
y
5. wrong 19. prettily 33. fairly
6. wide 20. easily 34. short
7. highly 21. tight 35. tightly
8. hard 22. nearly 36. cleanly
9. pretty 23. most 37. light
10. freely 24. widely 38. fair
11. mostly 25. near 39. lightly
12. lately 26. clean 40. sharp
13. wrongly 27. dearly 41. clear
14. closely 28. shortly
Ex. 2.
1. I can't possibly do it.
2. He has never mentioned it.
3. We just watched TV tonight.
4. Has he ever been out of his native town?
5. Mother is now in the kitchen.
6. He can usually be seen in the local pub in the evening.
7. What have you been doing here.
8. He will soon be sick of living alone.
9. She went to bed early.
10. Presently they all went upstairs.

11. "Fools," she said to herself angrily.
12. She was entirely indifferent to him.
13. He looked deeply hurt.
14. He could have easily managed it. (or: He could have managed it
easily.)
15. She listened to him respectively.
16. They kept laughing uproariously.
17. She was simply trying to explain. She was trying to explain
simply.
18. Frankly, I think she's lying.
19. They've probably forgotten the time.
20. Politically, the visit has been very successful.
21. Perhaps he knew what was happening.(or: He perhaps knew what
was happening.)
22. Honestly, I did not see him.
23. Anyway, the letter is sent off. (or. The letter is sent off,
anyway.)
24. Obviously, he is very happy.(or: He is obviously very happy.)
10. The players could hardly see ball.

25. Turning the books over rapidly, he looked at the titles. Turning the
books over he looked at the titles rapidly.
26. We certainly had a nice game.
27. The idea passed idly through my mind.
28. She spoke Italian perfectly.
29. I must just wait patiently for his letter.
30. She began to cry hysterically.
31. You can sometimes see in people's thoughts clearly.
СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ......................................................................................... 3
THE VERB. FINITE FORMS.........................................................................6

THE VERB. PASSIVE VOICE FORMS........................................................ 93
THE VERB. MODAL VERBS.....................................................................106
THE VERB. MEANS OF EXPRESSING UNREALITY...................................145
THE VERB. VERBALS..............................................................................176
NOUNS ..........<......................................................................................240
ARTICLES............................................................................................... 245
ADJECTIVES..........................................................................................307
PRONOUNS............................................................................................. 309
ADVERBS...............................................................................................320
KEY TO EXERCISES................................................................................322
The Verb: Finite Forms ......................................................................322
The Verb: Passive Voice Forms...........................................................347
The Verb: Modal Verbs.......................................................................352
The Verb: Means of Expressing Unreality............................................367
The Verb: Verbals...............................................................................379
Nouns...............................................................................................405
Articles..............................................................................................407
Adjectives .........................................................................................419
Pronouns...........................................................................................420
Adverbs.............................................................................................423

Krylova

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Krylova

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Krylova

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

И. П.

Ex. 1. Explain the use of the Present Indefinite in the following

1.1 sleep here. My father sleeps in his study.

7. One lives and learns.

10. "His men act silently as a rule. They wear dark

Ex. 2. Explain the use of the Present Continuous in the

1. Bill, stop that disgusting game you're playing.

Ex. 3. Use the Present Indefinite or the Present Continuous:

1. He has suffered a great deal of pain. You (nor to

Ex. 4. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present

1. You'd better take your coat. It's raining out there.

Ex. 5. Translate the following sentences into English

1. Где Тед? — В саду. — Что он там делает?

Ex. 6. Explain why the Present Continuous is not used in the

l.The phone's ringing. Who's it for, I wonder?

10. "Do you think there may be some mistake here?"

Ex. 7. Translate the following sentences into English

1. «Это моя ошибка. Я приношу свои извинения», —

10. «Неужели ты не видишь, что я устал? Все, что мне

1. I'm Dr Salt. And I have an appointment with your chief.

Ex. 9. Use the proper forms of the verbs in brackets to express

1.We'll talk when we (to get) there.

Ex. 10. Use the Present Indefinite or the Present Continuous

I.I'm about to move to London and I (to try) to decide which

10. "Ellen (to wait) for you." "Yes, I know."

Ex. 11. Explain the use of Present Perfect Г in the following

10. "Have you brought sandwiches?" "No." "I don't know

'See § 16 or E. M. Gordon and I. P. Krylova's "A Grammar of

1. Then a bomb hit close by. He felt himself being lifted.

10. You heard what he said.

Ex. 13. Use Present Perfect I or the Past Indefinite in the

10. He (to light) a cigarette and (to walk) to the window.

Ex. 14. Make up situations to justify the use of the Present

1.1 left the car outside the gate.

Ex. 15. Translate the following into English concentrating on

1. Она была одна, когда вошел ее муж. Он с

9. Мальчик вышел и четким голосом прочитал стишок. Его мать

1.1 (to be) busy since we last met.

1.Мы с вашим братом говорили сегодня об этом деле. Поэто^ му я и

10. «Я очень доволен тем местом, которое выбрал. Я буду питаться

двумя докторами и по-немецки с нянями, и я набралась порядочно

1. Когда они остались одни, она спросила: «Что здесь происходило?»

1. His clothes are wet. (to walk in the rain)

— Are you a soldier by profession?

1.1 haven't read the paper this morning. I didn't read

1. «Вы не можете мне сказать, уехала ли мисс Смит лондонским

l.I'm tidying up for tomorrow. When I've finished this I'll go

a) They returned to London on Monday night. Jan went straight to his

"Everything (to be) all right?" "Mrs Troy

c) Then, with the noise of the bombardment still echoing in his

d) As they were drinking coffee Finch said, "Now tell me

8. She stopped beside Tommy who was in a particularly scornful mood.

l.They (to talk) little as they (to drive) home.

1. Пока носильщик и шофер укладывали его вещи в машину, Джек

1. He asked me if I had' had breakfast.

1. From downstairs (to come) the sound of a radio playing a song he

2. He (to reread) what he (to write).

Я оделся и вышел в сад. Всходило солнце. Ветра не было, но в саду всё

I.O H ПОДНЯЛ голову от чашки кофе, который он все помешивал, но не